fiiiiiiiii

"'Am

mwm

PROCEEDINGS

llojjiHl ^ocieto of §ii1oriii

VOL. XVI. (New Skries).
PART I.

Ediled under the Authority oj the Council.
ISSUED SEPTEMBER, lyoj.

(^Cuntaiiting Papers read before the Sacietv diiriiii; the months of
December, ig02, March, April, May, June, July, igo^.

WW. Al riUjKS Ul' IHH; SKVKKAI- I'ATKKS AHK HKVKHALLY KKSl'ilNSlHtK KUK IIIK

SOUNDNESS UF TIIK OIMMONS UIVKN AM) FOR IIIK ACtUllAUY OF TIIK

STATKMENTS MAUK TllKKElN.

MELBOURNE :
EOKD & SON, FKIN'I'EKS, DKUMMOND STKEET, CAliLTON.

AGKNTS TO THH SOCIKTY :
WILLIAMS & NOKGATE, 14 HENRIETTA STREET, CUVENT UAKUEN, LONDON.

To whom all coiiinuinications for traiisinissioii to the Royal Society of Victoria,
from all parts of Eurojie, shoulfi be sent.

1U03.

CONTENTS OF VOLUME XVI,, Pt, I.

Art. I. — Rocks and Ore Occurrences at Bethanga and the
Lower Mitta Mitta. By Henry C. Jenkins.
(Plate I.) ... ... ... ... ... 1

II. — Geology of the Valley of the Lower Mitchell River.
By John Dennant, F.Gt.S., F.C.S., and Donald
Clakk, B.C.E. (Plates II.-VIII.) ... ... 12

III. — On certain Conglomerates near Sydenham. By T. S.

Hart, M.A., F.G.S. (Plate IX.) ... 48

IV. — On the Occurrence of Striated Boulders in the Permo-
Carboniferous Rocks near the mouth of the
Shoalhaven River, New South Wales. By E. O.
Thielf ... ... ... ... 57

V. — New or Little-kno^\'n Victorian Fossils in the National
Museum, Melbourne. Part II. — Some Silurian
Molluscoidea. By Frederick Chapman, A.L.S.,
&c. (Plates X., XI., and XII.) ... ... 60

VI. — On Some Australian Tertiary Pleurotomarias. By

G. B. Pritchard. (Plates XIII., XIV.) .. 83

VII. — On Some New Sjjecies of Victorian Mollusca, No. 6.
By G. B. Pritchard and J. H. Gatlife. (Plate
XV.) . ... 92^

VIII. — Catalogue of the Marine Shells of Victoria. — Part VII.

By G. B. Pritchard and J. H. Gatliff ... ... 'M

IX. — Further Descriptions of the Tertiary Polyzoa of
Victoria. — Part IX. By C. M. Maplestone.
(Plates XVI., XVir.) ... ... ... UO

X. — Glacial Deposits at Taminick, Glenrowan and Greta,
North-Eastern District, Victoria. By A. E.
KiTSON, F.G.S. ... ... ... ... 148

XI. — Volcanic Necks at Anderson's Inlet, South Gippsland,
Victoria. By A. E. Kitson, F.G.S. (Plates
XVIIL, XIX.) ... ... ... 154

XII. — Some Features in the Geography of North- Western
Tasmania. By J. W. Gregory, DSc, F.K.S.
(Plates XX., XXI.) ... ... ... ... 177

Art. 1. — Rocks and Ore Occurrences at Bethanga and

the Loiver Mitta Mitta. /$j^?A^

By henry C. JENKINS

(Wh. Sc, A.E.S.M., Assoc. M. Inst. C.E.).

(With Plate I.).

[Eead 11th December, 1902.]

The author has had occasion recently to visit several places
along the Mitta Mitta Valley, including Bethanga, Snowy
Creek, Lightning Creek, Mount Elmo and Sandy Creek, and as
there does not appear to be a large amount published as regards
the character of the district beyond the somewhat general and
comprehensive description that it is a metamorphic area, he
thought it would be of interest to describe, as far as a fortnight's
inspection would justify, some of the rocks there, and more par-
ticularly tlie mode of occurrence of the minerals of economic
importance.

Although the greater part of the journey was over ground
marked upon the Victoi-ian Geological Map of 1902 as being
metamorphic, yet the line also passes over ground marked
lower Silurian, between Eskdale and Lightning Creek, and of
granitic rocks at Granite Flat, and its peak. A rapid journey
over the so-called lower silurian exposure would not justify
more than the suggestion, yet it would be desirable to raise the
question as to the value of the precise geological evidence upon
which the distinction has been made between the rocks at this
particular part of the country and some of those of the part
marked metamorphic, the resemblance being so close that in the
absence of definite paUeontological evidence, or of marked uncon-
formity it is doui)tful whether a distinction is legitimate. Any
such evidence as the inclusion of the materials of one bed in.
another would be quite inadmissable in the case at Snowy Creek,
where the beds so closely resemble one another. The author will
also submit some reasons for viewing tlie line through Bethanga

2 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

and the head of Little Snowy Creek, as being an axis of very old
rocks, such as would make the exposure from there down to as
far as the so-called hornfelds at Ensay in Gippsland, to be really
that of the oldest rocks to be seen in Victoria.^

There are also some unmarked exposures of holocystalline
rocks along the Snowy Creek, one at about seven miles to the
southward of Granite Flat is of considerable size, and larger than
some exposures that are marked as being granitic. But these
holocrystalline rocks of the district have in most cases, even
where originally intrusive, undoubtedly undergone great changes
just as have the schists, and all these cases illustrate the difficul-
ties arising out of the present official nomenclature. The holo-
crystalline rocks on the western bank of the Mitta Mitta, about
six miles southward from Tallangatta, form one case in point,
and those much to the southward in the Ensay district furnish
another case.

The occurrence of gold at Lightning Creek, at the head of the
Snowy Creek toward Mount AVills, presents an interest from the
fact that rich alluvial was found in the creek in the early gold
digging days, and that the diggers, reasoning from the analogies
elsewhere, made many attempts to find the lode from which it
had been supposed to have been shed. The country is, however,
of the heaviest character for prospecting ; with steep hillsides,
narrow rapid creeks and much timber and scrub, and up to the
present date that lode has never been found. The rocks are silky
micaceous schists and quartzites, and it does not seem necessary
to postulate the presence of a large lode to account for the coarse
alluvial gold. Quite recently Mr. J. F. McCann has obtained
much rich coarse gold from a spot that years ago had been cleared
of its timber and had had the trestles of a large flume erected
upon it by men who were prospectors by instinct, without the
gold being seen at the time. This was on a spur facing to the
south west at the junction of the Lightning and Snowy Creeks,
and the deposit of gold was in a thin irregular seam of quartz,
parallel to the ancient bedding planes of the present schists that
are now nearly upright and lying about 20 degrees west of true

1 The author would refer to the highly interesting and important work upon the
rocks at Ensay and Omeo, by Mr. A. W. Howitt, and published in the Proceedings of the
Boyal Society of Victoria, and in the Victorian Departmental publications.

Rocks and Ore Occurrences. 3

noi'th. From one pit only twenty feet deep and about 7 feet
long he obtained 100 ounces of gold from specimen quartz, and it
is easy to see that by the denudation of a band of rock such as
this lying nearly parallel to the avei'age trend of the valley, these
little pockets, even at some distance apart, would be ample to
supply the alluvial gold.

The granitic area at Granite Flat is really one of a quartz
diorite. The rock slide shows plagioclase felspar, green and
brown hornblende, some mica in places, and pegmatitic quartz
full of solid inclusions that are very minute and may be rutile.
The area is traversed by fissure veins that seem generally to be
small. Some of those that run in an east and west direction
have copper pyrites as a lode filling, one that seemed larger than
the average (i.e. that on the Empress of India lease) had copper
pyrites, iron pyrites, quartz, carbonate of lime and gold, and a
copper sulphide much resembling " glance " in appearance but not
so rich as that mineral in copper. A full discussion of the occur-
rences would be, however, somewhat outside of the scope of this
paper.

The area that is undoubtedly of metamorphic rocks includes the
Little 8nowy Creek. In this area there is a strip of country
from Mount Elmo through Scrubby Creek, Lockhart's Gap and
Bethanga, along which, at greater or less intervals, rich gold
deposits are found. The deposits are not always in large lodes,
and occasionally they are not in well marked ones, but this latter
is the exception. The deposits ai-e undoubtedly valuable from an
economic point of view as well as interesting from the scientific
one. Eastward of this series is one of tin occurrences that I
have not been able personally to see tn situ., but they appear to
extend from a point a few miles eastward of Mount Elmo, to
across the Mitta Mitta at Eskdale, and thence to Tallangatta
and to the Murray River. The specimens that have reached me
are all of greisen with cassiterite in very coarse crystals. The
occurrences are doubtless isolated ones and so far have not been
" proved " from an economic point of view, but this by no means
indicates them to be worthless ; indeed, the general want of
knowledge locally as regards ore treatment prevents these tin
deposits from being fairly tested at the present date.

4 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Adverting, however, to the occurrences of gold, that at Mount
Elmo will now be considered. The rocks amongst which it is
found are quartzites with mica and andalusite schists, and these
are associated with holocrystalline rocks, some of which are
undoubted metamorphosed, whilst there are others about which
some reserve must be made, but which will probaV)ly prove also
to be of metamorphic character, and which appear to have been
intrusions that already existed in the area prior to the period at
which the change from shales to schists took place.

Mount Elmo lies about three miles south east by east of the
trigonometrical survey station of Mount Towanga, and the field
is reached from Eskdale by one of the new roads of the Mines
Department following the western or main branch of the Little
Snowy Creek. The mines are upon several lines of reef, a
considerable distance apart, two of which are at Mount Elmo,
where they dip with and follow the ancient bedding planes of the
country. The dip is 65 degrees east and the strike is about 10
degrees west of true north. The reefs at Mount Elmo have not
yet been traced for a distance of more than about \^ miles, and
are, as far as prospected, cut off completely by the bands or masses
of the holocrystalline rocks just mentioned. The author was not
able to visit the mass at the southern end of the line of reef, but
at the northern end, lying between the Little Snowy Creek and
the mountain spur containing the reef outcrops themselves, the
band is variable in character. One mass that he saw was a tour-
maline rock with felspars and muscovite, whilst another showed
upon slicing, felspar, muscovite and biotite, some quartz exhibit-
ing much strain structure and containing small fibrous inclusions,
probably sillimanite, light brown hornblende and tremolite.

The top of the mountain, somewhat to the eastward of the line
of reef, is of greisen, a mass of which appears to lie parallel to the
schists, but there was not an opportunity to trace out its extent.

The part of the mountain where the more westerly of the two
reefs is exposed is an andalustic and mica schist, the andalusite ,
crystals showing up very well upon the weathered surfaces on the
mountain side. The reef lies between a. dense impervious bed of
black quartzite and a bed of andalusite schist of a few feet
thickness, on the other side of which a second bed of the black
impervious quartzite is found. These black quartzites are

Rocks and Ore Occurrences. 5

manifestly the remains of the old sandstones, and the andalusite
schist that of old shales ; the partings between the two classes of
rocks are still quite distinct. It may be here noted that the
quartzite forms the hanging wall of the reef whilst the schist
footwall has been distinctly affected and attacked by the tilling
of the reef. Tliis reef is from six inches thick up to one foot six
inches thick, and in the Lone Hand mine, where the author
was able to examine it, had shown an almost continuous " shoot "
of auriferous stone for three hundred feet, with values varying
from a few pennyweights up to several ounces of gold per ton.
One interesting feature here, as in the case at the Lightning
iCreek, is the pai'allelism of the auriferous deposit to the old
bedding planes, but the case under notice shows in addition the
controlling action of the hard quartzite beds upon the direction
and concentration of the deposits, deposits doubtless initiated
along the planes of weakness due to the dissimilar characters of
the beds of schist and of quartzite and accentuated by meta-
somatic action when once started. The holocrystalline rocks at
•the ends of the beds have doubtless also acted as controlling
factors, limiting the extent of the deposit, and it must remain for
the present an interesting speculation as to how far gold was
derived from them. Although there have been prospecting
operations in many parts of the field, yet the useful deposit
appears to lie wholly in the two reefs to which reference has just
been made.

There are a number of small, rich deposits at Scrubby Creek,
near Tallandoon, that from the description given to the author
may well correspond to the occurrence at Mount Elmo, but these
he was unable to visit. Some of the specimens showed however
galena to be present in the lode fillings.

At a point about three miles nortii westward of Lockhart's Gap
there is another auriferous deposit of considerable extent lying
not in a lode but in a band of holocrystalline metamorphic rock,
showing idiomorphic quartz crystals and pegmatitic growth with
'the other constituents. It carries iron pyrites and free gold, the
-latter sometimes to a sufficient extent to make it a valuable gold
ore, and its pre.sence is itself sufficient to account for the fine
alluvial gold along the creeks now being sluiced below it, just as
in the case of the deposits at Lightning Creek.

6 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

The ore occurrence an Bethanga is one of very great interest
in itself and was that to which most attention was paid for the
purposes of the paper. The mines at Bethanga are upon several
parallel lines of lode that have a general direction of 30 degrees
east of north. One of these main lines and some subsidiary ones
traverse the length of Mount Talgarno for nearly a mile, this por-
tion of the mine the author could only examine on the surface.

At a point about half a mile to the eastward of the southern
end of the first lode, there is a second one known as Conness'
that continues southward past a bifurcation that occurs, and
until it reaches a fault line running nearly east and west and
which throws it about five chains eastward. Its continuation
southward of the fault forms the Gift mine for a distance of
about three thousand feet, but three hundred feet of this nearest
to the fault is not yet opened. This mine has three shafts, the
" Gift," "Martin's" and " Leighton's," in the order named, going
southward, of which Martin's and Leighton's are the deepest,
owing to the slope of the ground. Martin's shaft is 800 feet deep.

A third lode also, broken by the fault, lies about half a mile to
the eastward of the Conness and Gift line — this lode has the
Welcome mine in its northern end and the Excelsior mine in its
southern portions respectively.

A careful inspection of the surface showed that these lodes
were each in similar rocks typical of the district and this
enabled the author to concentrate his attention on the Gift
and Leighton mine where most work is in progress at the
present time, and where an exposure 800 feet from the surface
can be seen.

The whole of the district around the mine is of schistose and
gneissic rocks, passing from manifest biotite and other schists,
characterized by much contortion, into a holocrystalline rock or
gneiss with the characteristic structure often resembling an
intrusive one in the field, but which proves on slicing to be of
oligoclase, biotite mica, very pale brown liornblende, some quartz
showing much strain structure, garnets surrounded by chlorite
and with very beautiful fibrolite, and small idiomorphic cordi-
erite^ — two typical slices are shown in Figures No. 1 and No. 2.

1 Cordierite has recently been recorded as occurring at Wood's Point by F. P. Mennell
— Geolog. Mag., Sept. 1902.

Rocks and Ore Occurrences.

The association between the hornblende or with the chlorite and
the fibrolite does not appear to be accidental. The lode track is
in this rock mass, it follows the line of rock that is most
completely metamorphosed, and although it is well defined, its
filling is, apart from the mineral contents, essentially the same
as the country, there is a little more quartz at some places and in
a few others a hard chloritic " pug " impregnated with pyrites
and presenting slickensides is found. The metallic minerals are
arsenical and ordinary iron pyrites, and copper pyrites, all carry-
ing gold. There are very few vughs, but where these occur they
show crystalline quartz and calcite upon iron pyrites. The
copper, but not the gold contents, increase toward the line of
the east and west fault.

The analysis of the rock from several different places is shown
in the table. Analysis (A) is of the rock adjacent to lode track
in No. 2 level at the Gift shaft end, whilst analysis (B), (C), (D),
are from samples collected along No. 5 cross cut (about 700 feet)
on Martin's shaft. (B) being from near to the lode track, (D)
from about 70 feet distance and (C) from a point intermediate
between (B) and (D). The rock has however large segregation
of oligoclase and small garnets, and no single analysis would
fairly indicate its composition. Analysis (E) is of the felspar
which is thus shown to be oliaroclase.

No. 2 Level

No. 5 Cross Cut

A

Felspar

Analysis -

(B)

(C)

(D)

(E)

SiO^

- 58.14 -

71.01

- 67.37 -

66.86

- 70.60

Al.,03

- 17.92 -

10.74

- 11.78 -

11.76

- 19.08

Fe,03(and FeO)

- 12.71 -

5.19

- 5.43 -

6.72

- trace

CaO

- .65 -

3.36

- 2.. 50 -

1.02

- 2.94

MgO

- .23 -

1.50

- 2.37 -

1.23

- 0.79

Na,0

- 3.12 -

4.47

- 3.05 -

7.89

- 4.60

K„0

- 3.02 -

2.38

- 3.81 -

3.86

- 1.78

P - - -

- .20 -

trace

- .43 -

trace

—

S - - -

- nil -

—

- nil -

—

—

CI - - -

- .15 -

trace

trace -

—

— .

Water at lOO'C.

- .72 -

0.32

nil -

0.67

Water above 100°C.

- 3.60 -

1.41

- 2.50 -

0.48

- —

100.46 100.38 99.24 100.49

99.79

8 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

The lodes are only of moderate average thickness say, of 1 foot
and 1 foot 6 inches, but the contents are fairly rich, an average
of li ounce gold per ton has been obtained over a considerable
period of working. The lode filling therefore shows a high
grade of concentration.

The lode track is full of small slickensides, that are interesting
when viewed in connection with the contorted schist of the
neighbourhood, and to the regular and solid rock mass adjacent
to it.

Referring now generally to the facts recorded as to Bethanga,
Mount Elmo and Lightning Creek, it will be noticed that there
is a parallelism of the strike of the deposit to the ancient bedding
planes seen or inferred in each case, and, at the same time, the
deposit is not of the "contact" class. This same parallelism is a
marked feature of many of the deposits in the schists of the
Western Coast of Tasmania, only there the deposits are
prominently connected with metasomatic action, during which
action the element fluorine has often been present in so much
quantity as to bring about the production of minerals such as
axinite, datolite, fluorite and tourmaline, to such an extent as to
somewhat mask the original features. Tiie same feature of paral-
lelism is involved in the now generally accepted reading of the
Broken Hill occurrence, as being an extreme case of a saddle infor-
mation in schist, and, it is interesting in passing, to note that, at
the latter place, Mr. J. C. Moulden^, has recorded the presence of
cordierite but as a primary constituent of the rock. Although
the evidence, if not otherwise supported, would- not be in itself
strong, nevertheless, there is in it a considerable suggestion as to
similarity of origin.

All the occurrences described in the paper have common features,
but these features differ greatly in degree. The crystalline rocks
or gneisses at Bethanga offer the extreme case of metamorphosis
just as do the gneissose masses at Ensay or the crystalline schists
at Broken Hill or in North Western Tasmania, and in addition
to this they exhibit extreme concentration of mineral in a narrow
lode track. The auriferous rocks at Mount Elmo exhibit both of
the same phenomena to a much smaller degree, whilst the occur-

1 Jour. Rov. Soc. N.S.W.

Rocks and Ore Occurrences. 9

rence at Lightning Creek is but an instance of the diffuse charging
of schistose rocks with auriferous material. In the case of Lock-
hart's Gap there is a diffuse charging of liolocrystalline rocks with
metalliferous minerals. In all these four cases the author would
however submit that the action by which they received their gold
was a comparatively deeply seated one, as indicated by the pres-
ence of quartz, a substance that is in all probability present in
the particular form in which we find it in lodes owing to a
comparatively elevated temperature of the water current that
carried the other mineral matter in course of deposition.

These deposits thus differ in a very important manner from the
•auriferous sandstone reefs to which the author has elsewhere
drawn attention^ as occurring in Victoria, and that have
distinctly received their gold when much nearer to the surface as
is shown by the absence of quartz — that mineral when it occurs
in such reefs being found quite independently of the gold, and
offering no guide to the occurrence of the latter. The gold in this
case, although in silurian sandstone, was probably deposited at a
much less remote date than that of the occurrences forming the
subject matter of the paper and probably in late tertiary times.

The rocks at Bethanga show the interesting case where
extreme earth pressure and local yielding has, owing to the work
thereby done upon the rock, given rise to a development of heat
so considerable as to bring about softening and a subsequent
recrystallization of the mass, an unstable condition of affairs that
relieves the earth stress- at a distance at the expense of the
place where the movement first starts, and which, when it occurs
near to a volcanic vent, is, the author would submit, the cause of
a flow of fluid lava and the explanation of many volcanic pheno-
mena. In the case under notice at Bethanga temporary planes
of weakness must be assumed to have been left that were
•disturbed again before the zone had completely cooled down to
the average temperature corresponding to its depth. Such planes
may indeed have been initially formed by the contraction of the

1 "Some Auriferous Deposits," Report Australasian Assoc. Science, vol. viii. ilelbourne
Meeting, 1901, p. 227.

'■i One place where such a state of strain in the strata is manifest at the present moment
is at Hillgrove, N.S.W. See official N.S.W. Report on Hillgrove Gold Field bj' Andrews,
1901, p. 18.

10 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

cooling mass after the original severe lateral pressure had been
relieved, but this is a less likely explanation on several grounds.
The planes of fracture would, in whatever way in which they
were formed, become convenient courses at a later date for water
currents in the earth to take, these would bring with them the
minerals subequently deposited. The deposit has evidently not
been completed at one period of time, for although there does
not appear to have been the phenomenal surface enrichment of
the lode seen on many of the Victorian fields, yet there is the
enrichment of the lode in copper to be accounted for at the
places adjacent to the main east and west fault plane.

At Mount Elmo the plane of weakness was evidently given by
the still distinct bedding planes between the quartzites and schists
whilst the two impervious beds of quartzite kept the subsequent
water current to a definite course and with it the deposit. In
the case of Lightning Creek, metamorphosis had not proceeded to
so great an extent, and in the absence of dykes or fault planes
the deep seated aqueous currents were not so confined — so that
even though rich deposits of gold could and did occur they were
individually smaller and generally more diffuse. Although in all
probability belonging to the same period of time it presents the
extreme opposite case to the concentration of mineral seen at
Bethjinga, owing to the different degree of permeability to
aqueous currents that it possessed.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.

Fig. 1. — A typical section of the gneiss. There is hornblende {h)
— pleochroism very pale yellow to pale brown, Silli-
manite, (S) — occasionally as single inclusion in quartz,
but more often occupying areas amongst the horn-
blende. Biotite Mica {b) Cordierite {c) generally as
simple prismatic crystals grouped and single and lying
amongst biotite or in quartz {q) this latter showing
much strain figure in polarized light. The felspar
(/) are both of twinned and simple areas.

Fig. 2. — Is an actual section taken from one of the felspathic
aggregations in the gneiss in the lower part of mine.
There are garnets [g) each more or less completely

I'nir. U.S. Vlrloriii, lUUH. I'latc I.

fV ^ ^O d

Fig. 1.

Rocks and Ore Occurrences. 11

surrounded with green cldorite (ch) some of which is
passing into brown areas, and outside this is a densely
matted mass of fibrolite {fb) in a quartz matrix.
Felspar (oligoclase) is shown almost surrounding
the field.
Sample from No. 5 cross cut, Gift Mine, Bethanga.

Akt. II. — Geology of tJie Valley of the Lower Mitchell

River.

By JOHN DENNANT, F.G.S., F.C.S.,

AND

DONALD CLARK, B.O.E.

(With Plates II. to VIII.).

[Eead 11th March, 1903].

Contents.

PAGE

I. — Introduction - - - - - - - 12

II. — Surface Configuration of Area - - - - 13

III.— Rose Hill Section 20

IV.— Bellevue Section - - 22

V. — Knight's Section ------- 27

VI. — Boggy Creek Section ------ 28

VII.— Moitun Creek Section ------ 32

VIII. — Dreir's Section ------- 35

IX. — Village Settlement Section ----- 36

X. — Skinner's Section ------- 36

XL— Saunders' Bluff 43

XII.— Lindenow Section - - . - - - 43

XIII. — Summary and Conclusion - - - - 45

I. — Introduction.

The previous literature dealing with this portion of the
Mitchell River area consists of: —

(1) Notes on the Geology of part of the Mitchell River
division of the Gippsland Mining District, by A. W. Howitt,
F.G.S.i

(2) Continuation of ditto^

(3) Notes on the Physical Geography and Geology of North
Gippsland, Victoria, by A. W. Howitt, F.G.S.*

1 Geological Survey of Victoria. Reports of Progress, No. ii., 1874.

'-' Ibid., No. iv., 1877.

3 Q.J.G.S., vol. XXXV., 1879.

Geology of the Loiver Mitchell River. 13

(4) Notes on Miocene Strata at Jemmy's Point, and

(5) Appendix to remarks on " The Older Tertiary Strata at
Bairnsdale," by J. Denuant.^

(6) The Miocene Strata of the Gippsland Lakes' Area, by
Dennant and Clark."

In the last mentioned paper certain ferruginous beds at Boggy
Creek and elsewhere on the Mitchell River were briefly referred
to, and in a footnote it was stated that from an examination of
their fossil contents they have been determined as miocene. A
detailed study of the material since gathered from various
outcrops on the river bank proves, however, that this statement
is only partially correct. For a short distance from Bairnsdale
the beds are undoubtedly miocene, but higher up the river the
fossil casts in the ironstone represent, as we shall presently see,
an older fauna.

These fossiliferous ironstones form a marked feature of the
Mitchell River banks, and the main purpose of the present paper
is to describe them and refer them to their proper location in the
tertiary series. They have been generally alluded to in the past
as a deposit of uniform age which it was supposed had filled in
an excavated area at the contact of the Bairnsdale limestones
and the Avon sandstones. We, however, separate them into two
main divisions, one of which is miocene, and a westerly extension
of the Jemmy's Point beds, and the other earlier, and contem-
poraneous with the eocene limestones and shell beds of the
river banks.

Another deposit which claims attention is the well known
pebble drift or conglomerate. In the bed of the river, on
its banks, in road and railway cuttings, it is everywhere pre-
valent. Its origin and the mode of its distribution will be
referred to as the various sections come under review.

II. — Surface Configuration of Area.

Under this heading the leading features of the valley of the
Mitchell from Iguana Creek to the mouth of the river are
outlined .

1 Proc. Roy Soc. Vict., vol. iii., n.s., 1891.
'2 Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict, vol. x., n.s., 1898.

14 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

The Mitchell River after flowing in a southerly direction
through rugged and hilly country consisting of devonian sand-
stones, shales, and conglomerates turns sharply to the east when
it enters the tertiaries and continues in this course until it
discharges into Lake King. The watershed on the southern side
is comparatively narrow. Moitun Creek, after flowing through
devonian rocks, enters the Mitchell as it passes into the tertiaries,
and the only other creeks discharging into it on this side are
Lucas Creek, which joins it near Perry's Blufl", and Cobbler's
Creek, which, after passing through McLeod's morass, junctions
with the river near Eagle Point. The watershed line consists of
a high sandy ridge which starts from the devonian hills, three
or four miles to the south of Moitun Creek and continues in a
direction approximately parallel to the course of the river. The
height of the ridge is about 400 feet above sea level at its
western extremity, and at its termination, at Eagle Point, about
85 feet. The latter is a conspicuous feature of the right bank of
the Mitchell below Bairnsdale, which arrests the attention of
passengers on the Lakes' Entrance steamers. The section from
its summit to the river level, as illustrated in Fig. 2, contains the
following strata : —

Gravel, with stones up to Sin. in diameter
Yellow sand ------

Coarse cemented sand - - - -

Fine cemented sand and gravel in layers

Total 80 feet.

The highest ridges consist almost entirely of sand, while, at a
lower elevation of from 150 to 200 feet above sea level, this is
mostly replaced by a clayey soil, which, in general, is full of small
circular depressions a few feet in diameter, locally termed crab
holes. In very wet weather these form almost continuous sheets
of water, but in summer they open into cracks which extend
downwards for a considerable depth, allowing the water to
escape.

At an elevation of about 100 feet above sea level, a lower
terrace runs parallel to the river, on which is a soil of the same
character as that higher up. Near the limestone banks, especially

20 feet.

30

>»

15

))

15

)>

Geology of the Lower Mitchell River. 15

at Hillside, inverted conical depressions of considerable area
occur, as much as from 200 to 300 feet in diameter and from 50
to 60 feet in depth, such as are common in other limestone
districts.

The flats on the banks of the Mitchell vary in width from
about two miles at the upper end to less than half a mile at
Bairnsdale, where they are confined by limestone cliffs. Their
fall follows that of the river, and is approximately 100 feet in
about 25 miles. The soil on them consists for the most part of a
loose, friable, siliceous material of great depth. In the upper
portions of the river, where its fall is greater and the flats are
wider, the genei'al slope is from the higher, more distant
banks towards the stream ; in places where subsidiary channels
have formed, the slope is towards them ; in flood times it
is by the backing up of water in these that portions of the
flats are submerged. In the lower portions of the river, the
banks now enclosing the channel are much higher than the
flats which, in general, fall away from them, and towards the
earlier formed, more elevated banks that bound them, so that
during floods the actual margins of the river are the last portions
to become submerged. The bed of the channel itself was
originally confined between banks which were covered with dense
vegetation. Above Lindenow the stream at one time consisted
of long stretches of deep water and shallow rapids over loose
stones. Below Hillside there was one continuous deep channel
to the mouth of the river. The present state of the stream is
widely different. The river banks have been denuded of
vegetation, and broken down in many places by stock, with the
result that the loose, friable soil has disappeared by the acre, and a
stony gravel bed, sometimes over a hundred yards across, has
been exposed ; the banks also have been left vertical, to wash
farther and farther away with every flood. The lighter material
is swept over the lower lands and passes into the lakes, while the
heavier material is continually creeping down what was once the
deep channel of the river, plugging it up solidily as it goes.
This action has gone on until it is now possible to ford the river
near Bairnsdale, wliile in the earlier days the Manaro crossing at
the Wuk Wuk village settlement, was the point at which the
river was fordable. Below Bairnsdale the river is from 200 to

16 Pi-oceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

260 feet in width, tlie depth of the channel varying from 14 to
30 feet. It is subject, when low, to tidal influences, salt water
creeping up as far as the Bairnsdale waterworks, or a distance
of from 15 to 16 miles from its mouth. The banks from
Bairnsdale down slope on the eastern side towards Jones' Bay,
one of the Gippsland Lakes, and on the western side towards
McLeod's morass. About a mile below the morass, the current
sweeps against Eagle Point, the ridge terminating the water-
shed ; from this point it flows through a tongue of land
for nearly five miles, the exact distance between a trig, station
on Eagle Point, and another at the present terminus of the land
being 7366 yards. This strip of land varies in width on either
side from 200 to 2000 feet, the average being less than 1000
feet ; on one side it slopes to Jones' Bay, and on the other
to Eagle Point Bay. After passing the present landmarks
forming its mouth, the river flows in a well defined channel
in Lake King for 2100 feet, with an average width of 160
feet, and of depth 10 to 12 feet at low water, the banks
being about 2 feet below the surface, except after a heavy flood,
when they appear above it. The submerged bank extends for
about 1600 feet at right angles to the flow of the river, and at
this distance is only from 3 to 4 feet below the surface, deepen-
ing in a few yards to 8 or 10 feet, and then gradually to 22 feet,
which is the uniform depth of Lake King over some miles.
The tongue of land caused by the deposit in Lake King has had
the efiect of partly closing Jones' Bay, from which the only exit
for the waters is a narrow channel leading into the submerged
extension of the Mitchell.

The secondary banks separating the flats from the sloping
tableland above may be traced from the devonian rocks at
Boggy Creek to their termination at Bairnsdale, and again
at the isolated bluff" at Eagle Point. From Moitun Creek to
about a mile below Lindenow township, these banks consist
of flne siliceous sedimentary material near their base, and
coarse above, with ironstone bands of varying thickness, and more
or less fossiliferous. (See sections of Morrison's Bluft' and Perry's
Bluff", Figs. 8 and 10). Fossiliferous ironstone also crops out in an
indentation between Perry's Bluff" and Coongulmerang. Thicker
bands of clayey ironstone occur in cuttings near Lindenow, and

Geology of the Lower Mitchell River. 17

fossiliferous ironstones on the river banks below the hotel, the State
School, and Saunders' house at Lindenow itself. The ironstone
and siliceous sediments shortly disappear, and the banks become
less steep and slope gradually up to the higher ground. About
half a mile from the ironstone outcrops, limestone shews at the
foot of the bank and may be traced down to Bairnsdale, rising
in places to a height of 100 feet from base to summit.

At Rose Hill, about 3 miles west of Bairnsdale, the limestone
is immediately overlain by a deposit of a different character.
The bank thei'e is strewn with shells like those at Jemmy's Point,
and thus of miocene age. A full description of this interestino-
bed will be given in the sequel.

On the upper surface of the terraced banks bounding the flats
there is usually a heavy gravel wash, cemented in many places
with ferruginous material and in some cases coated with
manganese oxide. Similar gravel washes occur in the bed of the
river, in places on the surface of the flats, and almost invariably
below them. They exist also as low ridges on the tableland fully
250 feet above the present bed of the river and with included
blocks weighing as much as 60 or 70 lbs. These ridges, no doubt,
indicate in general the course of the old streams. They are
capped with conglomerate and have worn less than the surround-
ing softer country. Gravel containing boulders from six to nine
inches in diameter is in fact met witli at least 20 miles from its
source, and over 200 feet above sea level. These drift deposits,
which have been extensively used for road making and railway
ballasting purposes, are slightly auriferous. Indeed, the gravel
washes in some parts of the Mitchell River itself, though many
miles from any silurian rock, give payable returns.

The watershed on the north side of the river, so far as tertiary
deposits are concerned, includes the country drained by portions
of Flaggy Creek, Prospect or Boggy Creek, and Clifton Creek, as
well as a few minor gullies. Near Flaggy Creek, where devonian
sandstones are exposed, the country rises somewhat suddenly to
the north, and thence on to Boggy Creek the river runs almost
parallel to the devonian hills, and at no great distance from them.
The highest eminence is Mount Taylor where devonian strata,
about -iOO feet in thickness, and composed of sandstones, con-
glomerates, and shales, rest on porphyritic rock, the upper surface

18 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

of which is over 1000 feet above the level of the creek below.
Another elevated porphyritic peak, known as Granite Rock, rises
a short distance to the north-east of Clifton. This is about 500
feet in height and from its summit a magnificent panoramic view
of the surrounding country is presented. Between these two
hills the auriferous silurian rock crops out. A series of sandy
ridges, evidently of marine origin, occupies the sui-face from the
southern flanks of the hills to the Mitchell River, the general
fall of the country being in the same direction. Boulders of
sandy ironstone occur here and there on the ridges, but none of
those collected from a greater elevation than 200 feet above sea
level contained fossil casts.

On the lower terraces the soil, which has been derived from the
calciferous rock below, or from the decomposed ironstones, is
fairly fertile. The upper sandy ridges are heavily timbered with
eucalypts. The gravel terraces, though much less extensive on
this side of the river than on the other, yet show in nearly all the
sections exposed in gullies or road cuttings. On the banks of
Boggy Creek, which has cut its way through some hundreds of
feet of porphyritic rock, the auriferous terraces extend for over
120 feet above the present bed of the stream. Owing to the con-
siderable mining operations formerly carried on in this creek,
the bed in the lower portion of its course has become silted up,
and the heavy sand is now filling the Mitchell. It is intereeting
to note that by the combined action of Boggy Creek and the
Mitchell River an isolated strip of calciferous rock has been left
in the midst of an extensive flat. The next gully, Dreverniann's,
commences at Mount Lookout, and has been formed by a stream
which has cut its way through the sandy drifts as far as Knight's
house, on the Wuk Wuk road, and tlience through tlie Bairns-
dale limestones to the Mitchell. The only other stream of
importance is Clifton Creek, which drains the silurian, devonian,
and porphyritic hills to the north. After passing Hamilton's
house it flows through a wide flat, thence through Boyd's, where
it is bounded by silurian strata on the west, and the sand drifts
and porphyritic rock on the east, and finally passes into Clifton
morass. This is about two miles in length, and tapers from a
mile in width at the upper end to a narrow channel at the lower.
A big flood, which occurred about ten years ago, cut a cliannel

Geology of the Lower Mitchell River. 19

some thirty feet deep, through the morass, or, as it may more
properly be called, peat bog, and it has since slowly drained.
The surface has, in consequence, become cracked and fissured in
all directions, and a subsidence of several feet has taken place.
Fires lit on it have burnt in all weathers for years. After
burning, the ash, incorpoi'ated with the peaty material below,
forms a fair soil. The whole of this peat morass appears to
have resulted from the decay of small vegetation, as it contains
no timber of any size.

The limestone beds can be traced for a few hundred yards
above Mr. Hope's house on the eastern side and also on the
opposite bank, but higher up still only the sandy drifts appear.
The morass empties itself into the Backwater, a channel of the
Mitchell, which flows southward for about a mile between well
defined limestone rises, then turns eastward along the limestone
cliffs on the northern bank of the Mitchell, and finally joins the
main stream near the Bairnsdale bridge.

From (ilenaladale until just below the Lindenovv bridge, the
vertical sections exposed on the northern banks, show sandstone
and massive conglomerate beds, which rise into rounded hills of
devonian sandstones. The inver flats thus lie for this distance
between tertiary and devonian strata. The latter probably occur
at no great depth below the Woodlands and Glenaladale proper-
ties ; indeed, only a few yards above the Lindenow bridge,
devonian sandstone outcrops on the flat itself.

A short distance below this pdint. Flaggy Creek enters the
river and has exposed a fine section known as Saunders' Bluff,
which will be fully described later on. Another small stream
comes in about half a mile lower down, and has cut through a
heavy cemented compact gravel wash which reappears as far
down as Skinner's. About a mile below Saunders' Bluff there is
a fossiliferous section which continues for a few hundred yards,
and terminates at Skinner's, the best known collecting ground
for eocene fossils on the river. At the base of this section are the
calcareous beds, which are overlain by a yellow, soft fossiliferous
ironstone, and this in turn is covered with sandy drift and
occasional ironstone boulders. Below Skinner's, only rounded
hills of the ironstone deposit are observed until the Manaro
crossing or Wuk Wuk village settlement is r(;ached. Here

2a

20 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

again the soft fossiliferous ironstones are in evidence, and under-
neath tliem lie the compact Bairnsdale limestones. Another
stretch of rounded banks extends as far as Myrtle Point, where
on one side of a small gully ironstone outcrops are alone visible,
while on the other a line vertical face of calciferous rock stands out
boldly. The limestone continues for some distance, and is then
succeeded by rounded ironstone hills, which are traceable across
Boggy Creeek, to near its junction with the Mitchell. A tine
section here leads on to Dreir's, where a clayey bed, containing
numerous fossils similar to those at Skinner's, extends for about
30 feet up from the water's edge, when it is sharply cut off from
the tall calciferous cliff above by a shelly layer. The hard
limestone rock can then be followed round the bends of the river
to Captain Underwood's, almost opposite Rose Hill, where it is
overlain by ironstone deposits containing numerous casts of
miocene fossils. The continuation of the calciferous rock from
this point to the Backwater of the Mitchell, has already been
noticed.

The various sections on the river banks from which fossils have
been obtained will now be described in detail.

III. — Rose Hill.

The Mitchell from Boggy Creek to Dreir's has a fairly straight
course a little south of east, but then bends round and forms an
extensive loop as far as Underwood's (see map). The Rose Hill
section is at the western corner of the loop, and on the right
bank of the river. Thence going east for some distance the
stream turns north just behind the B.R.C. Hotel, but takes a
westerly direction near Radford's house, until after passing the
Bairnsdale Water Supply works, it again flows north towards
Underwood's on the opposite bank.

Our attention was tirst drawn to this locality by noticing that
the limestone underlying the upper rounded banks showed an
unmistakable dip, and it was thus evident that an unconformity
existed. We expected to tind merely an ironstone deposit similar
to that at Bellevue, on the other side of the river, which we had
formerly examined pretty thoroughly. A search on the hills and
gullies near the hotel, and thence westerly along the terrace

Geology of the Lower Mitchell River. 21

bounding Smith's flat, showed that ironstone outcrops containing
occasional casts of miocene fossils are present, but at Rose Hill
section itself these give place to calcareous clays containing
unaltered miocene shells, which recall the rich fossiliferous beds
at Jemmy's Point, Lake Bunga, and other places on the Gipps-
land Lakes. Individual examples of some species are very
common, amongst which may be mentioned, Chione subroborata,
C. propinqua, Tylospira coronata, Trigonia acuticostata, Ostrea
arenicola, Olivella nymphalis, Turritella tristira, Tellina aequila-
tera, Corbula ephamilla. In all 85 species were collected, a list
of which is given below. Immediately underlying the miocene
marls there is the typical eocene limestone of the area, which was
here evidently an eroded surface when the later beds were
deposited upon it. The full section (Fig. 3) from the summit of
the terrace to the flat level is : —

Clay

Conglomerate, with ferruginous cement -
Clay .-----..
Clay and soft limestone, with miocene shells -
Marls with miocene shells - . - -
Nodules of limestone, with eocene shells
Calciferous rock, with eocene fossils
Limestone -------

Total - - - 75 feet.

The eocene limestones continuously outcrop at the base of the
hills bounding the loop, except where the river trends northerly,
or between the B.R.C. Hotel a;nd Radford's. For this distance
only stratified drift is to be seen, whence it may be inferred that
a channel of considerable width was there cut through the eroded
limestone. Possibly the channel extended across in the direction
of McLeod's morass.

Fossils from Rose Hill.

Ringicula tatei, Cossmann Bathytoma pritchardi, Tate

Bullinella cixneopsis, Cossmann Bathytoma sp.*

Bullinella aratula, Cossmann Bathyt<5ma, n. sp.*

Terebra sp.* Pleurotoma, n. sp.

Conus sp. (much worn) Surcula sp.*

7 feet.

10

10

10

8

20

4

6

22 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Drillia sp.*
Drillia sp.*
Drillia sj).*
Drillia sp.*
Cancellaria sp.*
Ancilla orycta, Tate
Olivella nymphalis, Tate
Marginella propinqiia, Tate
Marginella sp.*
Voluta sp. (miich worn)
Uromitra etiglypha, Tate
Fustis gippslandiciis, Tate
Fasciolaria (?) sp.*
Fasciolaria (?) sp.
Latirus purpuroides, Tate
Phos gregsoni, Tate
Lampusia, sj).*
Lampusia, n. sp.
Tylospira coronata, Tate
Oypraea sp. (fragment)
Cerithinm (?) sp.
Cerithium (?) sp.
Turritella murrayana, Tate
Tnrritella conspicabilis, Tate
Turritella tristii'a, Tate
Turritella acricvila, Tate
Eissoia sj^.

Crepidula unguiformis. Lam.
Calyptraea crassa, Tate
Natica subinfundibuluin, Tate
Natica polita, T. Woods
Natica hamiltonensis, T. "Woods
Natica cunninghamensis, Harris
Natica subvarians, Tate
Eulima, n. sp.*
Niso psila, T. Woods
Odontostomia sp. (fragment)
Trochus (?) sp.*

Oalliostoma sp.

Dentalium largicrescens, Tate

Ostrea arenicola, Tate

Placunanomia ione, Tate

Spondyltis, n. sp.

Limea, n. sp.

Pecten antiaustralis, Tate (juv.)

Cucullaea corioensis, McCoy

Limopsis forskali, A. Adams

Glycimeris laticostata, Q. and G.

Nvicula antipodiim, Hanley

Leda vagans, Tate

Leda woodsii, Tate

Trigonia acuticostata, McCoy

Cardita spinulosa, Tate

Cardita, n. sp.*

Crassatellites oblonga, T. Woods

var.
Kellia micans, Tate
Cardium sp.

Meretrix paiTciriigata, Tate
Meretrix, n. sp.
Cbione cognata, Pritchard
Chione subroborata, Tate
Cliione propinqua, T. Woods
Chione allporti, T. Woods
Dosinia sp., aff. D. johnstonif
Tapes, n. sp.*

Zenatiopsis angustata, Tate
Corbula scaphoides, Hinds
Corbula ephamilla, Tate
Panopaea aixstralis. Sow.
Barnea tiara, Tate
Tellina aequilatera, Tate
Tellina albinelloides, Tate (?)
Cuspidaria, n. sp.
Aspergillum sp.
Trematotrochus clarkii, Dennant

IV. — Bellevue.

The ironstone conglomerates of this section were examined
several years ago, and before the Rose Hill bed on the opposite
bank was discovered. It is situated about two miles from
Bairnsdale and immediately on the terrace bank of the river.
Many visits have been paid to the locality, and we have to thank
Captain Underwood, who owns the farm, for valuable assistance
in the researches made. The ironstone is fresh looking, and the
fossil casts in it are exceptionally sharp and distinct. We broke

" Also in the Gippsland Lakea miocene.
t Also at Table Cape.

Geology of the Loiver Mitchell River.

23

up a very large quantity of the material and were able to
identitiy the species named below. We may state here, that in
the identification of these and all other fossils from an ironstone
matrix mentioned in the present paper, we availed ourselves of
the critical knowledge of tertiary mollusca possessed by the late
Professor Tate — in fact, the several lists offered of ironstone
fossils from Bellevue, Moitun Creek, Village Settlement, and
Lindenow, were drawn up in consultation with him. For the
most part, moulds in wax have been prepared, which can be
consulted whenever occasion arises.

Fossils from Bellevue.

Roxania, sp.

Nassa sublirella, Tate

Phos gregsoni, Tate

Lampusia, n. sp.*

Tylospira clathrata, Tate

Turritella tristira, Tate

Turritella acricula, Tate

Natica cunninghamensis, Harris

Leiopyrga quadrisiilcata, Tate

Calliostoina, sp.*

Modiola, two spp.

Modiola, sp.f

Glycimeris laticostata, Q. and G.

Cucullaea corioensis, McCoy

Leda woodsii, Tate

Trigonia howitti, McCoy
Trigonia aciiticostata, McCoy
Crassatellites oblonga, T. Woods
Chione propinqiia, T. Woods
Chione subroborata, Tate
Meretrix, sp.
Dosinia jolmstoni, Tate
Mactra axiniformis, Tate
Corbiila ephamilla, Tate
Zenatiopsis angustata, Tate
Telbna albinelloides, Tate
Myadora corriigata, Tate
Liuiulites rutella, T. Woods
Lovenia forbesi, T. Woods

One of the ironstone blocks containing several marine fossil
casts, shews also a well preserved leaf impression (species
undetermined), and it is evident therefore, that the deposit
was a strictly littoral one.

The most frequently recurring species are Trigonia howitti,
Chione propinqua, Zenatiopsis angustata, Leda woodsii, Leio-
pyrga quadricingulata, and Lovenia forbesi. Less common, but
still tolerably abundant, are Chione subroborata, Tylospira
clathrata, Turritella acricula. The remainder are, as a rule,
represented in our gatherings by single specimens only. With
few exceptions, the same species are abundant throughout the
calcareous beds of the Gippsland miocene as well as in equivalent
strata at Rose Hill.

* Also in the Gippsland Lakes miocene.
t Also at Spring Creek.

14 feet.

4

))

10

))

4

)j

70

1)

30

)>

24 Proceedings of tJte Royal Society of Victoria.

The Bellevue bank, as measured l)y levelling from Captain
Underwood's doorstep, is 146 feet above the river level. (See
Figs. 4 and 5 for sections at Bellevue). A section exposed on the
face of the cliff overlooking the river gives : —

Ferruginous blocks, with miocene fossils

Clay

Limestones (eocene), with fine gravel
Yellow limestone (burnt for lime)
Alternate beds of hard and clayey limestone,
with eocene fossils - . . .
Talus to river level . - . - .

Total 140 feet.

A little back from the cliff and on the slightly sloping bank, a
heavy gravel wash shows in a quarry, referred to below, and then
farther up still a ferruginous sandy conglomerate. The fall of
the river from Underwood's down is very slight, the surface of
the water at the section quoted, being only six feet above sea level.

There is a deep gully close to the house, and a section across it
is given in Fig. 4. On both sides the hard calciferous limestone
can be seen outcropping here and there among the grass, until
towards the summit the overlying fossiliferous ironstone and
heavy gravel wash successively appear.

The quarry shown in Figs. 4 and 5 was excavated to obtain
gravel for road making, and at its base a portion of a fossilized
tree three feet long, and two feet in diameter, was uncovered.
The log has not been removed, and was thus seen by us /« si'/u.
It is coated all round with ferruginous gravelly material to a
thickness of some inches, while the internal part consists largely
of decayed vegetable matter. The top of the quarry which is
13 feet below Bellevue House, and therefore 139 feet above sea
level, represents nearly the highest point at which miocene casts
were obtained. The hou.se is built on the river terrace and not
on the summit of the bank, which is reached by a gradual slope
at a further height of 105 feet. The strata consist mainly of
gravels, sands, and clays, with here and there ironstone blocks
enclosing pebble.s, but apparently unfossiliferous. The same
remark applies to ironstone at Clifton, near at hand, and also to

Geology of the Lower Mitchell River. 25

scattered surface blocks at a much hio;her level on the Bulumwaal
road.

The pebbly drift in the Bellevue quarry is very coarse, and on
one side fully 12 feet thick. Many of the larger stones lying on
the floor are lenticular in shape, and as much as a foot in length,
by eight to nine inches in breadth. On the face of the quarry
the stones are of various sizes, and the larger ones mentioned
have probably been rejected when the material was carted for
road making.

At first sight it might easily be supposed that the pebble drift
is interstratified with the fossiliferous ironstone, as it crops out
not only at a higher, but also at a lower elevation even in con-
tiguous exposures. In the quarry some few blocks apparently
overlie gravel, but this we think is due to slipping. After pro-
tracted observation and much consideration, we decide that the
gravel drift is younger than the fossiliferous miocene ironstone.
Reference to Figs. 4 and 5 will shew our interpretation of the
evidence presented at Bellevue.

As before mentioned, the gravel is wide spread, and is especi-
ally displayed in road cuttings south of the river, between
Bairnsdale and Lindenow. At the latter locality the river is
fordable in summer, and, though a large volume of water is
always flowing, the greater part of the channel, which is some-
times 300 to 400 feet in width, becomes dry. A large extent of
the river bed is thus exposed, and consists entirely of loose stones
like those at Bellevue. Similarly at Bairnsdale the gravel is
abundant, and has been freely used in making the roads of the
shire. On the north of the river the gravel deposits, though
fairly thick in places, are less extensive than those on the south
side. At Underwood's, as we have seen, and also in a cutting in
Dreir's lane, much gravel is present. Again, there is a heavy
conglomerate, 10 feet thick, at Skinner's, and another towards
Saunders' Bluff, both being terrace deposits.

The origin of the gravel drift is not in doubt. It is clearly
•derived from the waste of the devonian, silurian, and porphyritic
rocks to the north. The majority of the pebbles consist of sand-
stone, but among them are fragments of porphyry and quartz.
Though much weathered, the larger porphyritic pebbles, when
fractured, sometimes reveal an internal core of scarcely altered

26 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

rock. From Lindenow on to the west, devonian rock masses
may still be seen in siiu in the river bed and together with
their associated porphyries they no doubt formed the coast line
during the deposition of the earlier tertiaries from Lindenow to
Moitun Creek. These ancient rocks, however, are at a consider-
able distance from Bairnsdale and Bellevue, so that the gravels
there must have been brought down by the river itself or by
other streams from the north. As we shall presently shew,
there is undoubted evidence of drifts due to coast action at
Moitun Creek, Lucas Creek, etc., but the coarser and far more
widely spread gravels now under consideration have, we think,
been largely transported by running water.

The relation of the gravels to the miocene ironstone has been
chiefly studied at Bellevue, where alone the contact of the two
deposits is well displayed, and the following extracts from notes
taken on the spot will explain our views upon the somewhat
complex problem presented.

The gravel appears to be merely a terrace deposit due to an
old stream. It is too coarse for simply marine wash, being so far
removed from its source. It can be traced westward for some
distance, and since it does not extend laterally into the hill, it
clearly represents a channel cut throngli the old miocene bed.
Reference to Fig. 5 shews that in the quarry gravel occurs at a
lower elevation than an exposure of the fossiliferous ironstone, but
this is explained by supposing that the drift has cut away portions
of the bed and has left blocks of ironstone, which now protrude
here and there, through the gravel. Though in places at a higher
level than the latter they are the older strata. On levelling
across from the quarry to Underwood's garden the fossiliferous
blocks were met with at the same elevation ; the gravel is above,
while beneath there is no gravel, but only clay and ironstone.
A flag-post hole was lately sunk in front of the house to a depth
of six feet through this gravel, so that the latter is there on the
top. It may be added, also, that, though occasional loose blocks-
of fossiliferous ironstone are found comparatively high up on the
banks, the gravel invariably shews higher still.

The precise age of the gravel drifts is doubtful. So far as the
evidence goes they may be of any age from pliocene to recent.
They are probably contemporaneous with the formation of the

Geology of the Lower Mitchell River. 27

river channel, at least in this part of its course. In many places
they are left high up on the banks of the river, which has since
cut its channel deeper and deeper into the underlying limestone.
Frequently they have been redistributed, and, as at Lindenow,
now rest in the actual bed of the stream.

Next in order to the ironstone conglomei'ate come the well
known Bairnsdale limestones. They are of unknown thickness
here, but terminate abruptly as the river is followed up. They
may be briefly described as hard compact rocks, rich in
fossils, which, however, with the exception of a few species of
pectens, a large oyster, several brachiopods, and occasional
examples of other forms occur as calciferous casts only. Lists of
the species recognised in various outcrops of the strata have been
previously given (4 and 6), and need not be now repeated. For
miles along the Mitchell as well as on the Nicholson and Tambo
Rivers, at Lake Tyers, and as far east as Snowy River, the same
eocene rocks are presented. At Bellevue the upper portion of
the limestone for several feet down shews numerous very small
siliceous pebbles, with here and there a larger one scattered irre-
gularly through it. All of them are ironstained, much rounded,
and worn. We have not observed similar pebbles in exposures of
the rock elsewhere. There is no question here of a remade bed,
the junction of the two strata, viz., eocene and miocene being
sharply defined. Both are apparently horizontal, and thus
comformable. Still the exposure in the upper deposit is too
small to allow of a positive statement under this head.

V. — Knights.

On the Wy Yung road, north of the Mitchell, and between
Bairnsdale and the section just described, a small road cutting
displays a similar ferruginous conglomerate, but the fo.ssil casts,
owing to the prolonged weathering of the material, are usually
indistinct, Trigonia howitti and Myadora corrugata being the
only ones we could definitely name. Under the ironstone a
moderately stiff clay, containing from 40 to 50 per cent, of coarse
waterworn sand, reaches down to the road level. The junction
line of the two strata is uneven, slight hollows in the sands and
clays being filled by the ironstone. As the latter continues on
the hilly ground beyond the top of the cutting, its thickness could

28 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

not be accurately estimated. The cutting itself is about 145 feet
above sea level, or at the same height as the Bellevue section.
Isolated boulders of fossitiferous ironstone can also be traced in
the neighbourliood of this cutting for a further height of 15 feet.
There is no gravel associated with the ironstone here. From
Knight's to Bairnsdale the country falls, and the eocene limestone
outcrops on the river banks v^rith pebble drift i-esting immediately
upon it.

In a former paper (6) we traced the northern boundary line
of the Gippsland miocene from Red Bluff to the Nicholson River,
but the discovery of the ironstone casts at Knight's and Bellevue,
as well as of unaltered miocene shells at Rose Hill permits of the
continuation of this line for at least eight miles farther west.
Between Knight's cutting and the Nicholson the miocene has not
been observed, but its existence in portions of the area immedi-
ately north of Bairnsdale is not improbable.

In geographical order going up the river from Bellevue, the
section at Drier's comes next, but as in one important respect
this resembles Skinner's, it will be described in conjunction with
the latter, and we pass on to

VI. — Boggy Creek.

On the Government maps this stream is now noted as Prospect
Creek, but we retain the old name for the sake of reference to
earlier descriptions. It empties into the river through a wide
flat. In summer the actual channel is narrow, and confined to
the eastern margin of the flat. At the southern end and abutting
on the river there is a tine cliff" of eocene limestone 194 feet in
height above datum line (sea level), and very steep, a fact which
was forcibly impressed on our minds when climbing it on a very
hot day. The bank bordering the flat on the eastern side is much
lower, rounded, and with a more gradual slope ; it continues for
about three quarters of a mile, and encloses a kind of amphi-
theatre reaching up to the road. Where the traffic bridge crosses
the creek, the flat narrows abruptly, but widens out again on the
north. On both .sides of the creek the ascent to the general level
of the country is steep ; by actual levelling the highest part of
the road, near Dooley's gate on the western slope, was found to
be 230 feet above datum line.

Geologij of the Loiuer MitcJtell River. 29

At the summit of the limestone cliff overlooking the river we
found no ironstone. The rounded banks of the creek farther
from its mouth are covered with soil, but here and there the
limestone crops out, or shews in wombat holes round the base of
the hill up to the bridge. In addition, there are numerous
boulders of sandy ironstone containing veiy distinctly marked
fossil casts. These boulders continue from near the creek level
almost to the top of all the hills in the amphitheatre, with the
exception of the tall cliff at the e.xtreme south. When we first
saw the ironstone boulders we somewhat hastily concluded that
they contained miocene fossils similar to those gathered at Belle-
vue, and we commenced to break them up in order to enrich our
collection. To our surprise, however, we obtained instead a typical
eocene fauna, as will be seen from the following list of species,
determined: —

Fossils from Boggy Creek.

Bullinella, sp. Spondyliis pseiidoradula, McCoy

Eoxania woodsii, Tate Hinnites corioensis, McCoy (prob.)

Convis, sp. Pecten miir ray anus, Tate

Volutilitlies antiscalaris, McCoy Modiola pueblensis, Pritchard

Voluta maccoyii, T. Woods Glycimeris laticostata, Q. and G.

Fasciolaria sp. Lhnopsis forskali, Adams

Latirus murrayanus, Tate Cucvillaea corioensis, McCoy

Lampusia woodsii, Tate Cardita polynema, Tate

Lampusia annectans, Tate Cardivun victoriae, Tate

Apollo prattii, T. Woods Meretrix submviltistriata, Tate

Semicassis transenna, Tate Chione dimorphophylla, Tate

Cypraea, two spp. Mactra liowchiniana, Tate

Potamides semicostatuni, Tate Panopaea orbita, Hutton

Turritella miirrayana, Tate Cuspidaria subrostrata, Tate

Turritella tristira, Tate Magasella woodsiana, Tate

Natica, sp. Flabellum gambierense, Dvmcan

Emarginiila wannonensis, Harris Flabellum victoriae, Duncan

Dentaliimi mantelli, Zittel Placotrochiis deltoideus, Dvmcan

These fossils, or at least nearly all of them, are also common
in the prolific shell beds at Skinner's and Drier's (see post),
which we regard as on the same geological horizon as the
Bairnsdale limestone, the relative abundance of certain fossils in
the two sets of strata being chiefly due to altered sedimentary
conditions. Further reference to this matter will be made later
on. At Boggy Creek both strata are represented, the first by
the fossiliferous ironstone, and the second by the adjoining
calciferous rock.

30 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Amongst the ironstone strata of the amphitheatre banks, we
picked up several unaltered oyster shells similar to tliose in the
river cliffs. In occasional blocks, also, we found that the substi-
tution of the iron oxide for limestone was partial and confined to
the outer portions of the stone. Specimens from the latter have
not been quoted in the list, but only those which occurred as casts
in fully altered rocks. For the most part, the nodules of fossil-
iferous ironstone crop out at a comparatively low level, but
some resting on the tops of the rounded hills bordering the
flat, and others still higher up on the eastern slope of the road
yielded, when broken, good fossil casts.

Besides the exposure of the limestone on the southern cliff and
at the base of the low hills along the creek, there is a small
inlier on the I'oadside at the eastern approach to the bridge.
This has been quarried and a face about 35 feet high is left (see
Sec. Fig. 6). The rock here is much weathered and also
hardened superficially by redeposit of calcium carbonate, but a
few shells were detected in it, viz., Spondylus gaederopoides,
Pecten yahlensis, and P. gambierensis.

The full section at the quarry is : — •

Surface soil ------- 6 feet.

Clay - . . 8 „

Projecting limestone layer, coated with iron-
stone, and containing calciferous casts
of fossils - - - - - - 2 ,,

Fine sand and efflorescing salts - - - 10 ,,
Nodules of limestone and silt, with very

small worn quartz pebbles - - - 9 ,,

Total 35 feet.

The hill on the west side of the creek leading up to, and
beyond Dooley's gate, is a counterpart of that on the other side,
except that no limestone is visible at the base. Section Fig. 6,
shews the strata on the western ascent, the steepness being, to
save space, greatly exaggerated. The alternating layers of drift
and soft ironstone bands occur up to the summit. The summit
itself, is capped with the bed of an old stream, the bottom of the
channel being well detiued ; the silt has been cut into, and

Geology of the Loiver Mitchell River. 31

the pebl)les and stones are cemented together, giving a hard

conglomerate cap whicli has weathered less than the surrounding

softer material. The fine drift sand on this side suggests

sedimentation from a river current, which emptied into the

eocene sea, near the present mouth of Boggy Creek. The

sediments are of course marine, and practically contemporaneous

with the deposition of the limestone on the eastern bank.

A short distance up the western rise from Boggy Creek, and

just before reaching Dooley's gate, thei'e is a road cutting, in

which a thickness of 8 or 10 feet of massive ironstone is exposed.

Its elevation is 160 feet above sea level, and, though unpromising

looking for fossils, we ultimately found a layer shewing numerous

casts, amongst which we identified the following species : —

Conns sp. Glycimeris laticostata

Lampusia sp. Cardiiim sp.

Spondylus gaederopoides Magellania insolita

Pecten foulcheri Echinoderm (spine)

Pecten gambierensis Placotrochiis deltoideus

These fossils of course stamp the outcrop as eocene, which
thus extends upwards at Boggy Creek, and does not give place in
the higher levels to the Bellevue miocene. Again, on the
southern cliff, at the mouth of the Creek, which is 194 feet above
datum line, and thus fully 40 feet higher than Bellevue, the top-
most strata are still eocene. In fact, after leaving Underwood's,
we found no further trace of the miocene westward, though we
made most diligent search.

At Myrtle Point, about a mile further west, we again struck
the river. Ironstone is here abundant just below the summit of
the cliffs as well as in places down the bank. Many boulders were
broken up but the fossil casts wei'e rare and mostly indistinct ;
we identified only Magellania insolita, and Cardita delicatula from
this outcrop. In many blocks we noticed very small fragments
of decayed wood.

Before leaving the Boggy Creek Section we remark that the
fossils obtained by Mr. Howitt in his researches in this area
were submitted to Sir F. McCoy, who classed those from the
ironstones of Boggy Creek and Moitun Creek as upper miocene
or lower pliocene, and younger than the Bairnsdale limestones,
which he placed in the middle miocene ( 1 ). The distinction in age
thus drawn between the calciferous and ferruginous beds at

32 P7\)ceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Boggy Creek is, as we have indicated, an error. There is no
break in the series, both sets of strata, though differing litho-
logically, being on the same geological horizon. According to
the views now current concerning the age of the Australian
tertiaries, the deposits are classed as eocene and not miocene.

VII. — MoiTUN Creek.

This, the extreme westerly section examined, is the most
typical one from which ironstone casts belonging to the older
group of the Mitchell tertiaries have been obtained. As already
stated, Moitun Creek enters the JVIitchell River just at its great
eastern bend. At this junction the river Hat is 108 feet above
sea level. A fine section here (Fig. 7) shews towards its base
hard yellow sandstone and then sand and drift with fossiliferous
ironstone in layers up to a height of 113 feet. Resting upon the
topmost ironstone layer there is about 17 feet of gravel wash,
with stones in it as much as 6 inches in diameter. The summit
of the cliff is 140 feet above the river, but the country still rises
and heavy gravel washes may be traced up to a height of 200
feet. Our chief collecting ground was not at the junction, but
about half a mile west, on the south bank of Moitun Creek. A
section at Morrison's Bluff, which rises steeply from the margin
of the creek (Fig. 8), reads thus : —

Surface soil and gravel

Massive conglomerate - - - -

Ironstone layers, with fossils and sandy drift

Pebbly gravel -----

Yellow sandy clay - . - -

Ironstone, highly fossiliferous

Pebbly cemented gravel - - - • 8

Fine yellow sand, with ferruginous pipes and

talus -------50

25

fee

5

))

9

5)

5

5J

6

5)

9

Total 110 feet.

A few chains further west, and close to the road over Moitun
Creek, leading to Iguana Creek, the tertiaries rest directly on

35 feet

27

))

48

)>

Geology of the Lower Mitchell River. 33

devonian shales, the sequence of the strata from the creek bed
to the level of Morrison's house being : —

Gravel and clay . - - - -

Ironstone bands, with fossils

Devonian shales - - - - -

Total 110 feet.

These measurements are only up to the terrace bank on which
the house stands. The hill, still shewing drifts and gravel
washes, continues by a gradual slope up to Morrison's gate on
the main road, where an elevation of 250 feet above the river was
recorded.

A longitudinal section at the actual contact of the tertiary
and devonian strata is given in Fig. 9. Three bands of
fossiliferous ironstone, iuterstratified with sands and gravels,
occur in a vertical height of 48 feet. Both in Morrison's Bluff
and at the contact section, fossil casts were collected from near
the base up to the summit of the terrace; the most prolific iron-
stone bands were, perhaps, one just under the terrace level and
another adjoinining the contact section. The blocks collected
are full of fossils and a great variety of species is represented.
On the whole, the casts are inferior in clearness to those at
Boggy Creek, and a larger quantity of material was broken up
to obtain examples which could be definitely named. Impressions
in wax or plaster were taken in almost every case.

Fossils from Moitun Ckkek.

Actaeon scrobiciilatiis, T. Woods Tiirritella murrayana, Tate

Scaphander tenuis, Harris Rissoia vel Rissoina sp.

Bullinella exigua, T. Woods Calyptropsis turbinata, T. Woods

Mangilia (?) sp. Natica polita, T. Woods

Marginella winteri, Tate Natica vixumbilicata, T. Woods (?)

Marginalia woodsii, Tate Eulima sp.

Marginella sp. Cantharidus sp.

Volutilithes antiscalaris, McCoy (?) Dentalium sp.

Fusus dictyotis, Tate (prob.) Glycimeris cainozoica, T. Woods

Latirus sp. Glycinaeris laticostata, Q. and G.

Trophon sp. Limopsis morningtonensis, Pritchard

Tritonofusus sp. Cucullaea corioensis, McCoy

Typhis evaricosus, Tate Nucula tenisoni, Pritchard

Lampusia tortirostris, Tate Leda woodsii, Tate

Turritella tristira, Tate Cardita compacta, Tate (?)

3

34 Proceedings of tlie Royal Society of Victoria.

Cardiiim victoriae, Tate (?) Dosinia densilineata, Pritchard

Panopaea orbita, Hutton Psammobia aequalis, Tate (?)

Meretrix ebiirnea, Tate (?) Zenatiopsis angi^stata, Tate

€hione allporti, T. Woods Corbiila epbamilla, Tate

Chione etheridgei, Pritchard Sphenotrochusemarciatus, Duncan

Chione propinqiia, T. Woods Deltocyathus viola, Duncan (?)
Chione, n. sp. (also at Skinner's) Deltocyathus (?) sp.
■Chione cainozoica, T. Woods

A comparison of this list with that given for Boggy Creek
shows some variation in the species represented. This is doubt-
less owing to the more littoral character of the Moitun Creek
deposit. Its fauna is apparently allied to that at Table Cape, on
the north coast of Tasmania, which is admittedly a strictly
littoral one.

The outcrops of the fossiliferous ironstone at Moitun Creek are
confined to the steep southern bank : beyond the flats on the
north the strata consist of the devonian sandstones and con-
glomerates, which continue up to Iguana Creek, the weir on the
Mitchell, and thence for a long way northwards. It is especially
important to note that there is no limestone at Moitun Creek, nor
indeed for several miles to the east to it ; the actual limits of this
rock on the Mitchell will be indicated directly.

At the mouth of Lucas Creek, which is about two miles east in
a direct line from the Moitun Creek junction, there is a bold clifl
•on the Mitchell called Perry's Bluff. The sediments are mostly
very fine, and often almost a pipe clay. The strata are horizontal,
And from the surface downwards consist of : —

Ironstone . . - - .

Heavy gravel wash ...

Ironstone hand - . . .

Sandy cement, with ironstone pipes

Layers of ironstone

Sandy cement

Ironstone pipes (basic sulphate of

efflorescent) . . - -

•Cemented fine sand, highly coloured
Ferruginous pipy layers -
Very tine cemented sandy material -

Total— about 97 9

Ft.

In.

- 6

0

- 15

0

about 4

0

- 40

0

about 3

0

5

0

iron,

- 2 to 3

0

- 15

0

- 0

9

- 6

0

Geology of the Lower Mitchell River. 35

Tlie cliff itself is almost vertical but above it the ground slopes
gradually and shews 20 feet of sand to the hill top. Details of
this section are also given in Fig. 10. There are innumerable
casts of small shells right through the sandy drift material, but
they cannot be identified.

It is seen from the several sections in the neighbourhood of
Moitun Creek that the strata exposed consist of fine sediments,
with which layers of fossiliferous ironstone, and also heavy gravel
washes are interstratilied. Since the shore line here during the
deposition of the eocene was evidently formed of the devonian
strata, the drifts and conglomerates may in some measure be
accounted for by coastal action. They must, however, be mainly
due to mountain streams, including the Mitchell itself, which
brought down both tine and coarse sediments and distributed
them near the confines of the subsiding sea. The Mitchell River
in eocene times probably discharged near Moitun Creek and the
sediments which came down are represented by the silts and
gravels constantly disclosed in the river sections. The ironstone
forms only a small proportion of the total material in the cliffs.
Not only the ironstone, but also the cemented sandy drifts are
sometimes fossiliferous and we may conclude that in part, at
least, they are altered representatives of shell beds similar to
those at Dreir's and Skinner's.

With regard to the more elevated sands and gravels displayed
in the same sections fossil evidence for the determination of their
age is so far wanting. They rise by a gentle slope from the
main terrace on the south bank of the river up to the general
level of the country.

VIII.— Dreir's.

Reference to the map (Fig. 1.) will shew that this section is
situated about midway between Bellevue and Boggy Creek. It
consists of a thickness of 70 feet of typical Bairnsdale limestones
at the top and beneath them 30 feet of calcareous sands and clays
full of well preserved gastropods and lamellibranchs. The two
sets of strata are separated by a shelly band. A dip varying
from 5° to 10° was noted in the limestone ; in most outcrops of
such strata on the Mitchell the bedding is horizontal. A sketch
of Dreir's cliff is supplied in Fig. 11. The sequence of the

36 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

calciferous rock and clays here is notable, since in the contact
of equivalent strata on the Moorabool this order is reversed.^

Some years ago a fine collection of fossils was made from the
lower strata, the names of which we will include with those from
a similar deposit at Skinner's, higher up the river. Unfortu-
nately, further collecting at Dreir's is for the present extremely
difficult, the outcrop being now almost completely hidden, partly
by alluvium and sand washed over it by floods, and partly by the
dense undergrowth which afterwards sprung up.

IX. — Village Settlement.

This section is on the north bank of the river, and between
Myrtle Point and Skinner's. Some clearly marked fossil casts
were extracted from ironstone blocks cropping out on a road
leading down to the river, which is here 38 feet above sea level.
The lower portion of the bank is occupied by the usual Bairns-
dale limestone, and at a height of 50 feet above the river level
this gives place to soft fossiliferous ironstone. A short stay
sufficed to shew us that the casts resemble those at Boggy Creek,
as is indicated by the following examples : —

Fossils from Village Settlement.

Cypraea pyrulata Glycimeris laticostata, Q. and G.

Tiirritella, sp. Limopsis insolita, G. B. Sow. (prob.)

Spondyhxs gaederopoides, McCoy Chione, sp.

Spondyhis pseiidoradiila, McCoy Panopaea orbita, Hiitton

Pecten gambierensis, T. Woods, var. Corbula ephamilla, Tate

Pecten foiilcheri, T. Woods

X. — Skinner's.

Going a little further west we come to Skinner's, where a
series of sections extend for about half a mile along the northern
bank. Since the silting up at Dreir's, this is now the only
locality on the river in which well preserved eocene fossils can
be collected ; in the ironstone they are, as we have seen, i-educed
to casts, while in the Bairusdale limestone unaltered forms are
rarely found.

The earliest section worked is at the base of a steep bank
directly under Skinner's house. An almost similar section,

1 Hall and Prichard : Notes on Lower Tertiaries of Southern Portion of Moorabool
Valley. R. S. Vic, vol. iv., n.s., 1892.

Geology of the Loiver MitcJtell River. 37

a few chains farther west, is only accessible on foot when the
river is low, but it is, we believe, a more profitable bed for the
collector than the other. We reached it in the first instance
by means of a duck boat, a mode of conveyance we cannot
recommend to geologists, as by some mischance one of us was
suddenly tumbled headlong into the river. In addition to the
larger forms of mollusca the strata are replete with small shells,
corals, bryozoa, foraminifera, etc., which can be easily washed
out of the friable matrix. In both sections the shell beds are
at the base of the bank and under compact limestone, but in
contrast to Dreir's, the latter no longer constitutes the main mass
of the strata, alternations of sandy drift and ironstone occurring
up to the conglomerate capping at the summit of the terrace. A
drawing is given of the more westerly of these sections in Fig.
12, the strata observed being,

Sand and Clay on the sloping ground back prom the
terrace, and then :

Massive cemented conglomerate - . .
Silt and ironstone bands . - • .

Sandy drift -------

Clayey ironstone band, with eocene fossils
Sandy drift -------

Compact limestone . . . . .

Fine sandy drift, with ferruginous pipes,

similar to the high level beds at Dooley's

(Boggy Creek) - - -
Loose calcareous beds (fossiliferous)
Compact shelly beds down to river level

Total 95 feet.

The river here is 46.55 feet above sea level.

At another section, a little farther west still, the strata are
much the same, but the basal bed consists of 25 feet of the
calcareous material similar to that worked some years ago at the
first section, or Skinner's proper, when the majority of the fossils
listed below were collected.

' In the half mile stretch between Skinner's and the gully, which
breaks through the banks westward, many good sections were

15 feet

15

>>

15

>)

1

))

14

))

4

55

9

55

13

55

9

55

38 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

noted, but in this short distance they shew a surprising variation
in character. This is to some extent the result of alteration
since the deposition of the strata, but the chief cause is undoubt-
edly changes in the sediments. A few hundred yards west
of the last section, the calcareous strata disappear entirely at
the base and cemented ironstone or only sandy drift occurs for
several feet up, while overlying there are nodules and even bands
of hard unaltered limestone. A few yards farther west still,
i.e., near the gully mentioned, this in its turn disappears. The
lower silt is full of the ferruginous pipes and stems common at
Dooley's and other sections, and there appear to be also the
remains of bryozoa (though on this point we cannot be positive).

We have only recently been able to observe these final
sections on Skinner's bank : at previous visits the steepness of
the bank and the thick scrub covering it, combined with the
approach of the wacer to the very edge, rendered the place
practically inaccessible, but on the last occasion we managed to
clamber all over the face.

On the other side of the gully, the massive conglomerate
capping and a thickness of 15 to 20 feet of ironstone overlie the
sandy drift. This ironstone may be traced westward for about
a mile, and is no doubt the same as that which caps Saunders'
Blufi". The layers at the base of the latter correspond to those
at the west end of Skinner's, about a mile and a half away.
Since Saunders' Bluff is practically at the end of the eocene on
the north side of the river, the old coast line must have been
close to the sections noted, and it is thus fair to conclude that
the variation in the strata is mainly due to sedimentation.

We observe that on this side of the river, the limestone at
Myrtle Point is of great thickness and constitutes the main
mass of the bank, yet at Skinner's section close at hand it is
reduced to a thin band. Again, on the south bank, the limestone
passes with surprising suddenness into the drift deposits. On
the western flank of the Mitchell tertiaries there is thus no
gradual thinning out of the limestone, and it cannot, as Mr.
Howitt's theory requires, be an eroded basal bed upon which
the sandy drifts, with their alternating fossiliferous ironstones,
have been subsequently deposited (1). On the contrary, we regard
the strata, including the limestone, gastropod beds, and other

Geology of the Loiver Mitchell River. 39

sediments, as practically contemporaneous, that is, they belong to
the same horizon of the eocene. It is true that both at Dreir's
and Skinner's, the calcareous shell beds underlie the Bairnsdale
limestone, and must therefore have been first laid down, but at
Boggy Creek the ironstones of the amphitheatre, in which similar
fossils are now represented by casts, actually overlie the same
limestones. Those who have studied the marine tertiaries of
Southern Australia, will doubtless recall somewhat analogous
occurrences in the eocene of other localities. The relationship
of certain well-known calcareous or clay beds, with a rich
assemblage of fossils, to adjoining polyzoal limestone has been
discussed in various memoirs, and it will suffice to say here that
their close palaeontological affinities are now generally recognized.
The proximity of the former shore line renders the solution of
the problem for the Mitchell sections comparatively easy. The
creeks or rivers which discharged into the eocene sea would
bring down sands and clays, and a favourable matrix for the
preservation of the tests of gastropods, corals, etc., would thus
exist, while in the quiet clear waters of areas removed from the
action of such currents, the faunal remains might at the same
time accumulate as beds of limestone. In the latter, oysters, some
species of pectens, echinoderms, etc., are usually more abundant
than in the clays, while univalve moilusca are comparatively
scarce. The preponderance of certain fossil forms in the
respective strata may probably be accounted for by the nature
of the enclosing media. Though the large majority remain intact
oidy in the clays and calcareous sediments, a few are certainly
best preserved in the limestones. Attention may here be called
to Mr. F. W. Harmer's description of the Coralline Crag of
Suffolk (England), wherein he states that pectens and other
moilusca with calcitic tests, and the remains of bryozoa are
common, but the opaque or ai'agonitic moilusca are represented
by casts only\

Similar remarks are applicable to the Bairnsdale limestones.
In some portions of the latter, as at Swan Reach (5), casts of
gastropods, though not plentiful, yet occur, but they are rarely
identifiable.

2 Q.J.G.S., vol. liv., p. 321.

40 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

As already shewn by Messrs. Hall and Pritchard, it is by no
means necessary to assume that the limestones of tertiary beds
represent deep water deposits.^ It follows of course from what
we have stated that the limestones in this part of the Mitchell
area could not have been laid down at any great distance from
the shore, and the views expressed by the authors named are
thus here of special application.

A list of fossils from Skinner's was given by one of us a few
years ago (5), but the present opportunity is taken of adding to
as well as of revising it. As before intimated, species from the
equivalent bed at Dreir's are now included.

We have to thank Mr. Wallace for the use he allowed us to
make of his collection of Skinner's fossils.

Fossils from Skinner's and Dreir's.
Gasteropoda.

Semiactaeon microplocus.Cossmann Cithara, sp.

Btillinella angustata, T. and C. Cancellaria platyijleura, Tate

Bullinella infundibulata, Cossmann Cancellaria varieifera, T. Woods

Btillinella aratula, Cossmann Cancellaria epidromiformis, Tate

Bullinella cuneopsis, Cossmann Ancilla pseudaustralis, Tate

tJmbraciilum australe, Harris Marginella wentworthi, T. Woods

Conus pullulescens, T. Woods Marginella winteri, Tate

Conus cuspidatus, Tate Marginella luiciila,. Tate, var.

Conus, sp. Marginella, two spp.

Bathytoma angustifrons, Tate, var. Volutilithes antiscalaris, McCoy

Columljarium acanthostephes, Tate Voluta weldii, T. Woods

Columbarium craspedotus, Tate Voluta maccoyii, T. Woods

Pleurotoma clarae, T. Woods Voluta conoidea, Tate

Pleurotoina murndaliana, T. Woods Mitra atractoides, Tate, var.

Pleurotoma trilirata, Harris Uromitra paucicostata, Tate

Pleurotoma, n. sp. Uromitra, two n. spp.

Pleurotoma, sp. Fusus dictyotis, Tate

Borsonia, sp. Fusus senticosus, Tate

Drillia sandleroides, T. Woods Latirofusus exilis, Tate

Drillia stiza, T. Woods Fasciolaria, sp.

Drillia integra, T. Woods Latirvis salebrosus, Harris

Drillia, three spp. Siphonalia, n. sp.

Buchozia hemiothone, T. Woods Phos tardicrescens, Tate

Cordiera conospira, Tate Phos (?) n. sp.

Daphnobela gracillima, T. Woods Nassa tatei, T. Woods

Mitromoi-pha daphnelloides, T. Coliunbella funiculata, T, Woods

Woods Columbella, five spp.

Mitromorpha, two spp. Trophon, sp.

Clathurella bidens, T. Woods Miu-ex rhysus, Tate

Clathurella, two spp. Murex lophoessiis, Tate

Mangilia, spp. Murex polyphyllus, T. Woods

1 Tertiary Deposits of the Aire and Cape Otway. R.S.V., vol. xiL, n.s., 1899.

Geology of the Lower Mitchell River.

41

Mixrex, n. sp.
Lampusia "woodsii, Tate
Lampusia tortirostris, Tate
Lampusia geinmulata, Tate
Apollo prattii, T. Woods
Cassis exigiia, T. Woods (?)
Cypraea gigas, McCoy
Cypraea leptorhyncha, McCoy
Cypraea eximia, G. B. Sow.
Cypraea parallela, Tate
Cypraea pyrulata, Tate
Trivia avellanoides, McCoy
Triforis wilkinsoni, T. Woods
Triforis sulcata, T. Woods
Triforis, sj).

Cerithium ajDheles, T. Woods
Colina, two spp.

Newtoniella eusmilia, T. Woods
Newtoniella cribarioides, T. Woods
Newtoniella, eight spp.
Thylacodes conohelix, T. Woods
Tenagodes occlusus, T. Woods
Turritella platyspira, T. Woods
Turritella murrayana, Tate
Turritella tristira, Tate
Turritella acricula, Tate
Torinia, sp.

Eissoia tateana, T. Woods
Eissoia, five spp. ^

Eissoina, two spp.

Calyptropsis tiu-binata, T. Woods

Natica hamiltonensis, T. Woods

Natica polita, T. Woods

Natica subinfundibulum, Tate

Scalaria, spp.

Crosseia (P) sp.

Eulima danae, T. Woods

Eulima, two spp.

Niso psila, T. Woods

Pyramidella, n. sp.

Odontostomia, sp.

Eulimella, two spp.

Turbonilla, sp.

Turbo, n. sp.

Collonia parvula, T. Woods

Collonia, Bp.

Cantharidus, three spp.

Gribbula, three spp.

Trochocochlea, sp.

Chlorostoma (?) sp.

Calliostoma, three spp.

Astele, two spp.

Euchelvis, sp.

Liotia roblini, T. Woods

Tinostoma, sp.

Fissurellidea malleata, Tate

Emarginiila wannonensis, Harris

Emarginula, two spp.

Subemarginula occlvisa, Tate

Subemarginula, n. sp.

Dentalium mantelli, Zittel
Dentalium aratum, Tate

SCAPHOPODA.

Dentalium lacteolum, Tate

Lamrllibranciiiata.

Ostrea hyotidoidea, Tate
Dimya dissimilis, Tate
Spondylus pseudoradula, McCoy
Lima bassii, T. Woods
Limatvda jeffreysiana, Tate
Pecten murrayanus, Tate
Pecten foulcherj, T. \yoods
Pecten consobrinus, Tate (?)
Pecten sturtianus, Tate (?)
Amussium zitteli, Hutton
Hinnites corioensis, McCoy
(Jrenella singularris, Tate
Septifer fenestratus, Tate
Philobrya bernardi, Tate
Plagiarca cainozoica, Tate
Barbatia celleporacea, Tate
Barbatia crustata, Tate
Barbatia simulans, Tate
Cucullaea corioensis, McCoy

Glycimeris cainozoica, T. Woods
Glycimeris laticostata, Q. and G.
Limopsis forskali, A. Adams
Limopsis morningtonensis,

Pritchard
Nucula atkinsoni, Johnston
Leda apiculata, Tate
Leda vagans, Tate
Leda obolella, Tate
Trigonia semiundulata, Jenkins.
Trigonia tubvilifera, Tate
Cardita delicatvila, Tate
Cardita polynenia, Tate
Cardita compacta, Tate
Carditella (?) sp.
Mytilicardia, two spp.
Crassatellites dennanti, Tate
Crassatellites communis, Tate
Chama lamellifera, T. Woods

42 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Meretrix, n. sp. Corbiila ephamilla, Tate

Chione dimoi-phophylla, Tate Corbula pyxidata, Tate

Chione cainozoica, T. Woods Panopaea orbita, Hutton

Chione, n. sp. Cuspidaria subrostrata, Tate

Mactra howchiniana, Tate Myadora tenuilirata, Tate

Palliobranchiata.

Magellania garibaldiana, Davidson Terebratulina sp.
Magellania grandis, T. Woods Magasella woodsiana, Tate

Magellania insolita, Tate Magasella compta, G . B. Sow.

Terebratulina scoulari, Tate

ECHINODERMATA.

Clypeaster gippslandicus, McCoy Eupatagixs miirrayensis, Laiibe
Monostychia australis, Laube Astrophyton sp.

Echinolampus sp. Antedon sp.

ACTINOZOA.

Flabellum candeanum, Edw. and H. Conocyathus scrobicnlatus, Dennant
Flabellum diincani, T. Woods Deltocyathtis viola, Duncan

Flabelkim victoriae, Duncan Trematotrochvis fenestratus, T.

Placotrochiis deltoidens, Dvmcan Woods

Sphenotrochus australis, Duncan Balanophyllia sp. (juv.)
Sphenotrochus emarciatus, Duncan

These fossils indicate of course that Skinner's and Dreir's beds
are of the type of the Muddy Creek, Murray River, Shelford,
Mornington, and some other eocene deposits, and they thus come
under Messrs. Hall and Pritchard's division — Balconibian.

A well was sunk for water at Little Brothers' sawmill which
lies back from the river about a mile to the north of Skinner's.
The surface is 146 feet above sea level and the depth of sinking
92 feet. The strata disclosed are : —

Clay --.---.. 4 feet
Drift, with occasional ironstones containing
Magellania garibaldiana and other
eocene fossils - - - - - 66 ,,
Calcareous sands, with numerous casts of shells 22 ,,

Total 92 feet.
At this depth brackish water was struck.

Geology of the Lower Mitchell River. 45

XI. — Saunders' Bluff.

That this bluff marks the last appearance of the tertiaries on
the north bank of the river has already been alluded to. Farther
west this bank is entirely occupied by devonian rocks and the
river channel from Moitun Creek to Flaggy Creek thus outlines
the boundaries of the two formations : the present stream flows
now on one side of the flats and then on the other, the gorge
itself being from two to three miles wide.

The river turns south east at Moitun Creek, and then, as we
have seen, flows for some miles along the line of junction
between unconformable strata. This would probably be the
easiest course for the river to take, and its initial deflection to
the east at Moitun Creek may have been thus determined.

Saunders' Bluff is 150 feet high, and up to the top of the iron-
stone, or for 110 feet, it stands out as a bold cliff on the river
bank. The strata consist of : — -

Sand

Fossiliferous ironstone - - - -

Coloured and banded drift, and pebbles -
Ferruginous soft red sandstone to river level

Total 1.50 feet.

The height of the river above sea level is here 52.49 feet. For

a drawing of the section at Saunders' Bluflf see Fig. 13. The

bank is too steep to he examined in full detail, but we obtained

fossil casts partly from ironstone blocks now lying at the base,

but fallen from above, and partly from those in situ near the top

of the fossiliferous strata, that is, at a height of 162 feet above

datum line.

Fossils prom Saunders' Bluff.

Conus sp. Crassatellites dennanti, Tate

Turritella miirrayana, Tate Meretrix eburnea, Tate

Pecten foulcheri, T. Woods Meretrix, n. sp. (also at Skiuner's)

Cardita polynema, Tate Bryozoa spp.

Mytilicardita sp. (also at Skinner's)

XII. LiNDENOW.

Just opposite Saunders' Bluff", on the south bank of the river,.
an interesting outcrop of ironstone occurs. Between the twO'

40 feet

20 „

84 „

6 „

44

Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

sections stretches a wide extent of the fertile Lindenow fiats,
bounded on the north by the Bluff, and on the south or Lindenow
side by a sloping bank, which is covered by a thick alluvial
deposit. The ironstone commences at about 60 feet up the bank,
iind is traceable along a narrow river terrace as far as Moitun
Creek on the west, as well as for a long way eastward. At
Lindenow the band is fairly massive, and from 15 to 20 feet
thick. Owing to small quarrying operations, the face is well
•exposed, and though we spent only a few hours at the spot, we
were able to collect many easily identifiable casts. The section
was examined at an early stage of our work, and the results
obtained had a large share in convincing us that the ironstone
casts on the Mitchell banks from Boggy Creek westward simply
represent the eocene forms, which, either in the limestones or in
the shell beds at Skinner's and Dreir's, are in most cases still
preserved unaltered. We have seen no clearer casts anywhere
than at Lindenow, and the palaeontological evidence is thus
specially decisive.

Fossils from Lindenow.

Vohita weldii, T. Woods
Siphonalia (?) sp.
Cohimbella (?) sp.
Mxirex lophoessus, Tate
Lampusia anneetans, Tate
Cassis exigua, T. Woods
Potamides sp.
Tiirritella niurrayana, Tate
Tiirritella tristira, Tate
Lima bassii, T. Woods
Pecten foiilcheri, T. Woods
Pecten sturtianus, Tate (?)
Glycimeris laticostata, Q. and G.

Trigonia semiundiilata, Jenkins.
Cardita sp.

Meretrix ebiirnea, Tate (?)
Chione etheridgei, Pritchard
Chione sp. (also at Skinner's)
Corbida ephamilla, Tate
Cuspidaria subrostrata, Tate
Myadora australis, Johnston
Limulites rutella, T. Woods
Paradoxechiniis novus, Laube
Placotrochus elongatus, Duncan
Placotrochiis deltoideus, Duncan

On one occasion when driving along the Lindenow road we
observed ironstone rocks cropping out on a grassy bank about
lialf a mile to the south. Leaving the buggy on the road we
walked over to the spot and broke up a quantity of the stone.
After a prolonged search we found a few fossiliferous blocks,
which shewed casts of species identical with some we have
recorded from the neighbouring section.

Geology of the Lower Mitchell River. 45

XIII. — Summary and Conclusion.

1. The western boundary of the Gippsland miocene is extended
at least as far as Bellevue and Rose Hill. Its exact limits in
that direction are not determined, but farther up the river every
section examined discloses only a lower tertiary fauna. The
highest level at which miocene fossils are recorded in the area is
at Knight's, and about 160 feet above sea level. At the mouth
of Boggy Creek the river cliff is 194 feet above level, and the
eocene strata are continuous up to its summit. Farther west the
country still rises, and just beyond Boggy Creek reaches 230 feet,.
and finally at Moitun Creek 330 feet above datum line. Iron-
stone blocks, containing eocene fossils, were traced up to an
elevation of about 160 feet in both these localities.

2. Since we dissent from Sir F. McCoy's classification of the
Moitun and Boggy Creek ironstones as upper miocene or lower
pliocene, we cannot accept the theory, apparently founded upon
it by Mr. Howitt, viz., that the Bairnsdale limestone is denuded
on its north limit and overlain by the Moitun Creek group (1).
Professor McCoy determined the age of this group on palaeon-
tological data, but the Report (1) contains no list of the species
submitted to him. As a fact, a reliable cla.ssifi cation of the
Mitchell beds was scarcely possible at the date of the Report
(1874). Compai-atively few species were known from the
Victorian tertiaries generally, while the molluscan bed at the
base of the Skinner's section was then practically unworked.
The latter of course supplies the key for the interpretation of the
Moitun and Boggy Creek casts.

Again, from Lindenow up to Moitun Creek, the Bairn.sdale
limestone is entiiely wanting, and the river banks show instead,
on the south, ferruginous sands resting directly upon devonian
strata, and on the north, the latter rocks only.

From Bellevue eastward there is, on the contrary, evidence of
the ero.sion of the limestone before the deposition upon it of the
so-called upper pliocene (really miocene) beds, and to this extent
we are in accord with Mr. Howitt.

The following table shews the classification of the Mitchell
tertiaries as given in the Reports (1 and 2), and by ourselves in
the present paper.

46 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

McCoy.

wnwiff Dennant and

HOVMtt. 1 pj^^j^

Jemmy's Point
JBellevTie and Eose

Pliocene

Upper Pliocene

^ Miocene

Hill

Moitun Creek and
Boggy Creek

IBairnsdale limestone
Skinner's and Dreii-'s

Upper Miocene

or
Lower Pliocene

Middle Miocene

Lower Pliocene
> Middle Miocene

1
> Eocene

3. The Mitchell River gorge from Moitun Creek downwards
has, no doubt, been carved out in post-miocene times, and the
drifts and coarse gravels of the terraces, as well as of the country
bordering them, have been mainly transported by streams from
the northern hills or by the river itself.

4. On the final elevation of the land at the close of the
miocene period, the difference in level between Moitun Creek
and the sea does not appear to have been much greater than at
present, otherwise the river would have cut a far deeper channel
than it has. Say the difference was 150 feet greater, then in
such soft material we should expect a wide and deep channel to
be cut, which afterwards would be filled up with sediments when
the land subsided. There is no evidence of this. At East
Bairnsdale, borings have been carried to a depth of 250 feet, or
from 180 feet to 200 feet below sea level. Now, at a depth of
150 feet, or not more than 50 feet below sea level, eocene shells
were struck. These included Clypeaster gippslandicus, a common
form in the Bairnsdale limestone.

Further, the Nicholson and Tambo rivers, which, even now in
places, as at Swan Reach, flow betw^een eocene and miocene
cliffs, have certainly no deep recent beds beneath them, such as
they should have if the country had once been 150 to 200 feet
higher and then had subsided to its present level.

The local evidence is thus opposed to the theory of a former
superior elevation of the land, except of course by the amount
due to ordinary subaerial denudation.

Pfiir. K.S. Virtoria, PML I'Intr IT.

Proc. R.S. Victoria, /.W.j'. Flute 111.

Si

ST)

^

I'ror. U.S. Virtnrio, I9(i:i. I'h'lv IV.

Jf

Section across Gully

AT

Underwoods

/V\

J Houi[

^Pt*^t5^ ^OiSil bloc

UNDcnnOOD
*5 lift

—^^^ mfe,i

ffn'er- tevel

— ^

Section of Underwoods Cliff

ReQ \y Crave I y^a i^

loofl dllernitf bea

of hird and dayty limeihne

U.S. Victoria, PJO:;. I'lah' V

Sect/ ON across Boggy Creek

Inmstime tpedilej
fine white sand

fine sand wM /s-
/erruf/ nous fit fifs

Ift fine :,and t ^hat/ /romCone laye.

ill /rvniUne i ^'°y^^j
f/l fine davelintnnstcnej^
411 Clayey lronstDne(foiiilifeioui)A

EAC,r

J — I Ton it one i>ands

;f="-^=~ , ^tyinij a chocolate
Sal _

<;

J

-,

rl?

Q ?

5

§ ^

2

r^ vo >.i

^

-^ s 5 c

\V V ' S -c

_^

«j

W 1 1 '^ ""

.'J

\/>^ '

-cr

^

%

\

%':/.,,

J \

^ ^
^ §

1, !'§

C
■^

1 *

l|

1

1

•r, *i

1 J
III

ll

Of

Mitchell

AND

Mo/TON Cr

1

iMi'

1 '^v? -1

?l

ECTION

Uiiv

^-^^Jk

^'

^

-

' '

I'nic. R.S. Victoria, 19(j:>. I'hitc VI.

cP

Section at Morrisons Bluff
M 01 TUN Crfek

i^.e^l- Gnvels

■^ Hill ritiny to 250 ft

/ronHone fomliferous

-^ yelioa and arid cUy
r;^grg^E~-- HirU ifiily rock

■--^ /eHiUftroui

Concjlamtntt
fine veltor/ and

5. Contact of Tertiary and Devon/an , Moitun Creek
Longitudinal Section

fossilile

Ironstones with Fossils _ _

„ ,, ,, T-- -, , / — 48 ft Devontdn Shatei

Cravel^ ^

Fossils 2
Conglomenles

thinning out

Sand

'e end 6ri/U*

Froc. R.t). Vidoriu, l<JO:j. I'lati

11

^

J,

4 .

«;

T5

£

"^

^-^

v

- . "53

"^

(>^

^

4j

-Q

1

C

-<

5,

\

§-

i>

2"-

1

"s

>3

•X

A ^

o

s

^

i

Is

3

1^1

"5:

■ III

o

1

[L

^

^^

U^

4)1^

^^'1 '

t'l'"'^

:::

o. 5

j^j
$

^^di

■ ..■»■ %l

^

^

■<

^

1

"^

s^

lit

f

-h

K

s^

^-4UU'

' 1 ■■

"^

^J

^1\r-\^

W^

1

5

^

"^

^.

:^

::^

(f

Pror. R.S. Vlrt<yrUi. IWr.l. I'hifc VIIT.

Geology of the Lower Mitchell River, 47

EXPLANATION OF PLATES II. to VIII.

Plate II.
Fig. 1.— Map of Mitchell River.

Plate IIL

Fig. 2. — Section at Eagle Point.
,, 3. — Section at Rosehill.

Plate IV.

Fig. 4. — Section across Gully at Underwood's.
„ 5. — Section of Underwood's Cliff.

Plate V.

Fig. 6. — Section across Boggy Creek.
,, 7. — Section at Junction of Mitchell River and Moitun
Creek.

Plate VI.

Fig. 8. — Section at Morrison's Bluff.
„ 9. — Contact of Tertiary and Devonian at Moitun Creek.

Plate VIL

Fig. 10. — Section at Perry's Bluff, Lucas Creek.
,, 11. — Section at Dreir's.

Plate VIIL

Fig. 12. — Section near Skinner's.
„ 13. — Section at Saunders' Bluff.

Art. III. — O71 certain Conglomerates near Sydenliani.

By T. S. hart, M.A., F.G.S.

(With Plate IX.).
[Eead 9tli April, 1903.].

Among the older rocks exposed along the deep valleys of the
Saltwater River and Deep Creek, across the Keilor Plains, there
occur certain conglomerates. Apart from the rarity of conglom-
erates among these rocks, these present certain features of
interest.

This portion of the course of the above-mentioned streams
is within the area mapped in Quarter-sheet 7 S.E., extending
through 2 S.W. into 1 N.W.

The positions of the conglomerates are denoted by the numbers
1 to 7 on the accompanying map. Of these, Nos. 1 and 3 are
unnoticed on the Quarter-sheets, Nos. 5 and 6 are indicated by
the symbol "C3," but I failed to detect them when going along
those parts of the valleys. No. 7 I have only seen on the river
bank at the place at which the number is placed, but it is shown
on the Quarter-sheet as far north and south as the crosses on the
locality map.

Description of the Observed Conglomerates.

The locality 1 is about a mile and a half from Sydenham
Railway Station, and close to the fifteenth milepost on the
Mount Alexander Road. The right bank of the Saltwater on
this bend rises in a steep cliff. At the western end of this cliff
are mudstones and sandstones of ordinary character dipping
easterly at 70° to vertical or slightly overturned. These are
succeeded by mudstones with pebbles scattered through them in
various positions, isolated, or in patches, or somewhat in bands.
The pebbles are well-worn, but frequently flat-sided, some present
glaciated shapes, and, on a few, obscure striations are present.
They range in size up to about six inches, and consist of quartz.

On Certain Conglomerates near Sydenham. 49

quartzite, porcellanite, and quartz-porphyry. These pebhly mud-
stones have a thickness of about seventeen feet near the water's
edge. The matrix is exceptionally somewhat sandy. They are
followed by a heavy coiiglon)erate of pebbles of similar character
to those in the mudstones, but reaching larger sizes, nearly a
foot in diameter, and a few additional rocks were observed,
including a greisen.

The pebbles are thickly crowded together, and in various
positions, the spaces between large material filled with smaller,
and the small quantity of fine material is mainly sandy. The
junction with the underlying pebbly mudstones is very uneven ;
the conglomerate is about 15 feet thick at the water's edge,
but contemporaneous erosion has cut away the mudstones higher
up the bank and allows the conglomerate to thicken to about 22
feet. In the upper part of the conglomerate there occur two
irregular bands of sandstone about 9 inches thick and with few
pebbles in them.

The upper surface of the conglomerate is fairly even and is
succeeded by a series of pebbly mudstones, similar to those below,
for about 40 feet. Then follows an alternation of thin sandstone
beds and mudstones, both free from pebbles for about 24 feet.
Another band of about 4 feet in thickness and containing
pebbles then occurs. The matrix is mainly mudstone but it
contains a discontinuous bed of tine sandstone, which, at one
place, is folded back on itself, and at another disturbed from its
position parallel to the beds. In the upper part of the mudstone
and above this sandstone is a band of coarse grit. The next bed
following is a sandstone free from pebbles and the pebbles were
not observed further at this place.
The series may be tabulated thus : —
Uppermost, eastern end :

Mudstone, with pebbles, and grit band

and fine sandstone bed disturbed - 4 feet

Alternating mudstones and sandstones,
without pebbles - - - -

Pebbly mudstones - - - - -

Heavy conglomerate - - - .

Pebbly mudstones - - - - -

Total

24

J)

40

)»

15 to 22

>)

17 to 10

>)

100 feet.

4

50 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

These conglomerates are clearly iiiterbedded with the ordinary
Palaeozoic rocks. They are jointed, so much so, that it is difficult
to extract pebbles whole. Joint planes can be traced through
the pebbly mudstones and conglomerate, and on one of these a
thin vein of quartz has since formed. This quartz vein is most
easily seen in the pebbles and can be clearly seen crossing older
quartz pebbles.

Crumpling in the lamination of the finer beds was noticed, but
they are not often visibly laminated. At places a pebble is
indented by a neighbouring pebble.

Locality No. 2 is some little distance down the river just before
the basalt forms the river bed. The conglomerates are here
exposed in a low bank and on the shelving surface of rock near
the water and liable to be covered. It is marked on the Quarter-
sheet. A conglomerate bed, al)out 15 feet in thickness, contains
pebbles similar in shape and material to the others described, the
pebbles reaching a size of about 6 inches. Below it is a patch of
pebbles at a distance of about 2 feet. About 30 feet further east
(higher in the beds) a band occurs of pebbly beds 2 feet 9 inches,
congloinerate 2 feet 3 inches, pebbly beds 2 feet, these layers
merging into one another. The matrix of the pebbly beds is
here more sandy. The pebbles reach to about 9 inches diameter.

Locality No. 3, on the right bank of the Deep Creek a little
above the junction. Here are scattered pebbles, some flat faced,
in a compact mudstone matrix. The whole thickness seen was
about 8 feet. In it is a band of 7 inches of sandstone without
pebbles. Its strike, if continued, would take the beds west of the
locality 5.

Locality No. 4, close to the granite in Deep Creek. All the
rocks are much indurated to a hardness comparable with the
pebbles and on old surfaces pebbles .seldom stand out and are not
easily noticed. The hardness and splintery character of the
altered rock makes examination difficult. Some of the pebbles
are flat sided ; the largest pebble noticed was of quartz about 8
inches diameter. The bed observed hud a thickness of about 10
feet, it is close to a large granite dyke. Quartzite with pebbles
and a rock, which miglit represent the pebbly mudstones, are also
present here, as blocks may be seen in the creek. The general
character, so far as was seen, was similar to what might be

On Certain Conglomerates near Sydenham. 51

expected from material like that at locality No. 1, altered at the
granite contact. The general dip here is easterly at about 60°.

At localities 5 and 6 I did not see the conglomerate.

At locality 7, conglomerate is seen on the right bank of the
Saltwater north of Keilor township. The pebbles, to about 10
inches in size, are mainly quartz and quartzite, similar to those at
No. 1, in a matrix mostly sandy, but I did not notice any pebbly
mudstones. The northerly extension marked on the quarter
sheet is mostly under an alluvial fiat. About the southern end
also little rock is exposed. At the point where they were
observed the dip is about 50° westerly and the strike east of
north. The thickness exposed is about 10 feet. The beds
immediately below are mudstones without pebbles and above
sandstone without pebbles and again a thin conglomerate bed.

Glacial Origin of the Pebbly Beds.

The manner of occurence and distribution of the pebbles
through the mudstones suggests at once a glacial transport.
The pebbles are of various sizes and in various positions and are
embedded in and scattered through a matrix which, even when
sandy, would have been completely removed by any current compe-
tent to move the pebbles. Only exceptionally are the pebbles so
crowded that fine material could have lodged among them and
this crowding is only in patches. The general aspect, expect as
to inclination, is very similar to parts of the glacial deposits of
Bacchus Marsh and elsewhere. They agree also very closely
with the description recently given by Mr. Howchin' of certain
supposed Cambrian glacial beds near Adelaide, only that here
the pebbles do not reach anything near the same dimensions.

Glaciated pebbles and some striated occur, associated indeed
with many rounded ones, and an examination of the matrix in the
lower pebbly mudstones at locality 1 shows that it is clear and
sharp, rather abraded than weathered material. Some of the
pebbles show crystals of pyrite ground down but not decomposed.
While no other explanation except glacial transport seems
practicable for the general characters of the deposit, the relations
to the beds above and below preclude any idea of accumulation

1 Trans. Royal Society S.A., vol. xxv., pt. i., 1901.

52 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

on land. The mudstones containing the pebbles and sandstones
between them at locality 1, and as far as noticed elsewhere, are
essentially part of a continuous series extending both above and
below them, under generally similar conditions, undoubtedly
marine. We are therefore limited to transport by floating ice,
not by land ice. With this agrees the disturbance of the fine
sandstone near the top of the series at locality No. 1, which
would be ascribable to stranding of the floating ice. The
disturbance is quite different from that which I have before
ascribed to differences of rigidity under folding in the Ordovician
rocks. ^

While icebergs from extensive ice sheets and glaciers often
carry little foreign material compared with their bulk, the case is
essentially different with shore ice and river ice. Nor are the
glaciated stones sufficiently numerous or distinct to regard the
ice as the only agent operating.

The following description of the Yukon by Mr. I. C. Russell
seems to fulfil the conditions of this case.

The Yukon " freezes deeply during the winter and the ice near
its borders, especially when it is broad and shallow, rests on the
bottom and has large quantities of stone and boulders attached
to it. All except the largest of the tributory streams freeze to
the l^ottom and also furnish vast quantities of pebbles for ice
transportation. When the rivers break up in the spring, the ice
with its loads of stone is floated down stream, and melting, as it
goes, distributes pebbles and boulders over the bottom of the river
and in places where at other times fine sediment is deposited.
In this way it is conceivable that a clay filled with boulders
might be formed which would simulate true boulder clay in
many ways. Certain boulder clays along the Yukon and the
Lewes are described elsewhere in this paper, which, as there
stated, may have been formed in the manner here suggested. "-

Now, it will be evident that the formation of such a deposit
resembling boulder clay will not he limited to the course of the
river i)ut may occur as far as the ice can reach in floating out to
sea and that shore ice may behave in just the same manner. The

1 Proc. Royal Society Vic, vol. xiv., pt. ii ii.s.

2 Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., vol. i., 1890.

On Certain Conglomerates near Sydenham. 53

materials carried will be firstly river gravels or coast shingle as
the case may be, but among those from the river glaciated stones
may occur in two ways. It is noted on the Yukon, by the same
writer, that stones embedded in the clay on the banks become
ground on one side by the stranding of river ice, especially in.
spring floods while ice barriers still exist in the river. The
material also in the river may itself be largely derived form glaciers,
as the nature of the mudstone matrix would suggest in this case.

The pebbles will naturally be more numerous in mudstones
because first the mudstone being more slowly formed than the
sandstone as a rule, more ice is likely to float across it while a
given thickness is deposited, and, secondly, because the current
being more gentle more of the ice is melted as it passes over it at
a slow speed. No indentation need be seen on the beds even if
they are laminated, for the stones may sink gently with ice still
attached.

A minor arrangement of the pebbles as continuous bands may
readily occur by the drift ice being more abundant at certain
times or a tendency of the ice to accumulate at certain places.

The character of the pebbly mudstones and sandstones is just
what might be expected off" a coast along which the climate was
such that considerable rivers could freeze to the bottom in winter
and much shore ice could be formed. Such a condition may be
associated with neighbouring general glaciation as at present in
Alaska, where glaciers occur south of the Yukon. The moderate
size of the largest boulders also favours this view.

The formation of the heavy conglomerate under such conditions
may be due to ordinary current transport, and the erosion of the
underlying mudstones favours this view. The stranding of ice
would however assist, when by gradual melting at one place, a
heterogeneous mass of gravel of all sorts and sizes would readily
accumulate, and the stranding and the rocking of the stranded
masses might also have caused the erosion.

The severe climatic conditions might also contribute to the
complete break in the fossil fauna which seems to occur about this
horizon.

These evidences of glacial action occur at the localities Nos. 1,
2, 3 and 4, but I did not notice them at No. 7 (Keilor).

54 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Source of the Material.

The materials of the pebbles require for their supply a land
surface of sedimentary rocks already invaded and altered by
igneous rocks and with volcanic rocks also exposed. The altered
sedimentary rocks are represented by the quartzite, poi'cellanite
and lydianite ; the igneous by the quartz porphyry, greisen, a
peculiar line graphic granite, and a vascular fragment. Vein
quartz also occurs.

The land area of Heathcotian rocks, as recently described by
Dr. Gregory^ may have provided these materials. The position of
the beds is in the gap existing in Upper Ordovician times in the
ridge southward from Lancefield ranges.

Age op the Conglomerates.

In a former paper referring to these conglomerates, I stated
that their Ordovician age was uncertain.

The Quarter-sheet appears to show all the palaeozoic rock in
7. S.E. as "Lower Silurian" a number of fossils being recorded
at the north-west corner of the sheet. As the whole of the
bedrock exposed along the Saltwater in 2. S.W. is mapped as
"Upper Silurian" the question of the actual contact appears to
be avoided. There is a fossil locality Ba60 marked on the Deep
Creek (close to locality 5) of which I have found no mention in
published reports, but it would support, no doubt, the extension of
the "Lower Silurian " colouring to the Deep Creek, which is
near the east side of the sheet. On a copy of 7 S.E., at the
Melbourne Public Library, I found that the Lower Silurian
colouring stops a short distance before the edge of the Quarter-
sheet (at the line J on the locality map), a small space being left
uncoloured. In all other copies I remember to have seen the
"Lower Silurian " colouring extends to the edge of the sheet.

On visiting the locality, this part of the river channel looked
at first very unpromising for rock exposures, alluvial material
being abundant ; but the river being low, a small outcrop of rock
was found exposed on the right bank close to the water within
the area uncoloured on the Public Library map. A rough
observation of strike and dip gave strike about N. 30° W. dip

1 Proc. Royal Society Vic, vol. xv., pt. ii., n.a.

On Certain Conglovierates near Sydenham. 55

easterly at 47°. About 15 chains to the N.W. the beds exposed
on a steep bank appear to strike N. 5° W. and are nearly vertical.
Directly over this, in a track cut up the hillside, the apparent dip
is only 35° easterly, but this may be due to slipping on the steep
hillside. Higher up stream a good exposure gave a strike N. 10°,
W. and dip about 70° easterly, not westerly, as shown here on the
Quarter-sheet, and, from here up, high dips are the rule. Down
stream in sheet 2 S.W. there is at first an easterly dip about 45°
becoming much less further on, and continuing moderate as far as
Keilor. The position then at which the colouring ends on the
Public Library copy is the boundary between the general high
dips on the north-west and the moderate or low dips on the south-
east. With the river at a higher level this boundary might
easily have been placed further east at the edge of the quarter
sheet.

About a mile to the north west (H on map) a strike N. 18° W.
dip about 30° easterly occurs in a low cliff, but near the water's
edge the dip is 70° easterly and the strike different, considerably
nearer to north. Between the places of these observations there
is a fault to which the beds turn from both sides, but the
observations were taken clear of all noticeable turning.

The age of the conglomerates in 7. S.E. may then be regarded
as Upper Ordovician probably mostly in slightly lower beds than
the fossils of Ba60. Exact comparison of positions of different
beds would be affected by faults which are probably common.

The conglomerate at Keilor is close to localities from which
"Upper Silurian " fossils are recorded. Going north from
locality 7 the strata exposed form an anticline with a strong
northerly pitch, dips and strike being apparently very variable :
at one place strike N. 82° E., dip 35° northerly. The beds exposed
to the north are therefore newer, and the Keilor conglomerate is
probably near the lowest beds exposed in the Silurian area within
the limits of the area under consideration.

Two explanations of the relations of the two series might be
offered.

The moderate dips and irregular strikes of the upper beds may
be due to their occupying a crumpled syncline, of which the older
beds to the west form one flank, with a steeper, more regular, dip
and .strike. This receives some support from the fact that some

56 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

miles higher up the Deep Creek high dips are prevalent in areas
mapped as " Upper Silurian."

The alternative is that we have here two distinct series, one of
which dips less steeply than the other and rests unconforniably
on it (at J an unconformity could be avoided by a faulted
junction such as occurs at H). That they are two independent
series is more likely, for the relations of the dip and strike of the
two series at J and H are very similar and agree well with what
would occur on a parallel anticline to that of Keilor, also with a
northerly pitch, whereas in irregular minor crumpling in a
syncline such correspondence seems unlikely. I have already
mentioned that I did not notice glacial evidences at Keilor. The
material seemed to have been derived from the same land surface
as the other conglomerates, not necessarily under the same
conditions.

I am not aware of any previous notice of glacial conditions
in Ordovician time in Australia. An occurrence of probably
glacial origin is described by Mr. W. Howchin, F.G.S., in
Kangaroo Island,'* wliicli is older than the prevailing glacial series
there, but, though its age is uncertain, it does not seem to be
referaV)le to quite as early an age as this.

The series more recently described by him near Adelaide, and
already referred to, is regarded as Cambrian on the general weight
of the evidence.

There are a number of Victorian localities at which the
existence of glacial rocks has been noticed without much evidence
as to the relations to other beds. No doubt the majority of these
belong to the Bacchus Marsh series, but the existence of others of
this series is also possible.

s Tran. Roy. Soc. S.A., vol. xxiii., pt. ii., 1899.

rriic. U.S. Victoria. ll)u:i. Plal,- IX.

K« Slot

Locality Map.
p«RTOF Keilor Plains

Scale ,,

5<^

Ml

Art. IV. — On the Occurrence of Striated Boulders in
the Penno-Carboniferous Rocks near the mouth
of the Shoalhaven River, New South Wales.

By E. 0. THIELE.
[Read 9th April, 1903.].

Since 1859, when Dr. A. R. C. Selwyn^ recorded indications of
ice action in the Inman valley, in South Australia, fresh evidence
has been forthcoming from various sources, indicating wide-
spread glacial conditions in the Permo-Carboniferous rocks of
Australia. In Eastern Australia boulder beds exist as far north
as the Bowen River Coalfield, Queensland,^ and are well-known
at several places in New South Wales,^ notably at Branxton and
Lochinvar ; while in Victoria, the Bacchus Marsh* deposits are
the most extensive and best-known among the somewhat numer-
ous occurrences of smaller area in various parts of the State.

In Tasmania again, the glacial beds are widely distributed,
being well-developed at Maria Island,^ Little Peppermint Bay,®
and at Wynyard.''

1 " Geological Notes of a Journey in South Australia, from Cape Jarvis to Mount Serle."
A. R. C. Selwyii, Parliamentary Paper, No. 20, Adelaide, 1859, p. 4.

2 "Report on the Bowen River Coalfield." R. L. Jack, F.G.S., p. 7, par. 39, Brisbane,
1879.

3 " Evidence of Glacial Action in the Carboniferous and Hawkesbury Series, in New
South Wales." Professor T. VV. E. David, B.A., F.G.S., Q.J.G.S., vol. xliii., pp. 190-196.
"Glacial Action in Australia, in Permo-Carboniferous Time." Professor T. W. E. David,
B.A., F.G.S., Q. J.G.S., vol. Hi., pp. 289-301. " Discovery of Glaciated Boulders at the base
of the Permo-Carboniferous System, Lochinvar, New South Wales." Prof. T. W. E.
David, B.A., F.G.S., Jour. Roy. Soc. New South Wales, vol. xxiii., p. 154.

4 Note. — The papers on the Bacchus Marsh Deposits are extremely numerous, c.f. Note
on the Bibliography of the Bacchiis Marsh Deposits, by T. S. Hall, M.A., in the Victorian
Naturalist, Melbourne, 1894, pp. 125-128; and a note also by A. E. Kitson, F.G.S., in his
paper on the Glacial Beds at Wynyard, Tasmania. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vic, vol. xv. (n.s.),
Pt. I., 1902, p. 30.

5 Note on Fossils from Maria Island, with evidence of glacial action consisting of huge
ice-born erratics eml^edded in rocks of Permo-Carboniferous age. R. M. Johnston, F.L.S.,
Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas., p. 20, 1884. Notes on the Geology of Bruni Island. R. M. Johnston,
F.L.S., Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas., pp. 18-26, 1886.

•! The Glacial Beds of Little Peppermint Bay, Tasmania. Prof. E. G. Hogg, M.A.
Report of Secretary of Mines for Tasmania, 1900-1, and Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1902.

7 On the Occurrence of Glacial Beds at Wynyard, near Table Cape, Tasmania. A. E.
Kitson, F.G.S., Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, vol. xv., (n.s.), pt. i., 1902.

58 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

The rocks referred to in this paper occur along the New South
Wales coast on the south side of the present outlet of the Shoal-
haven River at Crookhaven. They form a small headland on
which the Crookhaven lighthouse stands and also stretch a short
distance southwards, as a somewhat bi'oken line of low cliflFs.
Further south, the coast is low and stretches as a sandy beach
for some miles, beyond which, again, the higher cliffs in the
neighbourhood of Jervis Bay run out to sea. To the north of the
Shoalhaven entrance, another stretch of sandy beach extends in
the direction of Gerringong, where the well known fossiliferous tuff
beds of Black Head form an important feature of the coast line.

The area under consideration is mapped as Perrao-Carbonifer-
ous, and the late C. S. Wilkinson^ in referring to this part of the
coast line says "At Wollongong, Kiama, and on both sides of
Jervis Bay, the marine beds of the Lower Coal Measures occur,"
The rocks consist of more or less horizontally bedded dark
coloured argillaceous sandstones, but just to the south of the
Crookhaven headland, there is a slight arch with the axis running
out to sea, and a little to the north of this line, the marine
platform is cut into by a channel, about half a chain wide,
running more or less at right angles to the coast line and
evidently due to the more rapid weathering of a dyke.

A small remnant of what appears to be portion of the igneous
rock in situ, protrudes through the sand in the centre of the
channel towards the shore end ; it consists of a fine grained
greenish grey rock.

The shore shingle consists of a great variecy of rocks and an
examination of the marine platform shows it to contain rocks of
the same nature, embedded so firmly, that it was extremely diffi-
cult to extract them without injuring or breaking them. These
boulders are of all sizes, from small pebbles up to blocks a foot or
more in length ; many are smoothed, but sometimes only on one
or two sides, while in shape they are mostly irregular, often
somewhat triangular and elongate. Various kinds of igneous
and metamorphic rocks, such as porphyritic and granitic rocks,
schists and quartzites were observed, but time did not permit of
extensive collecting. A few likely boulders however were
extracted and fortunately several showed distinct polishing, with

1 Notes on the Geologj- of New South Wales. C. S. Wilkinson, K.G.S., F.L.S., Depart-
ment of Mines, Sydney, 1882, p. 51.

Striated Boulders near Shoalhaven River. 59

grooving and striation on the underside ; the others were so
coated with oxide of iron, that any tine markings which may
have been present were completely masked.

One of the best specimens consisted of a block of quartzite,
which before removal measured over 12 inches along its greatest
length ; the top side was rough and irregular and it was rather
badly jointed, so that it broke into several pieces on being
chiselled out. The under side was polished, grooved and tinely
striated, while several of the sides were faced and imperfectly
smoothed.

Further south again at Jervis Bay, in the neighbourhood of
the small township of Huskisson similar beds occur, but the
boulders were not so numerous and none of the few examined
showed striation. Some large granitic blocks however were
observed resting on the marine platforn), and though these were
not embedded they had evidently weathered out of the beds, for
similar rocks of smaller size were seen I'/t situ. The largest of
these loose boulders measured, roughly, about 6 feet by 2 feet
by li feet. The rocks here are fossiliferous, several spirifers,
and a Platychisma being collected.

In 1861, somewhat similar features in rocks at WoUongong
were described by the late Dr. T. Oldham^, and the beds were
compared with conglomerates in the Indian Talchir series, but no
striated boulders were recorded, nor was ice-action suggested at
the time to explain the origin of the formation. Later, however,
the glacial origin of the Talchir beds was more fully worked out,
and in 1885, Mr. R. D. Oldham,^ A.R.S.M., of the Geological
Survey of India, examined the New South Wales coal-bearing
beds ; he established the glacial origin of the conglomerates at
Branxton, WoUongong and elsewhere, and confirmed the correct-
ness of the previous correlation of the Australian Permo-
Carboniferous beds with the Indian coal-bearing series and their
associated boulder beds.

It appears then, that the presence of striated boulders in the
beds at Crookhaven affords further evidence of the prevalence,
in Permo-Carboniferous seas even in low latitudes, of floating
ice, which, as it melted, dropped its load of stones on the muddy
sea floor.

1 Mem. Geol. Survey of India, vol. iii., p. 209.

2 Record Geol. Survey of India, vol. xix., pt. i., p. 44.

Art. V. — New or Little-knoivn Victorian Fossils in the
National Museum.

Part II. — Some Silurian Molluscoidea.

By FREDERICK CHAPMAN, A.L.S., &c.,
National Musetun.

(With Plates X., XL, and XII.).

[Bead 14th May, 1903].

Certain of the species herein described as new forms undoubt-
edly show a more or less close relationship to well-known
European and North American types, both as to their general
features and superficial ornament. The Victorian examples are
here regarded as distinct only when they exhibit constant and
well-marked, though often minute, characters of their own. At
the same time it is our aim to point out their relationships, in
order that the homotaxial affinities between the southern and
northern forms may be kept in view. It should be remembered,
however, that the value of a correlation between limited horizons
in widely separated areas is liable to be unduly overestimated,
since we have conclusive proof afforded us, by the detailed study
of certain groups of Australasian fossils, as the Graptolites and
the Glossopteris flora, that formations which appear distinct in the
southern area include fossils which in the northern hemisphere,
and especially in Europe, would be regarded as representing a
mixed fauna or flora. In other words certain types of fossils
occurring in older or younger formations in Eui'ope or India,
may, in Australia be associated together in the same strati-
graphical series.^

The species now under description fall into one or other of the
two series of the Silurian, as defined by Professor J. W. Gregory,*

1 For a further discussion on this subject see T. S. Hall's Presidential Address, Section
C, Austral. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Hobart Meeting, 1901, p. 165.

2 J. W. Gregory: "The Heathcotian," Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, n.s., vol. xv., pt. ii., pp.
170-3.

New or Little-known Victorian Fossils. 61

Melbournian.

Lingula spryi, sp. nov.
,, latior, sp. nov.
Siphonotreta australis, sp. nov.
Orbiculoidea selwyni, sp. nov.
Craniella lata, sp. nov.
Chonetes melbournensis, sp. nov.

Yeringian.

FenestoUa margaritifera, sp. nov,

,, australis, sp. nov.

Stropheodonta (Brachyprion) lilydalensis, sp. nov.

,, (Leptostrophia) alata, sp. nov.

Strophonella euglyphoides, sp. nov.
Plectambonites transversalis, Wahlenberg, sp.

,, cresswelli, sp. nov.

Chonetes robusta, sp. nov. A5^

cresswelli, sp. nov.
TJncinulus stricklandi. Sow. sp.

Class POLYZOA.

Genus J*enesfe//a, Lonsdale.

Fenestella mapgaritifera, sp. nov. (PI. X., Figs. 1-3).

Specific characters. — Zoariuni funnel-shaped, rather short, the
height being nearly equal to the breadth at the rim. Inner
(poriferous) surface having straight, divergent branches ; bifurca-
tion occurring on a length of about ten fenestrules. Zooecia in
two series on either side of a prominent, beaded keel, and
arranged in a curve close to the lateral borders of the fenestrules.
The zooecia are prominent, papillose, with a central rounded
orifice, and are usually disposed in fives on the sides of the fenes-
trules. The latter are elliptical, or more rarely sub-quadrate.
Di.ssepiuients at very regular intervals, and as a rule laterally
coincident with one another, but occasionally alternate. External
surface of the zoarium having straight branches, with rounded
surfaces, and usually plain, but tending to become granulate.

62 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Measurements.

Average height of zoarium, 20 ram.

Average width of zoarium, 25 mm.

Diameter of a zooecium with vestibule, "06 mm.

Number of fenestrules in a length of 10 mm. = 11 to 13.

Number of fenestrules in a width of 10 mm. = 14 to 17.

Affinities. — This species is clearly allied to F. fossula, described
by Lonsdale from the Carbo-permian of New South Wales and
Tasmania.^ The latter differs however, in the smaller number of
the zooecia, in their more or less parallel arrangement, in the
apparent absence of a prominent vestibule (Lonsdale's tig. 1. being
that of a cast from the celluliferous face), and in the sub-rect-
angular or long elliptical form of the fenestrules. The zoarium of
F. fossula attains to a much larger size than F. margaritifera.

In its prominent zooecia, and the tuberculated carinae the
present species belongs to the type of F. retiformis, Schlotheim.

Occurrence. — F. mai'garitifera appears to be of frequent
occurrence (judging by the relative proportion of associated
fossils, in the small collection in the National Museum from the
localities cited) at the junction of the Worri-Yallock and Yarra,
Oeol. Surv. Victoria, B 23 [587-8J ; and at Yering, Upper Yarra,
Oeol. Surv. Victoria [592-5].

The matrix in which these fossils occur is an ochreous and
somewhat indurated clay. The fossils are represented chiefly as
casts ; in some instances, however, the original structure of the
fossil is preserved.

Horizon.- — Highest beds of the Silurian (Yeringian).

Note. — In Smyth's Progress Report, Geol. Surv. Victoria,
1874, p. 34, Sir F. McCoy recorded two new species of Fenestella
from the Upper Yarra District. Up to the present, the above
species is the only new form which the writer has been able to
discover in the Survey collections from that locality.

Fenestella austral is, sp. nov. (PI. X., Fig. 11).

Specific characters. — Zoarium funnel-shaped, somewhat elongate;
surface undulate. Inner surface with circular, open zooecia

1 In Strzelecki's Phys. Descr. New South Wales, 1845, p. 26!), pi. ix., fij^.s. 1, la.

New or L Ittle-knoiun Victorian Fossils. 63

arranged in two series as in F. subantiqua, d'Orbigny and F.
antiqua, Goldfuss sp.; from four to six opposite each fenestrule.
Branches slender and somewhat sinuous ; sharply keeled ; bifur-
cating in an irregular manner, the angle often wide, the fission
taking place usually at every fourth fenestrule. External
surface non-poriferous ; branches with a rounded and fairly
smooth surface.

Measurements.

Height of zoarium, about 13 mm.

Width of zoarium, about 10 nun.

Diameter of zooecium, .08 mm.

Average number of fenestrules in a length of 10 mm. = 8.

Average number of fenestrules in a width of 10 mm. = 12.

Affinities. — In F. morrisii from the Upper Palaeozoic of Burra-
good, New South Wales,^ we have a similar kind of branching,
hut the zooecial arrangement is not so regularly serial as in our
species, and the bi-anches have a feebly developed carina. The
nearest allied form to ours seems to be F. multiporata, de
Koninck (non McCoy),^ especially with reference to its strong
carina and regularly arranged pores. The fenestrules are,
however, elongate rectangular in the latter species, whilst in F.
australis they are sub-rectangular to sub-elliptical, and further,
the dissepiments in the latter form are wider.

F. adraste, Hall and Simpson,'* from the Lower Helderberg
Group, near Clarksville, New York, bears close comparison with
our form ; the fenestrules, however, are smaller and more ovate,
whilst the zooecia are not so numerous, and the carina flattened
externally.

Occurrence. — In the dark bluish limestone of Deep Creek, seven
miles to the south-east of Walhalla, Gippsland. The material
was collected and pre.sented by the Rev. A. W. Cresswell, M.A.
[•~)89-91]. Also figured specimen [1205a].

Horizon. — Silurian (Yeringian).

1 McCoy, 1884, Syn. Carb. Foss. Ireland, p. 203, pi. xxviii., fig. 13. de Koninck, 1877,
Pal. Foss. New South Wales (Transl. by David and Dun, 1S98), p. 135, pi. vii., fip. 8.

2 Op. cit., 1898, p. 134, pi. viii., fit;. 4.

3 Natural History of New York, vol. vi., 18S7, p. 48, pi. xx., figs. 19-22.

64 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Class BRACHIOPODA.

Genus Lingida, Bruguiere.

Lingula spryi, sp. nov. (PI. X., Figs. 9, 9a).

Specific characters. — Valves subovate, sides evenly rounded,
with an acuminate border below the beak ; the latter only very
slightly ridged ; broadly rounded anteriorly. Surface depressed
convex, highest at the posterior third of the length, thence
gradually sloping and becoming flattened towards the anterior
border. Surface smooth, with numerous, but rather faint growth-
lines. A faint frilling on the anterior margin, and on one or two
of the curved areas between the growth-lines in the median
region of the valve may be seen when the light is directed across
the shell.

Measukements.
Length of largest specimen - - 7.6 mm.
Width of largest specimen - - 6 ,,
Thickness of united valves, about - 1.2 ,,

Affinities. — The broadly spatulate form of the valve in this
species recalls some of the broader varieties of L. attenuatus,
Sowerby,^ but the latter form is typically narrower and more
acuminate posteriorly. Another form with which ours may be
compared, especially with regard to the surface convexity, is L.
syniondsi, Davidson.'- The noteworthy differences which separate
L. spryi from these species are the evenly rounded and almost
circular anterior margin, and the radial frilling of the surface
between the growth-lines. Lastly the L. perlata, J. Hall,'^ from
the Helderberg group of Albany, U.S.A., resembles our form in
the general outline of the valves, excepting that the above-named
species has not such an evenly rounded anterior margin, whilst
the concentric lines of growth are more deeply sculptured.

Occurrence. — Found in the pale purplish argillaceous rock in
and around Melbourne, namely, in the Swanston Street sewerage

J In Murchison's Silurian System, 1839, pi. xxii., fig. 13; also Davidson, Brit. Sil.
Brachiopoda, 1866 (Mon. Pal. Soc), p. 44, pi. iii., fi^'s. 18-i:7 (c./., fig. 19).

2 L. syniondsi, Davidson (Salter MS.), Brit. Sil. Brach., p. 45, pi. iii., figs. 7-17.

3 Palaeontology of New York, 1859, vol. iii., p. 1.56, pi. ix., figs. 3-5.

New or Little-known Victorian Fossils. 65

excavations near Collins Stieet [598-9], and also at South Yarra
(Yarra Improvements) — [596]. The similar colouration and
appeaniiice of the rock from both localities point to the proba-
bility of their being on the same geological horizon for although
the Silurian rocks vary considerably in their lithological appear-
ance in a vertical direction in these localities, they show persistent
characters over the same zonal area. Collected by Mr. F. Spry,
in whose honour the species is named.
Horizon. — Silurian (Melbournian).

Lingula latior, sp. nov. (PI. X., Figs. 10, 10a).

specific characters. — Valve subovate, sides sloping outwards
towards the anterior border, which is broad and well-rounded ;
beak somewhat blunt but prominent. Surface smooth, strongly
convex, and marked by a few faint growth-lines ; a few radial
creases start from the umbo and traverse the greater part of the
shell-surface. The impressions of the pedicle and protractor
muscles are faintly seen on tlie shell.

Measurements.

Length of valve - - - 4 mm.

Width of valve - - - 3.6 ,,

Thickness about - - - 1.3 ,,

Affiniiies. — The form of this shell is of the L. squamiformis
type', but it is not so straight along the posterior border. It
most I'esembies L. lata of Sowerby"'', from the Lower Ludlow
rocks of England and Scotland, but differs from it in many
points, and especially in the stronger convexity of the surface.

Occurrence. — In bluish argillaceous rock, South Yarra (Yarra
Improvements), Melbourne. Collected by Mr. F. Spry [59].

Horizon. — Silurian (Melbournian).

Genus Siphonotreta^ de Verneuil.

Slphonotpeta australis, sp. nov. (PI. X., Figs. 7, 8, 13;
PI. XL, Fig. 1).
Specific characters. — Pedicle valve bi'oadly ovate, surface
highest near pedicle opening, sloping steeply to the sides and

1 Phillips: Geol. Yorkshire, 1836, vol. ii. p. 221, pi. xi., fig. 14.

2 In Murchison's Silurian System, 1839, p. 618, pi. viii., fig. 11.

66 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

gently towards the anterior border. The edges of the lateral
shoulders nearly straight and meeting the boldly curving anterior
margin at less than halfway from the umbo. Shell thin and
wrinkled externally, boldly relieved by deep curved lines of
growth, about 10 or 12, from their salient edges proceed numer-
ous spines, of which only vestiges remain. There are also
indications of surface pittings between the bases of the spines.
Pedicle opening small, circular, and with a depression indicating
the position of the underlying pedicle tube which pi'oceeds from
it anteriorly (Fig. 8). Dorsal valve smaller, depi'essed-couvex, and
sub-circular in form. The internal cast of the pedicle valve
shows the position of the foramen at the summit of the valve,
and a deep groove, the impression of the tul»ular canal.

Measurements.

Length of a pedicle valve - - - - 14 mm.

Width of a pedicle valve - - - - 12.5 „

Length of a brachial valve- - - - 11 ,,

Width of a brachial valve - - - - 9.5 ,,

Length of a large brachial valve (figured) - 14 „

Width of a large brachial valve (figured) - 14.5 ,,

Affinities. — In some respects S. australis seems related to S.
anglica, Morris\ as for example in its relatively large size, the
prominent lines of growth, and the pitted shell-surface. Our
specimens differ in certain points which render them specifically
distinct ; it is generally much larger than S. anglica, and it is nob
so deeply nor so numerously pitted as that species.

Occurrence. — Found in the hard black argillaceous rock,
Domain Road, South Yarra (Sewerage Works), [903-609]. Also
as casts, in brown micaceous sandstone, Swanston Street Sewer
[600-1], and from the Sewerage Tunnel near Old Fish Market,
Flinders Street [610-11]. Collected by Mr. F. Spry.

Horizon. — Silurian (Melbournian).

Genus Orlnculoidea, d'Orbigny.

Orbiculoidea selwyni, sp. nov. (PI. X. Figs. 5, 6, 6a, 12).

Specific characters. — Pedicle valve broadly elliptical. Apex
excentric, situated at less than one fourth the length of tlie shell

1 Ann. Nat. HiRt., 2nd ser., 1849, vol. iv,, p. 320, pi. vii., flgs. lae.

New or Little-knoiun Victorian Fossils. 67

from the posterior margin, directed backward. Foramen ellip-
tical, with a post-apical groove which partially interrupts the
lines of growth passing down towards the posterior margin, and
emerging on the interior in a sipho. Surface gently convex on
the anterior slope, abruptly depressed in the post-apical region.
Surface with numerous, fine, concentric growth lines. Outline of
brachial valve broadly elliptical ; apex centric, conical and
strongly convex anteriorly, somewhat depressed in the post-apical
region, liut recovering its convexity near the posterior margin.
Concentric lines of growth distinct.

The figure (5) of the pedicle valve is from an obliquely crushed
specimen.

Measurements.

Length of pedicle valve figured - - 6.5 nun.

AVidth of pedicle valve figured - - 3 ,,
Length of brachial valve figured - - 6 ,,

Width of brachial valve figured - - 4..5 ,,

Height of brachial valve figured - - 1.5 ,,

Observations. — The genus Orbiculoidea has been usually
regarded by palaeontologists as a sub-section of Di-scina, Lam.arck.
The researches of Mr. W. H. DalP, tend to show that the type
species of Discini is D. striata, Schumacher sp. (non Sowerby)
— D. ostraeoides, Lam., a recent form from West Africa and
apparently the only representative of the genus. One of the
chief distinctions between Discina and Orbiculoidea, pointed out
by Messrs. Hall and Clarke", is the relative position of the
perforation and and tlie direction of the pedicle furrow and tube.
In Discina the pedicle valve is perforated behind the apex and
the pedicle emerges antero-posteriorly. The rever.se is the case
in Orbiculoidea, the pedicle furrow, situated just below and
behind the apex and extending over a gieater or less portion of
the valve, emerging postero-anteriorly. The furrow terminates in
a tubular sipho which nearly reaches the margin of the shell
Often there is a callosity surrounding the greater part of the
internal tube. This structure is well shown in one of our speci-
mens (Fig. 12).

1 Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard Colleg'e, 1S71, vol. iii., No. 1. Hall and Clarke : Palae-
ontology of New York, 1892, vol. viii., Palaeozoic Brachiopoda, pt. i., p. 121.
'- Oy. fit., p. 125.

5a

68 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Messrs. Hall and Clarke have further advocated the advisa-
bility of separating the known types of Orbiculoidea into two
groups ; Orbiculoidea sensu stricto would then include the forms
which have the pedicle valve convex or flattened, and the
brachial valve conical ; the sub-genus Schizotreta of Kutorga
embracing those forms in which the pedicle valve is conical, and
the brachial depressed convex.

The above species is named in honour of the late Dr. A. R. C.
Selwyn, under whose auspices this and many other specimens
in the Museum were collected, and whose early mapping of Vic-
toria remains as a splendid testimony of conscientious pioneering
work.

Occurrence. — The specimens of Orbiculoidea selwyni in the
National Museum are from the Geological Survey collections
from Merri Creek, Pai-ish of Merriang Bb 6 [613-4]; and from
Merri Creek, Kalkallo, Bb 3 [612].

In the former instance they are found in an ochreous coloured
sandy and micaceous rock, and in the latter in a tine blue-grey
sandstone.

Horizon.— i^WuvvAW (? Yeringian).

Genus Craniella, Oehlert.

Craniella lata, sp. nov. (PI. X., Figs. 4, U).

Specific characters. — Shell sub-quadrangular, moderately large,
broader than long. Dorsal surface rising from behind forward to
two-thirds the length when it curves steeply to the anterior
border. Sides somewhat steeply sloped. The surface of the
dorsal valve rather depressed in the central area ; marked by one
or two striae parallel with the posterior border. The upper valve
in the type specimen is practically represented as a cast of the
internal surface. The impressions of the posterior adductors are
shown as small trigonal depressions ; the two sub-centrals are
apparently confluent, though not well seen in the specimen, being
represented by a crescentic excavation. Faint indications of the
vascular sinuses on the steep lateral margins of the specimen,
nearly concentric with the lateral shell-margin and emitting
secondary branches from both sides.

New or Little-known Victorian Fossils. 69

Measurements.

Length of shell -.--.. 6.5 mm.

Width 10 „

Greatest height from surface of attachment - 1.5 ,,

Affinities. — Although the general characters of our specimen
come well within the genus, there are no closely related forms
among the few species of Craniella yet described.

Probably the nearest allied form is the variable species from the
Hamilton group of New York State, namely C. hamiltoniae,
J. HalP. Our specimen, however, is much broader, with a
longer posterior border, and having concentric leather than
strongly sigmoidal sinuses.

Observations. — This genus has hitherto been recorded only from
Ordovician (doubtfully) and Devonian strata in North America
and Europe, and thus its occurrence for the first time in Aus-
tralia is further interesting from the fact that it apparently fills
in the gap in its geological range, if the Ordovician occurrence
can be proved.

Occurrence. — Our example of the above species was found
attached to the external surface of a species of Cycloceras, from
the tine blue-grey argillaceous rock near the Botanical Gardens,
South Yarra, Melbourne. It was found during the work on the
Yarra Improvements. Collected by Mr. F. Spry [896].

Horizon. — Silurian (Melbournian).

Genus Stropheodonta, J. Hall.

Sub-genus Lepiosirophia, Hall and Clarke.

Stropheodonta (Leptostrophia) alata, sp. nov.
(PI. XI., Figs. 6, 7).

Specific characters. — Shell semi-circular, broadly rounded
anteriorly, cardinal margins produced and alate at the extremities ;
width greater than the length, valves depressed plano-convex.
Hinge line nearly straight. Denticulations of the cardinal area
extending to more than one half the entire length of the hinge.
Impression of posterior adductors strong, with a finely grooved

1 See Hall and Clarke, op. cit., pi. iv., 1., figs. 3-16.

70 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

surface of attachment. Surface of valves concentrically undulate,
finely lineated radially from the umbo to the anterior margin ;
between the radii, the surface upon magnification is seen to be
traversed by numerous excessively tine striae. Shell structure,
seen in partially decorticated specimens, coarsely punctate.

Measurements.
A large specimen - - width 44 mm.

length 23 „
Another specimen - - width 28 ,,

length 16 ,,

Affinities. — In outline our species is rather like Stropheodonta
ornatella, Davidson sp. (Salter MS.)\ but the latter has longer
valves, and the extremities of the cardinal margin are not so
acuminate. The two forms also differ in the character of the
surface striae, S. ornatella having them much coarser in the form
of primary and secondary riblets.

Another closely related form, and one typical of the sub-genus
is Stropheodonta (Leptostrophia) tilosa, Sowerby sp., of the
Wenlockian and Gotlandian in Europe'-; especially with regard
to its fine ornamentation of radii. The latter species however
has the cardinal extremities much less produced, is proportion-
ately longer, and the primary radii are far more numerous.

Occurrence. — North of Lilydale. Specimens presented by the
Rev. A. W. Cresswell, M.A. [665-6] ; [659] ; [1421]. Also Geol.
Surv. Vict. B 23, Junction of Woori Yallock and Yarra [657-8].
In both cases the specimens occur in a kind of ochreous mudstone,
the rock in the latter instance being much more indurated.

Horizon. — Silurian (Yeringian).

Sub-genus Brachyprion, Shaler.

Stropheodonta (Brachyppion) lilydalensis, sp. nov.

(PI. XL, Fig. 5).
Specific characters. — Shell semi-circular, broadly rounded anter-
iorly, with the cardinal extremities somewhat produced and

1 Strophomena ornatella (Salter MS.) Davidson, 1871, Brit. Sil. Brachiopoda (Pal. See.
Men.). No. 4, p. 300, pi. xliii., fi'js. 10-20.

2 Orthis filosa, Sowerby, 1839, in Murchison's Siluriati System, pi. xiii., fig-. 12; Stropho-
mena filosa, Sow., sp .Davidson, 1871, Brit. Sil. Bracli., No. 4. p. 307, pi. xliv. fl>;;i. 14-20.
Stropheodonta (Leptostrophia) filosa, Sow. sp.. Hall and Clarke, 1S92, Paleontology of New-
York, Brachiopoda, pt. i. p. 288.

New or Little-known Victorian Fossils. 71

pointed. Brachial valve nearly flat, slightly concave at the
anterior margin. Cardinal process rather prominent. Adductor
impressions small and faint. Hinge line with indications of
denticulae near the umbo. Surface of shell with prominent and.
numerous radii, fasciculate near the umbo, stronger and bifur-
cating near the anterior margin; .5 mm. apart in the median
area of shell. Between the radii of the umbonal half of the shell
there are closely set concentric wrinkles or undulations. Shell
structure coarsely punctate. Ventral valve not seen.

Measurements.
Length - - - - 20 mm.

Width - - - - 28 „

Affinities. — This species agrees in the details of the surface
ornament with Stropheodonta (Brachyprion) varistriata, Conrad^
from the Lower Helderberg Group, New York ; but with regard
to the relative shape of the shell all the specimens of the latter
species which have been figured appear to be much longer than
our specimen in proportion to the width. The posterior ad-
ductor impressions in our specimen also differ from those of S.
varistriata, being much shorter and broader. The limited
extent of the denticulated area of this fo.ssil shows its relation-
ship with the earlier or Silurian types of Stropheodontae for which
Professor Shaler proposed the generic or sub-generic term Brachy-
prion'-.

Occurrence. — North of Lilydale. Presented by Rev. A. W.
Cresswell, M.A. [660].

Horizon. — Silurian (Yeringian).

Genus Strophoneila, J. Hall.

Stpophonella euglyphoides, sp. nov. (Plate XL, Figs. 3-6).

Specific characters. — Shell semicircular in outline. Ventral
valve concave, slightly convex at the umbo. Dorsal valve flat
or slightly hollowed at the umbonal region, and sharply bent
back anteriorly. Cardinal extremities produced and pointed,

1 See Hall and Clarke, 1892, Palaeoiitolo(fy of New York Palaeozoic Brachiopoda, pt. i.,
pi. xiii., figs. 6-16.

2 Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 1865, vol. i., p. 63.

28

mm

54

M

19

5>

35

J5

45

72 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

more especially in the brachial valve, the margin of which
appears to curl round to enclose the edge of the narrower ventral
valve. Marginal area of valves crenelate. Surface of valves
marked by strong fasciculate radii, about nine in the space of 10
mm. in the central area, these in turn being further subdivided
at 5 mm. from the anterior margin ; also with transverse, concen-
tric lines which break, to some extent, the continuity of the
radii. Muscular areas of both dorsal and ventral valves well-
marked and bordered prominently ; those of the dorsal elevated
and divided by a central ridge.

Measurements.

Dorsal valve of a large specimen, length

width -
depth about

A ventral valve - - - length

width-

Affitiities. — The nearest allied form to the above is undoubtedly
Strophonella euglypha, Hisinger sp.,^ both in shape, structure,
and general markings. The chief differences are, the compara-
tive flatness of the ventral valve and the striking genicidation of
the dorsal valve and also the larger number of radii in S. eugly-
phoides. The European species is proportionately longer than
the present one, and the concentric undulations on the shell
surface more numerous. The muscular areas of the dorsal valve
are shoi-ter and deeper in S. euglyphoides.

Occurrence. — North of Lilydale ; in a hard ochreous mudstone.
Presented by Rev. A. W. Cresswell, M.A. [688-701]. Also Geol.
Surv. Victoria, Parish of Yering, sect. 12 [678-81].

Horizon. — Silurian (Yeringian).

Genus Plectambonites., Pander.

Plectambonites transversal is, Wahlenberg sp.

Anomites transversalis, Wahl., 1821, Acta Upsal., vol. viii.,
p. 64, No. 4. Leptaena transversalis, Wahl. sp., Dalman, 1828,

1 Leptaena euglypha, Hisinger, 1819, Antecken, pi. vi., fig. 4. .Strophomena euglypha,
His. sp., Davidson, 1871, Brit. Silurian Brachiopoda, No. iv. (Pal. Soc. Men.), p. 288, pi.
xl., figs. 1-5. Strophonella euglypha. His. sp.. Hall and Clarke, 1892, Pal. N.Y., Palaeozoic
Brachiopoda, pt. i., pp. 279, 292.

New or Little-knoivn Victorian Fossils. 73

Vet. Akad. Haadlingar, p. 109, pi. i. fig. 4. Davidson, 1871,
Brit. Sil. Brach., No. 4 (Pal. Soc. Mon.), p. 318, pi. xlviii., figs.
1-9.

The convex pedicle valve of our specimen is not so strongly
globose as that of typical specimens, but in other respects it is
quite comparable with the European and American examples.
The valve is relieved by eleven fine but distinct and ridgelike
radii, between which the shell surface is crossed by about 8-10
very fine radiating lines.

Measurements.
About 12 mm. long; 14 mm. wide.

Observation. — P. transversalis is a well-defined and common
form in the Niagara group of North America, and in the Silurian
(Gotlandian) of the British Islands, the continent of Europe
(Norway and Bohemia), and the Island of Gotland.

Occurretice. — In dark bluish limestone. Deep Creek, seven
miles S.W. of Walhalla, Gippsland. Presented by Rev. A. W.
Cresswell, M.A. [668].

Horizon. — Silurian (Yeringian).

Plectambonites cresswelli, sp. nov. (Pi. XL, Figs. 8-10).

Characters of the ventral valve. — Outline nearly semi-circular,
hinge line straight, but little transgressed by the umbo ; cardinal
extremities angular and not much produced. Sub-globose, nearly
as deep as P. transversalis. Surface with about eleven distinct,
threadlike radii, the spaces between the riblets occupied by about
9-12 fine parallel striae. The intercostal surface undulate, the
depressions curved, concave anteriorly, and at somewhat equi-
distant intervals, those on the highest part of the \alve about
.3 mm. apart.

Measurements.
Approximate, as the valve is slightly imperfect.
Length . - - - ,5.5 mm.
Width - - - - 9 „
Depth of ventral valve - 2.5 „

74 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Observations. — This species resembles in its superficial ornament
both Plectambonites corrugata, Poi'tlock sp./ and P. interstrialis,
Phillips sp." Our specimen is more globose in the ventral valve
than either of the species just mentioned. As regards the orna-
ment P. corrugata has both primary and secondary radii, and
from four to seven intercostal striae, whilst the Gippsland
species has the costae running the entire length of the valve
and the intercostal striae are nearly twice as many. It
differs from P. interstrialis in much the same details, and also
in having a proportionately longer shell. It is noteworthy that
P. corrugata is found in the Llandeilo and Bala series (Ordovic-
ian) in the British Islands, and also in Bohemia, whilst P. inter-
strialis comes from the middle Devonian of Devonshire and the
Eifel.

Occurrence. — In a dark blue limestone, having a semi-crystalline
appearance due to numerous cleavage surfaces of crinoidal joints
and ossicles. Deep Creek, seven miles S.W. of Walhalla,
Gippsland. Collected ^nd presented to the National Museum,
together with other specimens of much interest from the same
locality, by the Rev. A. W. Cresswell, M.A., in whose honour
the species is named [669-70].

Horizon. — Silurian (Yeringian).

Genus Chonetes, Fischer.

Chonetes melbournensis, sp. nov. (Plate XI., Figs. 2-4).

Specific characters. — Shell transversely elongate, semi-circular in
outline ; sub-plano-convex. Brachial valve approximately flat or
only slightly concave ; surface with numerous tine threadlike
and radial striae ; cardinal process prominent. Pedicle valve
with surface traversed by 7 or 8 threadlike radii and numerous
finer striations in the interspaces. Sometimes the radii are
obsolete, the tine striae alone prevailing. Posterior margin of the
pedicle valve bearing about 10 slender spines, often having a

1 Ortkis comugata, Portlock, 1843, Rep. Geol. Londonderry, etc., p. 450, pi. xxxii., figs.
17, 18. Strnphomena corrwjateUa, Davidson, 1871, Brit. Sil. Brach., No. iv. (Pal. Soe.
Mon.), p. 301, pi. xli., figs. 8-14.

2 Orthin interstrialis, Phillips, 1841, Palaeozoic, Foss. of Cornwall, Devon, and West
Somerset, p. 61, v>l. xxv., fig. 103. Leptaena interstrialis, Phil, sp., Davidson, 1865, Brit.
Dev. Brach. (Pal. Soc. Mon.), p. 85, pi. xviii., figs. 15-18.

Netv or Little-knoiun Victorian Fossils. 75

length of half that of the shell, and set almost at right angles to
the hinge line, with a slight outward curve. Under a fairly high
magnification the shell surface between the striae is seen to be
irregularly pitted, and the striae themselves are bridged over by
oblique curved cross ridges.

Measurements.

An average specimen- - length 5.7 mm.

width 10 „

A larger specimen - - length 7 ,,

width 12.5 „

A small specimen - - length 5 ,,

width 8.5 „

Affinities. — The only species with which our specimens appear
likely to be confused is Chonetes striatella, Dalman sp.^ The
latter has, however, a more transversely elongate shell, a
distinctly concave brachial valve, and spines set at a wide angle
with the ventral umbo.

Observations. — McCoy has recorded Chonetes minima, Sow.
sp.,^ from Victoria ; and on the maps of the Geol. Surv. of
Victoria, Quarter-sheet, No. 3, N.E., in a note on the fossils at
Bruce's Creek, near Mount Disappointment, he records Leptaena
allied to minima, Sow. ;'^ also on Quarter-sheet, No. 4, S.W., at
Broadhurst's Creek, S.E. of Kilmore, locality Bb 18, both
Chonetes and Leptaena are recorded, as well as a Leptaena at
Dry Creek, Bb 19. It is worthy of note that a specimen of
Chonetes has been found in tiie Survey collections at the Museum,
labelled as such by McCoy, from locality Bb 18 [874], and this is
identical in every respect with Chonetes melbournensis. Whether
the Chonetes minima is represented in the Museum collection
remains to be discovered, but certain it is that the Broadhiirst
Cieek specimen is not referable to the latter form, which differs
in many respects from C. melbournensis in point of size, being
much smaller and often less than half the width, in the greater

1 Orthis striatella, Dalman, 1827, Kongl. Akad. Handlingar, p. iii., pi. i., figs. 5a-d.
Chonetes striatella, Dalm. sp., Davidson, 1871, Brit. Sil. Brach., No. 4 (Pal. Soc. Mon.),
p. 331, pi. xlix., figs. 23-26. Zittel-Eastman, 1900, Text-book of Palaeontology, p. 317, fig.
529a.

2 Leptaena minitna. Sow., McCoy, in Smyth's Progress Report, 1874, p. 34.

3 In Murchison's Silurian System, 18.39, pi. xiii., figs. 4, 4a.

76 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

concavity of the brachial valve, and in the larger number of
radii.

Occurrence. — -In the brown and blue hardened clays of Mel-
bourne ; South Yarra Improvements [634-8] ; South Yarra
sewerage tunnel, Domain Road, presented by Mr. F. Spry [630-3];
sewerage tunnel near the Old Fish Market, Flinders Street
[1419]; sewerage tunnel, Swanston Street, near the Cathedral
[621-7] ; Swanston Street, sewer near Collins Street [615-20,
639-43]. Also at Broadhurst's Creek, S.E. of Kilmore, G.S.V.
Bb 18 [874].

Horizon. — Silurian (Melbournian).

Chonetes pobusta, sp. nov. (Plate XII., Fig. 8).

Specific characters. — Shell semi-circular, wider than long.
Cardinal extremities obtusely angular, anterior margin well-
rounded. Pedicle valve strongly convex with a shallow median
fold ; beak slightly projecting. Brachial valve concave, flattened
near its cardinal extremities. Shell surface with about 36-40
■well-marked, slightly sinuous and sharply ridged radii, which
bifurcate close to the anterior margin. A series of hollow spines
(probably eight) attached to the cardinal surface of the ventral
valve, and arranged nearly perpendicular to the hinge line.

Measurements.
Length of figured specimen - - 14 mm.
Width 20 „

Affinities. — This and the species next to be described belong to
de Koninck's group of the Striatae. The general shape and sur-
face characters of this species in some respects resembles Chonetes
minima, Sow. sp.\ a form generally distributed through the
Silurian of England and Wales. C. robusta however is altogether
a very much larger form, and possesses a distinct median fold.
Chonetes acutiradiata, J. Hall, of the Corniferous Limestone
(Upper Heldorberg — Devonian), of New York is similar in respect
to the radii, but the cardinal extremities are much produced.
The original figure of C. acutiradiata'' shows it to difier from our

1 hoc. supra cit.

2 Struphoinena acutiradiata, J. Hall, 1843, Nat. Hist. New York, pt. iv.. Geology, p. 171,
woodcut 67, No. 3.

Neiv or Little-known Victorian Fossils. 77

species also in the arcuate border of the lateral margins, and its
sharp cardinal extremities. The tigure of the same species given
by Hall and Clarke is more extreme, being short, and transversely
elongate, with produced and sub-cylindrical extremities^

Occurrence. — In a hardened mudstone crowded with casts and
decorticated valves of brachipods and other shells, north of
Lilydale. Presented by Rev. A. W. Cresswell, M.A. [U17].

Horizon. — Silurian (Yeringian).

Chonetes cresswelli, sp. nov. (Plate XII., Fig. 7).

Specific characters. — Shell semicircular, hinge line straight,
beaks only very slightly projecting ; cardinal extremities obtusely
angular. Pedicle valve with a well-marked median fold. Radii
sharp, more numerous than in the preceding species, averaging
about 56 ut the margin. Shell-surlace marked with one or two
faint concentric lines, which do not interrupt tlie continuity of
the radii. Eight or more hollow .spines set nearly perpendicular
to the cardinal line on the pedicle valve.

Measurements.
An average specimen : — Length - - 9 mm.
Width - - 15 „

Observations. — The general characters of this and the preced-
ing species are somewhat similar, the chief differences lying in the
altogether stouter build of shell and fewer radii in Chonetes
robusta. The shell in C. cresswelli is usually more elongate
transversely, but is variable in this respect. The faint concentric
roarkings on the valves of the latter form is another distinguish-
ing character.

In the number of the radii the above species is nearly compar-
able with Chonetes australis, McCoy-', from the Middle Devonian
of Buchan and Lucknow, Gippsland, but there is no mesial sulcus
in the pedicle valve of that species ; the valve is also longer in
proportion and the spines are shorter and stouter.

Occurrence. — This species is found, like the preceding, in the
indurated mudstones north of Lilydale associated with Orthis,

1 Chonetes aciUiradiata, Hall sp., Hall and Clarke, Palaeontology of New York, Palaeozoic
Brachiopuda, vol. iv., pt. 1., pi. xvi., fig. 8.

i Prodr. Pal. Vict., Decade iv., 1870, p. 17, pi. xxxv., figs. 3-5

78 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Strophonella, Stropheodouta, Leptaena, Pentamerus, Spirifer,
Cyrtolites, Bronteus, and many other fossils. Presented by Rev.
A. W. Cresswell, M.A. [652-5] ; [1422-3].
Horizon. — Silurian(Yeringian).

Genus Uncinulus, Bayle.
Uncinulus stricklandi, Sowerby sp.

Terebratula stricklandii, Sowerby, 1839, in Murchison's
Silurian System, pi. xiii., fig. 19. Rhynchonella stricklandii, Sow.
sp., Davidson, 1867, Brit. Sil. Brach., No. II. (Pal. Soc. Mon.),
p. 166, pi. xxi., figs. 1-6 and 28. Uncinulus stricklandi. Sow. sp..
Hall and Clarke, 1894, Pal. N. Y., Palaeozoic Brachiopoda, vol.
iv., pt. ii., p. 195., pi. Iviii., figs. 38-40.

Observations. — The two examples placed on view in the
Museum seem to be quite typical of this species ; the median
fold is well-defined, the plications are strong and persistent to
the umbo, and number about 24 on the pedicle valves.

Measurements.

Length - - - - - - 23 nun.

Width -..--- 30 „

Depth of pedicle valve about - - 11 ,,

Occurrence. — In tlie hardened mudstone of Yering, Upper
Yarra, Geological Survey of Victoria [851-2].
Horizon. — Silui'ian (Yeringian).

Note to Part I. of this Series.

(Proc. Eoj'. Soc. Victoria, vol. .\v., pt. ii., 1903., jDp. 118 and 119).

The specimens of Upper Ordovician slates with Siphonotreta
maccoyi which are in the Melbourne National Museum belong to
the Geological Survey localities — Ba 62 and 64 as stated in the
paper referred to above ; but they were from the exposures on
the banks of the Saltwater River, aljout 3 miles N.E. of Diggers'
Rest, and not from Deep Creek (a tributary of the former) as
one would understand from Professor McCoy's remarks. When

Neiv or Little-known VicUman Fossils. 79

McCoy referred to Deep Creek as the locality for Siphonotreta
(Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 3, vol. xx., 1867, p. 201) he evidently
had in mind the name Deep Creek by which the Saltwater River
is sometimes known higher up, near Lancefield, and this possible
explanation is further strengthened by McCoy's record of
Siphonotreta on the Survey map 7 S.E. at localities Ba 61 to 63,
Saltwater River, while Deep Creek has no such record. There
is therefore no evident reason for the colouring of the area round
Deep Creek as Lower Silurian (Ordovician).

Within the last few weeks I have found in the Museum the
Survey specimens collected at the locality marked on the Geo-
logical maps Ba 60, Deep Creek ; and these consist of pieces of a
conglomei-atic, and sandy fossiliferous bed. The fossils are
represented by casts, internal and external, of corals, mollusca
and a tribolite, and their general aspect is that of the Yeringian,
or uppermost Silurian, faces. These fossils will shortly be dis-
cussed in a separate paper of this series.

Corrigenda to Part I.

P. 107, line 14 from bottom, p. 108, lines 12 and 15 from top,
and p. 121, line 14 from top for " proximal " read " distal."
P. 112, line 12 from bottom, for pi. "i." read "xvi."
P. 119, line 2 from top for "Deep Creek" read "Saltwater

River."
P. 119, line 13 from top delete "Deep Creek."
P. 121, line 10 from top for "distal" read "proximal."

EXPLANATION OF PLATES X., XI., XII.

Plate X.

Fig. 1. — Fenestelia margaritifera, sp. nov. Basal aspect of
zoarium ; natural cast of internal, poriferous,
surface. Natural size. [587].
,, 2. — F. 7iiargaritijera, sp. nov. Natural cast of a portion of
the external, non-poriferous, surface. Natural
size. [588].

80 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Fig. 3. — F. margaritifera^ sp. no v. Portion of poriferous surface,
showing the arrangment of the zooecia and the
tuberculate keel. From a wax impression.
X 40. [593].

,, 4. — Craniella lata, sp. nov. Dorsal aspect of specimen
attached to a Cycloceras, x 2. [896].

,, 5. — Orbiculoidea selwvnt, sp. nov. Pedicle valve. x 4.
[614].

,, 6. — O. sehvyni, sp. nov. Brachial valve ; 6a, ditto, side view.
X 4. [612].

„ 7. — Siphotiotreta australis, sp. nov. Pedicle valve. x 2.
[605].

,, 8. — J), australis, sp. nov. Apical end of valve showing fora-
men, x 2. [603].

,, 9. — Lingula spryi, sp. nov. ? Ventral valve; 9a, edge view.
X 3. [598].

,, 10. — L. lalior, sp. nov. ? Dorsal valve; lO^i, edge view.
X 3. [597.]

,, 11. — Fenestella australis, sp. nov. Portion of zooecial
surface including some of the bifurcating branches.
X 7. [1205a].

,, 12. — Orbiculoidea selwytii, sp. nov. Internal aspect of a
pedicle valve, showing the tube partially enclosed
by a callus. x 15. [613].

,, 13. — Siphonotreta australis, sp. nov. Internal cast of a
pedicle valve. x 2. [611].

,, 14. — Craniella lata, sp. nov. Outline sketch showing the
position and form of the vascular sinuses, with the
posterior and sub-central adductor impressions
X 2|. [896].

Plate XI.

Fig 1. — Siphonotreta australis, sp. nov. Brachial valve; a large
specimen. x 2. [608]
„ 2. — Chonetes melbournensis, sp. nov. Interior of a brachial
valve showing cardinal process. The matrix above
the hinge line of the shell carries the casts of spines
left by the removal of the area of the pedicle valve.
X 3. [1419].

Neui or Little-knoiun Victorian Fossils. 81

Fig. 3. — C. inelbournensis, sp. nov. Pedicle valve, x 3. [636].

,, 4. — C. vielbourtiensis., sp. nov. Portion of pedicle valve highly
magnified, showing pittings and irregular, oblique,
transvei'se ridges. x 56.

,, 5. — Stropheodonta {Brachyprion) ii/ydaiefisis, sp, nov.
Natural mould of interior of bi'achial valve with
traces of posterior adductor scars in relief, and
impression of denticulate hinge. x 2. [660].

,, 6. — Stropheodonta {Leptostrophia) alata, sp. nov. Natural
cast of interior of brachial valve with strong-
adductors. X 2. [665].

,, 7. — Stropheodonta [Leptostrophia) alata, sp. nov. Decortic-
ated pedicle valve. Natural size. [666].

,, 8. — Plecta/nbo)iites cresstvel/i., ^^1. now Pedicle valve. x 4.
[669].

,, 9. — P. cresswelli. sp. nov. Cardinal view of pedicle valve.
X 4. [669].

,, 10. — P. cresswelti, sp. nov. Portion of surface between two
riblets, more highly magnified. x 28.

Plate XTI.

Fig. 1. — Stropheodonta {Leptost?-ophia) alafa, sp. nov. Positive
impression in wax of a natural cast of the interior
of a brachial valve ; with denticulate hinge line,
cardinal process (j), dental sockets, and adductor
impressions with grooved surfaces (a), x 2. [665].

,, 2. — 6". {Brachyprio7i) lilydaletisis, sp. nov. Interior of
brachial valve, from a positive impression in wax.
X 2. [660].

,, 3. — Strophonella eiigiyp/ioides, sp. nov. Profile section show-
ing strong geniculation of the brachial valve.
Natural size.

,, 4. — S. euglyphoides., sp. nov. Natural cast of interior of
brachial valve with deep adductor impressions.
Natural size. [694b].

,, 5. — S. eiiglyphoides, sp. nov. Positive cast of preceding
specimen, umbonal portion ; with grooved adductor
impressions, and tine lineation between the radii.
X 1^. [694b].

82 Proceedini/s of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Fig. 6. — S. euglyphoiJes, sp. nov. Pedicle valve. Natural size.
[694a].
,, 7. — Chonetes cresstvel/i, sp. nov. Decorticated pedicle valve.

X 2. [652].
,, 8. — C. robusta^ sp. nov. Ventral aspect. The two valves

lying in juxtaposition. x 2. [1417].
,, 9. — Stropheodonta {Leptostrophia) aiala, sp. nov. Decortic-
ated surface of pedicle valve, showing the
interstriate surface. x 5. [1421].

[The numbers in square brackets refer to registered specimens
in the National Museum.]

Pro,-. U.S. yidori.i. V.Hi:;. I'Jalc X.

f

A f

■ /

:'f' .%

V'

•A. /^ i"

VJ

\

Silurian Fossils from Victoria.

Fror. U.S. Vidona, HXKi. I'h'tc XL

.y A **

^m

--#2^

<«*«»f^,^'"-

-■.'*f^' ''?^'

Silurian Fossils from Victoria.

Pror. R.S. Viduna, lO()3. I'latc Xll.

Silurian Fossils from Victoria.

Au'P. VI. — On Some Australian Tertiary Pleurotomarias.

By G. B. PRITCHARD,

Lectiu-er on Geology, etc.. Working Men's College, Melboixrne.

(With Plates XIII., XIV.).
[Read 14th May, 1903.]

I. — Pleupotomaria teptiaria, McCoy. (PI. XIV., Figs. 1-4).

The first species of the genus Pleurotoniaria described from
Australian Tertiary deposits is that dealt with by the hite Sir
r. McCoy, under the name of P. tertiaria/ in 1876, and is
indicated as, " Rare, in a hard, pink and yellowish limestone,

like lithographic stone, on the east bank of the

Moorabool River, near .Maude." This species still remains a
rare form, and only imperfect specimens are usually obtained.
The range of the species may, however, be extended much
further down the valley than the locality indicated by McCoy,
the section in soft polyzoal and other limestones below the old
Clyde Mill, and on the opposite side of the river to the State
School, having yielded fair specimens. These deposits along the
valley were originally referred to by McCoy as Miocene," and
consequently the Geological Survey mapped them as such.^ This
was subsequently followed V)y Dr. 11. Woodward in his paper on
Recent and Fossil Pleurotomariae,'' and by later writers. This
horizon has been referred to as the Upper Maude Beds,'^ and is
probably Eocene, the palaeontological evidence clearly requiring
a greater antiquity than Miocene.''

1 Prodronius of the Palaeontology of Victoria, Decade III., pp. 23, 24, i>\. xxv., flgs. 1,
la, 16, 1876.

2 Intercol. E.xhib. Essays, 1866-67, No. 7. Recent Zool. and Palaeontology of Vic, pp.
16-19. Also Selwyn, Id., No. 3, Phys. Geog., Geol., and Min. of Vic, pp. 22, 23. Also
Prod. Pal. Vic, Dee. III., p. 23.

3 Geological Survey (Quarter-sheet, No. 19, S.W., Wilkinson and Murray, 1805.

4 Geol. Mag., n.s., Dec III., vol. ii., No. 10, Oct., 1885, p. 434.

5 Proc Hoy. Soc Vic, vol. vii., ii.s., pp. 184, 185, 1895.

6 A.A.A.S., Adelaide, 1893, vol. v., pp. 338-343. Proc. Key. Soc \'ic., vol. vii., n.s., pp.
186-188. Trans. Koy. Soc. S.A., vol. xix., pt. i., p. 121, 1895. A.A.A.8., Brisbane, 189.')
vol. vi., pp. 348-361.

6a

84 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoina.

McCoy apparently had this species under a different name in
manuscript prior to his description of the species, for in the
Exhibition Essays, 1866-67,^ he remarks, "Amongst the singular
forms in these Australian tertiary beds recalling oolitic European
ones is a Pleurotomaria (P. Australis, McCoy), as large as the
mesozoic Pleurotomaria Anglica."

The description given by McCoy of tlie type of this species is
as follows : — " Shell large, trochiform, apical angle 67°; whorls
flat, or very slightly convex ; base moderately convex, with (?) a
small umbilicus ; band of moderate width in the middle of each
whorl, slightly depressed. Surface with sub-equal prominent
thread-like spiral striae, rather less than their thickness apart
(about 10 or 11 above, and the same number below the band),
about 3 slightly smaller on the Ijand, reticulated by arched striae,
narrower, but nearly as prominent as the spiral striae, and
slightly further apart. Length about 2 inches 9 lines ; propor-
tional width, yVo J l^iigth of last wiiorl, y^V- '

An examination of the type and only specimen of the species
possessed V)y the JSTational Museuin, Melbourne, shows it to be
only poorly preserved, and considerably chipped in the removal
of the matrix ; and unfortunately McCoy saw lit to figure a
restoration and not the actual specimen, with the result that the
figure is inaccurate in several details, and the enlargement of the
sculpture is very misleading.

The figures then not being exact, and the description being
very brief and too general, new species might very easily have
been made out, but for the type being accessible.

A well-preserved specimen, but unfortunately .somewhat broken
about the apex and aperture, has been very kindly lent to me by
the Rev. A. W. Cresswell, M.A., and proves to represent P. terti-
aria, McCoy ; the exact locality from which it was obtained has
been forgotten, but judging by the calcareous sandy clay matrix,
and since it was thought to come from the Geelong District,
there is very little doubt but that the specimen was obtained
either from the lower portion of the Moorabool Valley or perhaps
from Corio Bay.

1 Essay, No. 7, Rec. Zool. and Pal. of Vic, p. 18.

Australian Tertiary Pleurotomarias. 85

Through the kindness of Mr. J. A. Kershaw, Curator of the
National Museum, Melbourne, and Mr. F. Chapman, Palaeontol-
ogist, I have been able to compare this specimen with McCoy's
type, and they agree with me that there is no doubt about their
specific identity. The preservation of the shelly material of Mr.
Cresswell's specimen is far better than that usually met with in
the limestones, casts and impressions being the most frequently
obtained under those conditions, consequently the sculpture can
be very distinctly and critically examined, and as there are
several points of difference from McCoy's figures and description,
it might be well to refer to them. The apical angle is practically
the same, being only a degree or two less, the whorls are slightly
convex above the band, depressed at the band, flat or slightly
concave below the band, earlier whorls rather flatter than later ;
the base is convex becoming depressed towards the periphery, it
is faintly spirally and radially striate, the latter marking being
somewhat sigmoid, the base is ;w/ umbilicate, but the columella
is strong and twisted ; aperture quadrate ; the band is about 1.5
mm. wide on a whorl of 14 mm. width ; strong spiral threads
irregular in width occur on the earlier whorls, but gradually fade
out till they become mere striations, there is usually one less
above the band than below it and they increase in number as the
whorls increase ; the arched striae crossing the spiral threads are
strongest near the posterior suture and their general trend is at
a much more acute angle to the band than the much fainter
striae below the band ; the earlier whorls from this sculpture
show quite a tessellation, but this disappears before the body
whorl is reached. McCoy's enlargement of the sculpture shows
12 threads above the band and 12 below, but the type does not
show this, there being actually fewer, and also a difference of one
above and below the band, nor is the tesselation as regular as
figured, while the arched striae in figure 1 are entirely erroneous.

II. — Pleupotomapia bassi, sp. nov. (PI. XIII., Figs. 1, 2).

Recently I obtained a very large specimen of this genus from
the Eocene beds of Table Cape, Tasmania, and though not very
perfect, through weathering of portion of one side, there appears
sufficient character to distinguish it as a new species.

86 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Description. — Shell very large, trochiform, apical angle about
75 degrees, rather lacking in solidity considering its size.
Whorls slightly convex, with a well impi'essed suture, earlier
whorls rather flat, impressed suture less marked ; whorls rapidly
increasing in size, and numbering about nine. The median band
is broad, being in width about one-sixth the height of the whorl,
it is very strongly marked, and is situated a little below the
middle of each whorl. Body-whorl strongly keeled at the base ;
base very slightly convex to a well-marked umbilicus, which
penetrates only to the penultimate whorl ; aperture subquadrate,
posterior portion of the lip thin, lower edge of the lip slightly
thickened and rounded off, becoming thicker and more solid
towards the columella, the latter being strikingly more solid and
robust than the rest of the shell.

There is evidence of faint spiral striae, irregular in strength,
on the upper or posterior portion of the penultimate and body-
whorls, and a faint spiral striation is discernible on the base,
becoming a little clearer and closer towards the umbilicus ; the
general character of the surface-marking being a rude and
irregular striation in conformity with the lines of growth, the
base also showing a strong irregular undulation parallel to the
growth.

Dimensions. — Basal diameter, 5| inches, or 136 mm.; height
from the base, 4^ inches, or 103 mm.; breadth of aperture, 3
inches or 75 mm.; depth of aperture, about H inches, or 36 mm.;
width of fasciole, near slit, 6 mm. to 5 mm. further back on the
body-whorl ; length of slit, 48 mm.

Locality. — Basal horizon of the Table Cape Beds, Tasmania, in
coarse ferruginous grits. Jan Jukian (Eocene).

Observations. — The large size of this species is worth special
note as it compares very favourably with the largest of the
specimens yet obtained of P. adansoniana, Crosse and Fischer,
the best known of the recent species. The thinness of the shell
is rather remarkable, especially in view of the coarse gritty
material in which it is preserved, and in this respect it is
scarcely as thick as the much smaller species of McCoy, in
addition to this feature it differs from P. tertiaria, in its greater
apical angle, the more impressed sutures, in its umbilicus, and in
its inornate character. The shortness of the slit, and the

Australian Tertiary Fleurotomarias. 87

remarkable breadth of the fascicle, and lack of sculpture, are
features worthy of special attention in this new species.

III. — Pleupotomaria, n.sp.

A new species of Pleurotomaria was recorded liy the late Pro-
fessor R. Tate in his list of the Eocene fossils from Cape Ot\vay,i
a,nd this is subsequently included in M. Vincent's list of Eocene
species of this genus,'- but I am unaware of any published
remarks, description, or figure of this form, and not having seen
the specimen, I am unable to give any further information con-
cerning it.

Very imperfect specimens of a high spired form of this genus
have been obtained from the Eocene limestones of Waurn Ponds,
near Geelong, by Mr. T. S. Hall and myself, but the material
yet to hand is too meagre to permit of specific determination.

Our Tertiary representation of this genus appears to be excep-
tionally good when compared with that of other countries, but
befoi'e noting the other Tertiary records, there are some points of
relationship and classification upon vvhich I would like to
comment.

Fischer has divided the recent species into two sections,
Perotrochus, typified by P. quoyana, Fischer and Bernardi, and
Entemnotrochus, typified by P. adansoniana, Crosse and Fischer.

Perotrochus has been defined as:— Form conical, base not
umbilicate, whorls striate or granulate, anal fascicle sub-median
or below the middle, slit short.

While Entemnotrochus is characterised as follows : — Shell
ccnoidal, striate, umbilicate; anal fascicle a little above the
middle of the upper surface of the last whorl, slit long, but not
exceeding the half of a whorl.

McCoy remarks of P. tertiaria* that it " is almost intermediate
in character between the two living ones," the two referred to
being P. quoyana, and P. adansoniana.

1 Trans. Roy. Soc South Australia, vol. xix., pt. i., p. 112, 1895.

2 Soc. Roj-. Malac. de Belg., vol. xxxi., 189C, but not (listributt;d till 24tli December,
1899, p. 56.

3 Prod. Pal. Vic, Dec. iii., p. 23.

88 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

P. bassi shows some affinity with P. bnyrichi, Hilgendorf, in
that the fascicle is broad, and is situated a little below the middle
of the body-whorl, and tlie slit is short, in these and other
respects it appears to agree with Fischer's section Perotrochus,
but it is distinctly umbilicate. Thus if relationship with the
recent forms be pushed, P. bassi would also appear to be an
intermediate form, and this taken with the P. tertiaria charac-
ters, would tend to invalidate Fischer's divisions of the recent
forms. On the other hand much closer relationship can be made
out with Jurassic and Cretaceous forms for botli our fossil species,
and this is in direct accord with the position of most other
Eocene species in other parts of the world, and may perhaps be
taken as a small additional piece of evidence in favour of the
Eocene age of the deposits containing them.

P. tertiaria McCoy may proljably belong to Leptomaria, but
P. bassi certainly does not, and shows rather more affinity with
Jurassic forms.

Special interest attaches to this genus as a " persistent type,"
and on account of its rarity living at the piesent time, and fossil
in Tertiary deposits, as compared with its numerous fossil repre-
sentatives from older geological deposits ranging up from
Silurian.

There are five recent species of which there are only about
twenty-three or twenty-four specimens known.

1856. Pleurotomaria quoyana, Fischer and Bernardi.
1861. Pleurotomaria adansoniana, Crosse and Fischer.
1877. Pleurotomaria beyrichi, Hilgendorf.
1879. Pleurotomaria rumphii, Schepman.
1899. Pleurotomaria salmiana, Rolle.
Including the present new species, P. bassi, the number of
Tertiary species recorded is twenty, but one at least of these is
unknown by any figure or description and ought hardly to be
taken into consideration. The remaining nineteen are all very
rare, and the majority are recorded from Eocene beds. Altei-ing
the age ascribed to P. tertiaria, McCoy, from Miocene to Eocene,
the species are distributed as follows :■ —

Eocene - - 14 species.
Miocene - - 2 species.
Pleistocene - 3 species.

Australian Tertiary Pleiirotomarias. 89

List of the Tertiary Species of Pleurotomaria.

Eocene.

1853. Pleurotomaria hianconii, d'Archiac, India.

1864. Pleurotomaria concava, Deshayes, Paris Basin.
Pleurotomaria duboisii, Mayer, Crimea = Trochus gi-

ganteus, Dubois, non Sowerby.
Pleurotomaria genyi, Mayer, Nice.
1866. Pleurotomaria kadin-kewiensis, d'Archiac, Asia

Minor.
Pleurotomaria lamarckii, Mayer, Switzerland.
Pleurotomaria nicaeensis, Bayan, Nice.

1854. Pleurotomaria nixus, Tuomey (Trochus), North

Carolina.

1865. Pleui'otomaria perlata, Conrad, New Jersey.

1896. Pleurotomaria (Leptomaria) whitfieldi, Vincent, New

Jersey = gigantea, Whittield, non Sowerby.
1892. Pleurotomaria (Leptomaria) pergranulosa, Whitfield,

New Jersey.
1896. Pleurotomaiia (Leptomaria) landinensis, Vincent,

Belgium.
1876. Pleurotomaria tertiaria, McCoy, Moorabool Valley,

Victoria.
1903. Pleurotomaria bassi, Pritchard, Table Cape, Tasmania.

Miocene.

Pleurotomaria sismondai, Goldfuss, Bunde.
1892. Pleurotomaria atlantica. Cotter, Santa Maria, Azores.

Pleistocene.

Pleurotomaria fischeri, Mayer MS., Guadaloupe.
1869. Pleurotomaria ducha.ssaingii, Schramm, Guadaloupe.
1821. Pleurotomaria gigas, Borson, Italy.

Regarding P. tischeri, Mayer, M. Crosse in 1882 refers to it as a
MS. name.^ And later again in Bouvier and Fischer's fuller
account of the Pleurotomarias in 1899,'-^ it is still referred to as
an MS. name. Subsequent to 1899 I have found no reference to
a description of this species.

1 Jour. d. Couch., Jlon. Pleurotomaria, 1882.

2 Jour. d. Conch., vol. xlvii., pp. 77-151, 1899.

90 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Dall says of P. perlata, Conrad, that it is an ilLdetitied species,
and apparently scarcely recognisable.^ Bouvier and Fischer in
the monograph referred to also refer P. gigas, Borson, and
P. atlantica, Cotter, both to the recent section Entemnotrochus,
and are inclined to the opinion that tliese two species are
identical.

Concerning P. sismondai, Goldfuss, Crosse and Fischer state-
that the exact locality of the shell appears doubtful, it is given
as the Upper Mai-ine Sands of the neighbourhood of Bunde.

In the description of P. bianconii, d'Archiac, the author
queries his generic location of this species in the text, but not on
his plate.

P. duboisii, Mayer, was first described as Trochus giganteus.
Dubois, and as that specific name was preoccupied, it was named
after Dubois by Mayer.

P. whittieldi, Vincent, has also been treated in a similar way
by Vincent, for- this species was first described as P. gigantea,
Whitfield ; this name, as in the previous case, being preoccupied
by Sowerby for a Lower Greensand fossil, a change was
necessary.

Our total information then on these Tertiary species appears
to be of a somewhat meagre order, and if it is accepted that one
of the American species is not recognisable, that P atlantica and
P. gigas are identical, and that P. fischeri is only a MS. name,
our total number dwindles to sixteen, and the amount of readily-
available informacion on several of these is so slight, that
further details concerning them and their occurrence would be
very acceptable.

Of forms older than Tertiary, about twelve hundred species
are known, and these are about equally divided between the
Palaeozoic and Mesozoic, but the Jurassic undoubtedly holds the
maximum with about four hundred species.

I wish to express my thanks to Professor W. Baldwin Spencer,
Director of the National Museum, for allowing me to refigure
the type of P. tertiaria, and to Mr. F. Chapman for kindly
photographing it.

1 Ti-ans. Wag. Inst., Philad., vol. iii., pt. 2, p. 423, 1892.

2 Jour. d. Conch., vol. ix., p. 162, 1861.

Proc. R.S. Victoria. 1903. Plate XIII.

D. W. Pjiterson, Photo.

Australian Tertiary Pleurotomarias.

Proc. R.S. Victoria. 1903. PUte XIV.

D. W. Paterson, Photo.

AUSTRALIAN TERTIARY PLEUROTOM ARIAS.

Australian Tertiary Fleurotomarias. 91

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XIII. and XIV.

Plate XIIL

Fig. 1. — Pleurotoraaria bassi, sp. nov. Side view, showing band

and position of slit ; a little over one-half natural size.

Eocene, Table Cape.
Fig. 2. — Pleurotomax'ia bassi, sp. nov. Basal aspect, showing

mouth and umbilical region ; nearly four-fifths natural

size. Eocene, Table Cape.

Plate XIV.

Fig. L — Pleurotomaria tertiaria, McCoy. Front view, slightly
reduced. Eocene, ? Corio Bay or Lower Moorabool
Valley.

Fig. 2. — Pleurotomaria tertiaria, McCoy. Basal aspect, slightly
reduced. Eocene, ? Corio Bay or Lower Moorabool
Valley.

Fig. 3.- — Pleurotomaria tertiaria, McCoy. Apical aspect, slightly
reduced. Eocene, 1 Corio Bay or Lower Moorabool
Valley.

Fig. 4. — Pleurotomaria tertiaria, McCoy. McCoy's Type speci-
men from Moorabool Valley, Upper Maude beds.
Specimen in the National Museum, Melbourne.

Art. VJI. — On Some New Species of Victorian Mollusca,

No. 6.

By G. B. PRITCHARD and J. H. GATLIFF.

(With Plate XV.).
[Read 11th June, 1903.]

The present paper includes descriptions and figures of the

following species : —

Zenatia victoriae, sp. nov.
Modiola victoriae, sp. nov.

Also observations on our commonest species of Chione, together

with figures of the same, namely : —

Chione strigosa, Lamarck.
Chione scalarina, Lamarck.
Chione peronii, Lamarck.

We have to thank Messrs. D. W. Paterson, senior and junior,

for the care bestowed on the photographs of these shells, and on

their reproduction.

Zenatia victoriae, sp. nov. (PI. XV., Fig. 3).

Description. — Shell elongate-oval, thin and compressed, with a
full and well-rounded anterior end, and slightly attenuate both
ventrally and dorsally towards the posterior end. Shell greyish-
white and shining, where not covered by a light greyish-brown
fine longitudinally striate epidermis, which is very thin and
glossy.

Umbos small and well-defined and situated at a distance of
one-third of the length of the shell from the anterior margin.
Ventral margin nearly straight, only slightly sinuated.

The surface of the valves is very finely concentrically striated,
the regularity of the striae being interfered with by the lines of
growth, the concentric sculpture is also delicately radially striate,
and this is distinctly visible under a lens.

Interior white, cardinal teeth, two and one rudimentary
posterior lateral in each valve ; the lineal groove of the cartilage
plate makes an angle of 20 to 30 deg. with the posterior hinge
line ; the internal thickening beTow the umbo or transverse ossicle

New Species of Victorian Mollusca. 93

forms at first a strong convex ridge, wliich gradually flattens and
spreads out to a distance from the umbo of two-thirds of the
height of the shell, and inclines slightly forward towards the
anterior.

Diine>iswHS. — Antero-posterior diameter, 73 mm.; umbo-ven-
tral diameter, 31 mm.; anterior margin, from umbo- ventral
diameter, 24 mm.; thickness through both valves, about 10 mm.

Locality. — Port Albert (Mr. T. Worcester).

Observations. — This species might at first sight be taken for
Zenatia acinaces, Quoy and Gaimard, but it is a good species,
and shows many points of difference. The most striking differ-
ence is the position of the umbo, which in our new species is at
one-third of the length of the shell from the anterior margiu,
while in Z. acinaces its position is about one-tlfth the length of
the shell; this gives a much larger and more regularly rounded
anterior to our shell, and consequently a change in the relative
position of the anterior muscular impressions, the cartilage plate,
and the transverse ossicle. Z. acinaces also has a straighter
dorsal margin, and a more marked ventral siniis, and greater
proportional height.

Type in Mr. Gatliff's collection.

Modiola victoriae, sp. nov. (PI. XV., Fig.s. 1, 2).

Description. — Shell elongate-oblong, tumid, with broad
umbonal region, a broad and well-marked anterior, and a
posterior rather remarkable for its uniformity of height ; ventral
margin but slightly sinuated, but the shell in this region above
the margin is distinctly constricted. Umbos tumid, only
slightly separated, and strongly incurved towards the antei-ior ;
lunule ill-defined, scarcely excavated ; anterior margin regularly
convex from the umbos to the ventral margin, post-dorsal
margin short and convexly rounded to the posterior margin.
The absence of any angulation in the outline is a distinct
characteristic.

The colour is a rich dark brown, with the umbo-ventral convex
keel of a lighter shade. The surface is marked by irregular
lines of growth and fine parallel striae, with faint radial striae ort
the anterior region, tending to betome obsolete posteriorly.

94 Proceedings of tJce Royal Society of Victoria.

Dimensions. — Autero-posterior diameter, 40 mm.; umbo-ventral
diameter, 18 mm.; greatest height at the middle diametei',
19 mm.; thickness through both valves, 18 mm.

Locality. — Dredged alive from about 6 fathoms off Rhyll,
Phillip Island, Western Port.

Observatiojis. — Tliis form may be readily distinguished from
our other species of this genus by its regular tumidity, and its
remarkable uniform height.

Type in Mr. Gatlift''s collection.

Observations on our commonest species of Chione.

Representatives of the genus Chione are particularly common
on many parts of the shores of Port Phillip, but there are three
well-marked forms which require special treatment owing to the
confusion existing as to their correct naming.

These species are the following : —

Chione strigosa, Lamarck.
Chione scalarina, Lamarck.
Chione peronii, Lamarck.

The most abundant forui . is commonly referred to as C.
strigosa, Lamarck, and this may be identihed by its enlongate-
ovate form, anastomosing concentric ridges, which are distinctly
crossed by continuous radiating striae.

The next most frequently met with is usually known as
C. scalarina, Lamarck, and this diii'ers from 0. strigosa by its
more attenuate posterior, by its regular concentric ridges develop-
ing into lamellae anteriorly and posteriorly, and the absence of
the radiating striae.

The third form to which we consider Lamarck's name C.
peronii properly belongs, may be identitied by its more inflated
form and flattened concentric ridges.

All these forms vary in colour botli externally and internally,
each form being sometimes colourless externally, in fact so great
is the variation on difierent points, that but for tlie above
apparently constant characters tliey might nearly be regarded as
extreme variations of one species.

We give in the succeeding part of our Catalogue of the Marine
yiiells of Victoria, Part VII. , a limited number of references to
these species, which we consider in each case refers to the same

Proc. R.S. Victoria. 1903. PUte XV.

D. W. Peterson, Photo.

Neiv Sijecies of Victorian Molliisca. 95

form, with references to figures which sliould ensure an identifica-
tion, and we would recommend the adoption of the three names
given.

We have, however, thought it advisahk; to re-figure these
species from specimens wliich we consider will sliow the points
we have laid stress upon to assist in future identification. In
arriving at this conclusion we have considered the following
Lamarckian species: —

Venus strigosa. Venus connlaris.

Venus scalarina. Venus aphrodina.

Venus peronii. Venvis aphrodinoides.

Venus tristis. Venus elegantina.

And the whole confusion surrounding these is due to different

grouping of the above by subsequent authors.

Tenison-Woods in liis census of Tasmanian shells includes

Venus (Chione) humphreyi, Donovan, but the species has not

been dealt with by Messrs. Tate and May in their recent census,

examples forwarded to us as this species lead us to the conclusion

that it falls in with the above series.

Plate XV.

Fig. 1. — -Modiola victoriae, sp. nov. Dorsal aspect, natural

size.
Fig. 2. — Modiola victoriae, sp. nov. Side view, natural size.
Fig. 3.- — Zenatia victoriae, sp. nov. Right and left valve,

slightly reduced.
Fig. 4. — ^Chione strigosa, Lamarck. Paired valves.
Fig. 5. — Chione strigosa, Lamarck. Paired valves of a smaller

specimen.
Fig. 6. — Chione sti-igosa, Lamarck. Paired valves showing-
strong colour markings.
Fig. 7. — Chione scalarina, Lamarck. Paired valves of a fair

sized specimen.
Fig. 8. — Chione scalarina, Lamarck. Paired vahes showing

colour markings.
Fig. 9.— Chione peronii, Lamai-ck. Paired valves of rotund

form.
Fig. 10. — Chione peronii, Lamarck. Paired valves showing

colour markings.

Art. YllJ. — Catalogue of the Marine Shells of Victoria.

Part VII.

By G. B. PRITCHARD and J. H. GATLIFR

[Eead 11th June, 1903J.

The present paper refers to ninety-seven species of bivalves, con-
tained in the following families : — Gastrochaenidae, Clavagellidae,
Teredidae, Pholadidae, Solenidae, Saxicavidae, Corbulidae, Anati-
nidae, Mactridae, Mesodesmatidae, Semelidae, Tellinidae, Dona-
cidae, Petricolidae, Veneridae, Cardiidae, Ohamidae, and
Luciiiidae.

The previous papers, Parts I. to VI., dealt with the Cephalo-
poda and Gastropoda, and i-eferred to 531 species, so that with
the addition of the i^resent part, which forms the first portion of
the Laraellibranchiata, the total now stands at 628 species.

Family Gastrochaenidae.
Genus Gastrochaena, Spengler, 1783.

GaSTROCHAENA TASMANICA, T. Woods.

1877. Gastrochaena tasmanica, T. Woods. P.R.S. Tas.,

p. 159.

1878. Gastrochaena tasmanica, Angas. P.Z.S. liOnd., p.

869, No. 56.
1887. Gastrochaena tasmanica, Tate. T.R.S. S.A., vol.
ix., p. 81, pi. 5, f. lOrz, /;.
Hab. — Schnapper Point, Port Phillip (Nat. Mus.).

Family Clavagellidae.

Genus C lavage 1 1 a, Lamarck, 1807.

Clavagella australis, Sowerby.

Clavagella australis, Sowerby. In Stutchbury's
Catalogue, pi. 1, f. 1.

Catalogue of Marine Shells of Victoria. 97

1872. Clavagella australis, Reeve. Conch. Icon., vol.

xviii., pi. 2, f. ia, d, c, d.
1884. Clavagella (Dacosta) australis, Tryon. Struct, and

Syst. Conch., vol. iii., p. 119.
1895, Clavagella australis, Clessin. Conch. Cab., vol. xi..

Gastrochaena, p. 22, No. 8, pi. 9, f. 7-10.
Hab.— Victoria (Prof. R. Tate).

Genus Humphreyia, Gray, 1858.

HUMPHREYIA STRANGEI, A. AcUuns.

1852. Aspergillum strangei, A. Adams. P.Z.S. Lond.,

p. 91, pi. 15, f. 5.
1858. Humphreyia strangei, Gray. P.Z.S. Lond., p. 317.
1878. Humphreyia strangei, Angas. P.Z.S. Lond., p.

869, No. 55.
1878. Humphreyia strangei, T. Woods. P.R.S. Tas., p.

47.
1884. Humphreya strangei, Tryon. Struct, and Syst.

Conch., vol. iii., p. 118, pi. 104, f. 44.
1895. Aspergillum strangei, Clessin. Conch. Cab., vol.
xi., Gasti'ochaena, p. 34, No. 19, pi. 10, f. 4.
Hab. — Flinders to Balnarring, dredged alive, 5 to 8 fathoms,
shell-sand bottom, off Rhyll, Phillip Island, and San Remo,
Western Port. Rare in Port Phillip.

Family Teredidae.

Genus Nausitora, Wright, 1864.

Nausitora saulii, E. p. Wright.

1865. Nausitora saulii, E. P. Wx-ight. Trans. Lin. Soc.

Lond., vol. XXV., pi. 65, f. 9-15.
1875. Teredo saulii, Reeve. Conch. Icon., vol. xx., pi. 3,

f. 10a, ^, <r, d.
1884. Teredo saulii, Sowerby. Thes. Conch., vol. v., p.

123, pi. 469, f. 18.
1889. Teredo fragilis, Tate. T.R.S. S.A., vol. xi., p. 60,

pi. 11, f. 13«, b, c.
1893. Teredo saulii, Clessin. Conch. Cab., vol. xi., pt.

23, p. 70, No. 10, pi. 17, f. 7-9.

98 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

1898. Calobates saulii, Hedley. P.L.S. N.S.W., vol.

xxiii., p. 94, f. 7-9.
1901. Nausitoria saulii, Hedley- Rep. Aust. As.s. Adv.
Sci., vol. viii., p. 248.
Hab. — Port Melbourne, Beauiuaiis, Morniugtoii, Port Phillip.
Obs. — This species has been misquoted from Callao, whereas
the original locality for the specimens was Port Phillip, Victoria.
It has since had its range extended to Sydney, Adelaide and
Launceston.

Nausitora thoracites, Gould.

1856. Calobates thoracites, Gould. Proc. Boston Soc.

iSTat. Hist., vol. vii., p. 15.
1865. Calobates australis, Wi'ight. Trans. Lin. Soc.

Lond., vol. XXV., p. 564, pi. 64, f. 1-5.
1893. Teredo thoracites, Clessin. Conch. Cab., vol. xi.,

Pholas., p. 76, No. 23, pi. 19, f. 1-6.

1893. Teredo australis, Clessin. Id., No. 24, pp. 77, 78,

pi. 20, f. 1-3.
1901. Nausitoria thoracites, Hedley. Rep. Aust. Ass.
Adv. Sci., vol. viii., p. 247.
Hab. — Specimens from drift timber from Lakes Entrance,
Gippsland, in the Engineering School, Melbourne University,
identified by Mr. T. S. Hall.

Nausitora edax, Hedley.

1894. Teredo edax, Hedley. P.L.S. N.S.W., vol. ix., pp.

501-505, pi. 32, f. 1-5.
1901. Nausitoria edax, Hedley. Rep. Aust. Ass. Adv.
Sci., vol. viii., p. 248, pi. 9, and pi. 10, f. 5.
Hab. — Drift-timber, Balnarring, Western Port.

Family Piioladidae.

Genus Barnea, Risso, 1826.

Barnea australasiae, Sowerby.

Barnea australasiae. Gray. MS.
1849. Pholas australasiae, Sowerby. Thes. Conch., vol.

ii., p. 488, sp. 11, pi. 107, f. 73.
1865. Barnea australasiae, Angas. P.Z.S. Lond., p. 643.

Catalogue of Marine SJtells of Victoria. 99

1872. Pholas austral asiae, Reeve. Conch. Icon., vol.

xviii., pi. 3, f. 1 1.
1893. Pholas (Barnea) australasiae, Clessin. Conch. Cab.,
vol. xi., Pholas, p. 21, pi. 6, f. 2.
Hab.— Port Phillip; Western Port ; Ander.son's Inlet (W. H,
Ferguson) ; Portland (Maplestone).

Obs. — This species at present appears to be very much rarer in
Hobson's Bay and along the Bay between St. Kilda and Sand-
ringham than it was a few years back.

Barnea obturamentum, Hedley.

1893. Pholas obturamentum, Hedley. Records Austr.
Mus., vol. ii.. No. 4. pp, 55-57, pi. 14, f. 1, 2, 3.

Hab. — Hobson's Bay and Port Phillip generally ; Western
Port; Portland (Maplestone); Loutit Bay, Lakes Entrance
(Nat. Mus.).

Obs. — Mr. Hedley in the above paper was the first to clear up
the difficulties surrounding this species, in that up to the time of
his dealing with the matter it had been usually referred to as
Barnea similis. Gray.

Family Solenidae.

Genus Solen, Linnaeus, 1757.

Solen vagixoides, Lamarck.

1<S18. Solen vaginoides, Lamarck. Anim. S. Vert., vol.

v., p. 451, No. 3.
1819. Solen vaginoides, Lamarck, Id., vol. vi., p. 54,

No. 3.
1839. Solen vaginoides, Lamarck. Id. (3rd ed. Deshayes

and Edwards), vol. ii., p. 521, No. 3.

1841. Solen vaginoides, Delessert. Recueil de Coq., No.

3, pi. 2, f. 3a, b.

1842. Solen vaginoides, Hanley. Cat. Rec. Biv. Shells,

P- 11-
1874. Solen vaginoides. Reeve. Conch. Icon., vol. xix.

pi. 5, f. 23.
1888. Solen vaginoides, Clessin. Conch. Cab., vol. xi.,

Solen, p. 16, No. 17, pi. 7, f. 2.

7a

100 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Hab. — Altona Bay, Portarlington, Portsea, Port Phillip;
Western Port ; Portland (Maplestone).

Obs. — Hanley says S. corneus, Wood (non Lamarck), is a
synonym of this species, but the figure given represents a much
straighter shell than ours. Wood, Index Test. Sup., pi. 1, f. .2.

Family Saxicavidae.

Genus Saxicava, Bellevue, 1802.

Saxicava australis, Lamarck.

1819. Corbula australis, Lamarck. Anim. S. Vert., vol.

vi., p. 153, No. 1.
1839. Corbula australis, Lamarck. Id. (3rd ed. Deshayes

and Edwards), vol. ii., p. 547, No. 1.
1875. Saxicava australis, Reeve. Conch. Icon., vol. xx.,

pi. 2, f. 8.
1880. Saxicava australis, Hutton. Man. N.Z. Moll., p.

134.
1884. Saxicava australis, Sowerby. Thes. Conch., vol. v.,

p. 132, pi. 471, f. 2.
1895. Saxicava australis, Clessin. Conch. Cab., vol. xi.,
Gastrochaena, p. 40, No. 4, pi. 6, f. 1-4.
Hab. — A common species on our coast, showing great variation
in shape and size, occasionally attaining to upwards of an inch in
length even in Hobson's Bay.

Genus Panopaea, Menard de la Groye, 1807.

Panopaea australis, Sowerby.

18241 Panopaea australis, Sowerby. Genera, pi. 40,

f. 2.
1839. Panopaea australis, Lamarck. Anim. S. Vert. (3rd

ed. Deshayes and Edwards), vol. ii., p. 525,

No. 3.
1842. Panopaea australis, Reeve. Conch. Syst., vol. ii.,

pi. 27, f. 2.
1842. Panopaea australis, Hanley. Cat. Rec. Biv. Shells,

p. 18, pi, 9, f. 24 (in explanation of plate, p.

2, referred to erroneously as No. 25).

Catalogue of Marine Shells of Victoria. 101

1873. Panopaea australis, Reeve. Conch. Icon., vol. xix.,

pi. 6, f. 11.
1895. Panopaea australis, Clessin. Conch. Cab., vol. xi.,
Gastrochaena, p. 51, No. 10, pi. 19, f. 1.
Hab. — San Remo (Miss Stirling) ; Portland (Maplestone).

Family Corbulidae.
Genus Corbula, Bruguiere, 1792.

CORBULA SCAPHOIDES, Hinds.

1843. Corbula scaphoides. Hinds. P.Z.S. Lond. p. 56.

1844. Corbula scaphoides. Reeve. Conch. Icon., vol. ii.,

pi. 3, f. 24.
1885. Corbula scaphoides, E. A. Smith. Chall. Zool.,
vol. xiii., Lam., p. 32, pi. 7, f. 3-3(^.
Hab. — Port Phillip ; Western Port ; Port Albert ; Corio Bay
(J. F. Mulder) ; Hobsou's Bay.

Corbula tunicata. Hinds.

1843. Corbula tunicata, Hinds. P.Z.S., Lond., p. 55.

1844. Corbula tunicata. Reeve. Conch. Icon., vol. ii.,

pi. 1, f. 5.
1868. Corbula tunicata, Tyron. Amer. Jour. Conch.,

vol. iv., App., p. 66.
1885. Corbula tunicata, E. A. Smith. Chall. Zool., vol.
xiii., Lam. p. 29.
Hab. — Portland ; Port Albert ; Snake Island ; Western Port.

Corbula cuneata. Hinds.

1843. Corbula cuneata, Hinds. P.Z.S. Lond., p. 55.

1844. Corbula cuneata. Reeve, Conch. Icon., vol. ii., pi.

4, f. 33.
Hab. — Portland.

Family Anatinidae.

Genus Myodora, Gray, 1840.

Myodoba brevis, Sowerby.

Pandora brevis, Sowerby. App. Stutchbury's Cat.,
p. 3, f. 2.

102 Proceedings of fJte Royal Society of Victoria.

1835. Anatina brevis, Stutchbury. Zoo. Jour., vol. v.,

p. 99, Tab., Sup., 43, f. 1, 2.
1842. Myodora bi'evis, Hanley. Cat. Rec. Biv. Shells,

p. 24.
1844. Myadora brevis. Reeve. P.Z.S. Lond., p. 93. .
1844. Myadora brevis, Reeve. Conch. Icon., vol. ii., pi.

1, f. 7 a, b.
1856. Myodora brevis, Hanley. Cat. Rec. Biv. Shells,

pp. 338, 339, pi. 10, f. 13.
1862. Myodora bi-evis, Chenu. Man. Conch., vol. ii., p.

52, f. 217.
1880. Myodora brevis, E. A. Smith. P.Z.S. Lond., p.

580, No. 3.
1885. Myodora brevis, E. A. Smith. Ohali. Zool., vol.
xiii.. Lam., p. 64.
Hab. — Hobson's Bay ; Port Phillip ; occasionally very large
specimens up to an inch and a half in diameter obtained by dredg-
ing, also generally distributed along the coast at favourable parts.
Obs. — M. brevis of Wood vizard's Manual of the Mollusca, plate
23, figure 12, is not the above species, but, as has been pointed
out by E. A. Smith, it may represent M. striata, Quoy and
Gaimard. M. brevis of Messrs. H. and A. Adams' Genera, plate
98, figure 2, 2a, is also distinct from the above species.

Myodora pandoriformis, Stutchbury.

1835. Anatina pandoriformis, Stutchbury. Zoo. Jour.,

vol. v., p. 99, Tab., Sup., 43, f. 3, 4.
1844. Myadora pandoraeforniis. Reeve. P.Z.S. Lond.,

p. 93.
1844. Myadora pandoraeformis. Reeve. Conch. Icon.,

vol. ii., pi. 1, f. 10.
1856. Myodora pandoriformis, Hanley. Cat. Rec Biv.

Shells, pi. 10, f. 9.
1858. Myodora brevis, H. and A. Adams (non Sowerby).

Gen. Rec. Moll., vol. iii., pi. 98, f. 2, 2«.
1880. Myodora pandoriformis, E. A. Smith. P.Z.S.

Lond., p. 581.
1885. Myodora pandoriformis, E. A. Smith. Chall. Zool.,

vol. xiii., Lam., p. 64.
Hab.— Port Phillip (Brit. Mus.).

Catalogue of Marine SJtells of Victoria. 103

Myodora ovata, Reeve.

1844. Myodora ovata, Reeve. P.Z.S. Lond., p. 92.
1844. Myodora ovata, Reeve. Concli. Icon., vol. ii., pi.

1, f. 4.
1862. Myodora ovata, Chenu. Man. de Conch., vol. ii.,

p. 52, f. 216.
1880. Myodora ovata, E. A. Smith. P.Z.S. Lond., p.
582, pi. 53, f. 2, 2rt.
Hab. — Dredged alive from 5 to 8 fathoms ofl' Rhyll, Western
Port, also San Remo and Port Phillip.

Genus Myochama, Stutchbury, 1830.

Myochama anomioides, Stutchbury.

1835. Myochama anomioides, Stutchbury. Zoo. Jour.,

vol. v., p. 97, Tab., Sup., 42, f. 1-4.
1850. Myochama anomioides, A. Adams. P.Z.S. Lond.,

p. 23.
1853. Myochama anomioides, Hancock. A.M.N.H., vol.

xi., p. 287, pi. 11 (animal).
1860. Myochama anomioides. Reeve. Conch. Icon., vol.

xii., pi. 1, f. 4(r only.
1862. Myochama anomioides, Chenu. Man. de Conch.,

vol. ii., p. 52, f. 219.
1875. Myochama anomioides. Woodward. Man. Moll.,

p. 499, pi. 23, f. 1.3.

1884. Myochama anomioides, Try on. Struct, and Syst.

Conch., vol. iii., p. 144, pi. 108, f. 51-53.

1885. Myochama anomioides, E. A. Smith. Chall. Zool.,

vol. xiii.. Lam., p. 63.
1887. Myochama anomioides, Fischer. Man. de Conch.,
p. 1159, pi. 2.3, f. 13.
Hab. — Off East Moncoeur Island, Bass Straits (Challenger),
generally off the Gippsland coast and frequently adherent to our
large Crassatella kingicola, also on species of Glycimeris
(Pectunculns).

Obs. — In the Zoological Journal, vol. v., there are six figures of
this species given on plate 42, but the figures are not numbered,
while in the text reference is made to figures 1, 2, 3, 4.

104 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Myochama keppelliana, a. Adams.

1852. Myochama keppelliana, A. Adams. P.Z.S. Lond.,

p. 90, pi. 15, f. 1.
1860. Myochama keppelliana, Reeve. Conch. Icon., vol.

xii., pi. 1, f. 2.

1884. Myochama keppelliana, Tryon. Struct, and Syst.

Conch., vol. iii., p. 144, pi. 108, f. 54.

Hab. — Off Lakes' Entrance, Gippsland.

Obs.— This form appears to shovi' sufficiently distinct charac-
ters in our examples to permit of it being retained as a good
species.

Genus Thracia, Blainville, 1824.

Thracia myodoroides, E. a. Smith.

1885. Thracia myodoroides, E. A. Smith. Chall. Zool.,

vol. xiii., Lam., pp. 14, 70, pi. 6, f. Q-6d.
Hab. — Off East Moncoeur Island, Bass Straits (Challenger).

Thracia modesta, Angas.

1867. Thracia modesta, Angas. P.Z.S. Lond., p. 908,

pi. 44, f. 3.
1885. Thracia modesta, E. A. Smith. Chall. Zool., vol.
xiii.. Lam., p. 71.
Hab. — Dredged off Rhyll, Western Port ; Frankston, Port
Phillip.

Note. — We have two other species of the genus Thracia, one
from Portsea, and the other from Hobson's Bay. Hitherto we
have been unable to identify either of them.

Genus Ph rag mo pis ma, Tate.

Phragmorisma watsoni, E. a. Smith.

1885. Thracia watsoni, E. A. Smith. Chall. Zool., vol.

xiii.. Lam., pp. 14, 69, pi. 6, f. 5-5^.
1894. Phragmorisma watsoni, Tate. Jour. Roy. Soc.
N.S.W., vol. xxvii., pp. 189, 190.
Hab. — Off East Moncoeur Island, Bass Straits (Challenger).

Catalogue of Marine Shells of Victoria. 105

Genus An at in a, Lamarck, 1809.

Anatina creccina, Reeve.

1860. Anatina creccina, Reeve. Conch. Icon., vol. xiv.,

pi. 2, f. 12.
1865. Anatina creccina, Angas. P.Z.S. Lond., p. 644,
No. 7.
Hab. — Portarlington, Hobson's Bay, Port Phillip.

Anatina tasmanica, Reeve.

1860. Anatina tasmanica, Reeve. Conch. Icon., vol. xiv.,

pi. 3, f. 20.
1860. Anatina recta, Reeve. Id., pi. 4, f. 24.
Hab. — Sandringham, and Port Phillip generally.

Genus Cochlodesnna, Couthouy, 1839,

CoCHLODESMA ANGASi, Crosse and Fischer.

1864. Periploma angasi, Crosse and Fischer. Jour. d.

Conch., p. 349.

1865. Periploma angasi, Crosse and Fischer. Id., p. 427,

pi. II, f. 1.
1865. Anatina angasi, Angas. P.Z.S. Lond., p. 644,
No. 6.

1901. Cochlodesma angasi, Suter. Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol.

xxxiv, p. 220.

1902. Cochlodesma angasi, Hedley. P.L.S. N.S.W., vol.

xxvii.. pt. 1, p. 1 7.
Hab. — Frankston, Portarlington, Port Phillip.

Family Mactridae.

Genus Mactra, Linnaeu.s, 1767.

I
M\CTRA PURA Deshayes.

1839. Mactra australis, Sowerby (non Lamarck). Bee-
chey's Zool., p. 154, pi. 44, f, 6.

1842. Mactra australis, Hanley (non Lamarck). Cat.
Rec. Biv. Shells, p. 32.

1853. Mactra pura, Deshayes. P.Z.S. Lond., p. 15, No.
4.

106 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

1854. Mactra pura, Reeve. Conch. Icon., vol. viii., pi.

12, f. 53.
1856. Mactra australis, Hanley (non Lamarck). Id., p.

340, pi. 10, f. 36.
1884. Mactra pura, WeinkaufF. Concli. Cab., Mactra, p.
26, No. 21, pi. 9, f. 1, \a, and pi. 28, f. 3.
Hab. — Western Port, San Remo, Portland (Maplestone).
Obs. — Mr. C. Hedley in the Proceedings of the Linnean
Society of New South Wales, vol. xxvii., pt. 4, pp. 597-599,
April, 1903, states that the identification of the South Australian
bivalve, by Professor R. Tate, as Mactra pura, Deshayes, is
erroneous (Tate, T.R.S. S.A., vol. ix., p. 83). The Mactra pura
of which Mr. Hedley gathered an example on the beach at Green
Island, off Cairns, Queensland, is stated to be a larger and flatter
species with a smooth dorsal area. Mr. Hedley has had South
Australian specimens compared with the type of M. abbreviata,
Lamarck, but identification with that species seems unsatisfac-
tory, even his correspondent preferring to regard our shell as a
distinct species. Mr. Hedley's conclusion to call the shell M.
abbreviata var., appears rather unfortunate, especially as the
figures given on plate 29, figures 1-3, do not appear to illustrate
the Victorian representatives of what is usually referred to here
as M. pura, Deshayes.

Mactra rufescens, Lamarck.

1818. Mactra rufescens, Lamarck. Anim. S. Vert., vol.

v., p. 476, No. 15.

1819. Mactra rufescens, Lamarck. Id. (ed. Desh.), vol.

vi., p. 105. No. 15.
1839. Mactra rufescens, Lamarck. Id. (3rd ed. Deshayes

and Edwards), vol. ii., p. 536, No. 15.
1842. Mactra rufescens, Hanley. Cat. Rec. Biv. Shells,

p. 30.
1854. Mactra rufescens. Reeve. Conch. Icon., vol. viii.,

pi. 3, f. 9.
1856. Mactra rufescens, Hanley. Id., p. 340, pi. 10, f.

30 in text, f. 20 on plate.
1884. Mactra rufescens, Weinkauff. Conch. Cab.,

Mactra, pp. 88, 89, No. 93, pi. 30, f. 4, 5.

Catalogue of Marine Shells of Victoria. 107

Hab. — Lakes Entrance, Gippsland, Snake Island, Port Albert ;.
Cape Bridgewater, Portland, Apollo Bay.

Mactra polita, Chemnitz.

1782. Mactra polita, Chemnitz. Conch. Cab., vol. vi., p.
222, pi. 22, f. 216, 217.

1854. Mactra polita, Reeve. Conch. Icon., vol. viii., pi.

10, f. 39.

1884. Mactra polita, WeinkaufF. Conch. Cab., Mactra,

pp. 14, 15, pi. 4, f. 5, 6.
Hab. — Gellibrand Coast, Cape Bridgewatei-, Portland.

Mactra jacksonensis, E. A. Smith.

1867. Trigonella pusilla, Aiigas (non A. Adams). P.Z.S.
Lond., |). 916.

1885. Mactra jacksonensis, E. A. Smith. Chall. Zool.,.

vol. xiii.. Lam. p. 63, pi. 5, f. 9-9/^.
1890. Mactra jacksoniensis, Whitelegge. Jour. Roy. Soc.
N.S.W., vol. xxiii., p. 236 (p. 74 in list.).
Hab. — Dredged off Rhyll, Western Port ; dredged off Portsea,,
4 to 5 fathoms.

Mactra pusilla, A. Adams.

1855. Mactra pusilla, A. Adams. P.Z.S. Lond., p. 226.
1885. Mactra pusilla, E. A. Smith. Chall. ZooL, vol.

xiii.. Lam., p. 60, pi. 5, f. 8-8^.
Hab.— Port Albert (T. Worcester).

Mactra ovalina, Lamarck.

1818. Mactra ovalina, Lamarck. Anim. S. Vert. vol. v.,

p. 477.

1819. Mactra ovalina, Lamarck. Id. (ed. Desh.), vol. vi.,

p. 104, No. 21.
1839. Mactra ovalina, Lamarck. Id. (3rd ed. Deshayes
and Edwards), vol. ii., p. 537, No. 21.

1841. Mactra ovalina, Delessert. Recueil de Coq., pi. 3,

f. la, b.

1842. Mactra ovalina, Hanley. Cat. Rec. Biv. Shells, p.

31, pi. 11, f. 23.
1854. Mactra depressa, Reeve. Conch Icon., vol. viii., pi.
14, f. 67.

108 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

1884. Mactra ovalina, Weinkauff. Conch. Cab., Mactra,

pp. 69, 70, No. 70, pi. 25, f. 1, \a.

1885. Mactra (Mactrinula) depressa, E. A. Smith. Chall.

Zool., vol. xiii., Lam., p. 57.
1897. Hemimactra ovalina, Tate. T.R.S. S.A., vol. xxi.,

pt. 1, p. 46.
1901. Mactra (Mactrella) ovalina,Tate and May. P.L.S.
N.S.W., vol. xxvi., pt. 3, p. 423.
Hab. — Hobson's Bay and Port Phillip ; Western Port.
Obs. — Our shell agrees with Lamarck's description, but not so
satisfactorily with Delessert's figure. Tate says that Mactra
depressa, Reeve, is admitted as a synonym of M. ovalina by the
British Museum. Reeve's figure is distinctly our shell, but his
name could not possibly stand even if the shell were distinct
from M. ovalina as M. depressa was preoccupied by Lamarck.

Note. — We have, in addition to the above 6 species, one other
unidentified form, which appears so far as present investigations
have gone to represent a new species.

Genus Spisula, Gray, 1838.

Spisula parva. Petit.

1853. Gnathodon parvum. Petit. Jour, de Conch., vol.

iv., p. 358, pi. 13, f. 9, 10.

1854. Mactra rostrata, Reeve (non Spengler, Philippi,

etc.). Conch. Icon., vol. viii., pi. 19, f. 104.
1854. Mactra corbuloides, Deshayes. P.Z.S. Lond., p.

63.
1854. Mactra corbuloides. Reeve. Conch. Icon., vol. viii.,

pi. 19, f. 103.
1867. Spisula cretacea, Angas. P.Z.S. Lond., p. 909, pi.

44, f. 6.
1867. Spisula producta, Angas. Id., pi. 44, f. 7.
1871. Mactra fluviatilis, Angas. Id., p. 20, pi. 1, f. 31.
1873. Gnathodon parvus, Sowerby. In Reeve Conch.

Icon., vol. xix., pi. 1, f. 6.
1890. Mactra cretacea, Whitelegge. Jour. Roy. Soc.

N.S.W., vol. xxiii., p. 236, No. 40 (p. 74 in

list).

Catalogue of Marine Shells of Victoria. 109

1891. Hemimactra cretacea, Tate. T.R.S. S.A., vol. xiv.,
p. 266.

1901. Spisula cretacea, Tate and May. P.L.S. N.S.W.,

vol. XX vi., pt. 3, p. 424.

1902. Spi.sula parva, Hedley. Id., pt. 4, pp. 707, 708,

pi. 34, f. 2, 3,

Hab — A common e.stuarine shell all along the coast in the
sands and sandy muds of our river and creek mouths.

Obs. — This shell used to be a rarity in the neighbourhood from
Port Melbourne to tiio Yarra mouth ; in January, 1899, only two
small specimens were obtained living after a careful search, but
at the present time it occurs there in the greatest abundance and
frequently of considerable dimensions.

Genus Lutraria, Lamarck, 1799.

LUTRARIA RHYNCHAENA, Reeve.

1854. Lutraria rhynchaena, Reeve. Conch. Icon., voL

viii., pi. 4, f. 16.
1891. Lutraria oblonga, Tate (non Gmelin). T.R.S. S. A.,

vol. xiv., p. 266.
1897. Lutraria oblonga, Tate (non Gmelin). Id., vol.

xxi., pt. 1, p. 46.
1901. Lutraria rhynchaena, Tate and May. P.L.S.
N.S.W., vol. xxvi., pt. 3, p. 424.
Hab. — Western Port, San Remo.

Obs. — This shell has been confused with a European species
which is already extremely rich in synomyns, and its inclusion
therewith gives rise to considerable difficulties as well as being
an extremely doubtful proceeding. There is no doubt about our
shell being identical with Reeve's species, and that name should
therefore stand.

Genus Zenatia, Gray, 1849.

Zknatia victoriae, Pritchard and GatlifF.

1903. Zenatia victoriae, Pritchard and Gatliff. P.R.S.

Vic. U.S., vol. xvi., pt. 1, p. 92, pi. 15, f. 3.
Hab.— Port Albert (Mr. T. Worcester).

Obs. — The type is in Mr. Gatliff's private collection. This
species differs from Zenatia acinaces, Quoy and Gaimard, by its

llO Froceedings of tlte Royal Society of Victoria.

umbos being situated further back from the anterior, and its
consequent larger development of the anterior portion of the
shell ; it also differs in the position and characters of the cartilage
plate, and transverse ossicle, and in its proportional height being
less.

Family Mksodesmatidae.

Genus Mesodesma, Deshayes, 1830.

Mesodesma erycinaea, Lamarck.

1819. Crassatella erycinaea, Lamarck. Anim. S. Vert.,

vol. vi., p. 134, No. 9.
1835. Mesodesma erycina, Quoy and Gaimard. Astrolabe

ZooL, vol. iii., p. 507, pi. 82, f. 1, 2, 3, 4.
1835. Mesodesma diemenense, Quoy and Gaimard. Id..,

p. 507, pi. 82, f. 12-14.
1839. Crassatella erycinaea, Lamarck. Anim. S. Vert.

(3rd. ed. Deshayes and Edwards), vol. ii., p.

539, No. 9.

1841. Crassatella erycina, Delessert. Recueil de Coq., pi.

4, f. 4.7, l>, c.

1842. Mesodesma erycina, Hanley. Cat. Rec. Biv. Shells,

p. 38.
1854. Mesodesma erycinaea. Reeve. Conch. Icon., vol.

viii., pi. 2, f. 12.
1856. Mesodesma erycinaeum, Hanley. Cat. Rec. Biv.
Shells, p. 341, pi. 12, f. 26, and in explanation
of plate M. erycinea.
Hab. — Port Albert. Alive in sand bank, Mentone, Port
Phillip (J. Atkinson).

Mesodesma elongata, Deshayes.

1854. Mesodesma elongata, Deshayes. P.Z.S. Lond., p.

337, No. 94.
1854. Mesodesma elongata. Reeve. Conch. Icon., vol.

viii., pi. 1, f. 5.
1897. Mesodesma elongata, Tate. T.R.S. S.A., vol. xxi.,
pt. 1, p. 46.
Hab. — San Remo, Airey's Inlet, Apollo Bay.

Catalogue of Marine Shells of Victoria. 1 1 1

Obs. — This may be distinguished from the succeeding species,
M. nitida, by its more abrupt posterior truncation and more
marked anterior attenuation. The type of this species is in the
British Museum.

Mesodesma nitida, Deshayes.

1854. Mesodesma nitida, Deshayes. P.Z.S. Lond., p.

338, No. 96.
1854. Mesodesma nitida. Reeve. Oonch. Icon., vol. viii.,
pi. 1, f. 6.
Hab. — Very common in Port Phillip.

Mesodesma glabrella, Lamarck.

1819. Amphidesma glabrella, Lamarck. Anim. S. Vert.

(ed. Desh.), vol. vi., p. 133.
1839. Amphidesma glabrella, Lamarck. Id. (3rd ed.,

Deshayes and Edwards), vol. ii., p. 545, No. 13.
1842. Mesodesma glabella, Hanley. Cat. Rec. Biv.

Shells, p. 39.
1854. Mesodesma praecisa, Deshayes. P.Z.S. Lond., p.

338, No. 97.
1854. Mesodesma praecisa. Reeve. Conch. Icon., vol.

viii., pi. 4, f. 31.
1854. Mesodesma mitis, Reeve. Id., f. 29.
1856. Mesodesma glabellura, Hanley. Cat. Rec. Biv.

Shells, p. 341, pi. 11, f. 6.

1864. Mesodesma obtusa, Crosse and Fischer. Jour, de

Conch., vol. xii., p. 350.

1865. Mesodesma obtusa, Crosse and Fischer. Id., p.

428, pi. 11, f. 4.
1865. Mesodesma praecisum, Angas. P.Z.S. Lond., j).

647.
1897. Mesodesma glabrella, Tate. T.R.S. S.A., vol. xxi.,

pt. 1, p. 46.
1901. Me.sodesma glabrella, Tate and May. P.L.S.

N.S.W., vol. xxvi., pt. 3, p. 424.
Hab. — San Remo, Balnarring, Western Port.

112 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Genus Anapella, Dall, 1895.

Anapella cuneata, Lamarck.

1819. Crassatella cuneata, Lamarck. Anim. S. Vert.,

ed. Desh., vol. vi., p. 133.
1839. Crassatella cuneata, Lamarck. Id. (3rd ed., Des-
hayes and Edwards), vol. ii., p. 539, No. 8.

1842. Mesodesma cuneata, Hanley. Cat. Rec. Biv.

Shells, p. 38.

1843. Mesodesma triquetra, Hanley. P.Z.S. Lond., p.

101.
1854. Mesodesma cuneata, Reeve. Conch. Icon., vol.

viii., pi. 2, f. 9.
1854. Mesodesma triquetra, Reeve. Id., pi. 4, f. 28.

Mesodesma sraithii, Gray.
1856. Mesodesma triquetrum, Hanley. Cat. Rec. Biv.

Shells, p. 341, pi. 12, f. 20.

1875. Mesodesma (Anapa) smithii. Woodward. Man.

Moll., p. 485, pi. 21, f. 17.

1876. Anapa tasmanica, T. Woods. P.R.S. Tas., p. 160.
1878. Anapa tasmanica, T. Woods. Id., p. 49.

1887. Mesodesma (Anapa) smithi, Fischer. Man. d.

Couch., p. 1113, pi. 21, f. 17.
1897. Anapella cuneata, Tate. T.R.S. S.A. vol. x.xi., pt.

1, p. 46.
1901. Anapella cuneata, Tate and May. P.L.S. N.S.W.,
vol. xxvi., pt. 3, p. 424.
Hab. — Coast generally, particularly estuarine localities. Port
Fairy to Port Albert.

Obs. — Hanley and other authors give Mesodesma subtriangu-
lata, Gray, as a synonym of this species, but the figure given of
Mactra subtriangulata, by Wood, Index Testaceologicus, Supple-
ment, pi. 1, f. 10, and referred to by Hanley as Gray's species, is
not our shell. Tate again quotes Crassatella cycladea, Lamarck,
as another synonym Vjased on his examination of the Lamarck ian
type, and he also suggests that Mulinia pinguis, Crosse and
Fischer, is only the triquetra form of the above species.

Catalogue of Marine SJiells of Victoria. 113

Family Semelidae.

Genus Semele, Sclmmacher, 1817.

Semele exigua, a. Adams.

1861. Semele exigua, A. Adams. P.Z.S. Lond., p. 385.
1865. Semele exigua, Angas. Id., p. 647, No. 28.
1887. Semele exigua, Tate. T.R.S. S.A., vol. ix., p. 85,
pi. 5, f. 5.
Hab.— Cowes, Phillip Island (T. S. Hall).

Family Tellinidae.
Genus Gari, Schumacher, 1817.

Gari zoxalis, l.amaick.

1818. Psammotaea zonalis, Lamarck. Anim. S. Vert.,

vol. v., p. 517, No. 2.

1819. Psammotaea zonalis, Lamarck. Id. (ed. Desh.)

vol. vi., p. 182, No. 2.
1839. Psammotaea zonalis, Lamarck. Id. (3rd. ed.
Deshayes and Edwards), vol. ii., p. 561, No. 2.

1841. Psammotea zonalis, Delessert. Recueil de Coq.,

No. 2, pi. 5, f. 9^, /;, c.

1842. Psammotaea zonalis, Hanley. Cat. Rec. Biv.

Shells, p. 60.
1854. Psammobia puella, Deshayes. P.Z.S. Loud., p. 320.
1854. Psammobia striata, Deshayes. Id., p. 321.
1854. Psammobia compta, Deshayes. Jd., p. 321.
1856. Psammobia zonalis. Reeve. Conch. Icon., vol. x.,

pi. 5, f. 29.
1856. Psammobia puella. Reeve. Id., f. 2.
1856. Psammobia compta, Reeve. Id., f. 24.
1856. Psammobia zonalis, Hanley. Cat. Rec. Biv. Shells,

p. 346, pi. 11, f. 50, wrongly quoted as f. 52

in his plate reference.
1878. Gari zonalis, T. Woods. P.R.S. Tas., p. 49.
1878. Gari striata, T. Woods. Id., p. 49.
1878. Gari compta, T. Woods. Id., p. 49.
1885. Psammobia zonalis, E. A. Smith. Cliall. Zool.,

vol. xiii., Lam., p. 94.

]14 Proceedings of tlie Royal Society of Victoria.

1901. Gari zonalis, Tate and May. P.L.S. N.S.W., vol.
xxvi., pt, 3, p. 425.
Hab. — Hobson's Bay, Frankston, Portsea, Western Port.
Obs.- — Mr. E. A. Smith, in tlie Challenger Report, also includes
in the synononiy of the above, P. tellinaefonnis, Deshayes, and
P. radiata, Dunker.

Genus Soletellina, Blainville, 1824.

SOLETELLINA BIRADIATA, Wood.

1815. Solen biradiata. Wood. General Conch., p. 135, pi.

33, f. 1.
1825. Solen biradiata, Wood. Index Test, p. 15, No.

26, pi. 3, f. 26.
1828. Solen lividus. Wood. Id., Supplement, p. 3, pi. 1,

f. 3.
1828. Sanguinolaria livida. Wood. Id., Supplement, p.

52.
1857. Soletellina nymphalis. Reeve. Conch. Icon., vol.

X., pi. 1, f. 2.
1857. Soletellina epidermia. Reeve. Id., f. 3.
1857. Soletellina biradiata, Reeve. Id., pi. 2, f. 7.
1865. Hiatula biradiata, Angas. P.Z.S. Lond., p. 646,

No. 19.
1878. Hiatula epidermia, T. Woods. P.R.S. Tas., p. 50.
1890. Hiatula biradiata, Whitelegge. Jour. Roy. See.
N.S.W., vol. xxiii., p. 237, No. 60 (p. 75 in
list).
1901. Solenotellina biradiata, Tate and May. P.L.S.
N.S.W., vol. xxvi., pt. 3, p. 425.
Hab. — Common in Port Phillip ; Western Port ; Portland
(Maplestone).

Obs. — The copy of Wood's General Conchology in the Public
Library, Melbourne, is distinctly dated 1835 on the title page,
but at the end of the advertisement on the succeeding pages it is
dated April, 1814. This is evidently a reprint, for volume I.,
which was all published, appeared in 1815, according to the
British Museum Cataloiru*".

Catalogue of Marine Shells of Victoria. 1 1 5

SOLETELLINA DONACOIDES, Reeve.

1857. Soletellina doiiacoides, Reeve. Conch. Icon., vol.
X., pi. 3, f. 11.
Hab. — Port Melbourne, St. Kilda, Sandringhaui, Frankston,
Port Phillip ; Portland (Maplestone).

Obs. — The type of this species is from South Australia, where
the shell is somewhat more inflated than our usual form.

Genus Tel Una, Linnaeus, 1758.

Tellina deltoidalis, Lamarck.

1818. Tellina deltoidalis, Lamarck. Anim. S. Vert.,

vol. v., p. 532.

1819. Tellina deltoidalis, Lamarck. Id., ed. Desh., vol.

vi., p. 206.
1839. Tellina deltoidalLs, Lamarck. Id. (3rd ed. Des-
hayes and Edwards), vol. ii., p. 569, No. 49.

1841. Tellina deltoidalis, Delessert. Recueil de Coq.,

No. 49, pi. 6, f. 7a, b.

1842. Tellina deltoidalis, Hanley. Cat. Rec. Biv. Shells,

p. 70.
1856. Tellina deltoidalis, Hanley. Id., p. 347, pi. 13, f.

3.
1865. Tellinella deltoidalis, Angas. P.Z.S. Lond., p.

646, No. 23.
1666. Tellina deltoidalis, Reeve. Conch. Icon., vol. xvii.,

pi. 7, f. 29.?, b.
1880. Tellina deltoidalis, Hutton. Man. N.Z. Moll., p.

143.
1901. Tellina (Tellinella) deltoidalis, Tate and May.
P.L.S. N.S.W., vol. xxvi., pt. 3, p. 425.
Hab. — Common in Port Phillip and Western Port.
Obs.— Deshayes gives T. lactaea, Quoy and Gaimard, as a
synonym of this species. Tellina australis, Deshayes, as de-
scribed and figured by Reeve, Conch. Icon., vol. xvii., pi. 50, f.
297, from East Australia, appears to us to bear a strong resem-
blance to the above species.

8a

] 1 6 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victorm.

Tkllixa diemenensis, Deshayes.

1854. Tellina diemenensis, Deshayes. P.Z.S. Lond., p.

361.
1869. Tellina diemenensis, Reeve. Conch. Icon., vol.

xvii., pi. 56, f. 333.
1901. Tellina (Tellinella) diemenensis, Tate and May.
P.L.S. KS.W., vol. xxvi., pt. 3, p. 425.
Hab. — Portarlington, Point Henry, Geelong.
Obs. — This form may be only an extreme variation of T. del-
toidalis, but may usually be separated from it by its smaller size,
trigonal shape, and porcellaneous character.

Tellina albinella, Lamarck.

1818. Tellina albinella, Lamarck. Anim. S. Vert., vol.

v., p. 524.

1819. Tellina albinella, Lamarck. I^/. (ed. Desh.), vol.

vi., p. 194.
1839. Tellina albinella, Lamarck. /^. (3rcl ed. Deshayes

and Edwards), vol. ii., p. 565, No. 17.
1842. Tellina albinella, Hanley. Cat. Rec. Biv. Shells,

p. 63.
1856. Tellina albinella, Hanley. Id., p. 347, pi. 14, f. 3.

1865. Peronacoderina albinella, Angas. P.Z.S. Lond., p.

646, No. 24.

1866. Tellina albinella. Reeve. Conch. Icon., vol. xvii.,

pi. 4, f. 15.

1867. 'Tellina albinella. Reeve (var. rosea). Id., pi. 21,

f. 15/;.
1901. Tellina (Peronaea) albinella, Tate and May. P.L.S.
N.S.W., vol. xxvi., pt. 3, p. 426.
Hab. — Port Albert ; Portland (Maplestone) ; Sorrento.

Tellina tenuilirata, Sowerby.

1867. Tellina tenuilirata, Sowerby, in Eeeve. Conch.

Icon., vol. xvii., pi. 39, f. 219(7, />.
1867. Tellina tenuilirata, Angas. P.Z.S. Lond., p. 919.
1885. Tellina tenuilirata, E. A. Smith. Chall. Zool.,

vol. xiii.. Lam., p. 106.

Catalogue of Marine Shells of Victoria. 1 1 7

1890. Tellina tenuilirata, Whitelegge. Jour. Roy. Soc.
N.S.W., vol. xxiii., p. 2.38, No. 67 (p. 76 in
list).
Hab. — Frankston, Port Phillip.

Tellina ensiformis, Sowerhy.

1868. Tellina ensiformis, Sowerby, in Reeve. Conch.
Icon., vol. xvii., pi. 49, f. 289.
Hab. — San Remo (Mrs. Kenyon).

Tellina rudolphii, Brazier.

1898. Tellina (Strigilla) rudolphii. Brazier. P.L.S.
N.S.W., vol. xxiii., pt. 2, p. 272.
Hab. — San Remo (Mrs. Kenyon).

Obs. — We have not yet met with either this or the foregoing
species from our shores, but the specimens in Mrs. Kenyon's
possession are undoubtedly good species.

Tellina decussata, Wood.

1815. Tellina decussata. Wood. General Conch., p. 190,
pi. 43, f. 2, 3.

1818. Tellina decussata, Lamarck. Anini. S. Vert., vol.

v., p. 532.

1819. Tellina decussata, Lamarck. Id. (ed. Desh.), vol.

vi., p. 205.
1825. Tellina decussata. Wood. Index Test., p. 22, pi.

4, f. 81 (bad figure, might be ours).
1839. Tellina decussata, Lamarck. /^. (3rd ed. Deshayes

and Edwards), vol. ii., p. 568, No. 45,
1842. Tellina decussata, Hanley. Cat. Rec. Biv, Shells,

p. 70.
1846. Tellina decussata, Sowerby. Thes. Conch,, vol. i.,

p. 262, No. 74, pi. 60 in text, pi. 62 on plate,

f. 184.
Tellina decussata, Roemer. Mon. Tellina, pi. 23,

f. 1-3.

1865. Arcopagia decussata, Angas. P.Z.S. Lond., p.

647, No. 26.

1866. Tellina decussata. Reeve. Conch. Icon., vol. xvii.,

pi. 17, f. 88.

118 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

1878. Tellina (Arcopagia) decussata, T. Woods. P.R.S.

Tas., p. 49.
1901. Tellina (Pseudoarcopagia) decussata, Tate and May.
P.L.S. N.S.W., vol. xxvi., pt. 3, p. 426.
Hab.— Common in Port Phillip, also Western Port, Anderson's
Inlet and Kilcunda (W. IJ. Ferguson).

Tellina, n. sp.

Hab. — Rye to Portsea, Port Phillip.

Obs. — This form is something of the T. albinella type, but is
much more robust, more strongly convex, and sculptured.

Genus Macoma, Leach, 1819.

Macoma mabiae, T. Woods.

1876. Tellina mariae, T. Woods. P.R.S. Tas., p. 162.
1901. Macoma mariae, Tate and May. P.L.S. N.S.W.,
vol. xxvi., pt. 3, p. 426.
Hab. — Port Phillip, common from Portarlington to Geelong ;
Western Port.

Obs. — Tate and May in dealing with this species include M.
rudis, Bertin, Archives, Mus. Nat. Hist., 1878, p. 335, pi. 9, f. 2,
as a synonym, and give Port Phillip as the locality of the type ;
we have not seen this work, and have, therefore, been unable to
confirm this point.

Family Donacidae.

Genus Donax, Linnaeus, 1758.

DoNAX DELTOIDES, Lamarclc.

1819. Donax deltoides, Lamarck. Anim. S. Vert. (ed.

Desh.), vol. vi., p. 241.
1819. Donax epidermia, Lamarck. Id., p. 243.
1839. Donax deltoides, Lamarck. Id. (3rd ed. Deshayes

and Edwards), vol. ii., p. 579, No. 5.
1839. Donax epidermia, Lamarck. Id., p. 580, No. 12.
1842. Donax deltoides, Hanley. Cat. Rec. Biv. Shells,

p. 80.
1842. Donax epidermia, Hanley. Id., p. 80.
1854. Donax deltoides. Reeve. Conch. Icon., vol. viii.,

pi. 1, f. 4fl, 4^.

Catalogue of Marine Shells of Victoria. 119

1856. Donax deltoides, Hanley. Cat. Rec. Biv. Shells,
p. 349, pi. 14, f. 23.

1865. Latona epidermia, Angas. P.Z.S., Lond., p. 647,

No. 27.

1866. Donax deltoides, Sowerby. Thes. Conch., vol. iii.,

p. 310, No. 37, pi. 283, f. 100, 101.
Hab. — C. Bridgevvater ; Apollo Bay; Airey's Inlet; Kilcunda
and Anderson's Inlet (W. H. Fei'guson) ; Port Albert.

Donax cakdioides, Lamarck.

1818. Donax cardioides, Lamarck. Anim. S. Vert., vol.

v., p. 550, No. 21.
1835. Donax cardioides, Quoy and Gaimard. Astrolabe

Zool., vol. iii., p. 495, pi. 81, f. 17-19.
1839. Donax cardioides, Lamarck. Anim. S. Vert. (3rd

ed. Deshayes and Edwards), vol. ii., p. 581,

No. 21.

1841. Donax cardioides, Delessert. Recueil de Coq., pi.

6, f. 14^?, /}, c, No. 21.

1842. Donax cardioides, Hanley. Cat. Rec. Biv. Shells,

p. 82.
1856. Donax cardioides, Hanley. Id., p. 349, pi. 13, f. 9.
Hab. — Portsea ; San Remo ; Shoreham ; Cowes, Phillip Island
(T. 8. Hall); Kilcunda and Anderson's Inlet (W. H. Ferguson).

Family Petricolidab.
Genus Venerupis, Lamarck, 1818.

Venerupis exotica, Lamarck.

1819. Venerupis exotica, Lamarck. Anim. S. Vert. (ed.

Desh.), vol. vi., p. 162, No. 4.

1819. Venerupis carditoides, Lamarck. Id., p. 164, No.
7.

1839. Venerupis exotica, Lamarck. Id. (3rd ed. Des-
hayes and Edwards), vol. ii., p. 556, No. 4.

1839. Venerupis carditoides, Lamarck. Id., p. 556, No.
7.

1841. Venerupis carditoides, Delessert. Recueil de Coq.,
No. 7, pi. 5, f. 3a, b, c, d.

120 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

1842. Venerupis exotica, Hanley. Cat. Rec. Biv. Shells,

p. 54.
1842. Venerupis carditoides, Hanley. Id., p. 55.
1854. Venerupis exotica, Sovverby. Thes. Conch., vol. ii.,

p. 764, pi. 164, f. 7.
1854. Venerupis carditoides, Sowerby. /d., f. 4.
1856. Venerupis exotica. Hanley. Cat. Rec. Biv. Shells,

p. 346, pi. 9, f. 29.
1874. Venerupis exotica. Reeve. Conch. Icon., vol. xix,,

pi. 2, f. 11.

1874. Venerupis carditoides, Reeve. Id., pi. 1, f. 5.

1875. Venerupis exotica, Woodward. Man. Moll., p.

476, pi. 20, f. 15.
1887. Venerupis exotica, Fischer. Man. de Conch., p.
1087, pi. 20, f. 15.
Hab. — Port Phillip and Western Port, commoner in the
latter. Portland. Puebla Coast.

Obs. — Judging from the description in Lamarck, we think it
is very probable that V. distans. No. 5, is only a slight variation
of the above, and perhaps ought to be regarded as a synonym.
We do not agree with the treatment of various authors, indicat-
ing two distinct species for these forms.

Venerupis crenata, Lamarck.

1818. Venerupis crenata, Lamarck. Anim. S. Vert.,

vol. v., p. 508.

1819. Venerupis crenata, Lamarck. Id. (ed. Desh.), vol.

vi., p. 164, No. 6.
1839. Venerupis crenata, Lamarck. Id. (3rd ed. Des-
hayes and Edwards), vol. ii., p. 556, No. 6.

1841. Venerupis crenata, Delessert. Recueil de Coq.,

No. 6, pi. 5, f. 2a, b, c.

1842. Venerupis crenata, Hanley. Cat. Rec. Biv. Shells,

p. 55.
1854. Venerupis crenata, Sowerby. Thes. Conch., vol.

ii., pi. 164, f. 18, 19.
1856. Venerupis crenata, Hanley. Cat. Rec. Biv.

Shells, p. 346, |.l. 12, f. 58.

Catalogue of Marine Shells of Victoria. 121

1865. Rupellaria crenata, Aii^as. P.Z.S. Lond., p. 650,

No. 49.
1874. Venerupis crenata, Reeve. Conch. Icon., vol.
xix., pi. 1, f. 3.
Hab. — Common Corio Bay ; Portarlington ; Western Port.
Obs. — Our shell agrees well with Delessert's figure, but the
figures given by Reeve and Hanley are not typical, and would
hardly be readily recognised as our species, but the New South
Wales forms agree more closely.

Venerupis mitis, Deshayes.

1853. Venerupis mitis, Deshayes. P.Z.S. Lond., p. 5,

No. 20.
1874. Venerupis mitis. Reeve. Conch. Icon., vol. xix.,
pi. 4, f. 24.
Hab. — Corio Bay.

Venerupis cumingii, Deshayes.

1853. Venerupis cumingii, Deshayes. P.Z.S. Lond., p.

4, No. 13, pi. 18, f. 3.
1865. Rupellaria cumingi, Angas. P.Z.S. Lond., p. 650,

No. 50.
1874. Venerupis cumingii. Reeve. Conch. Icon., vol.
xix.. No. 18, pi. 3, f. 18.
Hab. — Western Port, Flinders.

Venerupis, sp.

Hab. — Portarlington.

Obs. — As yet an unidentified species, comparable in some
respects to V. obesa, Deshayes, but apparently distinct.

ChOPistodon, Jonas, 1844.

ChORISTODON LAPICIDUM, Chemnitz.

Venus lapicida, Chemnitz. Hist. Conch., pi. 172,

f. 1664, 1665.
Venus divergens, Chenuiitz. Id., f. 1666, 1667.
1819. Petricola luciiialis, Lamarck. Anim. S. Vert. (2nd

ed. Desli.), vol. vi., p. 157.
1825. Venus lapicida, Wood. Index Test., p. 37, pi. 8,
f. 72.

122 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

1825. Venus divergens, Wood. Id., f. 73.

1832. Petricola lucinalis, Hanley. Cat. Rec. Biv. Shells,

p. 52.
1832. Petricola divergens, Hanley. Id., p. 52.
1832. Petricola lapicida, Hanley. Id., p. 53.
1884. Choristodon di\ aricatum, Tryon. Struct, and

Syst. Conch., vol. iii., p. 175, pi. 112, f. 95

(given as f. 94 in text).
1887. Naranio divaricata, Tate. T.R.S. S.A., vol. ix., p.

89.
1897. Choristodon lapicidum, Tate. Id., vol. xxi., pt. i.,

p. 46.
Hab. — San Renio (Mrs. Kenyon).

Family Veneridae.

Genus Chione, Megerle, 1811.

Chione disjecta, Perry.

1811. Venus disjectci, Perry. Conch, pi. 58, f. 3.

1818. Venus lamellata, Lamarck. Anira. S. Vert., vol.

v., p. 592, No. 28.

1819. Venus lamellata, Lamarck. Id., vol. vi. (ed.

Desh.), p. 349, No. 28.
1825. Venus lamellata, Wood. Index Test., p, 5, pi. 2,

f. 1.
1839. Venus lamellata, Lamarck. Anim. S. Vert. (3rd

ed. Deshayes and Edwards), vol. ii., p. 611,

No. 28.

1841. Venus lamellata, Delessert. Recueil de Coq., No.

28, pi. 10, f. 6a, b, c.

1842. Venus lamellata, Hanley. Cat. Rec. Biv. Shells,

p. 119.
1853. Venus lamellata, Sowerby. Thes. Conch., vol. ii.,

p. 725, pi. 160, f. 175.
1863. Venus lamellata, Reeve. Conch. Icon., vol. xiv.,

pi. 18, f. 78.
1865. Chione (Circomphalus) lamellata, Angas. P.Z.S.

Lond., p. 648. No. 35.

Catalogue of Marine Shells of Victoria. 123

1869. Venus lamellata, PfeifFer. Conch. Cab., vol. xi.,

p. 205, No. 61, pi. 33, f. 5, 6, 10, 11, 12.
1878. Venus (Cliione) lamellata, T. Woods. P.R.S. Tas.,

p. 51.
1902. Chione disjecta, Gatliff. V.N., vol. xix., p. 76.
Hab.— Port Phillip; Western Port; Portland (Maplestone).
Obs. — We regret that it has been found necessaiy to change
the well-known name of this species, the older name having been
re-discovered by Mr. Gatliff, and almost at the same time by Mr.
Hedley, the latter's publication being the first to appear.

Chione fumigat.a., Sowerby.

1853. Tapes funiigata, Sowerby. Thes. Conch., vol. ii.,

p. 737, No. 102, pi. 159, f. 152-155.
1853. Venus laevigata, Sowerby. Id., vol. ii., p. 738,

No. 103, pi. 159, f. 156-158.
1864. Tapes faba, Reeve. Conch. Icon., vol. xiv., pi. 8,

f. 39.
1878. Venus (Chione) laevigata, T. Woods. P.R.S. Tas.,

p. 51.
1878. Venus (Chione) fumigata, T. Woods. Id., p. 51.
1878. Chione (Marcia) laevigata, Angas. P.Z.S. Lond.,

p. 870.

1900. Chione fumigata (var. laevigata) Lodder. P.R.S.

Tas., p. 17 (in reprint). No. 631.

1901. Chione laevigata, Tate and May. P.L.S. N.S.W.,

vol. xxvi., pt. 3, p. 427.
Hab. — Common in Port Phillip ; Portland (Maplestone).

Chione gallinula, Lamarck.

1818. Venus gallinula, Lamarck. Anim. S. Vert., vol.

v., p. 592, No. 25.

1819. Venus gallinula, Lamarck. Id. (ed. Desh.), vol.

vi., p. 348, No. 25.
1828. Venus costulata. Wood. Index Test. Sup., p. 5,

pi. 2, f. 15.
1839. Venus gallinula, Lamarck. Anim. S. Vert. (3rd

ed. Deshayes and Edwards), vol. ii., p. 611,

No. 25.

124 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

1841. Venus gallinula, Delessert. Recueil de Coq., No.

25, pi. 10, £. la, b, c.

1842. Venus gallinula, Hanley. Cat. Rec. Biv. Shells,

p. 119.
1853. Venus gallinula, Sowerby. Thes. Conch., vol. ii.,
p. 730, No. 79, pi. 162, f. 225, 226.

1863. Venus gallinula, Reeve. Conch. Icon., vol. xiv.,

pi. 22, f. 106.

1864. Venus tasnianica, Reeve. Id., pi. 24, f. 121.
1878. Venus (Chione) gallinula, T. Woods. P.R S.

Tas., p. 51.
1897. Chione gallinula, Tate. T.R.S. S.A. vol. xxi.,

pt. 1, p. 47.
1902. Chione gallinula, Hedley. Mem. Austr. Mus.,
vol. iv., pt. 5, p. 323.
Hab. — Portsea, Port Phillip; Anderson's Inlet (W. H. Fergu-
son).

Ohs.- — We think that Mr. Hedley is probably correct in
including V. coelata, ^Menke, as a synonym of this species, though
Menke appears to have only had a young specimen.

Hanley indicates that on the authority of Deshayes, V. lago-
pus, Lamarck, and A'^. gallinula, Lamarck, are identical, and the
habitat of each is given as New Holland. The former of these
two species is numbered 23 in Lamarck and the latter 25, but as
the description of V. lagopus is more exactly that of V. aus-
tralis, Sowerby, we think that an examination of the types will
show that it is the same as Sowerby's species. We do not agree
with Tate and May in including V. tasmanica, Reeve, as a
synonym of V. australis, Sowerby, but include it as above.

Chione lagopus, Lamarck.

1818. Venus lagopus, Lamarck. Anim. S. Vert., vol. v.,

p. 591, No. 23.

1819. Venus lagopus, Lamarck. Id. (ed. De.sh.). vol. vi.)

p. 347, No. 23.
1835. Venus australis, Sowerby (non Gmelin). P.Z.S.

Loud., p. 22.
1839. Venus lagopus, Lamarck. Anim. S. Vert. (3rd ed.

Deshayes and Edwards), vol. ii., p. 610, No. 23.

Catalogue of Marine Shells of Victoria. 125

1842. Venus australis, Hanley. Cat. Rec. Biv. Shells,
p. 118.

1842. Venus lagopus, Hauley. Id., p. 115.

1843. Venus lagopus, Menke. Moll. Nov. Holl., p. 43,

No. 249.
1853. Venus australis, Howerhy. Thes. Conch., vol. ii.,

p. 719, No. 48.
1856. Venus australis, Hanley. Cat. Rec. Biv. Shells,

p. 358, pi. 15, f. 48.
1863. Venus australis, Reeve. Concli. Icon., vol xiv.,

pi. 22, f. 107 a, b.
1865. Chione (Timoclea) australis, Angas. P.Z.S. Lond.,

p. 648, No. 38.
1869. Venus australis, Pfeiffer. Conch. Cab., vol. xi., p.

219, No. 73, pi. 36, f. 4, 5.
1878. Venus (Chione) australis, T. Woods. P.R.S. Tas.,

p. 51.
1885. Venus (Leukoma) australis, E. A. Smith. Chall.

Zool., vol. xiii., Lam., p. 131.
1897. Chione australis, Tate. T.R.S. S.A., vol. xxi., pt.

1, p. 47.
1901. Chione australis, Tate and jNIay. P.L.S. N.S.W.,

vol. xxvi., pt. 3, p. 427.
1903. Chione lagopus, Hedley. P.L.S. N.S.W., vol.

xxvii., pt. 4, p. 596.
Hab. — Portsea, Port Phillip; Western Port; San Remo.

Chionk cardioides, Lamarck.

1818. Erycina cardioides, Lamarck. Aniin. S. Vert.,

vol. v., p. 486 (non Venus cardioides, Lamarck,

p. 590).
1839. Erycina cardioides, Lamarck. Id. (3rd ed. Des-

hayes and Edwards), vol. ii., p. 541, No. 1.

1841. Erycina cardioides, Delessert. Recueil de Coq.,

pi. 4, f. la, b c.

1842. Erycina cardioides, Hanley. Cat. Rec. Biv. Shells,

p. 40.
1853. Venus striatissinia, Sowerby. Thes. Conch., vol.
ii., p. 718, pi. 157, f. 103-105.

126 Proceedings of tlie Royal Society of Victoria.

1864. Venus striatissiina, Reeve. Conch. Icon., vol. xiv.,

pi. 26, f. 135.
1878. Venus (Chione) striatissima, T. Woods. P.R.S.

Tas., p. 51.
1885. Venus (Chione) striatissima, E. A. Smith. Cliall.

Zool., vol. xiii., Lam., p. 124.

1902. Chione striatissima, Hedley. Mem. Austr. Mus.,

vol. iv., pt. 5, p. 323.

Hab. — St. Kilda, Sandringham, Frankston, Portsea, Port
Phillip ; Western Port ; oft' East Moncoeur Island, Bass Strait
{Challenger).

Obs. — Hanley, in the reference given above, states that he
has seen Lamarck's own specimen, and that it does not belong to
Erycina, but is " more like an aberrant Venus." The uniting of
striatissima and cardioides had been decided upon by us from an
examination of Delessert's work, but we think it is clear that
cardioides, Lamarck, is the name which should stand for this
species, and that the shell which requires a change of name is
that subsequently described by Lamarck as Venus cardioides, if
it should prove to be a Chione.

Chione strigosa, Lamarck.

1818. Venus strigosa, Lamarck. Anim. S. Vert., vol. v.,

p. 605, No. 79.

1819. Venus strigosa, Lamarck. Id. (ed. Desh.), vol. vi.,

p. 368.
1839. Venus strigosa, Lamai-ck. Id. (3rd ed. Deshayes

and Edwards), vol. ii., p. 617, No. 79.
1853. Venus strigosa, Sowerby. Thes. Conch., vol. ii.,

p. 736, No. 99, pi. 162, f. 222, 223.
1863. Venus strigosa, Reeve. Conch. Icon., vol. xiv., pi.

20, f. 96^.
1878. Tapes victoriae, T. Woods. T.R.S. Vic, vol. xiv.,

p. 60.

1903. Chione strigosa, Pritchard and Gatliff. P.R.S.

Vic, vol. xvi., n.s., pt. 1, p. 94, pi. 15, f. 4, 5,
6.
Hab. — Coast generally, very common.

Catalogue of Marine Shells of Victoria. 127

Obs. — The type of Tapes victoriae, T. Woods, is from Hobson's
Bay, and is in the National Museum, Melbourne, and is undoubt-
edly a form of the above.

Chionk SCALARINA, Lamarck.

1818. Venus scalarina, Lamarck. Anim. S. Vert., vol.

v., p. .599, No. 54.

1819. Venus scalarina, Lamarck. Anim. S. Vert. (ed.

Desh.), vol. vi., p. 359, No. 54.
1839. Venus scalarina, Lamarck. Id. (3rd ed. Deshayes
and Edwards), vol. ii., p. 614, No. 54.

1841. Venus scalarina, Delessert. Recueil de Coq., No.

54, pi. 10, f. \2a, b, c.

1842. Venus scalarina, Hanley. Cat. Rec. Biv. Shells,

I). 123.

1843. Venus scalarina, Menke. Moll. Nov. Holl., p. 44,

No. 254.
1853. Venus scalarina, Sowerby. Thes. Conch., vol. ii.,

p. 736, No. 96, pi. 162, f. 220.
1856. Venus scalarina, Hanley. Cat. Rec. Biv. Shells,

p. 358, pi. 16, f. 4.
1863. Venus aphrodinoides. Reeve (non Lamarck). Conch.

Icon., vol. xiv., pi. 17, f. 73.
1869. Venus scalarina, Pfeiffer. Conch. Icon., vol. xi.,

p. 212, pi. 34, f. 8-10.
1903. Chione scalarina, Pribchard and Gatliff. P.R.S.

Vic, vol. xvi., n.s.,.pt. 1, p. 94, pi. 15, f. 7. 8.
Hab. — Coast generally.

Chione peronii, Lamarck.

1818. Venus peronii, Lamarck. Anim. S. Vert., vol. v.,

p. 606, No. 81.

1819. Venus peronii, Lamarck. Id. (ed. Desh.), vol. vi.,

p. 369, No. 81.
1839. Venus peionii, Lamarck. Id. (3rd ed. Deshayes

and Edwards), vol. ii., p. 617, No. 81.
1853. Venus peronii, Sowerby. Thes. Conch., vol. ii., p.

736, No. 97, pi. 162, f. 224.
1863. Venus peronii. Reeve. Conch. Icon., vol. xiv., pi.

20, f. 93.

128 Proceedings of tlie Royal Society of Victoria.

1903. Chione perouii, Pritchard and Gatlift". P.R.S. Vic,
vol. xvi., pt. 1, p. 94, pi. 15, f. 9, 10.
Hah. — Coast generally.

Obs.- — Our reasons for limiting the references to the three
foregoing species are fully set fortli in the paper immediately
preceding this part of the Catalogue.

Chione placida, Philippi.

1844. Venus placida, Philippi. Abbild. Besch., vol. i.,

p. 128, pi. 2, f. 2.
1844. Venus roborata, Hanley. P.Z.S. Loncl., p. 161.
1853. Venus roborata, Sowerby. Thes. Conch., vol. ii.,

p. 723, No. 60, pi. 157, f. 116-118.
1856. Venus roborata, Hanley. Cat. Rec. Biv. Shells,

p. 361, pi. 16, f. 25.
1863. Venus roborata. Reeve. Conch. Icon., vol. xiv.,

pi. 23, f. 113.
1869. Venus roborata, Pfeifter. Conch. Cab., vol. xi.,

pp. 238, 239, No. 93, pi. 41, f. 3-5.
1878. Venus (Chione) roborata, T. Woods. P.R.S. Tas.,

p. 51.
1902. Chione placida, Hedley. Mem. Austr. Mus., vol.
iv., pt. 5, p. 322.
Hab.— Portsea, Port Pliillip ; San Remo ; Port Albert (T.
Worcester).

Obs. — In the last reference, Mr. Hedley shows that, according
to date of publication, priority falls to Pliilippi's name. Pfeifi'er,
in the Conchylien Cabinet, and others, give V. placida as a
synonym of V. roborata, and do not appear satisfied that Pliilippi's
name has priority.

Chione undulosa, Lamarck.

1818. Venus undulosa, Lamarck. Anim. S. Vert., vol.

v., p. 606, No. 85.

1819. Venus undulosa, Lamarck. Id. (ed. Desh.), vol.

vi., p. 370, No. 85.
1835. Venus variabilis, Sowerby. P.Z.S. Lond., p. 42.
1839. Venus undulosa, Lamarck. Anim. S. Vert. (3rd

ed. Deshayes and Edwards), vol. ii., p. 617,

No. 85.

Catalogue of Marine Shells of Victoria. 129

1842. Venus undulosa, Hanley. Cat. Rec. Biv. Shells,

p. 12G.
18-43. Venus undulosa, Pliilippi. Ablnld. Besch., vol. i.,

p. 39, pi. i., f. 1.
1853. Venus undulosa Sowerby. Thes. Conch., vol. ii.,

p. 738, No. 107, pi. 158, f. 142-146.
1856. Venus undulosa, Hanley. Cat. Rec. Biv. Shells,

p. 358, pi. 15, f. 40.
1864. Venus undulosa. Reeve. Conch. Icon., vol. xiv.,

pi. 24, f. 117, and pi. 25, f. 126.
1878. Tivela undulosa, Angas. P.Z.S. Lond., p. 870, No.

63.

1884. Venus (Marcia) undulosa, Tryon. Struct, and

Syst. Conch., vol. iii., p. 177, pi. 113, f. 18.

1885. Venus (Gomphina) undulosa, E. A. Smith. Ohall.

Zool., vol. xiii.. Lam., p. 132.
Hab. — Portsea, Port Phillip ; San Remo ; dredged alive off
Balnarring, Western Port ; Kilcunda and Cape Paterson to
Anderson's Inlet (W. H. Ferguson) ; Airey's Inlet ; Apollo Bay
to Blanket Bay.

Genus Mepetrix, Lamarck, 1799.

Meretrix disrupta, Sowerby.

1853. Cytherea disrupta, Sowerby. Thes. Conch., vol. ii.,

p. 743, pi. 163, f. 208, 209.
1885. Cytherea (Callista) disrupta, E. A. Smith. Chail.
Zool., vol xiii.. Lam., p. 135, pi. 1, f. 4-4^.
Hab.— Port Phillip Heads.

Obs. — We agree with Mr. Hedley in regarding this as distinct
from M. planatella, though very closely related.

Meretrix planatella, Lamarck.

1818. Cytherea planatella, Lamarck. Anim. S. Vert.,

vol. v., p. 565, No. 19.

1819. Cytherea planatella, Lamarck. Id. (ed. Desh.),

vol. vi., p. 305, No. 19.
1835. Venus nitida, Quoy and Gaimard. Astrolabe
Zool., vol. iii., p. 529, pi. 84, f. 13, 14.

130 Proceedings of tJte Royal Society of Victoria.

1839. Cytherea planatella, Lamarck. Anim. S. Vert. (Srd
ed. Deshayes and Edwards), vol. ii., p. 599,
No. 19.

1844. Cytherea diemenen.si.s, Hanley. P.Z.S. Lend., p.

110.

1845. Cytherea planatella, Philippi. Abbild. Besch., vol.

i., p. 199, pi. 3, f. 6.
1851. Cytherea planatella, Sowerby. Thes. Conch., vol.

ii., p. 786.
1851. Cytherea innocens, Sowerby. /c/., vol. ii., p. 743,

sp. 118, pi. 163, f. 210.
1869. Callista planatella, Roraer. Mon. Venus, p. 65,

No. 21, pi. 19, f. 2.
1878. Callista dienianensis, T. Woods. P.R.S. Tas., p. 51.

1901. Meretrix planatella, Tate and May. P.L.S. N.S.W.,

vol. xxvi., pt. 3, p. 428.

1902. Meretrix planatella, Hedley. Mem. Austr. Mus.,

vol. iv., pt. 5, p. 323.
Hab. — San Remo.

Obs. — We think Venus nitida, Quoy and Gaimard, a very
doubtful inclusion with the above.

Meretrix paucilamellata, Dunker.

1858. Mercenaria paucilamellata, Dunker. Novit. Conch.

p. 52, pi. 16, f. 10-12.
1863. Cytherea alatus. Reeve. Conch. Icon., vol. xiv.

pi. 18, f. 83.
1876. Callista victoriae, T. Woods. P.R.S. Tas., p. 159
1880. Mercenaria paucilamellata. Brazier. P.L.S. N.S.W.

vol. v., p. 486, No. 9.
1885. Venus (Chione) jacksoni, E. A. Smith. Chall

Zool., vol. xiii., Lam., p. 123, pi. 3, f. 2-26".
1897. Meretrix alatus, Tate. T.R.S. S.A., vol. xxi., pt

1, pp. 47, 48.
Hab. — Portland ; Otway Coast ; Port Albert (T. Worcester).

Meretrix kingii, Gray.

1827. Cytherea kingii. Gray, in King's Survey of Aus-
tralia, vol. ii., p. 474.

Catalogue of Mar me Sltells of Victoria. 131

1828. Venus kingii, Wood. Index Test., Sup. p. 5, sp.

9, pi. 2, f. 9.
1838. Cytherea kmarckii, Gray. Analyst, vol. viii., p.

308.
1842. Cytherea kingii, Hanley. Cat. Rec. Biv. Shells, p.

106.
1842. Cytherea lamarkii, Hanley. Id., p. 103.
1851. Cytherea kingii, Sowerby. Thes. Conch., vol. ii.,

p. 638, sp. 92, pi. 133, f. 129, 130.
1851. Cytherea lamarckii, Sowerby. Id., p. 785, f. 129.
1851. Cytherea rutila, Sowerby. Id., p. 743, sp. 116, pi.

163, f. 205.
1853. Dione kingii, Deshayes. B. M. Cat., pt. 1, p. 69,

No. 42.
1853. Dione rutila, Deshayes. Id., p. 58, No. 7.
1853. Dione lamarckii, Deshayes. Id., p. 69, No. 45.
1863. Dione rutila, Reeve. Conch. Icon., vol. xiv., pi. 5,

f. 18.
1863. Dione kingii. Reeve. Id, pi. 9, f. 36^.
1869. Cytherea (Callista) rutila, Rbnier. Mon. Venus,

vol. i., p. 51, No. 6.
1869. Cytherea (Caryatis) kingii, Ronier. Id., p. 69, pi.

26, f. 1.
1869. Cytherea (Caryatis) lamarckii, Rumer. Id., p. 97,

No. 20, pi. 26, f. 2 on plate.
1885. Cytherea (Callista) rutila, E. A. Smith. Chall.

Zool., vol. .\iii., Lam., p. 133.
1895. Cytherea kingii. Cox. Observations on a Cytherea

found in Bass Straits. Printed in Sydney.
1900. Cytherea lamarckii, Hedley. P.L.S. N.S.W., vol.

XXV., pt. 3, p. 498.
Hab. — Common in Port Phillip, dredged alive off Brighton, 4
to 5 fathoms; Western Port; off East Moncoeur Island, Bass
Strait (Challenger).

Genus CiPCe, Schumacher, 1817.
ClKCE PYTHINOIDES, T. Woods.

1878. Circe pythinoides, T. Woods. T.R.S. Vic, vol.
xiv., p. 60.

9.\

132 Pi-oceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Hab. — Port Phillip Heads.

Obs. — The type of this species is in the National Museum,
Melbourne, but we have not yet critically compared this with
other Australian species.

Genus Sunetta, Link, 1807.

SuNETTA EXCAVATA, Hanley.

1842. Cytherea excavata, Hanley. P.Z.S. Lond., p. 123.

1842. Cytherea excavata, Hanley. Cat. Rec. Biv. Shells,

p. 109.

1843. Cytherea vaginalis, Menke. Moll. Nov. Holl., p.

42, No. 246.
H847. Cytherea vaginalis, Philippi. Abbild. Besch., vol.

iii., p. 96, pi. 3, f. 2.
1851. Meroe excavata, Sowerby. Thes. Conch., vol. ii.,

p. 610, No. 5, pi. 126, f. 13, 14.
1856. Cytherea excavata, Hanley. Cat. Rec. Biv. Shells,

p. 354, pi. 15, f. 19.

1863. Sunetta aliciae, Adams and Angas. P.Z.S. Lond.,

p. 425, pi. 37, f. 18.

1864. Meroe vaginalis. Reeve. Conch. Icon., vol. xiv.,

pi. iii., f. 7.
1864. Meroe aliciae, Reeve. Id., pi. 3, f. 8.

1864. Meroe excavata, Reeve. Id., pi. 3, f. 11a, b.

1865. Sunetta aliciae, Angas. P.Z.S. Lond., p. 649, No.

45.
1869. Sunetta aliciae, Ronier. Mon. Venus, p. 13, No.

9, pi. 4, f. 1.
1869. Sunetta excavata, Romer. Id., p. 12, pi. 3, f. 3.
1881. Cuneus vaginalis, Tate. P.L.S. N.S.W., vol. vi.,

p. 407.
1901. Sunetta vaginalis, Tate and May. Id., vol. xxvi.,

pt. 3, p. 429.
Hab. — Western Port; Apollo Bay to Blanket Bay (common);
Lakes Enti-ance, Gippsland.

Catalogue of Marine Shells of Victoria. 133

Genus Dosinia, Scopoli, 1777.

DosiNiA CROCEA, Deshayes.

1853. Dosinia crocea, Deshayes. B. M. Cat., pp. 8, 9,

No. 10.
1862. Dosinia crocea, Romer. Mon. Dosinia, p. 71, pi.
13, f. 4, ia, U.
Hab. — San Remo.
Obs. — Type from Flinders Island and in the British Museum.

Dosinia variegata. Gray.

1838. Artemis variegata. Gray. Analyst, vol. viii., p.

309.
1850. Artemis variegata. Reeve. Conch. Icon., vol. vi.,

pi. 6, £. 33r?, not /> and c.
1852. Artemis variegata, Sowerby. Thes. Conch., vol.
ii., pt. 13, p. 675, No. 72, pi. 141, f. 83.
Hab.— Port Phillip ; Western Port.

Dosinia coerulea, Reeve.

1850. Artemis coerulaea, Reeve. Conch. Icon., vol. vi.,
pi. 4, f. 25.

1852. Artemis coerulaea, Sowerby. Thes. Conch., vol.

ii., pt. 13, p. 664, No. 32, pi. 142, f. 43, 44.

1853. Dosinia coerulea, Deshayes. B.M. Cat., p. 19,

No. 46.
1862. Dosinia coerulaea, Romer. Mon. Dosinia, p. 71,
No. 86, pi. 13, f. 4, ia, U.
H;ib.— Port Phillip ; Western Port.

Dosinia circinaria, Deshayes.

1853. Dosinia circinaria, Deshayes. B. M. Cat., pp. 9,
10, No. 14.

1862. Dosinia circinaria, Romer. Mon. Dosinia, p. 19,

No. 16.

1863. Dosinia cydippe, A. Adams. P.Z.S. Lond., p. 224.
1885. Dosinia circinaria, E. A. Smith. Chall. Zool., vol.

xiii.. Lam., p. 150, pi. 1, f. 2.
1890. Dosinia circinaria, Whitelegge. Jour. Roy. Soc_
N.S.W., vol. xxiii., p. 240, No. 105 (p. 78 in
list).

1 34 Proceedings of tJte Royal Society of Victoria.

1898. Lucina (Codakia) ambigua, Brazier. P.7..S.

N.S.W., vol. xxiii., pt. 2, p. 272.
1901. Dosinia cincinaria, Tate and May. /d., vol. xxvi.,
pt. 3, p. 429.
Hab. — Rye to Portsea, Port Phillip ; Western Port,
Obs.- — The type of L. ambigua, Brazier, is in tlie possession of
Mrs. Kenyon, and has been examined, so that there is no doubt
a])out its inclusion with the above, it is simply a stunted form
with irregular lines of growth.

Genus, Tapes, Megerle von Miihlfeldt, 1811.

Tapes fabagella, Deshayes.

1853. Tapes fabagella, Deshayes. P.Z.S. Lond., p. 10,

No. 45.
1853. Tapes fabagella, Deshayes. B. M. Cat., pt. 1, p.

182, No. 62.
1864. Tapes fabagella. Reeve. Conch. Icon., vol. xiv.,

pi. 13, f. 66.
1869. Tapes fabagella, Romer. Mon. Venus, p. 91, No.

68, pi. 31, f. 2, -la, lb.
1876. Rupellaria reticulata, T. Woods. P.R.S. Tas., p.

159.
1878. Tapes flabagella, Angas. P.Z.S. Lond., p. 870,

No. 61.
1885. Tapes (Amygdala) fabagella, E. A. Smith. Chall.

Zool., vol. xiii., Lam., p. 116.
1901. Tapes fabagella, Tate and May. P.L.S. N.S.AV.,
vol. xxvi., pt, 3, p. 429.
Hab. — Common in Port Phillip and Western Port. Puebla
Coast.

Obs. — Tate and May include in the synonomy of the above
Tapes victoriae, T. Woods, the type of which is in the National
Mu.seum, Melbourne, but from our examination we have referred
that shell to Chione strigosa.

Tapes galactites, Lamarck.

1818. Venus galactites, Lamarck. Anim. S. Vert., vol.
v., p. 599, No. 52.

Catalogue of Marine Shells of Victoria. 135

1819. Venus galactites, Lamarck. Id. (ed. Desh.), vol.

vL, p. 359, No. 52.
1827. Venerupis galactites, Gray, in King's survey of

Australia, vol. ii., p. 475, No. 7.
1839. Venus galactites, Lamarck. Anini. S. Vert. (3rd

ed. Deshayes and Edwards), vol. ii., p. 614,

No. 52.
1842. Venus galactites, Hanley. Cat. Rec. Biv. Shells,

p. 123.

1852. Tapes galactites. Sowerby. Thes. Concli., vol. ii.,

p. 695, pi. 151, f. 132.

1853. Tapes galactites, Deshayes. B. M. Cat., pt. 1, p.

183, No. 66.
1856. Venus galactites, Hanley. Cat. Rec. Biv. Shells,

p. 358, pi. 15, f. 51.
1864. Tapes galactites. Reeve. Conch. Icon., vol. xiv.,

pi. 12, f. 65.
1869. Tapes galactites, Romer. Mon. Venus, p. 93, No.

72, pi. 32, f. 3.
1878. Rupellaria subdecussata, T. Woods. P.R.S. Tas.,

p. 52.
1901. Tapes galactites, Tate and May. P.L.S. N.S.W.,
vol. xxvi., pt. 3, p. 429.
Hab.— Very common in Port Phillip ; Western Port ; Ander-
son's Inlet and Kilcunda (W. H. Ferguson).

Family Cardiidak.
Genus Cardlum, Linnaeus, 1758.

Cakdium cygnorum, Deshayes.

1854. Cardium cygnorum, Deshayes. P.Z.S. Lond., p.

331, No. 63.
1865. Cardium (Trachycardium) cygnorum, Angas.

P.Z.S. Lond., p. 651, No. 53.
1878. Cardium cygnorum, T. Woods. P.R.S. Tas., p. 53.
Hab. — Old valves occasionally obtained at Carrum, Rye, Port-
sea, Port Phillip ; dredged alive Western Port.

136 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Cardium pulchellum, Gray.

1840. Cardium striatuluin, Sowerby (non Brocchi). P.Z.tS.

Load., p. 105.

1841. Cardium striatulum, 8o\verby. Conch. 111., sp. 9,

pi. 49, f. 16, and pi. 177, f. 45.

1842. Cardium striatulum, Hanley. Cat. Rec. Biv.

Shells, p. 135.

1843. Cardium pulchellum. Gray. Dietfenbach's New

Zealand, vol. ii., p. 252.

1844. Cardium pulchellum, Reeve. Conch. Icon., vol. ii.,

pi. 8, f. 42.
1844. Cardium striatulum, Reeve. Id., pi. 86, f. 60.
1856. Cardium striatulum, Hanley. Cat. Rec. Biv.

Shells, p. 363, pi. 17, f. 9.
1873. Cardium striatulum, Hutton. Cat. Moll. N.Z., p.

73, No. 80.
1878. Cardium jiulchellum, Angas. P.Z.S. Load., p.

870, No. 64.
1880. Cardium striatulum, Hutton. Man. N.Z. Moll.,

p. 153.
1885. Cardium (Bucardiura) pulchellum, E. A. Smith.

Chall. Zool., vol. xiii., Lara., p. 161.

1901. Cardium pulchellum, Suter. Trans. N.Z. Inst.,

vol. xxxiv., p. 222.

1902. Cardium striatulum, Hedley. Mem. Austr. Mus.,

vol. iv., pt. 5, p. 322.

Hab. — Off Port Phillip, and off East Moncoeur Island, Bass
Strait (Challenger) ; Port Phillip Heads (J. B. Wilson) ; Portsea ;
dredged off Rhyll, Western Port, about 6 fathoms.

Obs. — We quite agree with Mr. E. A. Smith's treatment of
this species. Mr. Hedley states in his above quoted paper that
f. 45, in Sowerby, Conchological Illustrations, is not this shell.
With this we do not agree.

Cardium tenuicostatum, Lamarck.

1819. Cardium tenuicostatum, Lamarck. Anim. S. Vert.

(ed. Desh.), vol. vi., p. 372.
1839. Cardium tenuicostatum. Lamarck. Id. (3rd ed.
Deshayes and Edwards), vol. ii., p. 624, No. 5.

Catalogue of Marine Shells of Victoria. 137

1841. Cardium tenuicostatuin, Delessert. Recueil de

Coq., pi. 11, f. 6a-c.
18-41. Cardium tenuicostatum, Sowerby. Conch. 111., pi.
162, f. .36.

1842. Cardium tenuicostatum, Hanley. Cat. Rec. Biv.

Shells, p. 130.
1844. Cardium tenuicostatum. Reeve. Conch. Icon.,

vol. ii., pi. 10, f. 50.
1856. Cardium tenuicostatum, Hanley. Cat. Rec. Biv.

.Shells, p. 363, pi. 17, f. 26.
1865. Papyridea tenuicostata, Angas. P.Z.S. Lond., p.
651, No. 54.
Cardium tenuicostatum, Romer. Conch. Cab., p.

69, pi. 12, f. 6, 7.
Cardium pallidum, Romer. Ii/., f. 92.
Cardium radiatum, Romer. Id., f. 89.
1878. Cardium tenuicostatum, T. Woods. P.R.S. Tas.,

p. 53.
1885. Cardium (Bucardium) tenuicostatum, E. A. Smith.

Chall. Zool., vol. xiii.. Lam., p. 159.
1890. Cardium tenuicostatuin, Wlnteleg<i;e. Jour. Roy.
Soc. N.S.W., vol. xxiii., p. 240, No. 114 (p.
78 in reprint).
1901. Cardium tenuicostatum, Tate and May. P.L.S.
N.S.W., vol. x.Kvi., pt. 3, p. 430.
Hab. — Coast generally. Rather common in dredgings oft'
Point Cooke, Port Phillip, 3 to 5 fathoms, sand.

Family Chamidak.
Genus Chamostpea, de Roissy, 1825.

Chamostrea. albida, Lamarck.

1819. Chama albida, Laniaick. Anim. S. Vert. (ed.

Desh.), vol. vi., p. 585.
? 1822. Cleidothaerus chamoides, Sowerby. Genera, f. 1,

2,3.
1835. Cleidothaerus chamoides, Stutciibury. Zool. Jour.,

vol. v., p. 98, pi. 42, bis.

138 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

1839. Cleidothaerus albidus, Deshayes. Anim. S. A^eit.

(3rd ed. Deshayes and Edwards), vol. ii.,

p. 684.
1843. Chama albida, Haiiloy. Cat. Rec. Biv. Shells,

p. 227.
1843. Cleidothaerus chamoides, Hanley. Id., p. 227.
1856. Cleidothaerus chamoides, Hanley. Id., p. 387, I'l.

24, f. 20.
1863. Chaniostrea albida, Reeve. Conch. Icon., vol. xiv.,

pi. 1, f. 1.
1875. Chaniostrea albida. Woodward. Man. Moll., p. 500,

pi. 23, f. 14.
1884. Chaniostrea albida, Tryon. Struct, and Syst.

Conch., vol. iii., p. 202, pi. 117, f. 16, 17.
1887. Chaniostrea albida, Fischer. Man. de Conch., p.

1160, pi. 23, f. 14.
Hab. — Port Phillip and Western Port. Common in 3 to 6
fachoms, rocky bottom.

Family Lucinidae.
Genus Lucina, Brugiere, 1792.

LUCINA MINIMA, T. Woods.

1876. Lucina minima, T. Woods. P.R.S. Tas., p. 162.

1878. Lucina (Codakia) tatei, Angas. P.Z.S. Loud., p.
863, pi. 54, f. 15.

1897. Lucina minima, Tate. T.R.S. S.A., vol. xxi., pt.
1, p. 48.

1902. Lucina minima, May. P.R.S. Tas., p. 9 (in pam-
phlet), f. 12.
Hab. — Coast generally.

Lucina brazikri, Sowerby.

1883. Tellina brazieri, Sowerby. P.Z.S. Lond., p. 31, pi.

7, f. 2 (non T. brazieri, Sowerl)y, 1869).
1902. Lucina brazieri, Hedley. Mem. Austr. Mus., vol.
iv., pt. 5, p. 319.
Hab.— Port Phillip ; Western Port.

Catalogue of Marine Shells of Victorw. 139'

LuciNA HUTTONiANA, Vanatta.

1901. Lucina (Divaricella) huttoniaiia, Vanatta. Proc.

Acad. Nat. Sci., Philacl, p. 184, pi. 5, f. 14, 15.

Hab. — Port Phillip and Western Port; Puebla Coast.

Obs. — This species has been confused with L. divaricata,

Lamarck, L. dentata. Wood, L. quadrisulcata, D'Orbigny, and L.

ciuningi, Adams and Angas, and other species, but it is clearly

distinguished and well defined by the above.

Lucina perobliqua, Tate.

1892. Lucina perobliqua, Tate. T.R.S. S.A., vol. xv., pt.
2, p. 128, pi. 1, f. 10.
Hab. — Portsea, Port Phillip.

Lucina paupera, Tate.

1892. Lucina paupera, Tate. T.R.S. S.A., vol. xv., pt. 2,
p. 129, pi. 1, f. 6.
Hab. — Ocean Beach, Point Nepean.

Genus Lopipes, Poli, 1791.

LoRiPKS ASSiMiLis, Angas.

1867. Loripes assimilis, Angas. P.Z.S. Lond., p. 910, pi.
44, f. 8.
Hab. — Western Port.

LORIPES CRASSILIRATA, Tate.

1887. Lucina crassilirata, Tate. T.R.S. S.A., vol. ix.,
p. 67, pi. 4, f. 2. ■
Hab. — Western Port.

Loripes icterica. Reeve.

1850. Loripes icterica, Reeve. Conch. Icon., vol. vi., pi.

10, f. QOa, 60/;.
1865. Loripes icterica, Angas. P.Z.S. Lond., p. 651,

No. 59.
1867. Loripes icterica, Angas. /c/., p. 910.
1878. Loripes icterica, T. Woods. P.R.S. Tas., p. 53.
Hab. — Common coast generally.

Loripes sp.

Hab.— Port Phillip and Western Port.

Obs. — This species we have been hitherto unable to satisfactorily
identify.

Art. TX. — Furtlcer Descriptions of the Tertiary Polyzoa
of Victoria. — Part IX.

By C. M. MAPLESTONE

(With Plates XVI., XVII.).
[Eead 2nd July, 1903].

Dimorphocella, nov. gen.

Two distinct forms of cells. Zooecial cells elongated or rhom-
boidal, distinct. Thyrostome arched above, with a sinus in the
lower lip. Ooecial cells much larger than the zooecial, elongate,
pyriform or oval, with a broad aperture and a perforated area in
front.

I propose this genus for a form presently to be described, and
Adeonella triton, McG., the systematic position of which he
(Dr. MacGillivray) says admits of great doubt.^ I do not con-
sider it belongs to the genus he places it in, if his definition of it
given in his catalogue of the Marine Polyzoa of Victoria, p. 27,
be accepted. Busk iu the Report of the "Challenger" Polyzoa,
<lescribes Adeoneae as a new family which he divides into two
genera, Adeona and Adeonella, but the characters upon which he
separates them are purely zoarial, and moreover, he states,
" there is no difference whatever " in the zooecial characteristics
of the genera. Consequently, as zooecial characteristics are
more relied upon now than zoarial, the genus Adeonella I think
must lapse. Dr. MacGillivray places Adeona in Microporellidae,
and Adeonella in Escharidae, sub-family Mucronellinae, in his
" Catalogue," and in his INIonograph of the Tertiary Polyzoa of
Victoria he places Adeonella in Schizoporellidae, but does not
define it. Again, in the description of Adeonella, in the
" Catalogue " the following character is mentioned, " peristome
developing a piocess from each side below, the two meeting in
the middle to leave a round suboral foramen opening into the
throat in front of the operculum." Now, no mention is made of
such a character in the specific description of A. triton, it is not
shown in the figures (pi. ix., figs. 23 and 23^\ and this charac-

1 Trans. Royal Society Victoria, vol. i\'., p. 90.

Tertiary Polyzoa of Victoria. 141

ter does not appear in my specimen of it, or in D. pyriformis ;
the front wall of the zooecial cells has no foramen, and the peris-
tome of A. triton is simply a slightly thickened margin, and in,
D. pyriformis it is almost imperceptible. Therefore, the zooecial
cells in both these species being without a foramen, I do not
consider they can i-ightly be placed in Adeonella, or that they
belong to the Adeoneae, though closely allied.

Dimorphocella pyrifopmis, n. sp. (PL XYI., Fig. 1).

Zooecia rhomboidal, flat ; margins linear, raised ; a very few
small pores round the margin. Thyrostome lofty, with slightly
raised peristome ; a deep narrow sinus in the proximal border.
An avicularium on each side below the thyrostome, with the
mandibles pointing horizontally, and nearly meeting in the
median line. Ooecial cells large, pyriform, ventricose distally ;
aperture transverse, lenticular ; an avicularium on each side
below it with mandibles pointing horizontally inwards ; a small
perforated oval raised area below the aperture ; a few minute
pores, chiefly margii)al.

Locality. — Mitchell River (J. Dennant).

This differs from Diniorphocella (Adeonella) triton, in the
following respects : both the zooecial and the ooecial cells are
smaller ; in the infertile zooecia the avicularia are horizontal, not
vertical ; the thyrostome has a deep narrow sinus instead of a
very broad one ; the ooecial cells are pyriform, not oval, and the
distal part is ventricose ; the perforated area is small, somewhat
raised ; the aperture much smaller and narrower, and the pores
on the surface are very small and easily overlooked.

I have drawn an ooecial cell and part of a zooecial one of D.
triton (Fig. 2), to show the diflerence between the two species,
and also because the ooecial cell has a more perfect perforated
area than that shown in Dr. MacGillivray's flgure. The two-
speeies are mounted on the same slide, as under a simple lens they
appeared to be the same.

Phylactella cpibrosa, n. sp. (PL XVI., Fig. 3).
Zoarium encrusting. Zooecia irregularly oval, covered with
large perforations. Thyrostome oblong ; peristome much raised,
and rugose.

142 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Locality. — Wilkinson's, No. 4 (Hall cancl Pritchard).

A small fragment only. This is near P. porosa (McG.), but
the zooecia are larger and there is no space devoid of pores below
the thyrostome as in that species.

Schismopora cipcumvaliata, n. sp. (PL XVI., Fig. 4).

Zoarium encrusting. Zooecia oval, ventricose ; surface coarsely
granular. Thyrostome arched distally, proximal margin straight,
with a small sinus in the centre ; peristoine oval, very thick and
much raised.

Locality. — Spring Creek (T. S. Hall).

I am doubtful whether to place this in Schismopora or Schizo-
porella, but the thyrostome is placed at a considerable distance
foelow the highly raised peristome and in this respect agrees
rather with Schismopora than with Schizoporella. I have only
the fragment illustrated and the two lower zooecia do not ajDpear
to be perfect, the lower portion is probably broken away.

Schismopora otwayensis, n. sp. (PI. XVI., Fig. 5).

Zoarium small, globular. Zooecia irregularly arranged, sub-
immersed, surface smooth. Thyrostome semicircular with a sinus
in the proximal mai'gin ; peristome highly raised, being produced
into a tubular, or subtubular elevated process on the distal
margin, surmounted by an avicularium with the mandible point-
ing upwards ; sometimes a small umbo, with a perforation, on
the proximal margin. Large spatulate avicularia scattered
among the zooecia. Ooecia hemispherical (kettledrum shaped),
with flat vertical front wall.

Locality.— Ca,^e Otway (Hall and Pritchard).

This resembles Cellepora granum but the thyrostome (or primary
-orifice) has a sinus in the proximal margin which removes it from
Cellepora, and the avicularium is at the summit of the tubular
pi'ocess and not near the base.

Cellepora stellata, n.sp. (PI. XVI., Fig. 6).

Zoarium discoid, raised in the centre. Zooecia oval ; marginal
ones produced distally, surface smooth, front somewhat flattened.
Thyrostome sub-orbicular with distal margin incurved and an
avicularium above.

Tertiary Polyzoa of Victoria. 143

Locality. — Orphanage Hill, Geelong (T. S. Hall), and Cauip-
bell's Point (J. F. Mulder).

The zooecia in the centre are generally imperfect, througli
erosion. This is near C. fossa, but differs from it in the zooecia
not being so ventricose, and in having a flattened area in front.

The marginal zooecia project so as to give a stellate appearance
to the zoaria.

Solenopopa, nov. gen.

Zooecia ovoid. Thyrostome oval, within which is a tubular
process with a circular poi'e on the summit. Ooecium large,
globular, subiramersed.

This genus is very near Cellepora, but the tubular process is
inside the thyi^ostome, a unique condition ; some of the Celle-
poridae have one on the outside.

Solenopopa tubulifera, n. sp. (PL Fig. 7).

Zoarium encrusting. Zooecia ovoid or pear-shaped, subim-
niersed, surface smooth. Thyrostome oval, with peristome pro-
duced distally supporting inside a tubular process (probably
avicularian) with a circular pore at the summit : two raised
tubular processes below the thyrostome and a few scattered pores
near the base of the zooecia : spatulate avicularia scattered
among the zooecia. Ooecia very large, globular, subimniersed
with an irregularly elliptical aperture and a small raised disk
below with an oval pore it it.

Locality. — Wilkinson's, No. 4 (Hall and Pritchard).

Retepora uniserialis, n. sp. (PI. XVI., Fig. 8).

Zoarium dendroid (?). Zooecia in single series, oval, with
narrow raised margins ; surface smooth. Thyrostome arched
distally, proximal margin straight, with deep narrow sinus in the
centre ; a spine on each side about the middle. An enormous,
raised aviculariuni below, covering almost the whole surface of
the zooecium ; with sometimes two pores near the proximal end.
Above the thyrostome is an oval smooth depression which is
probably the base of an ooecium.

144 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Locality. — Mitchell Rivei' (J. Dennant).

This is found in a very fragmentary state ; the fragments
being very long in proportion to their width, the zoaria were
probably dendroid. On one, or both sides of the zooecia there is
a perforation, irregularly shaped, which may have been caused by
the fracture of an avicularium.

Retepora airensis, n. sp. (PI. XVII., Fig. 9).

Zoarium reticulate (?). Zooecia about two or three abreast,
elongated, irregularly hexagonal, witli raised margins; surface
slightly depressed and covered with concave granulations.
Thyrostome suborbicular, with raised, wavy edged peristome,
generally having a pointed mucro at the proximal edge. A large
raised avicularium below, with slightly curved mandible pointing
proximally. Dorsal surface vibicate, granulated.

Locality. — Aire Coastal Beds (Hall and Pritchard).

This, if reticulate, must have had the fenestrae very large,
compared with the trabeculae, as the specimens are all in frag-
ments and only a few show any signs of branching.

Retepora delicatula, n. sp. (PI. XVIL, Fig. 10 and lO.z).

Zoarivxm dendroid (?). Zooecia in single series, elongate, oval ;
surface smooth. Thyrostome with raised, thin peristome with a
deep sinus below. Very large, raised, vicarious avicularia with
long sliglitly curved mandibles pointing proximally.

Locality. — Aire Coastal Beds (Hall and Pritchard).

This is a very delicate species and evidently dendroid ; the
avicularia are very prominent and rival the zooecia in size. The
two figures given are of the same specimen tilted over laterally,
the angular difference being about 45 deg.

Retepora arborescens, n. sp. (PI. XVII., Fig. 11 and \\a).

Zoarium dendroid. Zooecia elongated, surface covered with
lai'ge, convex granulations. Thyrostome suborbicular ; peristome
much raised, having a wide sinus proximally. Large, raised
avicularia with long mandible pointing proximally on some por-
tions only of zoarium. Dorsal surface vibicate, granulated.

Tertiary Polyzoa of Victoria. 146

Locality. — Mitchell River (J. Dennant).

This a very good example of a dendroid Retepora. The zoaria
are generally without avicularia, but in the specimen of which a
figure, natural size, is given about a third of the middle portion
is covered with large, raised avicularia scattered over the surface
intei-fering with the regularity of, and almost obscuring, the
zooecia, but that part is not in good preservation so I have not
figured them ; on the lower and upper parts the zooecia are
regularly disposed and without avicularia ; the branches are not
the some plane, the upper one recedes and the middle and right
hand branches curve upwards.

Retepopa complanata, n. sp. (PI. XVII., Fig. 12 and 12^).

Zoarium reticulate, fenestrae elongated, oval. Zoecia subhex-
agonal, elongated, with raised margins ; surface finely granulated.
Thyrostome orbicular ; peristome raised, with a mucro pointing
inwards on the proximal margin where it expands in width and
in the expansion there is a small pore, probably avicularian.
Dorsal surface coarsely granulated, divided by raised vibices into
very large areas.

Locality. — Mitchell River (J. Dennant).

This is characterised by the extreme simplicity of the form of
the zooecia, and the very large areas on the dorsal surf.ace.

This concludes the description of all those Cheilostomatous
species that I have been able, up to the present time, to deter-
mine as new in the material, from the various Tertiary deposits,
that has been kindly presented to me by INIessrs. Hall, Pritchard,
Dennant, Kitson and others. I have still a large number of
specimens undetermined, but I have had sent to me a great many
recent forms from South and North Australia, New Hebrides,
and other localities which ui'gently demand my attention, and of
which a cursory examination has shown me that many of
thein are new. I had intended postponing dealing with these
until after I had described some new species of fossil Cyclosto-
mata, but there is such a diflference of opinion as to the proper
classification of this order, and I see so much difficulty ahead in
determining their position, that I will leave them for a time ;

10

146 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

nevertheless, there is one new form which I now describe,
because it is a very elegant and striking one.

Hopnera airensis, n. sp. (PL XVII., Fig. 13 and I3a).

Zoarium dendroid, dichotomously branched, branches circular
in section, growing on one side only ("?), at an acute angle, and
parallel to one another, causing tlie zoaria to assume a pinnate
form, zooecia undefined, in a double row, apertures alternating ;
front surface with lai-ge oval perforations. Orifice circular ; peri,
stomes raised. Dorsal surface with oval pores in very regular
parallel lines.

Locality. — Aire Coastal Beds (Hall and Pritchard).

This is a most elegant species ; it is generally found very frag-
mentary, but in one lump of clay there was a specimen with
several branches, which unfortunately broke up in the cleansing
process.

This species in some measure shows the difficulty above alluded
to, that there is in dealing with the Cyclostomata at present.
The regularity of the disposition of the zooecial apertures would
place it in Idmonea according to the older authorities ; though as
it is " free " (not encrusting or adherent) it would be placed by
some later ones in Crisina ; but as the walls of the zooecia are
perforated in the same manner as those of Hornera I place it in
that genus and would associate with it Idmonea hochstetteriana,
Stol. The family Horneridae, to which this last genus (Horn-
era) belongs, Dr. Gregory, in his Catalogue of the Cretaceous
Bryozoa in the British Museum, includes in a new sub-order
Cancellata, which removes this genus far away from Idmonea.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XVI., XVII.

Fig. 1. — Dimorphocella pyriformis, n. sp.

,, 2. — Dimorphocella triton, McG.

„ 3. — Phylactella cribrosa, n. sp.

,, 4. — Schismopora circumvallata, n. sp.

I'ror. R.H. Virtnrla, liKr,. I'hitr XVL

5

w^

0

it|raa».^

Pror. R.S. Victoria, 1003. Plate XVII.

1

15

Tertiary Polyzoa of Victoria. 14'

Fig. 5. — Schismopora otwayensis, n. sp.
6. — Cellepora stellata, n. sp.
7.— Solenopora tubulifera, n. sp.
8. — Retepora unisei'ialis, n. sp.
9. — Retepora airensis, ii. sp.

10 and \0a. — Retepora delicatula, n. sp.

11 and lla. — Retepora arborescens, n. sp.

12 and 12(7. — Retepora complanata, n. sp.

13 and 13^. — Hoi-nera airensis, n. sp.

Art. X. — Glacial Deposits at Taminick, Glenroivaii and
Greta, North- Eastern District, Victoria.

By a. E. KITSON, F.G.S.
[Read lltli June, 1903.]

The occurrence of glacial deposits in the North-Eastern District
of Victoria has been known for many years. They have been
recorded by Mr. Norman Taylor^ from Rutherglen and Spring-
hurst, and Mr. E. J. Dunn has observed them at Eldorado and
Tarrawingee.

Later on Mr. W. H. Ferguson mapped a number of discon-
nected occurrences in the Greta and Hansen districts, and two
near Pelluebla in the Tungamah district. There are also
indicated on the new geological map of Victoria two areas at
Wooragee.

These occurrences are principally in the basins of the Doma
Mungi or Black Dog Creek, and of the King and Ovens Rivers,
between Futter's and Tatong Ranges on the west, and the Pilot
and Black Ranges on the east.

In the Taininick and Gleiirowan districts no previous record
of glacial deposits has been made, while those in the Greta
district, though already mapped, have not yet been described.
A few remarks will therefore be made upon them before dealing
with the Taminick and Glenrowan occurrences.

Greta Deposits.

In the parishes of Greta and Laceby, between the King River
and the Fifteen Mile Creek, there are no fewer than 14 inliers
of glacial deposits varying in area from about 10 acres to 3 .square
miles. They occur in the broad plain west of the King River.
The most northerly occurrence, on the boundary between the two
parishes, may be taken as a typical example, and described in a

1 Geological Report on the North-Easteni District. Prof,'. Rep. Geol. Surv. Vic, No.
viii., p. 37.

Glacial Deposits, N.E. District, Victorict. 149

general way. It covers an area of about 800 acres, forming a
hill rising to the height of about 120 feet above the general level
of the surrounding flats, and about 680 feet above sea level.
This hill will be referred to as Mundara, since Mr. A. H. Smith's
residence, "Mundara," is picturesquely situated on its northern
slope.

The principal material visible on the hill is a yellow and
reddish-yellow finely sandy and gravelly clay with pebbles and
boulders. The colour of this material may be due to decomposi-
tion, but as no natural or suitable artificial section was visible
the colour of the undeiiying material could not be ascertained.
What can be seen, however, has the appearance of till. On the
north-western side of the hill, among the debris thrown out of an
old well — now filled up — are pieces of finely sandy and micace-
ous shale or fissile mudstone, with small patches of comminuted
carbonaceous matter, like fragments of plants. This material is
fairly calcareous, and of olive-green colour. Whether it occurs
as a stratum, or only as a large bcnilder, cannot be determined on
the visible evidence.

Scattered rather plentifully over the surface of the hill are
numei'ous small and large pebbles, and a few boulders of grey
and brown quartzites, lydianite, plain, banded and brecciated
cherts of various colours from white to black, quartz, agates,
indurated and normal sandstones and mudstones, fine and
medium conglomerates, quartz and felspar felsites, and grey and
red granites ; while blocks of granite can be seen embedded in
the material at the surface. Many of these sandstone pebbles
and blocks contain casts of brachiopods of the Silurian period,
similar to those stated' by Mr. Norman Taylor as occurring in
the glacial deposits at Springhurst. Fine examples of these are
in the possession of Mr. A. H. Smith.

Many of the pebbles are polished, widely grooved, and bear
numerous striae. Some of them have one side smoothed and
rounded, while the other side is sharply broken, or split off longi-
tudinally, as if along a joint plane. The striated pebbles are
chiefly of yellow, grey, and brown quartzites, and siliceous
mudstones.

1 op. cit.

150 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

On the top of the liill there occur several blocks and pieces of
red granite much resembling that of Futter's and the Mokoan
Ranges. The striated pebbles are fairly numerous, and on some
of them the striae are not sharp and clear, but much worn on
the edges, as if indicating long-continued weathering. Extended
and careful collecting would probably result in examples of otlier
rocks and fossils than those named being obtained.

Glenrowan and Taminick Deposits.

These deposits occur in the valley lying between Futter's
Range on the east and the Mokoan Ranges on the west, from 3 to
4 miles north-west of Glenrowan, a station on the Melbourne to
Sydney railway, 136 miles from the former city, and 747 feet
above sea level.

They prove the westward extension of these North-Eastern
glacial deposits. No similar deposits have, as far as ascertain-
able, been recorded within a distance of at least 40 miles to the
west of Futtei''s Range.

There are here three inliers of the material. The largest one
occurs in allotments 44 \ 44^ 45^, 45^ 45^', 61, 61 S 62, 62\ 65,
parish of Glenrowan, and forms a hill known as Canning's Hill.

Canning's Hill.

This hill is essentially composed of claystones, sandstones and
slates belonging probably to the Ordovician system. Overlying
them are the glacial deposits, about 50 feet thick, which probably
belong to the Permo-Carboniferous (Carboniferous) system.

A thin cap of basaltic soil and basalt, about 25 feet thick,
possibly of the Eocene period, covers portion of the glacial area.
The whole occurrence comprises an area of about 250 acres.

The greater part of the glacial deposit consists of clayey
gravels with loose pebbles of agates, quartzites, cherts, indurated
sandstones and mudstones, granites, felsites, schists, quartz, etc.
In fact, with the exception of fossiliferous sandstone and calcare-
ous mudstone, which were not observed, the rocks of the pebbles
here are similar to those at Mundara. Though most of the
material as seen is loose, there are parts of the hill where large
blocks of highly indurated ferruginous grits and breccia-conglom-

Glacial Deposits, N.E. District, Victoria. 151

erate are visible. These consist of rocks similar to those of the
loose pebbles, and seem to have been formed by the binding
together of the underlying deposits by the action of perlocating
water from tlie once overlying cap of basalt. The breccia-con-
glomerate and grits are, therefore, younger than the glacial
deposits. Fragments and small blocks of them occur among the
pebbles on other portions of the hill.

Along the flank of the hill on its north-western side there is a
reddish-yellow clayey soil, greatly resembling that constituting
the main mass of the deposits at Mundara. Lumps of granite
similar to that of Futter's, and the Mokoan Ranges occur loose
on the surface among the large blocks of ferrugijious breccia-
conglomerate.

With reference to glaciated pebbles, it may be mentioned that
in only a few cases have undoubted striae been observed. The
general shape of the pebbles, however, combined with the great
general resemblance between these deposits and those at Mundara,
and the occurrence of the few finely striated pebbles appear to be
sufficient evidence to prove their glacial origin.

The nature of the underlying Ordovician? strata has been
ascertained by shafts sunk thi'ough the basalt near the top of
the hill. Two of these shafts bottomed on the Palaeozoic sand-
stones and slates at 40 feet, after passing through from 20 to 25
feet of soil and decomposed basalt, and from 9 to 20 feet of
glacial material ; the other bottomed on similar sandstone at 22
feet, after passing through 12 feet of soil and decomposed basalt,
and 10 feet of glacial material.

In the glacial material a little tine and coarse gold was found,
but not in payable quantity.

Canning's Hill rises to the height of about 60 feet from the
flats to the south, or about 650 feet above sea level.

The basalt on the hill is of exceedingly tine texture, and dark
blue colour, weathering with grey and brown surfaces into a
chocolate soil. Numerous rounded pieces litter the surface of the
hill on its highest position, and the general appearance of the
rock is similar to that of the " Older Basalts " of Victoria. The
occurrence of this small outlier here is of interest, since no other
basalt occurs in the district. The nearest known occurrence is
that on the divide between the Boggy and Fifteen Mile Creeks,

152 Proceedings of tJte Royal Society of Victoria.

a distance of 14 miles in a direct line to the south south east.
The altitude of this basalt is somewhere aV)out 2000 feet.

The question of whether or not it is a collection of basaltic
material brought down by the same agency as transported the
pebbles, or is the remnant of an old volcanic flow filling an old
valley is one that deserves consideration. A microscopical exam-
ination is necessary to determine whether it is a true " older
basalt," or a representative of the melaphyres, similar to those of
the Upper Devonian series, which so closely resemble the " older
basalts " in general appearance. If the latter, by no means an
improbability, it will be of assistance as pointing towards a
southern origin for the glacial deposits, since the nearest known
representatives of Upper Devonian strata occur at Toombullup,
about 16 miles to the south.

The other two occurrences of glacial deposits occupy small
areas in the parish of Taminick, about one mile to the north-north-
west of Canning's Hill. They both form low hills, or rather
hillocks, rising to the height of about 25 feet above the flats.

Sadler's Hill.

The more easterly one comprises an area of about 30 acres in
allotments 32-^ and 33^, and will be referred to as Sadler's Hill,
since the greater part of it is on the property of Mr. J. R. C
Sadler. The material here is more distinctly of a gravelly and
pebbly character than that on Canning's Hill, and no reddish-
yellow soil was observed. No pebbles showing distinct striae
were found, still, as a prolonged search was not made, it is quite
probable they do occur here. The deposit is otherwise similar to
that on Canning's Hill.

Cox's Hill.

The other deposit occurs in allotments 18 and 19, owned by
Mr. Geo. Cox, and lies half a mile to the west of Sadler's Hill.
It has an area of about 35 acres, and will be referred to as Cox's
Hill

Keddish-yellow soil, similai- to that at Canning's Hill and
Mundara, occurs here. Large and small pebbles are numerous
on parts, and though none shows undoubted striae, several of

Glacial Deposits, N.E. District, Victoria. 153

those found are polished, widely grooved, and have the general
appearance of glacial stones. They also show the longitudinal
splitting and transverse fracturing so noticeable among the pebbles
at Mundara. It is, therefore, by analogy almost wholly that
these two occurrences are regarded as of glacial origin. There is,
however, to my mind, no doubt about the matter.

It is very probable that they, or at least the visible portions of
them, are redistributed glacial material.

All these occurrences lie among the late Cainozoic or younger
loam and clay of the wide valley between Futter's Range on the
east, and the Winton and Mokoan Ranges on the west and north-
west. Futter's Range consists of a grey and red granite of tine and
medium texture, as well as of aplite, while the Mokoan Ranges are
composed of similar gi\anites and aplite, and early Palaeozoic strata,
probably Ordovician or even pre-Ordovician. The granite is dis-
tinctly intrusive, and can be seen to ramify the sediments in
many places along the southern and eastern flanks of the latter.
The Winton Ranges consist of altered sediments similar to those
of the Mokoan Ranges.

Along the valley to the north of Sadler's Hill, and distant
from it some 70 chains, there is another inlier of Ordovician ?
strata, forming a hill rising to about 50 feet above the flats. No
glacial deposits similar to those on Sadler's, Cox's and Canning's
Hills are observable on it. The same may be said with regard to
several similar inliers in the same valley, but to the west and
south-west of those mentioned. The reason of this is not
apparent, assuming the glacial deposits to have originally been
portion of one mass, and the question as to whether they are due
to a glacier or to floating ice is one that can hardly be settled on
the present available evidence.

AiiT. XI. — Volcanic Necks at Anderson's Inlet, South
Gippsland, Victoria.

By a. E. KITSON, F.G.S.

(With Plates XVIII., XIX.).

[Eead 11th June, 1903].

In his valuable Report on the Geology and Mineral Resources
of South Gippsland,^ Mr. R. A. F. Murray, late Government
Geolo.sist, thus briefly describes an occurrence of volcanic rock,
and illustrates it by a section and ground plan : — ■" Fig. 7 illus-
trates the section at Townsend Bluff, with an appai-ent lava pipe,
which occurs in a circular form, about 20 yards in diameter."

Having for a long time desired to see the occurrence, it was
not until recently that an opportunity was afforded to do so. A
close exan)ination then disclosed the fact that a most interesting
geological occurrence was here visible. Its intimate connection
with, though considerable diversity from, volcanic occurrences in
the adjoining district makes it necessary to allude briefly to the
latter. Before doing so, however, it will be advisable to make a
few remarks on the general geology of the district.

From the accompanying map of the geology of this portion of
South Gippslanc), which map is based on the new geological map
of Victoria, compiled by Mr. Arthur Everett, it will be seen that
between the Tarwin and the Bass Rivei's, the country may be
divided physically into two general divisions, and geologically
into four.

Physiogpaphy.

Division l. — Between the Bass and the Powlett Rivers the
country consists of rugged hills reaching an altitude of over 1000
feet near Korumburra. They are much broken by faults and
landslips, and form steep escarpments along the valleys of the
two rivers. Numerous small streams run through it, the tribu-
taries of the Bass having a general westerly course, while those-
of the Powlett run in a southerly direction.

1 Prog. Rep. Geol Sur. Vic, pp. 143, 144.

Volcanic Necks at Aiiclerson's Inlet. \6^

Division 2. — Between the source of the Powlett and theTarwiu
Rivers the country consists of undulating plains, rising to the
height of over 300 feet above sea level near Leongatha, and
extending to the Southern Ocean and Anderson's Inlet, either
gradually, as along the valleys of Pound, Screw and Wreck
Creeks; or terminating abruptly in cliffs up to 100 feet high, as
along the coast from Wreck Creek to west of Cape Paterson.

Geology.

Division l. — The country between the Bass and the Powlett
Rivers, with the exception of a small area to be mentioned later,
consists almost wholly of felspathic, argillaceous, calcareous and
carbonaceous sandstones, shales and mudstones of the Jurassic^
system. They contain numerous seams of good black coal. These
seams are chiefly thin ones, varying from less than one inch to-
six feet. Within this area are situated the Victorian Coal Fields
of Outtrim, Jumbunna and Korumburra.

Dispersed throughout the district, particularly in the basin of
the Foster, are numerous localised volcanic occurrences, compris-
ing plugs and dykes of dolerite and basalt, with apophyses there-
from, representing the necks of old volcanoes. They vary in
extent from the largest reaching a surface area of about 30 acres,
to the smallest, occupying but 3 square feet. The exception
previously referred to is an area of about 250 acres at Kongwak
on the Foster, where an inlier of Silurian occurs.

Division 2. — The country between ' the Upper Powlett, the
western tributaries of the Tarwin, and the Tarwin itself is diverse
in character.

Around Leongatha and north of Ruby it is mainly of volcanic
origin, comprising laterite, flow l)asalts and tuffs. There are,
however, strips of pebbly gravels, and these, and the volcanics
rest on Jurassic sandstones near Ruby. These gravels belong-
to the Cainozoic system.

Division j. — Between the Middle Powlett (that part of the
valley .south of Outtrim), Anderson's Inlet, and the Lower Tarwin

1 These strata were formerlj' referred to by the Geological Sur\ey of Victoria as
.Jurassic, and later on as Trias— Jura. A reversion to the former name has, however, now
been made.

156 Proceedings of tlie Royal Society of Victoria.

there is a wide stretch of country constituting the Powlett and
Tarwin Plains, covered in the main with pebbly drift, gravels
and sands, with a few isolated patches of laterite tuffs and plugs
of basalt.

Division 4. — Between the Middle and Lower Powlett and the
coast there is a varying, though thin, capping of sediments,
chiefly clays, and sands of ajolian origin covering the Powlett

Plains.

The greater portion of the coast line itself is composed of
Jurassic strata forming bold cliffs. This series extends to the
hill country, underlying the thin covering of Cainozoic sediments
over the greater part of the area. Jurassic rocks are visible at the
.surface for some little distance inland from the coast between
Wreck Creek and Cape Paterson ; while between Cape Paterson
and West's Creek there are two inliers of Silurian strata,
discovered by Mr. W. H. Ferguson, during the progress of his
survey of the Cape Paterson Quarter-sheet.

During the progress of my survey of the Jumbunna Quarter-
sheet, extending from the Powlett Valley to Korumburra,
numerous small and large volcanic plugs and stumps of old
volcanoes were found, as has already been mentioned. They
have been intruded into or thrust through the carbonaceous strata
of the Jurassic system. They comprise three general types of
rock : —

{a) A coarsely crystalline rock, probably dolerite, comprising
the largest neck, and several smaller ones.

(b) A dense olivine basalt with large included crystals of
hornblende, biotite and felspar scattered through it, besides
fragments and blocks of the invaded strata, and usually occurring
as small and medium plugs.

{c) A dense or finely crystalline basalt as a rule, with or
without amygdules of calcite, and small patches of olivine. This
occurs as small plugs and dykes.

An occurrence similar to these was, therefore, expected at
Townsend Bluff", but examination revealed a neck of different
character. Though containing a considerable amount of basalt
it consists for the greater part of clastic volcanic material such
as agglomerate, tuff", lapilli, and what appears to be volcanic mud
with included blocks and fragments of the adjacent Jurassic

Volcanic Necks at Andersons Inlet. 157

strata, and decomposed basalt of different character to that of the
basalt in mass.

I was also informed by Mr. A. Cuttriss, a I'esident of the
locality, that basalt occurred in two places in the clifts further to
the east. The locality indicated was subsequently examined, and
furnished three additional examples of necks, one of them of much
greater size than that of Townsend Bluff. For the most part
these occupy an area beyond tidal influence, so that their
characters are not nearly so well shown as in the smallest, but
splendid example to the west. They, however, possess features-
distinct from this one, and will be described in detail in their
turn.

For the sake of convenience the necks will be referred to by
numbers, commencing with that at Townseml Bluff.

Volcanic Neck, 1.

This neck is located at Townsend Bluff, at the rnouth of Screw-
Creek, on the beach opposite allotment 2, parish of Drunidlemara.
It occurs among Jurassic sandstones, shales and niudstones,.
planed down fairly level, and exposed at low tide. It has a
roughly circular shape with irregularities, the greatest one
forming a pronounced bulge in the south eastern portion. Its-
diameter in this direction, as far as visible, is about 25 yards,
while a north and .south diameter is about 21 yards. Nearly
the whole of the periphery is visible.

For a considerable portion of its periphery, especially on the
north, west and .south there is a nai-row shell — if it may be so
called — of a finely vesicular scoriaceous basalt, or nuid bnsalt.
This has a laminated appeai-ance, the jointing being vertical, or
parallel with the wall of the neck. This shell stands up above-
the general level of the neck, owing to its greater resistance to-
decomposition and wave action. Owing to its jointed character
it is inipossible to obtain a museum specimen, and it weathers-
into a ragged surface. This shell is only a few inches thick, but
similar material, though quite decomposed, and still exhibiting
its laminated appearance extends for some few feet into the neck.
There are, however, several isolated patches of the hard rock in
the body of the neck, the largest one occupying the visible south-

158 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

eastern portion of the neck. Whether or not it extends to the
mai-gin of the neck could not be determined, as sand, mud and
sea-weed obscure the surface.

The main portion of the neck consists of agglomerate, formed
of a heterogeneous mixture of blocks and fragments of decomposed
basalt, diflerent in character from that present in a hard state ;
Jurassic strata, such as sandstones, shales and mudstones ; tuff,
lapilli, and a material that looks like a volcanic mud. The
included fragments of Jurassic strata are in some cases consider-
ably indurated, but generally show little evidence of alteration.
In the northern portion this material is of finer texture, and
shows rude prismatic and spheroidal structure. Along the
southern edge for several yards in two separate streaks, lying
between the laminated basalt and the containing sandstones,
there occurs vertically laminated tuff, varying from a quarter of
an inch to 9 inches in thickness. The included blocks of Jurassic
sandstones, mudstones and shales range in size up to 6 feet by 4
feet, those of decomposed basalt being much smaller.

The northern portion of the neck runs out into a sharp point
where the contiguous fine argillaceous sandstone shows distinct
curved structure on a small scale, the jointing being about vertical,
and following the curve of the adjacent part of the periphery.

The sandstone is slightly hardened, but otherwise not altered.

The Jurassics here form portion of a dome which extends along
the beach in a north-easterly direction. The neck has been
formed in the north-western portion of this dome. The contigu-
ous strata dip generally N.W. at about 28 deg. on the north-
western edge, and curve a little to the N. along the northern
edge. Numerous faults may be seen, but their characteristics
cannot be definitely ascertained owing to the overlying sand,
mud and water. They will be briefly described under a separate
head.

Volcanic Neck, 2.

This neck is a much larger one than Neck 1, in fact it is the
largest of the group. In character it ditters greatly from Neck 1.
Almost its whole visible portion consists of an agglomerate.

It has a visible length from north to south of about 12 chains,
and a visible breadth of about 8 chains. It appeal's both at and

Volcanic Necks at Anderson's Inlet. 151)

below high-water mark, and in tho cliff, where it forms a distinct
swelling in the coast-line. Below high-water mark it can be seen
fairly well in some places, though the greater portion within tidal
influence is covered with sand and mud. It disappears beneath
the northern channel of Anderson's Inlet with a breadth of some
six chains, and probably continues in a south-south-easterly
direction for several chains more. Neither its eastern nor its
western margin can be seen, owing to mud and sand, but the
occurrence of basalt and agglomerate three chains to the east of
the visible margin probably proves that it extends easterly for that
distance.

Jurassic sandstones, however, which outcrop close to this spot,
clearly limit its further extension in that direction. On the
western side no rock is visible among the mangrove-covered mud
and the sand of the channel west of a southerly line along the
visible western margin.

In the cliffs the eastern and western margins are both marked
by small gullies. On the opposite side of each of these gullies
the grey soil from the Jurassics affords a clear distinction from
the black soil of the volcanics.

The form of this neck as seen is, therefore, roughly that of a
truncated ellipse. By far the greater visible portion of it con-
sists of agglomerate, the main mass of which is composed of coarser
fragments than that of Neck 1. It contains fair-sized lumps of
hard dense fine-grained, highly-spheroidal basalt, with patches of
green olivine. In the cliff the agglomerate can be seen in un-
decomposed blocks constituting a very hard rock. On the beach,
where, subject to the action of salt water, it is, as a rule, quite
decomposed, when the contained fragments can be easily separated
from the matrix. Some of the agglomerate, again, is an intimate
mixture of dark dense basalt in small fragments, calcite, and an
amorphous or crypto-crystalline, pasty-looking material. It
weathers with a brown surface, on which the fragments of
basalt show as dark blotches.

There are several kinds of basalt distributed through the mass.
One found near the foot of the cliff is a very dense dark basalt of
medium texture and high specific gravity. It contains a good
deal of calcite, which occurs in amygdules, as films along joint
planes, and in patches merging into the l)asalt. It decomposes

160 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

with a reddish-brown surface, but forms a fairly dark soil. A
fair-sized patch of similar rock occurs on the beach under high-
water mark. It wears into ragged edges.

A very vesicular basalt, of fine texture and brownish-grey
colour, occurs as a block among agglomerate in the cliff. The
vesicles are apparently caused by the decomposition and removal
of the carbonate of lime from amygdules of calcite. There is
also a little lapillaceous tuff, consisting for the most part of
fi'agments the size of peas, and showing distinct bedding. It
has a considerable amount of greenish-grey volcanic mud, and
blunted pieces of the fine decomposed basalt up to the size of
pigeons' eggs. A pretty rock of light drab-grey colour, grading
to yellow at the surface, a decomposed basalt, occurs as an
inclusion in dense basalt on the beach, west of the private jetty
built by Mr. Cuttriss. It is composed of multitudes of thin,
narrow, transparent, coloui^less crystals up to one-sixteenth of an
inch in length, set in a matrix of yellowish clay, probably decom-
posed felspar. Another kind of decomposed basalt of light grey
and yellow colours occurs at this spot. It is an intimate mixture
of minute crystals with occasional vesicles of clay. It resembles
very much the included pieces of decomposed basalt in the agglo-
merate of Neck 1.

There are two other rocks found in this dense basalt which are
of interest. One is of dense, hard, dark blue amorphous material
with small amygdules of yellowish-brown ferruginous powder.
It is a rock with a peculiar appearance, and gives one the
impression of being a form of a mud lava or basaltic mud. It
also contains small patches of olivine, partially altered about the
edges into an opaque white substance. Small lenticles of this
hard amorphous material also occur in parts of the agglomerate
in the cliff, and they would probably be turned by decomposition
into the brownish-grey mud comprising the lenticles in the
decomposed agglomerate on the beach.

The other rock is a light and medium grey compact mud, with
numerous very small amygdules of a brown glassy )nineral. The
rock weathers a light grey, and is a good deal like the last
mentioned. They both appear to have been formed from the
solidification of pasty material of basaltic origin, perhaps crushed
or ground-up basalt mixed with liquids, and to have gained their

Volcanic Necks at Andersons Inlet. 161

olivine crystals from this rock, or picked them up us fragments
during movement in the neck.

Included Pebbles.

The special feature of interest in this agglomerate is, however,
the presence of numerous small and medium-sized pebbles and
fragments of pebbles. These occur in some places in considerable
numbers, and may be seen either lying loose on the surface of the
disintegrated material, or embedded in the matrix. The pebbles
range from the size of mere gravel to that of a goose's egg. In.
fact, one large pebble of quartzite was found on the mud-covered
surface east of the jetty, but within the boundary of the neck.
This pebble weighs several pounds, and is 8 inches long by Sc-
inches broad and 3| inches thick. Judging by its appearance
when found, and its location, it had apparently been disintegrated
from the subjacent material. These pebbles occur chiefly to-
wards the southern end of the neck, west of the jetty, but they
probably also occur between here and the foot of the cliff. Drift
and blown sand, however, covei'ed with tea-tree, hide the
surface of the neck from sight. A few pebbles are also obtain-
able from the soil in the cliffs.

Comparatively few of them occur entire. Most of them have
been transversely fractured, or have lost chips. Their general
shape is a flattened oval ; some are cylindrical ; others rounded
and flattened, oval truncated, flat, quadrangular and semi-rounded
and irregularly shaped with flattened sides. A few show rude
facetting. They comprise the following rocks, as well as can be
determined roughly, viz : olive mudstone ; red, brown, yellow,
dark black, blue and reddish-brown plain and banded jaspers,
odd ones showing thin streaks of white silica ; greenish-grey and
bluish-grey slightly pitted rocks like hornstone ; yellowish-white
quartz schist ; fine to coarse yellowish-white, bluish-grey, brownish-
grey and white sandstones, some with thin quartz veins ; white,
yellow and rose quartz of various kinds, transparent and
opaque, semi-opaline, chalcedonic, and opaque-white, with thin
transparent veins of silica ; plain and banded quartzites of grey,
brown, bluish-grey, black, and reddish-grey colours, and a blue
variety showing a network of white veins ; altered quartz —

162 Proceedings of tJie Royal ISocieti/ of Victoria.

conglomerate of grey colour ; grey, greeuisli-brown, yellow, bluish-
grey, white, grey and black plain cherts, and black, grey, white,
brown and dark-blue mottled cherts ; a grey-coloured rock like
quartz felsite ; white and pale yellow chalcedony, with very
pitted ragged edges; carnelian ; chalcedonic breccia; brown
spherulitic rock like quartz-felspar-felsite ; silicitied wood ; and
an igneous I'ock that looks like a very dense basalt or
melaphyre. It is a crystalline rock with felspar and small green
crystals like olivine, and is of medium grey colour.

Some of the cherts have a fragmental appearance, and they all
are extremely like the rock of some of the pebbles of the
Cainozoic gravels of the Povvlett and Tarwin Plains. They have
undoubtedly been derived from the same source, or from similar
rock masses.

The silicified wood has the same general appearance as much
of that found among Jurassic strata in the State. A micro-
scopical examination is, however, necessary before a conclusion
can be arrived at as to its Jurassic age. Certainly the Silurian
or older strata did not furnish it, and there is no evidence of the
occurrence of any younger Palaeozoic strata anywhere near this
district, even if plants of the nature represented by the wood
flourished during those periods. The silicified wood may, never-
theless, belong to the Carboniferous or Devonian period, and
have been transported in a silicified state by driftwood, floating
ice or floating islets far from its home. The occurrence of
large blocks and small trees lying prone among fine and coarse
sandstones, and including among the roots of the trees a bluish
or olive mudstone quite distinct from the containing strata,
clearly indicates their driftal origin.

Should, however, this silicitied wood be determined as Jurassic,
it proves that silicification of some at least of the carbonaceous
material in the Jurassic strata was carried out during the
Jurassic period.

Volcanic Neck, 3.

This neck lies to the north-east of Neck 2, and about 6 chains
distant from its northern end. Jurassic strata occupy the inter-
vening area, as evidenced by the soil, and pieces of rock in water
channels.

Volcanic Necks at Anderson's Inlet. 163

The visible portion has a length of about 3^ chains, with a
breadth of about 1| chains, the whole of it as seen being in the
cliff and slope of the hill. It has a general south-easterly bearing,
and probably extends for some distance out into the flat, but as
the flat is here covered with drift and blown sand, nothinsc
beneath is visible. Even in the clitf" the nature of the material
constituting the neck cannot be clearly determined.

As fai- as can be seen the neck consists of a plug of dense,
hard, dark blue basalt, forming a low swelling on the top of the
cliff, and extending in a south-easterly direction down to the
flat. As it approaches the flat it narrows very much, and
appears to be only a few feet wide at the foot. This basalt
apparently forms the eastern margin of the neck. On the
western side of the neck there is a considerable quantity of tuff",
containing a few pebbles similar to those in Neck 2. Those
obtained vary from the size of a small marble to that of a pigeon's
egg. There are, also, visible on the surface, pieces of agglomerate
and fine and medium-grained decomposed basalt, similar to that
in Necks 1 and 2. There are, besides, pieces of what looks like
volcanic mud — an amorphous or crypto-crystalline, soft, compact
material of dark grey colour. It resembles, somewhat, the
small lenticles referred to in one of the basalts of Neck 2, and
also that obtained from another volcanic occurrence, probably a
neck, situated in allotment 97, parish of Leongatha, to the
north-east.

Volcanic Neck, 4.

Separated from Neck 3 by Jurassic strata, and distant from it
5 chains to the east lies Neck 4. Its western margin is clearly
defined by a small gully, but on the eastern side there is nothing
definite to aid one in fixing its margin. The visible portion of
this neck also occurs in the cliff, but probably extends in a
southerly direction into the flat, where, however, sand obscures
the view. As far as can be seen, it is oval in shape, its length
in an east and west direction being about G chains, and breadth
2 chains.

It, again, differs from the preceding necks, inasmuch as it is
almost wholly composed of a homogeneous grey tuff containing
grains of sand and a few pebbles similar to those in Necks 2 and

llA

164 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

3, but much smaller than the average size of them. Towards its
eastern margin there is a dyke or plug of basalt having a width
of about 6 feet in the cliff, and a N.W. and S.E. bearing. In
the flat to the south-east two drains reveal a dyke of basalt 10
inches wide, having the same general bearing as that in the cliff.
Probably it is the southerly extension of that dyke. This basalt
is a hard, dark blue, dense rock, much like that in the plug in
Neck 3, and it contains amygdules of calcite and patches of
green olivine. It weathers a grey colour like that of the soil
from the Jurassics, and can be traced up the cliff for some 2^-
chains. The latter part of its course is through Jurassic strata,
the former through tuff. It is probably somewhat younger than
the tuffs of the neck, though practically contemporaneous with
them.

Packed up against the foot of the cliff, here about 30 feet
high, are blocks of a dense, hard, coarse olivine basalt, and a few
loose pieces of agglomerate thrown out of drains on the flat.
The olivine occurs in patches over 1 inch in diameter. It is,
therefore, probable that the neck extends for some little distance
into the flat, where it may partake more of the character of
Neck 2.

The tuff of this neck difters from the ordinary tuffs of the
district. It has more of the character of a friable, granular,
rather incoherent clay, and contains numerous grains of quartz
sand. It induces the belief that it consists of a mixture of
sedimentary and volcanic material, and this it probably is. The
absence of a greater proportion of sand grains may be explained
by supposing most of the visible material to be a mixture of
Jurassic mudstone in a pulverised state, with volcanic dust or
fine tuff.

Other Local Volcanic Occurrences.

In addition to the basalt showing within the boundaries of the
volcanic necks, there are several other occurrences of this rock
among the Jurassic strata. Three of these occur close together,
between G and 8 chains north-east from the northern end of the
jetty. The most easterly one is a dyke of basalt, 6 inches wide
and about 20 yards long, having a N.E. bearing. The rock is a
dense black basalt of fine texture.

Volcanic Necks at Anderson's Inlet. 165

The most westerly one is a narrow dyke 1 foot wide and 15
feet long, bearing 312 deg. The I'ock is a dark blue rock of
medium texture.

The middle, and much the largest, one has the shape of a
lenticle truncated at both ends. It has a bearing of north and
south, with a length of about 15 yards, and breadth at north end
of 4 yards, and at south end of 4 feet. It is composed of a
highly spheroidal, slightly vesicular, rock. This is highly de-
composed, and differs in character from the basalt of the necks.
It appears to be more of a mud basalt, and peels off into thin
shells.

The last local occurrence of basalt to record is what appears to
be a dyke branching from Neck 4, either from the dyke on its
eastern margin, or from some larger body of basalt in the fiat,
hidden from view by sand. Small blocks of it can be seen at the
foot of the cliff on the eastern boundary of allotment 3, parish of
Drumdlemara, within which allotment are also embraced Necks
3 and 4, and portion of Neck 2. This dyke can be traced for at
least '2h chains west from the boundary, and also for some
distance to the east. It has a general bearing nearly east and
west.

Adjacent District Volcanic Occurrences.

Before leaving the consideration of the necks, it is advisable to
mention several occurrences of laterite, basalt and tuffs that occur
in the plains to the north and west of the Inlet area. Five of
these, occurring in allotments 9, parish of Kirrak (M. Ruttle) ;
31, Kirrak (W. Watson) ; 30a, parish of Kongwak (A. Blew) ;
37, Kongwak (J. McDowell) ; 38, Kongwak (R. W. McDowell)
consist of laterite and tuffs with lapilli. Three others, occurring
in allotments 23c, Kongwak (E. O'Connell) ; 41a, Kongwak
(Beard) ; 97, parish of Leongatha (L. Follgrabe) and 25, Leon-
gatha (D. Millar), consist of laterite, tuffs with lapilli, and basalt.
One of basalt only, but occupying an area of only a few square
yards, occurs in allotment 55a, Drumdlemara (M. Crowley).
There are several other places on the plains nearer Leongatha,
where volcanic rocks occur, but these I have not examined, .so
cannot discuss them. One notable example, however, near Cape
Paterson, exposed on the beach at low tide, may be mentioned.

166 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

It is more of the character of the necks in the hill area, and con-
sists largely of basalt,jWith no tuffs. Mr. Ferguson, who has
examined it carefully, tells me that he regards some of the material
as an agglomerate, so perhaps it may be included among the series
characteristic of the plains area. These will be dealt with in. the
official reports of the surveys of the areas, so no further descrip-
tion of them will be given here, save to mention that Watson's
tuff" occurrence has the character of a fissure neck. It is a long,
narrow strip of laterite and lapillaceous tuff", traceable almost
continuously for a length of nearly 40 chains, with an average
width of about 2|^ chains.

All of these are probably volcanic necks, and not remnants
of extensive beds of tuff" and flows of basalt. There are, probably,
numerous other occurrences of tuffs and basalt distributed over
the plains, but hidden from sight by the thin covering of sedi-
ments present.

Age of the Volcanic Necks.

Speaking in general terms, the age of the volcanic activity, of
which the necks furnish evidence, can be set down with some
degree of certainty. That it is post-Jurassic, of course, admits
of no question. There seems almost conclusive correlative evidence
that it was contemporaneous with the " Older Basalt " of the
Mornington Peninsula and Western Port region. There, in sea
cliffs along AVestern Port, the Cape Sclianck coast, and at San
Remo, basalt and associated tuffs can be clearly seen.

Resting on this basalt at Flinders is a small isolated patch of
Bryozoan limestone^ of Eocene age, so clearly the basalt there
belongs to the Eocene or pre-Eocene period.

In various localities, such as at Berwick, Bacchus Marsh,
Dargo High Plains, etc., leaf-bearing clays of probably Eocene
age, underlie these basalts. There seems, therefore, no strong
reason to doubt that tiie necks belong to the Eocene period.

1 Pritcharcl, G. B.: The Geology of Flinders, "The Victorian Naturalist," February,
1903 ; Kitson, A. E.: Report on the Bryozoan Limestone at Flinders, " Records Geol. Sur.
Vic," vol. i., part i., 1902.

Volcanic Necks at Anderson's Inlet. 167

DiFFERKXCK BETWEEN STRUCTURE OF THE VoLCAXIC NeCKS.

The cause of the difference in structure between the necks in
the Juiubunna hill country, and those in the Anderson's Inlet
and Powlett Plains series is, apparently, due to a difference in
altitude. Those in the former district, which, without observed
exception, are composed of basalt, and have no agglomerate or
tuff, represent probably the lower portions of volcanic necks ;
while those of the plains series consisting of tuffs only, or of tuffs
and agglomerate, or of tuffs, agglomerate and basalt, are probably
the higher portions of similar contemporaneous necks. Ages of
denudation have in the former case worn away the upper portions
of the necks in the Jumbunna series, together with the contigu-
ous Jui-assic strata, and all of the younger sediments, if any,
which overlay thena. In the latter case, owing, probably, to
protective covering and lower altitude, this upper portion of the
necks has been preserved, and is only now undergoing denudation.

The conclusion is then forced upon one that the plains series
were at one time at a greater altitude than the former. What
then accounts for the reverse difference in present altitude ?
Faulting seems to be the cause, and faulting on a large scale. In
dealing with an area such as this of the plains, covered as it is
with a thin series of clays, sands, gravels and pebbly drift, and
devoid of natural or artificial sections, it is impossible to obtain
anything that serves as a definite stratigraphical guide or datum ;
and in the absence of the occurrence of similar deposits in the
Jumbunna hill country one has to turn to the Jurassics them-
selves in the hope of finding evidence to assist in arriving at a
conclusion.

A careful examination of every channel along the western and
northern side of the Powlett A^alley to the junction of Lance
Creek with the Powlett has proved that in almost the whole of
the cases in which dips have been obtainable, or the strata
observable, they have shown an abnormally high angle of dip for
Jurassic strata. The strata themselves have in several places
been greatly compressed, crushed and tilted, and are so extremely
like the highly-inclined strata of Silurian areas, both in structure
and composition, as at first sight to raise doubts of their belonging
to the Jurassic system. Dips of over 70 deg. are frequent, and

168 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

in some cases the beds are almost vertical. The line of these dips
follows very closely the present escarpment of the Powlett Valley,
and it is interesting to note that on receding into the hills the
dips rapidly become less, and in a few chains become normal.
The same may be said of such of the dips as have been obtained
further out on the flats. This seems to point conclusively
towards a great earth movement or movements, and a general
dislocation of the area to the south.

Additional evidence will probably be obtained in the Ruby
district tending to further support the theory of great faulting of
this region, but as, up to the present, nothing really definite has
been obtained by me, that matter will not be further discussed in
this paper. In the district to the north-east, Mr. Jas. H. Wright^
has proved faulting to a great extent.

Faults associated with Volcanic Necks.

The question of faults associated with the intense volcanic
action of the time when these necks were formed is one of
importance. Unfortunately, owing to the very limited area which
is occupied by rocks bared sufficiently to admit of the examina-
tion of their physical characters, there are no data on which to
found any definite conclusions as to the influence of the volcanic
intrusions upon the invaded strata. The limited area around
Neck 1 is the only one where there is any opportunity of deter-
mining faults. Even there the rock masses, which are chiefly
thick-bedded sandstones with no distinguishing features, and the
overlying mud and sea-weed preclude definite evidence from being
obtained, except in the case of two or tliree most pronounced
ones. Near the foot of the clifis, however, at Townsend Bluff
there are two or three beds of carbonaceous shale, impure coal,
and bluish-grey raudstones. These afford some assistance in
reading the nature of the faults.

There appears to be sufficient to regard the existence of three
series of faults, two directly connected with the intrusion of the
neck, and the third possibly so. The first two series may be
divided into those having a general westerly bearing ; and those

1 Note on the Geolojrical Features of an Area in South Gippsland. Prog. Rep. Geol.
Sur. Vic, No. viii.

Volcanic Necks at Anderson's Inlet. 169

having a general north-westerly one. Two examples of each can
be seen branching away from the periphery of the neck, but
their mutual relations cannot be determined.

The third, represented by a well-pronounced fault, not visibly
connected with the neck, has an almost east and west bearing,
and has caused a visible dislocation of the strata, but to what
extent could not be ascertained.

As far as can be gathered from the evidence of the first two
series of faults there has been a general throw of from a few
inches to a few feet to the west. This seems to indicate that the
intrusion of the volcanic mass has caused a westward push on
that side of the neck, dislocating the strata, and setting up
simultaneous or subsequent formation of the larger faults of both
series. The smaller ones were probably caused by the settling of
the masses after their initial and greater movement.

On the eastern side of the neck there are three distinct and
sharply-defined extensions of the volcanic material forming steps,
as it were, in the margin of the neck. They probably indicate
the points of origin of faults having a general easterly bearing,
and similar in character to those in the west. That they do
represent faults, however, is not evident, since the strata here —
massive, jointed sandstones — quite prevent definite evidence
being obtained.

With the exception perhaps of a marginal displacement of 2 or
3 inches at the most, and confined to the periphery or there-
abouts, that is dying out in the neck itself, there does not appear
to have been any displacement of the volcanic material after its
injection and solidification. All the definite larger faults, with
the one exception, have apparently radiated from a common
centre, that of the neck itself, and are directly attributable to
volcanic agency.

Continuing the examination of the beach eastward from Neck
1, it is seen that there is a series of almost parallel breaks in the
sandstones. These are now marked by narrow channels or rifts,
varying in breadth from 2 or 3 inches to 6 feet. They may
represent lines of fault, or perhaps only lines of jointing, eroded
by sea action. In two cases, however, there is evidence of
definite faulting, one of them having a throw of 6 feet, and N.W.
bearing. Little beyond the general ]:)earing of the faults can be

170 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

obtained as, owing to surface material, the identification of any
particular bed is a matter of doubt and difficulty.

The beach outcrops show the Jurassic strata here to form part
of a dome of wJaich the north-western, northern, and north-
eastern portions are revealed by the dips near Neck 1, and the
south-eastern portion by the dip east of the jetty.

The southern and south-western portion is of course hidden
under the sands of the Inlet. The necks have thus been formed
in an original dome of the Jurassics, or perhaps the dome has
been caused by the raising of the strata due to volcanic action
prior to the outburst of the neck.

Polished Pebbles in the adjacent Jurassic Strata.

As bearing directly upon the occurrence of pebbles in the necks
a few special remarks must be made upon the presence of pebbles
in the Jurassic sandstones among which these necks occur, or in
the locality at and near Savage's Hill.

Lying on the surface, or in water channels, or exposed in
natural section in cliffs, pebbles of similar rocks to those described
from Necks 2, 3 and 4 are by no means uncommon. I have
found numbers of them myself close to the eastern and western
margins of Neck 4, and have also received a small collection from
Masters John and Tom Cuttriss. These pebbles have such an
exceedingly high polish as to attract attention immediately when
seen. Here, as in the necks, they occur both as entire pebbles,,
and as fragments. Frequently they have been broken across their
greater lengths, or have flakes and chips missing from their sides.
This has been caused by perfectly natural means, and is not due
to chipping by aboriginals, as pebbles are being found in channels,,
which are at present deepening through decomposing rock in situ,
and under conditions which preclude their transport from younger
deposits. They are also found in the decomposing rock in road
cuttings and other excavations.

These pebbles are most interesting, both on account of their
origin, the agencies responsible for their excellent polish, and
their transport to the localities where found. They comprise
felsites, mica schists, jaspers, agates, chalcedony, carnelians,
cherts, quartzites, quartz, lydianite, altered sandstones, and

Volcanic NecJtS at Anderson's Inlet. Ill

silicitied wood. Most of these rocks are quite foreiis^u to the
district as far as known. Mr. Jas. Stirling records^ a small
outcrop of felsitic rocks at Waratah Bay, but no mica schistS)
cherts and jaspers have been recorded /« situ within at least
30 miles of the spot. Though inliers of Silurian, such as those
of Kongwak and the Powlett, do occur, there are no discovered
remnants of older or more altered rock masses within it such as
would furnish pebbles of the characters of some of those found.
The evidence, therefore, is in favour of a comparatively distant
origin for portion at least of the pebbles.

The polishing is not due to running water. Of this there can
be no doubt. The only action to which it appears attributable
is that of wind-blown sand, or wind-blown frozen snow.

The agency by wliich they were transported to their present
position cannot have been the same as that which brought the
finer sediments. Both on account of their size and the character
of the rock they are composed of, this is quite impossible. The
medium that conveyed or removed the material, chiefly fel-
spathic quartz sand, from its source in a plutonic (probably a
granite) area could not have brought down tlie heavy pebbles
such as are found. The nature of the pebbles, also, suggests their
derivation from a metamorphic area, which, if not more remote
than that from which the sediments were derived, was, perhaps,
quite a distinct one. Two means of transport suggest themselves :
1. That by driftwood ; 2. That by floating ice.

Land Sukface during the Jurassic Period.

Before briefly discussing these probable agencies, a few remarks
may be made on the probable nature of the land surface l)order-
ing part of the basin in which the Jura.ssic sediments were
deposited.

It seems probable that the pebbles were originally of glacial
origin, and were derived indirectly from the disintegration of
pre-existing glacial deposits on the margin of the Jurassic basin.

The occurrence of glacial deposits in north central and north
eastern Victoria, as at Carisbrook, Wild Duck Creek near Heath-

1 Notes on the Silver Deposits and Limestone Beds of Waratah Bay. Proj^r. Rep. Geol.
Sur. Tic, No. viii.

172 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

cote, Pelluebla, Glenrowan, King Valley, Springhurst, Tarrawin-
gee and Wooragee, and in south central Victoria, as at Bacchus
Marsh, and under the deep leads at Pitfield, prove that they were
originally very extensive. The period to which they belong
being now generally recognised as Permo-Carboniferous or Car-
boniferous makes it highly probable that during the Jurassic
period much larger areas were covered by them than is now the
case. Consequently the derivation of these peculiar pebbles from
such deposits seems probable.

In general character and nature of rock the pebbles in the
Jurassics have such a striking resemblance to those in the
glacial deposits as to force the conviction that they have either
come from the same or similar rock masses, from which the latter
were derived, or that the glacials have indirectly furnished them.

Driftwood Theory.

Since most of the carbonaceous material and silicified trees and
blocks of wood present in the Jurassic strata show distinct
evidence of transport, and not growth t'n situ^ it follows that this
material must have been drifted. Whatever may have been the
means by which the silicitied wood — assuming it to belong to a
period anterior to the Jurassic — was conveyed thither, the blocks
and masses of carbonaceous material were probably brought by
rivers into the Jurassic lake, on the surface of which they floated
far and wide till, becoming waterlogged, they sank to the bottom.
These masses of driftwood probably had entangled among them
pebbles of various kinds, and thus may have been the means by
which some at least of the pebbles were distributed among the
Jurassic sediments.

Surface and Ground Ice Theory.

The Jurassic deposits, as far as yet known, appear to be
wholly of freshwater origin, judging by the fossils hitherto
recorded. The fauna is represented by three species of fresh-
water mussel (Unio); while the flora comprises several genera
and species of ferns, and representatives of cycadaceous and con-
iferous vegetation. The deposits were, therefore, probably
formed in a large lake basin, or several smaller ones. This lake

Volcanic Necks at Anderson's Inlet. 173

may have been bounded in part by steep cliffs composed of Car-
boniferous glacial beds, and the climate may have been a
rigorous one in winter. By assuming the operation of blown
sand under strong winds the conditions would be present for the
polishing of any pebbles disintegrated from the subjacent glacial
beds. Continued action of blown sand on these pebbles would
soon result in them acquiring their high polish. Now, if singly,
or in numbers, they fell over the cliffs during the winter, on to
the frozen surface of the lake, nothing remained but the floating
away of the burdened ice when the thaw set in, and the subse-
quent dispersion of the transported pebbles among the sand of
the lake bed as the ice of the floes melted away ; or again, the
pebbles may have fallen over the cliffs into shallow water, been
frozen into ground ice, subsequently floated ofi", and finally
dropped when the ice melted. These polished pebbles are found
in many parts of the Jurassic system of South Gippsland. Few,
however, have such a high polish as have those at Anderson's
Inlet. This fact admits of the readier acceptance of the theory,
since, assuming ground ice to have been the means of transport,,
the whole of the pebbles could hardly have been floated away
quickly enough after their fall into the waters of the lake to have
prevented their polish from being destroyed, either partially or
wholly, by abrasion among the shingle and pebbles of the shore.

The absence of angular pieces of rock from among these
polished pebbles can be explained by the reasonable assumption
that the clifts were composed wholly of glacial deposits, and as
such they would contain comparatively few small angular pieces.

Again, the ice transport theory would probably explain the
fracturing of the pebbles since they would thus have been sub-
jected to great variations of temperature. The occurrence of
so many of these fractured pebbles among the Jurassic sediments,
as well as in the volcanic necks, is a striking feature. Had they
been confined to the necks their fracturing could easily have
been accounted for by violent contact witli the material in the
old volcanoes.

A consideration of these matters makes it seem not improbable
that both of these agencies — driftwood and floating ice — have
operated in the transport of these included pebbles in the Juras-
sics. It seems, besides, by no means improbable, that contem-

174 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

poraneous glacial action may account for some of the features
noticeable among the sediments of this system. Not the
least striking is the peculiar bluish and olive colour of the great
aiiajority of the mudstones. These have an exceedingly strong
resemblance to the clay of the typical glacial deposits of Bacchus
Marsh, Victoria, and Wynyard, Tasmania. The derivation of
their mud from glacial streams discharging into the Jurassic
lake is, therefore, not improbable.

Origin of Included Pebbles in Volcanic Necks.

The origin of the included pebbles in the necks is of interest.
Two probable sources may be suggested : —

1. From among the Jurassic sediments, dispersed principally
through the sandstones.

2. From a bed of conglomerate in the Jurassic system, or in
some system underlying this one.

In view of the occurrence of the solitary pebV)les among the
local Jurassic strata, the former origin seems the more probable.

With reference to the latter it may be stated that nowhere in
the visible Jurassic strata of the district is there any bed of
conglomerate having polished pebbles ; neither is there, with the
exception of the conglomerates at San Remo, which occur at sea
level, and may perhaps be the basal beds of the series, any
deposit extensive enough to be called a bed of conglomerate.
Besides, these San Remo conglomerates are composed of rocks
entirely different from those under consideration, and the pebbles
are not polished. The probability of the derivation of these
pebbles, therefore, from a Jurassic bed of conglomerate is remote.

Then, as regards their possible derivation from a subjacent
conglomerate of pre-Jurassic age, there does not appear to be any
evidence in support. On the other hand, the absence of fragments
of unpolished rocks, except those of Jurassic sti'ata, practically
prove that such was not their origin, since it is hardly likely that
fragments of the rocks of other beds of the series would not have
been included among the volcanic n)aterial had the pebbles been
derived from such a source.

The pebbles in the necks have the same general shape as those
among the Jurassics, and are broken in a similar way. They have

Volcanic Necks at Anderson's Inlet. 175

in several cases even the characteristic polisli, though it is not so
hi<jjh as that of those in tlie Jurassics, and also the peculiar and
numerous small semi-circular and circular fractures without
separation, so common among some of these pebbles, and also of
those among the glacial deposits of Victoria. One may be
specially mentioned as it is of silicitied wood, similar to that
from the sediments, and possesses a consideral)le polish. It is,
therefore, of particular interest, and assists materially in
supporting the opinion held.

It is but to be expected that polished stones subjected to the
treatment meted out to the constituents of agglomerates and
tuffs would soon lose their polish through the attrition caused by
the volcanic and other material. There is, however, one difficulty
in the way of unreservedly accepting this mode of origin. This
is the fact that the visible ash contains comparatively little fine
quartz sand, such as would be expected to be found in it, were
similar sandstones to those forming Jurassic sediments absorbed
by a volcano, subsequently pulverised and mixed up, and finally
allowed to settle. It is perhaps probable, however, that the bulk
of the visible material derived from the Jurassics may have been
obtained from the mudstone beds of the system.

General Remarks.

As far as I am aware, these Anderson's Inlet necks are the first
of their kind, i.e., those composed of clastic volcanic materials,
to be described in Victoria. Messrs. T. S. Hall, M.A., and
G. B. Pritchard, have described^ certain clastic volcanic rocks at
Curlewis, near Geelong, as a spot close to a vent of the Older
Volcanoes, while Mr. Hall has further recorded'- two volcanic
necks of basalt at Mount Consultation and Diamond Hill,
Castlemaine.

In New South Wales, in the neighbourhood of Sydney, at the
prismatic sandstone quarry in the cliffs at Bondi, there is an
occurrence of volcanic material, which has been briefly described^
by Professor David, B.A., P.R.S.

1 Notes on the Eocene Strata of the Bellarine Peninsula, with brief reference to other
deposits. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vic, vol. vi. (n.s.), 189-1, p. 3.

2 The Geology of Castlemaine, with a sub-division of the Lower Silurian Rocks of Vic-
toria, and a list of Minerals. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vic, vol. vii. (N.S.), 1895, p. 81.

3 Notes on Some Points of Basalt Eruption in New South Wales. Trans. Geol. Soc.
Aust., vol. i., pt. 1, p. 25. Melbourne, 1880.

176 Proceedings of tJte Royal Society of Victoria.

Several much finer examples of necks have since been discovered
in the neighbourhood of Sydney. References to occurrences in
New South Wales are appended.^

The accompanying geological map of portion of South Gipps-
land is based upon the new Geological Map of Victoria. Such
additional information as has been obtained since the completion
of that map, has been added in a general way. The whole of the
Waratah Bay area has been retained as Silurian, since undoubted
Silurian limestones occur there. Mr. Stirling speaks- of some of
the rocks in it as pre-Silurian and Cambrian, while Professor
Gregory, D.Sc, F.R.S., Director of the Geological Survey of
Victoria, has suggested^ the probability of the occurrence there
of an outcrop of pre-Ordovician rocks.

The period to which the granite of Yanakie, Wilson's Promon-
tory, and Cape Woolamai belongs has not yet been definitely
ascertained, though generally regarded as Devonian.

The geological map of the locality at Townsend Bluflf, Ander-
son's Inlet, has been prepared from field notes obtained by a
careful survey made with a prismatic compass and by pacing.
The heights are aneroid measurements. The two sections across
the necks are added to simply illustrate their character.

I am much indebted to Mr. E. F. Pittman, A.R.S.M., Govern-
ment Geologist of New South Wales, for references to the
Volcanic Necks literature, to Mr. A. Cuttriss and his two sons foi*
the kindly help the}- have given me in various ways while the
examination of the locality was being carried out, and to Mr. A.
Elms, who accompanied and assisted me during one of my visits
there.

1 David, Professor T. \V. E., Snieeth, W. F., Watt, J. A. : Preliminary Note on the
Occurrence of a Chromite-bearing- Rock in the Basalt at the Pennant Hills Quarr}', near
Parraniatta. Jour. Roy. See. N.S.W., vol. xxvii., 1893.

Clarke. W. B. : On the Transmutation of Rocks in Australia. Trans. Phil. Soc. Aus.,
1862-65, pp. 267-368.

Clarke, W. B. : The Sedimentary Formations of New South Wales, 4th ed., 1878, p. 72.
Wilkinson, C. S. : Ann. Hep. Dept. Mines, New South Wales, for 1879, p. 218.
Wilkinson, C. S. : Geology, in Handbook Aus. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Sydney Meeting, p. 34.
Curran, J. M. : Geology of Sjdney.

Pittman, E. F. : The Mineral Resources of New South Wales, Sydney, 1901, pp. 393-4.
Came, J. E. : The Kerosene Shale Deposits of New South Wales, 1903, p. 240.

2 Op. eit.

3 The Heathcotian, a pre-Ordovician Series— and its distribution in Victoria. Proc.
Koy. Soc. Vic, vol. xv. (n.s.), pt. ii., 1903, pp. 167, 173.

U.S. Virtoria, t'.io:;. I'htti: XVllI.

Art. XIT. — Some Features in the Geography of North-
Western Tasmania.

By J. W. GREGORY, D.Sc, F.R.S.,

Professor of Geology in the University of Melbovirne.

[With Plates XX., XXI.].

(Eead 9th July, 1903.)

The recent earth movements in Tasmania are of special interest
to Victorian geologists, as they were probably connected with
the formation of Bass Strait, a problem of primary importance
in the geology of the Victorian coastlands.

In a recent visit to north-western Tasmania my first impression
was of surprise, at seeing such clear evidence of an uplift (or to
use Suess's more precise term, a negative movement), of that
country to the height of several hundred feet. The railway from
Emu Bay to Zeehan, on leaving the coast, started at once to
climb a long slope, which proves to be the northern face of an
undulating plateau. On reaching the plateau at Hampshire
Plains, 20 miles from Burnie (altitude 1500 feet)^ there is a fine
view, .southward and westward, to some bold peaks that rise
abruptly above the general level of the country, like rocky
islands above the sea. The traverse across the north-western
corner of Tasmania to Macquarie Harbour enabled me to see
many of the features of this plateau, and to recognise it as a
member of that class of land forms which Professor W. M. Davis
calls an uplifted pene-plain. The surface of this pene-plain is in
places, as near Parrel 1 and the foot of the West Coast Range,
1300 feet or more above the sea; but it becomes lower to the
north, west and south. This pene-plain area extended, as far as
I could see, from the Emu Bay Railway towards the northern and
nortli-western coast. Inland it ends abruptly against the West

1 For. the altitude and for facilities in examining this country, I am indebted to Mr. J.
Stirling:, the Manager of the Emu Ray Railway.

12

178 Proceedings of tlie Royal Society of Victoria.

Coast Range, at a distance of from 20 to 25 miles from the sea.
It extends in a broad band parallel to the western coast, at least
from the Arthur River on the north, to some distance south of
Macquarie Harbour, where it apparently sinks to but little above
sea level.

The general contour of the country between Emu Bay and
Strahan shows that the pene-plain in this part of Tasmania was
due to river action, and that the main slope is downward to the
west ; but subsequent river action has destroyed so much of the
surface of the plain that its existence can only be recognised in
a broad distant view.

The best views showing the geographical structure of the
country are gained looking westward from the peaks of the West
Coast Range, as from the western end of the ridges of either
Mount Sedgwick or Lyell (Figs. 2 and 3). The view from the
summit of the Haulage of the Mount Lyell Mining and Railway
Company is less extensive ; but it shows the features of the
pene-plain of the Henty and Queen rivers exceptionally well.
At the foot of the steep ridge of schists is the deep valley of the
Queen River ; beyond it, the country looks rugged and irregular,
consisting of a series of deep gullies and river valleys separated
by narrow spurs and ridges. Here and there is an expanse of
open plateau, such as Madam Howard's Plains, relics of the
widespread plain that existed before the country was dissected
into the present maze of ridge and gorge. The crests of the
ridges generally reach to the level of the old pene-plain surface ;
and further to the west, as the details become obscured in the
distance, the valleys are hidden and the blue hills and ridges
combine to give the impression of a level plain, sloping slightly
toward the sea. In the far distance the edge of the pene-plain
forms a skyline almost as straight, and horizontal, and featureless
as that of the sea beyond. To the north and south, the level of
the land is less regular, for the country slopes upward to the
hills that mark the site of the banks of the old river, which made
this part of the pene-plain ; and further northward the truncated
cone of Mount Zeehan, the long serrated crest of the Heemskirk
Range, and the tumbled masses of the West Coast Range, rise
high above the general level of the country.

Geo(jra'phy of North- Western Tasmania. 1 79

The upper, or eastern part of this pene-plain, is comparatively
narrow. It is bounded on the south by some woody hills, which
run northward from the King River, and on the north by
Crown Hill and the mountain known as the Professor. These
hills must, at one time, have formed the banks of the river which
eroded this part of the pene-plain. This river rose on the Cent-
ral Plateau, near the Eldon Range, and flowed first through the
upper part of the valley of the King River, and then along the
Sedgwick Valley and through the gap between Mounts Sedgwick
and Lyell, over the site of the Queen River valley. As the river
flowed westward its valley became wider. It was joined by tribu-
taries from the south, which drained country now included in
the lower basin of the King River ; it was also joined by the
Henty and other rivers from the north. As most of this area is
now drained by the Henty, I suggest for it the name of tne
Henty pene-plain. Near the sea this pene-plain joins with those
of other rivers, and they together form the continuous pene-plain
which backs the western coast of Tasmania.

The eastern part of the Henty pene-plain, between the lower
King River and the Professor, has the features of the lower
valley of a large river. This aspect of the country is especially
well seen from Mount Lyell. The slopes on either side have the
contours characteristic of the sides of an old river valley, and
not of cliffs formed by marine denudation. If the pene-plain
had been formed by the sea, some remains of old clitis and
beaches might be expected to occur round it, and some traces of
marine deposits on its floor. I am not aware that any such have
been found or recorded, while I am told by Mr. Huntley Clarke,
Engineer of Supplies at Mount Lyell, that some of the hills are
capped by river gravels.

Montgomery has described the occurrence of rounded, water-
worn gravel upon this pene-plain, and has described the area as a
plain of marine erosion.^ He says, " At the Nine Mile Plain
on the road from Strahan, a good deal of well-rounded waterworn
gravel is seen lying on the bed-rock beneath the surface soil, at
an elevation of from 700 to 800 feet above sea level, and pretty
well on the top of a watershed."

1 A. Montgomery : " Notes on the Queen River and Mount Lyell Mining District," Pari.
Pap., Tasmania, 9th .July, 1804.

180 Proceedings of tJie Royal Society of Victoria.

The Queen River itself appears too small to have formed so
great a valley ; but it is clear that the river system in this part
of Tasmania, at no distant date, was arranged very differently
from its present plan.

Between Mount Lyell and Mount Sedgwick in the north there
is a deep valley. It is known as the Sedgwick Valley, and is two
miles in breadth. Though the walls on both sides are steep,
they have been cut back into deep gullies, between which are
long rocky spurs, so that the Sedgwick Valley shows signs of
much greater age than the canyon of the King River. This
Sedgwick Valley is a direct continuation of the north-eastern
branch of the King River, which drains the southern slope of
the Eldon Range. The valley to the Henty pene-plain opens by
a low pass known as the Sedgwick Gap. This Gap, now 1160
feet above sea level, is but slightly raised above the King River,
at its bend to the east of the Gap. In all probability the King
River once continued its westward course along the Sedgwick
Valley, through the Gap, and across the site of the Henty
pene-plain to the south of Crown Hill and the Professor.
This river would have been of considerable size and quite suffi-
cient to have formed the pene-plain. Then, either the glacier
which formerly tilled the valleys of the King River and some of
its tributaries, or a slight uplift along the Great Fault of Mount
Lyell — which runs along the western face of Mounts Sedgwick,
Lyell and Owen — interrupted the course of the King River.
The river was dammed back till it found a fresh outlet to the
south of Mount Owen, through the gap between Mounts Huxley
and Jukes. There it has cut for itself the deep canyon, through
wl)ich it flows to Macquarie Harbour.

One important point in connection with the age of the pene-
plain and the deflection of the King River is its bearing on the
age of the recent glacial deposits of Tasmania. It has often been
maintained that extensive glaciations are the result of increased
elevation ; and this explanation is attractively simple because, if
a country be uplifted, its temperature must be reduced ; and,
therefore, if the precipitation remain the same, its snowfall will
be increased. The explanation, however, does not appear to be
consistent with the facts in some cases, where there is a consider-
able amount of evidence as to the relations of maximum glacia-

Geograph}! of North- Wederii Tasmania. 181

tion and earth movements.^ Nor is tliei-e any evidence, as far as
I am aware, that Tasmania has been uplifted, in Cainozoic times,
much above its pi'esent leveh'- It is indeed possible, as main-
tained by Montgomery, that the glacial deposits of Tasmania
were formed when the counti-y stood some hundreds of feet
below its present level. The western glaciers followed the
existing valleys, occupying those between Mount Sedgwick and
Mount Tyndall, between Mount Sedgwick and Mount Lyell, and
down the King River to the east of Mounts Lyell and Owen.
The course of these valleys had been determined by earth move-
ments in pre-glacial times ; and the general evidence renders it
highly improbable that they were scooped out by glacial action,
although the glaciers may have deepened and modified them.
Hence the diversion of the King River from its old course
through the Sedgwick Valley, to its present circuitous route to
the south of Mount Jukes, was probably caused during the
latter part of the glacial period. The damming up of the
Sedgwick Valley by ice and moraines was quite sufficient to cause
the drainage from the glaciers in the Upper King Valley to
overflow at the lowest gap on the southern margin of the King
basin ; and the lowest available outlet was between Mount
Huxley and Mount Jukes.

The glacial deposits around Mount Lyell are more recent than
the formation of the Henty pene-plain, for that plain was made
by a pre-glacial river, and some glacial deposits occur in valleys
cut through it, as at Queenstown ; but the difference in time was
probably small. The pene-plain was certainly formed when
western Tasmania stood a few hundred feet lower than it does
now ; and Montgomery may be correct in his view that the
glaciation of Tasmania occurred in this period of depression.''
Mr. R. M. Johnston does not favour the idea of any considerable
earth movements in Tasmania in recent geological times. He
says,^ " In Tasmania there is little evidence of physical disturb-

1 See for example, "Contributions to the Glacial Geology of Spitzbergen," Quart.
Journ. Geol. Soc, vol. liv., ISiW, p. 224.

2 The flrowiicd valleys of the Tainar and the Derwciit do not necessarily indicate a
subsidence of the whole of Tasmania.

3 Montgomery, A.: " Glacial Action in Tasmania." I'roc. Uoy. Soc. Tas, 1893(1894),
p. 165.

4 Johnston, K. 11.: "Geology of Tasmania," p. 326.

182 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

ances of an extraordinary character during the [Post Tertiary]
period, if we except the minor local oscillations of land indicated
by the raised beaches on the islands of Bass Strait, and on other

places along the northern coastline of Tasmania It may

generally be affirmed that the leading features — the mountain
chains and ridges, the main valleys and their river coui'ses,
the great plains and plateaux — were all established prior to the
deposit of the members of the Post Tertiary age." The Henty
pene-plain, however, has been so deeply dissected that it is pro-
bably somewhat older than the glacial deposits, which in some
cases are comparatively fresh.

The formation of the Henty pene-plain must have been a long
task, and must have been completed when Tasmania was less
elevated than it is now. It may have been contemporary with
the formation of the extensive dissected pene-plains, which are
among the most important features in the geography of Victoria.

The date at which the pene-plain was uplifted is. though pre-
glacial, geologically recent. The most convincing evidence is
given by the narrowness of the river gorges that cut through it.
The railway between Emu Bay and Strahan runs for some
distance down the Pieman Valley, a deep and narrow gorge, the
bed of which is being rapidly deepened by corrosion. The Henty
River near Strahan flows across a low-lying alluvial plain, crossed
by lines of high, weathered, sand dunes ; but further to the east
this river cuts through the pene-plain in a very deep gorge.

The best case, however, is that of the King River, which rises
in the central plateau of Tasmania. East of INIount Lyell it
flows through a broad, flat-floored valley, known as the " Long
Marsh." Here its valley is obviously of great age, but further
down its course the river flows through a sinuous, narrow canyon.

Mr. W. T. Batchelor, the engineer of the Mount Lyell Mine,
kindly told me that in one place the depth is 1700 feet, where
the canyon is at the summit only between 2000 and 2500 feet
across. The narrowness of this river gorge, and the vertical
character of its clifl's, show that it is a very young valley.

Further evidence indicating a comparatively recent uplift of
this part of Tasmania is supplied by the southern face of Mount
Sorell. This mountain is situated on the northern side of Mac-
quarie Harbour. It consists of a block of the West Coast Range

Geography of North- Western Tasmania. 1 83

conglomerates resting upon Lower Palaeozoic or Archean beds. A
straight, well-marked beach line runs across the southern face
of the mountain. Its level is quite straight, though it is now
tilted slightly from the horizontal, dipping at about 5 degrees to
the west. The terrace, so far as could be seen from the steamer,
cuts across the bedding of the strata, so that it cannot be due to
the outcrop of a band of hard rock. It is clearly a beach line
formed when the country stood several hundred feet lower than
at present.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATES.

1. Sketch map of north-western Tasmania, showing parts of the

areas occupied by the Central Plateau, and by the
North-Western, Henty and Western Pene-Plains ; and
the probable former course of the Henby and King
Rivers. The Central Plateau is accepted from the map
in Johnston's Geology of Tasmania. The Ijoundaries of
the pene-plains are approximate, and the limits un-
certain.

2. Sketch of the view across the Henty Pene-Plain from the hill

face above the Royal Tharsis Mine, Mount Lyell.

3. Outline sketch across the Henty Pene-plain from the western

spur of Mount Lyell.
Figures 2 and 3 have been drawn by Mr. D. J. Mahoney, from
sketches by the author.

END OF VOL. XVL, PART L

[Published September, 1903.]

/'/•-.-■. U.S. Virlnriit. 10():i. t'hilr XX.

JidSS Stra.it

Former course of the King River through the Sedgwick Gap
into the Henty River.

Prnr. R.H. Virhn-io, liKKi. Phdc XXI.

Heemskirk Ranges.

The Professor.

Crown Hill.

The Professor.

N. Cliffs, Canyon of Henty.

Sea seen across
Henty Pene-Plaln.

Hills S. of Queen River.

Sea seen across
Henty Pene-Plain.

Queen River Gorge.

N. continuation of
Gentle Annie.

King River Gorge.

Gentle Annie.

PROCEEDINGS

oDiil ^mt\[) of §irtoria

VOL. XAa. (New Series).

PART II.

Edited utider the Authority of the Council.
ISSUED MARCH, 1904.

{Cufitaiiiiiig Papers rend hefare the Suciety diiriin; the months of
August, October, November, December, igos).

THK AUTHORS OK TllK SEVERAL PAPERS ARE SEVERALLY RKSPONSlliLE KOR THE

SOUNDNESS OK TBIE OPINIONS OIVES AND FOR THE ACCURACY OK THE

STATEMENTS MADE THEREIN.

MELBOUKNE :
FOKD & SON, PRINTEES, DRUMMOND STREET, CARLTON.

AGENTS TO THE SOCIETY:
WILLIAMS & NORGATE, 14 HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT GARDEN, LONDON.

To whom all coniiiuiiiicatioiis for traiisniission to the Royal Societj' of Victoria,
from all parts of Europe, should be sent.

1904.

CONTENTS OF VOLUME XVI., Pt. IL

Art. XIII. — On some Foraminifera and Ostracoda from Jurassic
(Lower Oolite) Strata, near Geraldton, Western
Australia. By Frederick Chapman, A.L.S.,
F.E.M.S. (Plates XXII., XXIII). ... 185

XIV. — Notes on the Victorian Fossil Selenariidae, and
Descriptions of some New Species (Eecent and
Fossil). By C. M. Maplestone. (Plates XXIV.,
XXV.) ... ... .. ... ... 207

XV. — Eevision of Australian Lepidoptera ; Family

Geometridae. By A. Jefferis Turner, M.D., F.E.S. 218

XVI. — The Auriferous Sandstones of Chiltern. By E. J.

Dunn, F.G.S. ... ... ... ... 285

XVII. — The Geology of the Barwon about Inverleigh. By
T. S. Hall, M.A., and G. B. Pritcard. (Plate
XXVI.) ... ... ... ... ... 292

XVIII. — On a Collection of Upper Palaeozoic and Mesozoic
Fossils from West Australia and Queensland, in
the National Museum, Melbourne. By Frederick
Chapman, A.L.S., &c. (Plates XXVII.-XXX.) ... 306

XIX. — New or Little-Known Victorian Fossils in the
National Museum ; Part ' III., Some Palaeozoic
Pteropoda. By Frederick Chapman, A.L.S., &c.
(Plate XXXL) ... ... ... ... 336

XX. — On an Unnoticed Feature of the Faulting at
Ballarat East. By T. S. Hart, M.A., F.G.S.
(Plate XXXII.) ... ... ... ... 343

XXXI. — Field Practice with the Aneroid Barometer. By

Professor W. C. Kernot, M.A., M.C.E. ... 354

Annual Report and Balance Sheet ... ... ... 365

List of Members ... ... ... ... .• ... 373

Index ... ... ... ... ... .. ... 381

Art. XIII. — On some Foraminifera and Ostracoda from
Jurassic (Loiver Oolite) Strata, near Geraldton,
Western Australia.

By FREDERICK CHAPMAN, A.L.S., RR.M.S.,

National Musevun.

(With Plates XXII., XXIII.).

[Eead 13th August, 1903].

Introductory Remarks.

During an inspection of a series of fossils collected in Western
Australia for the Hon. (then Mr.) A. C. Gregory, F.R.G.S., and
sent by Mr. R. Daintree, F.G.S., to Professor McCoy, at the
National Museum, Melbourne, I noticed that the calcareous and
sandy infilling of specimens of Cucullaea and Trigonia was so
friable and promising for microzoa, as to justify a careful search
through the material after it had been broken down and washed.
The result was very gratifying, as some entirely new Ostracoda
were found ; whilst the Foraminifera were represented by an
interesting series of twenty-three species, some of which are also
new, and those already known throw a certain light on the
affinity of these beds with others containing similar microzoic
faunas elsewhere.

The only earlier record of Jurassic Foraminifera which I can
find is that of Cristellaria cultrata, Montfort sp., given by Charles
Moore^ in his list of West Australian fossils, but unaccompanied
by any reference as to its locality. The evidence of the context
in that paper respecting the localities of the mesozoic fossil
collections in Moore's hands, points in favour either of the
district of Shark's Bay or of Champion Bay.

As regards later mesozoic microzoa, nine species of Foramini-
fera and an entomostracan have been recorded from Wollumbilla,

1 Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc, vol. xxvi., 1870, p. 231.

186 Proceedmgs of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Queensland, by Charles Moore,^ who was himself uncertain as to
the age of these beds, but made the suggestion that they belonged
to strata between the lias and cretaceous, and showing most
affinity to the Oxford clay. These Queensland beds have now
been correlated with the lower cretaceous formation, as part of
tlie Rolling Downs series.

Whilst referring to upper mesozoic Foraminifera in Australia,
mention must also be made of the important and interesting
series, comprising fifty-six species, discovered by the Rev. W.
Howchin, F.G.S., in the material from artesian well-borings in
the lower cretaceous of Central Australia."

Our present series of Foraminifera has several species in
common with Howchin's list, but they are also common to beds
ranging from upper Jurassic to lower cretaceous elsewhere, and
other species comparable even with those of recent origin.

As regards the Ostracoda there appears to be no previous
record for these fossils in Australian Jurassic strata.

DESCRIPTION OF THE FOSSILS.
Order Foraminifera.

Family Litiwlidae.

Sub-family Lituolitiae.

Genus Haplophragmiian, Reuss.

Haplophragmium neocomianum, Chapman. (PI. XXII.,

Fig. 1).

H. tieocotnianjini, Chapman, 1894, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc,
vol. 1., p. 695, pi. 34, fig.s. 2«, /;.

Idem, 1895, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6, vol. xvi., p. 315, pi.
xi., fig. 7.

Remarks. — This is a compressed, spiral, arenaceous form,
having an irregular, sub-circular outline. The whorls of the test
are involute, and the chambers are obscurely seen on the surface ;

1 Tom. ct<., p. 239; also R. Etheridge, Junr., "A Catalojriie of Australian Fossils,"
Cambrid},'e, 1878, pp. 102-4.

2 Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A., vol. viii., 1885, p. 79; vol. xvii., 1893, p. 346; Hep. Adelaide
Meeting, A.A.A.S., 1893 (1894), pp. 362-5.

Foraniinifera and Ostracoda. 187

but the latter are made apparent by moistening the test. This
species is a frequent concomitant of mesozoic microzoa, and has
been found in the rhaetic of Somerset, and the neocomian of
Dorking, England ; also in the cretaceous of South Africa
(author's MS.).

Ocairre7ice. — One specimen of medium size, Jurassic, Greenough
River district, West Australia. [2121. J

Family Textulariidae.

Sub-family Textulariinae.

Genus Textularia, Defrance.

Textularia crater, sp. nov. (PI. XXII., Figs. 2 and 2a).

Specific characters. — Test very short, laterally slightly com-
pressed, and, therefore, sub-elliptical in cross-section. Aboral
end rounded. Oral surface depressed, the apertural margin
limbate. The margin of the last and penultimate chambers
somewhat square with the upper surface of the test. Chambers
few, obscurely seen on the surface of the shell, but the textularian
arrangement may be made out without much difficulty. Texture
finely arenaceous. Length of test, 0.14 mm. Greatest width,
0.3 mm.

Affinities. — The short textularians with more or less limbate
sutures and apertural margin fall into the groups of T. trochus,
D'Orb., and T. conica, D'Orb.; according to their circular or sub-
elliptical outline in cross-section. Our specimen naturally falls
into the latter group, but may be distinguished from typical
forms of T. conica, by its rounded basin-shaped test and strongly
concave oral surface.

Occurrence. — One specimen; Greenough River district. West
Australia. [2122.]

Sub-f am ily Bulijiiininae.

Genus Bulimina, D'Orbigny.

Bulimina gregorii, sp. nov. (PL XXII., Figs. 3 and Za).

Specific characters. — Test sub-rhomboidal, compressed, with
rounded lateral edges. Aboral end terminated by a blunt spike.

188 Proceedhigs of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Aperture typically bulimine. Sutures faintly marked ; chambers
not very numerous. Shell-texture finely arenaceous. Length,
0.22 mm., greatest width, 0.13 mm.

Affinities. — The form of the test and comparative fewness of
the chambers remind one of Bulimina pyrula, D'Oi'b.^ Our
species, however, is readily distinguished from that form by the
strong compression of the test. The two species B. caudi-
gera, D'Orb.,'^ and B. ovula, D'Orb.,^ also bear some relation-
ship to our form, both in the compression of the test, and in
having an aboral spine. The compression in our .species is so
marked, amounting to a concavity of the external surface, that
it will be as well to regard it as a distinct form. It is worth
noting that B. pyrula, D'Orb., occurs in certain Jurassic clays
in England, as recorded by Messrs. Jones and Parker ("triassic"
clay of Chellaston).^

The above species is named after the of Hon. A. C. Gregory,
F.R.G.S., under whose auspices the larger fossils were collected,
and who gave them to Mr. Daintree.

Occurrence. — One specimen; Jurassic, Greenough River district,
West Australia. [2123.]

Family Lagenidae.

Sub-f am ily Nodosariinae.

Genus Maroi?iiil!na, D'Orbigny.

Mapginulina compressa, D'Orbigny, (PI. XXII., Fig. 4).

M. compressa, D'Orb., 1840, Mem. Soc. Geol. France, vol. iv.,
p. 17, pi. i., figs. 18, 19.

Reuss, 1845, Verstein. bohm. Kreidef., pt. i., p. 29, pi. xiii.,
fig. 33.

Chapman, 1894, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc, vol. 1., p. 709.

Remarks. — The genera Marginulina and Vaginulina insensibly
graduate into one another, exemplified in certain forms of the

1 D'Orbigny, 1846, For. Foss. Vienne, p. 184, pi. xi., figs. 9, 10.

2 D'Orbigny, 1826, Ann. Sci. Nat, vol. vii., p. 270, No. 16 , Module, No. 68.

3 D'Orbigny, 1839, Foram. Auii^r. Merid., p. ."il, pi. i., figs. 10, 11.

4 Jones, T. R., and Parker, W. K.: Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc, vol. xvi., 1860, pp. 4.53,
454, and 457, pi. xx., fig. 45.

Foraminifera and Ostracoda. 189

present type, the marginuline species becoming vaginuline by
the continued compression of the test. Our specimen seems to
occupy a place midway between these genera, but since it agrees
with the original figure of Marginulina compressa given by
D'Orbigny, rather than with the flatter type, Vaginulina
legumen, Linne sp., it maybe conveniently retained in the former
genus. M. compressa has been previously found in the
neocomian pebble beds of Littleton, near Guildford, England
(Chapman); the greensand of Le Mans, and the chalk of Meudon,
France (D'Orbigny) ; the chalk of Charing, Kent, England
(Jones in Morris's Catalogue); and the chalk of Bohemia (Reuss).
Occurrence. — One specimen; Jurassic, Greenough River district,
West Australia. [2124.]

Mapginulina solida, Terquem. (PI. XXIL, Fig. 17).

Marginulina hybrida, Zwingli and Kiibler (non Terquem),
1870, Foraminif. Schweiz. Jura, p. 27, pi. iii., fig.. 25.

M. solida, Terquem, 1886, Mem. Soc. Gdol. France, ser. 3, vol.
iv., Mem. ii., p. 24, pi. ii., figs. 34 to 43 {c/., fig. 40).

il/. cf. solida, Terquem, Wisniowski, 1890, Pamietnik wydz
matem.^ — ^przyrodn. Akad. Umiejetn. w. Krakowie, vol. xvii., p.
26, pi. viii. (i.), fig. 59.

Remarks. — The Australian specimen evidently belongs to this
species, which, although variable, shows certain features which
enable one to place it in the group with Marginulina glabra,
D'Orb., for a central type ; this particular form being altogether
slenderer and more compressed than the species just mentioned.

The specimens to which references are made above came from
the upper Jurassic beds of Poland and Switzerland.

Comparison may also be made with the M. pauciloculata of
Hantken,^ from the eocene of Hungary, which is also a com-
pressed few-chambered form of the type of M. glabra.

Occurrence. — One specimen; Jurassic, Greenough River district,
West Australia. [2125.]

1 Mitth. a. d. Jahrb. k. ungar. Geol. Anstalt, vol. iv., 1875 (1881), p. 47, pi. xiv., figs.
10a, h.

190 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Genus Vagifiulina, D'Orbigny.

Vaginulina schloenbachi, Reuss, var. interpupta, nov.
(PI. XXII., Fig. 5).

This variety is distinct from the specific form V. schloenbachi^
in having the long curved costae interrupted in the posterior
area of each chamber. The costae themselves are also more
numerous, averaging six in each series in the variety, against
three in the type form. The original species came from the
neocomian beds of North Germany.

Occurrence. — One specimen of this variety was found in the
Jurassic of the Greenough River district, West Australia.
[2126.]

Vaginulina lata, Comuel sp. (PL XXII., Fig. 6.)

Margitmltna /a/a, Cornuel, 1848. Mem. Soc. G^ol. France, ser.
2, vol. iii., p. 252, pi. 1, figs. 34-7.

Flanularia paiiperata^ Sone% and. Parker, 1860. Quart. Journ.
Geol. Soc, vol. xvi., p. 454, pi. xx., tig. 39.

Cristellaria simplex, Terquem, 1863. Foram. du Lias, trois-
ifeme Mem., p. 203, pi. ix., fig. 15.

Planularia pauperaio, Jones, Parker, and Brady, 1867. Proc.
Somerset Arch, and Nat. Hist. Soc, vol. xiii., p. 110, pi. ii., figs.
24, 25.

Cristellaria pauperata, (Jones and Parker) Blake, 1876. The
Yorkshire Lias, p. 465, pi. xix., fig. 12.

C. lata (Cornuel), Brady, 1884. Rep. Chalk, vol. ix., p. 539,
pi. Ixvii., figs. 18^, b.

C. lata (Cornuel), Crick and Sherborn, 1891. Journ. North
N. H. Soc, vol. vi., p. 213, pi. — ., fig. 32.

Remarks. — These compressed quasi cristellarian forms appear
more properly to belong to the genus Vaginulina, as it is now-
understood, since the pi-esent type of shell has no distinct spiral
commencement, and the test is uniformly flattened. The few-
chambered, broad, compressed shells which may be referred to

1 Reuss, 1862 (18C3), Sitzungsb, d. k. Ak. Wiss. Wien., vol. xlv., Abth. 1, p. 46, pi. iii.,
figs. 6a, h.

Formninifera and Ostracoda. 191

the above species are mostly characteristic of mesozoic strata ;
but the species has also been recorded from recent soundings off
Moncoeur Island, Bass Strait, at a depth of 38 fathoms.

Our specimen somewhat resembles a closely allied form which
was found in the gault of France and England, Vaginulina
biochei, Berthelin.' The latter form, however, is distinguished
by the thickened sutures of the chambers having a tendency to
become salient, especially on the inner (anti-stoloniferous) margin
of the test.

Occurrence. — One specimen (small) ; Jurassic, Greenough River
district, W. Australia. [2127].

Vaginulina strigiilata, Reuss. (Plate XXII., Fig. 7).

Vaginulina {Citharina) strigillata, Reuss, 1846. Verstein
bohm. Kreidef., pt. ii., p. 106, pi. xxiv., fig. 29.

V. strigillata, Reuss, Jones, and Parker, 1860. Quart. Journ.
Gaol. Soc, vol. xvi., pp. 453, 457, pi. xx., figs. 30-35.

V. strigillata, Reuss, Wisniowski, 1890. Pamietnik wydz
matem. — przyrodn. Akad. Umiejetu w. Krakowie, vol. xvii., p.
29, pi. ix. (ii.), tig. 5.

V. strigillata, Reuss, Chapman, 1894. Journ. R. Micr. Soc,
p. 432, pi. viii., figs. 3a, d, and 4.

Remarks. — The striate Vaginulinae are of very frequent
occurrence in mesozoic strata, and are fairly common throughout
the whole of the Jurassic and cretaceous strata.

The particular form under notice is distinguished from others
closely allied by the more pronounced striations on the surface
of the shell, and which bridge over the sutui'e lines, the latter
being more or less depressed.

Occurrence. — One specimen (fragmentary); jui-assic, Greenough
River district, West Australia. [21 28. J

Vaginulina intumescens, Reuss. (PI. XXII., Fig. 8).

Vaginulina intumescens, Reuss, 1862 (1863j. Sitzungsb. d. k.
Ak. Wiss. Wien, vol. xlvi., Abth. 1, p. 49, pi. iv., tig. 2.

1 M^m. Soc. G6oI. France, ser. 3, vol. 1, No. 5, 1880, p. 42, pi. ii., figs. 9a, h. Al80
Chapman, Journ. R. Micr. Soc, 1894, p. 427, pi. viii., figs. 14a, h.

192 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Margmulina scalpriitn, Terquem, 1866. Foram. du Lias,
sixieme Mem., p. 509, pi. xxi., tig. 27.

Remarks. — This species has, typically, a sub-triangular test,
strongly compressed ; ornamented with tine, curved, longitudinal
striae. Terquem's liassic specimen has more numerous and
narrower chambers than ours.

V. intumescens was originally obtained from the neocomian
of Germany, and it has also been recently found in the cretaceous
of South Africa. (Author's MS.)

Occurrence. — Frequent; Jurassic, Greenough River district,
West Australia. [2129-31.]

Genus Cristellaria, Larmarck.
Cpistellaria potulata, Lamarck sp. (PI. XXIL, Fig. 9.)

Lenticulites rotulata, Lamarck, 1804. Ann. Museum, vol. v.,
p. 188, No. 3. Tab. Encycl. Meth., pi. cccclxvi., fig. 5.

Cristellaria rotulata (Lam.), D'Orbigny, 1840. Mem. Soc.
G^ol. France, ser. 1, vol. iv., p. 26, pi. ii., tigs. 15-18.

Rotulina muensteri, Romer, 1841. Verstein. norddeutsch.
Kreidegeb., pt. 2, p. 98, pi. xv., tig. 30.

Cristellaria rotulata (Lam.), Reuss, 1846. Verstein. bohm.
Kreidef., pt. 1, p. 24, pi. viii., tigs. 50^, /;, and 70.

C muensteri (Rom.), Reuss, 1862 (1863). Sitzungsb. d. k.
Ak. Wiss. Wien., vol. xlvi., Abth. 1, p. 77, pi. ix., figs. 3a, b,
and 4rt, h.

C. lenticulata, Wisniowski, 1890. Pamietnik wydz matem. —
przyrodn. Akad. Umiejetn w. Krakowie, vol. xvii., p. 47, pi. ix.
(ii.), tigs. 24rt, b.

C. rotulata (Lam.), Perner, 1892. Foraminifery Ceskeho
cenomanu, p. 62, pi. iv., figs. 1-11.

C. rotulata (Lam.), Egger, 1899. Abhandl. K. bayer. Ak.
Wiss., CI. ii., vol. xxi., Abth. 1, p. 122, pi. xi., fig. 3.

Remarks. — This widely distributed and persistent type is a
well-known form in Jurassic deposits, but it is not nearly as
common as the more ornate type with secondarily thickened
sutures, exemplified by the Cristellaria cassis group.

Occurrence. — One specimen (small, but otherwise typical);
Jurassic, Greenough River district, West Australia. [2132].

Foraminifera and Ostracoda. 193

Cristellapia subalata, Reuss. (PL XXIL, Fig. 10.)

Cristellaria stchalata^ Reuss, 1854. Denkschr. k. Ak. Wiss.
Wieii., vol. vii., Abth. 1, p. 68, pi. xxv., tig. 13.

Robulina inegalopolitana^ Reuss, 1855. Zeitschr. d. deutsch.
geol. Gesellsch., vol. vii., p. 272, pi. ix., figs. 5rt, b.

Cristellaria subalata, Reuss, 1862 (1863). Sitzungsb. d. k.
Ak. Wiss. Wien., vol. xlvi., p. 76, pi. viii., tig. 10 ; pi. ix., tig. 1.

C. subalata, Reuss, Chapman, 1896. Joui'ii. R. Micr. Soc, p,
3, pi. 1, tigs. 3fl, b.

C. subalata, Reuss, Egger, 1899. Abhandl. k. bayer, Ak.
Wiss., CI. ii., vol. xxi., Abth. 1, p. 118, pi. xi., tigs. 19, 20.

Remarks. — This species is also known from older tertiary
strata, but is more commonly met with in the Jurassic and lower
cretaceous series. It has also been found recently in the
cretaceous of South Africa. (Author's MS.).

Oicurrence. — One specimen ; Jurassic, Greenough River dis-
trict. West Australia. [2133.]

Cristellaria prominula, Reuss. (PI. XXIT., Figs. 11, \\a).

Cristellaria pro/ni/iula, Reuss, 1855, Zeitschr. d. Geol.
Gesellsch., vol. vii., p. 271, pi. ix., tigs. 3(7. b.

C. prflviiiiula, Reuss, Chapman, 1894, Quart. Journ. Geol.
Soc, vol. ]., p. 714.

Retnarks. — The distinctive features of this form are the
prominence of the sutural lines which mark the junction of
chambers, less strongly curved on the septal face than in the
nearly allied C. subalata ; and the greater height of the chambers
when compared with the .species just mentioned. C. prominula
has been recorded from the lower and upper cretaceous of
Europe.

Occurrence. — One specimen (small) ; Jurassic, Greenough
River district, West Australia. [2134].

Cristellaria decipiens, Wisniowski. (PI. XXIL, Fig. 12.

Cristellaria decipiens, Wisniowski, 1890. Pamietnik wydz
matem. — przyrodn. Akad. Umiejetn. w. Krakowie, vol. xii., p.
42, pi. X. (iii.), tigs, ba, b, and \\a, b.

194 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Remarks. — This ornate cristellarian belongs to the group of
which C. cassis, Fichtel and Moll, sp., forms a central type.

The original specimens figured by Wisniowski, came from the
upper Jurassic (Am. ornatus beds) of Poland.

Occurrence. — One specimen ; Jurassic, Geenough River district,
West Australia. [2135].

Cristellaifia daintpeei, sp. nov. (PI. XXII., Fig. 13.

Specific characters. — Test ovate-elongate, compressed, nine
chambers visible, those forming the spiral portion sparsely
granulate to tuberculate. The sutural depressions of the last
three chambers bridged over by about seven short longitudinal
costae. The last chamber is somewhat inflated. Length 0.46
mm. ; greatest width 0.2 nun.

Affinities. — The nearest analogue to this species is C. gemmata,
Brady^ Both forms have a compressed test, but the ornamen-
tation of C. daintreei difters essentially in the semi-costate
surface markings of the last few chambers.

In the character of the ornament C. daintreei also resembles
some extreme forms of C. f ragraria, Giimbel sp. ( = C,
wetherelli, Jones sp.)- in which the test is strongly compressed,
and the later chambers costate.

The present species is named in honour of the late Mr. Richard
Daintree, F.G.S., who presented the larger fossils to the National
Museum.

OccJirrence. — One specimen; Jurassic, Greenough River district,.
"West Australia. [2136].

C pi Stellar! a COStata, Fichtel and Moll, sp., var.
compressa, nov. (PI. XXII., Fig. 14).

Ref. to type-form. —

Nautilus costatus, Fichtel and Moll., 1798, Test. Micr., p. 47,.
pi. iv., figs, o, h, and /.

Remarks. — The present variety, compressa, is a strongly com-
pressed form. The spiral commencement is not well developed,

1. Rep. Chall., vol. ix., 1884, p. 554, pi. Ixxi., fig. 6, 7.

2 Abbandl. k. bayer. Ak. Wiss., m. p.h. CI., vol. x., p. G35, pi. i., figs. 58a-c.

I

Foraminifera and Ostracoda. 195

and in this, as in other features, such as the broad curvature of
the septa, it closely approaches the vaginuline style of test. The
longitudinal costae are fairly well developed, but are somewhat
interrupted near the sutural depressions. Length of specimen
0.4 mm. ; greatest width 0.3 mm.

Ocmrrence. — One specimen; Jurassic, Greenough River district.
West Australia. [2137].

Cristellaria costata, F. and M. sp., var. seminuda, nov.
(PI. XXII., Fig. 15).

Ronarks. — This variety differs from the type in the interrup-
tion of the longitudinal costae on the central area of each
chamber. The test is also more elongate, with fewer chambers,
and is less inrolled than the type-form. The peripheral mai'gin
is bordered by a narrow keel.

Length of test, 0.38 mm.; width, 0.22 mm.

Occurrence. — One specimen; Jurassic, Greenough River district,
West Australia. [2138.]

Cristellapia cf. limata, Schwager. (PI. XXIL, Fig. 16).

Cristellaria limata., Schwager, 1868. Benecke's Geog. Pal.
Beitrage, vol. i., p. 657, pi. xxxiv.

C. limaia, Schwager, Wisniowski, 1890, Pamietnik wydz
matem. — przyrodn. Akad. Umiejetn. w. Krakowie, vol. xvii., p.
34, pi. ix. (ii.), fig. 19.

Remarks. — The group of 0. crepidula, Fichtel and Moll, sp.,
comprises many varieties or so-called species, but out of all the
well-known examples figured none can be quoted as exactly
matching the West Australian specimens. The nearest allied
form is that figured by Schwager from the Ammonites (Sonninia)
sowerbyi zone (middle brown jura, lower oolite) of Germany;
and by Wisniowski from the Ammonites (Cosmoceras) ornatus
zone (Middle Oolite) of Poland. The well-rounded outline of the
back of the test seen in our specimens is also exemplified in C.
limata, but the latter form is not so strongly compressed on the
sides. Another form which may be noticed is C. opercula, Crick
and Sherborn, from the upper lias of Moulton, Northampton,

196 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

England/ which is also comparatively thin and compressed ; C.
opercula differs, however, from the above form in the relative
paucity of the chambers, and the more circular form of the test.

Occurrence. — Somewhat frequent; Jurassic, Greenough River
district. West Australia. [2139-41].

Genus Flabellina D'Orbigny.
Flabellina dilatata, Wisniowski. PI. XXIL, Fig. 18).

Flabellina dilatata., Wisniowski, 1890, Pamietnik wydz
matem. — przyrodn. Akad. Uniiejetn. w. Krakowie, vol. xvii.,
p. 50, pi. X. (iii..), 21.

Remarks. — This species reminds one of the F. rugosa," from the
Chalk of France, England and Bohemia, but it has the sutures
practically flush with the surface of the test, whereas in F. rugosa
they are salient.

Terquem's F. semi-involuta^ is a similar form of shell, but it is
not so roundly ovate, and the chevron-shaped segments of the
later portion tend to overlap one another on the periphery. This
species came from the Jurassic (fuller's earth) series of Warsaw,
Poland. F. dilatata was obtained from the " ornatus " beds of
Poland.

Occtirrence. — One specimen; Jurassic, Greenough River district,
W^est Australia. [2142].

Sub-f am ily Polynwrphininae.

Genus Polyniorphina, D'Orbigny.

Polymorphina burdigalensis, D'Orbigny. (PI. XXIL,
Fig. 19).

Polymorphina burdigaletisis, D'Orbigny, 1826. Ann. Sci. Nat.,
vol. vii., p. 265, No. 2 ; Modele No. 29.

P. burdigaletisis, D'Orbigny, Brady, Parker, and Jones, 1870.
Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., vol. xxvii., p. 224, pi. xxxix., figs. 9a, b.

Remarks. — This species is distinguished by its compressed
form, which, on one side at least, is decidedly concave ; in this

1 Journ. Northamptonshire Nat. Hist. Soc, vol. vii., 1892, p. 71, pi. ii., figs. 23, 24.

2 Mdm. Soc. G6ol. France, 1840, s^r. 1 vol. iv., p. 23, pi. ii., figs. 4, 5 and 7.

3 Mid., 1886, ser. 3, vol. iv., Mem. ii., p. 45, pi. iv., figs. 40-44.

Foraminifera and Ostracoda. 197

latter respect it is separable from P. compressa, D'Orbigny.
The chambers are somewhat regularly alternate. D'Orbigny's
specimen came most probably from the middle tertiary near
Bordeaux. It is already known as a Jurassic species, having
been recorded from the English Lias by Tate and Blake.

Ocairrence. — One specimen ; Jurassic, Greenough River dis-
trict, West Australia. [2143].

Polymopphina gutta, D'Orbigny. (PL XXII., Fig. 20).

Polymorphina {PyniHua) gutta, D'Orbigny, 1826. Ann. Sci.
Nat., vol. vii., p. 267, No. 28, pi. xii., figs. 5, 6 ; Modele No. 30.

P. gutta, D'Orbigny, Jones, Parker, and Brady, 1866. Monogr.
Crag. Foram., pi. 1, figs. 46, 47.

P. gutta, D'Orbigny, Chapman, 1894. Quart. Journ. Geol.
Soc, vol. ]., p. 715.

Id., 1896. Journ. Koy. IVIicr. Soc, p. 10, pi. ii., fig. 7.

Remarks. — This is a well-known neocomian and gault species,
and it has also occurred in various tertiary strata.

Occurrence. — -One specimen; Jurassic, Greenough River dis-
trict, West Australia. [2144.]

Polymorphina compressa, D'Orbigny. (PL XXII., Figs.

21, 22).

Polyiiu)rphina compressa, D'Orbigny, 1846. Foram. Foss.
Vienne, p. 233, pi. xii., figs. 32-4.

Remarks. — The Australian specimens are not quite typical,
since they are much broader than D'Orbigny's examples, and are
sub-rhombic in outline ; but the form is a very variable one,
and it is perhaps better to refer it to this species rather than to
regard it as a distinct form. In the prominence of the primordial
chamber in at least one of our specimens it resembles P. buccu-
lenta, Berthelin,' from the Gault of France ; it also shows a
paucity of chambers and a similar arrangement as in that species,
but the .segments are not quite so strongly inflated.

P. compressa is well distributed throughout tlie fossiliferous
deposits commencing with the lias, and it is interesting to note
that Parker and Jones record it from the oolite series of England.

1 ilem. Soc. Geol. France, ser. 3, vol. 1, 1880, p. 58, pi. iv. (xxvii.), figs. lGa-17i.

198 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Occurrence. — Rare ; Jurassic, Greenough River district, West
Australia. [2U5-6].

Family Rotaliidae.

Sub-family Rotaliinae.

Genus Discorbina, Parker and Jones.

Discopbina rosacea, D'Orbigny sp. (PI. XXII., Figs,
23, 23r7, b).

Rotalia rosacea, D'Orbigny, 1826. Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. vii., p.
273, No. 15; Modele No^ 39.

Discorbina rosacea, D'Orbigny sp., Brady, 1884. Rep. Chall.,
vol. ix., p. 644, pi. Ixxxvii., figs. 1, 4.

D. rosacea, D'Orbigny sp.. Chapman, 1894. Quart. Journ.
Geol. Soc, vol. 1., p. 719.

Remarks. — -The occurrence of the above minute species is
interesting as extending its range in time. It was previously
recorded from the neocomian of England, besides being well-
known as a tertiary fossil.

Occurrence. — One specimen ; Jurassic, Greenough River dis-
trict. West Australia. [2147].

Genus Truncatulina, D'Orbigny.

Tpuncatulina wuellerstorfi, Schwager sp. (PI. XXIL,
Figs. 24, 1\a, b).

Anomalina wuellerstorfi, Schwager, 1866. Novara Exped.,
Geol. Theil, vol. ii., p. 258, pi. vii., figs. 105, 107.

Truncatulina ivuellerstorfi, Schwager sp., Brady, 1884. Rep.
Chall., vol. ix., p. 662, pi. xciii., figs. 8, 9.

T. wuellerstorfi, Schwager sp., Chapman, 1894. Quart. Journ.
Geol. Soc, vol. 1., p. 722.

Id., 1898, Journ. R. Micr. Soc, p. 3, pi. 1, tigs. ?>a-c.

Remarks. — This is another species which now has its range in
time extended, since it was previously known only from the
English neocomian of Surrey and the gault of Kent, as regards
mesozoic strata. It is also a tertiary fossil. The example
before us shows all the characters of the species, and especially

Foraminifera and Ostracoda. 11>9

the tendency of the chambers to overlay one another at the
sutural lines, whereas in T. lobatula the separate chambers are
more inflated.

Occurrence. — One specimen ; Jurassic, Greenough River dis-
trict, West Australia. [2148.]

Super-order OSTRACODA.

[All the following genera belong to the Family Cytheridae\.

Genus Cythere, Miiller.

Cythere dpupacea, Jones, var. fortiop, var. nov.
(Plate XXIII., Figs. 3, Za, U.

Remarks. — The type species was described by Professor Rupert
Jones^ from the boring at Richmond, Surrey, England, at a
depth of 1205 feet, in a stratum of calcareous aiarl referred by
Professor Judd to the great oolite. It was also found in the
Bargate beds (neocomian, with possibly older, derived, fossils) of
Guildford, Surrey.

Description. — The present variety, although closely approxi-
mating to the type species in general shape, differs in the
modified ornament of the valves which, instead of consisting of a
series of concentric wrinkles as in the tyjDe form, has a concen-
tric series of pittings, which pass from the nearly circular in the
median area to linear and parallel excavations nearer the margins,
especially near the ventral and posterior borders. In our specimen
the anterior flange is corrugated by a few divergent and flattened
ridges. The ventral aspect of the carapace is roundly ovate and
tumid in the posterior third. The end view is cordate. Length of
specimen figured, 0.62 mm.; greatest height, 0.36 mm.; thickness
of carapace, 0.36 mm. The valves were invariably found united.

Occurrence. — Rare; Jurassic, Greenough River district. West
Australia. [2149].

Cythe^^e lob u lata, sp. nov. (PI. XXTIL, Figs. 4, 4«, ^b.)

Specific characters. — Valves, seen from the side, sub-quadrate,
narrowing towards the posterior extremity. Highest in tl^

7^6- -^

1 Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc, vol. xl., 1884, p. 772, pi. xxxiv., fig. 30. X-v\'/v%08 iU ^ -v

/^ ^^

ujI library)^

200 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

anterior third. Anterior margin rounded on the ventral angle ;
obliquely rounded dorsally, having a marginal flange which is
feebly corrugated. Carapace thickening towards the posterior
extremity and becoming steep in front of the sub-acute posterior
area. Surface swollen and somewhat lumpy, with indications of
shallow pittings. Hingement showing the characteristic thin
ridge, which tits into the furrow of the opposite (right) valve ;
tooth and fossa obscure. Length of valves, 0.6 mm.; greatest
height, 0.3 mm.; thickness of carapace, 0.26 mm.

Ajfi7iities. — At tirst sight the shape of the species reminds one
of Cytheridea trapezoidalis, Terquem,^ but the form of hinge in
the latter species is clearly that of a Cytheridea. Cythere har-
risiana, Jones,- of the English cretaceous, also bears a general
resemblance to our form in its outline, but the tumid portion of
the posterior region in the latter is more oblique.

Occurrence. — One example (represented by a left valve) ;
Jurassic, Greenough River district, West Australia. [2150.]

Cythere corrosa, Jones and Sherborn, var. grossepunc-

tata, var. nov. (PI. XXIII., Figs. 5, 5«, bb.)
Descriptive remarks. — The above variety is distinguished from
the type form,'* which was found in the fuller's earth oolite of
Midford, near Bath, England, essentially in its more elongate
carapace, and coarser and fewer pittings. The anterior flange-
like margin is corrugated in this variety, and the posterior
flange is striate.

Measurements. — Length of valve, 0.7 mm.; greatest height,
0..32 mm.; thickness of carapace, 0.32 mm.

Occurrence. — Fairly common ; Jurassic, Greenough River dis-
trict, West Australia. [2151.]

Genus Loxoconcha, G. 0. Sars.
Loxoconcha elongata, sp. nov. (PI. XXIIL, Figs. 2, 2a, lb).

Specific characters. — Carapace, as seen from the side, elongate,
ovate, flexuous in outline ; with a sharply rounded, antero-ventral

1 Mem. Soc. Geol. France, ser. 3, vol. iv., 1885, p. 31, pi. iv., figs. 20(i-c.

2 See Jones and Hinde, Suppl. Mon. Cret. Kntoni. (Pal. Soc), 1890, p. 16, pi. i., figs.
47-52.

3 Jones and Sherborn, Proc. Bath. Nat. Hist, and Aiitiq. F. Club, vol. vi., 1888, No. 3,
p. 254, pi. ii., figs. 12(i-c.

Foramlnifera and Ostracoda. 201

angle, and an obliquely rounded antero-dorsal. A thick flange
runs round the front margin, especially developed towards the
ventral angle ; a similar one is seen on the sub-acute posterior
extremity. Highest in the anterior third. Edge view of cara-
pace ovate, tumid. Valve edges closely adpressed but not
overlapping. End view sub-cordate. Surface of valves perfectly
smooth. A group of ovoid muscle spots closely arranged around
a ringlike centre is seen in the middle of each valve.

Measurements. — Length, 0.7 mm.; greatest height, 0.35 mm.;
thickness of carapace, 0.34 mm.

Remarks. — Most of the known species described under this
genus are recent forms, but Dr. G. S. Brady remarks' that,
" many fossil species described by authors under various generic
terms — ^Cythere, Cytherina, Bairdia, etc. — belong by rights to
Loxoconcha."

The specimen figured here is probably a female, having regard
to the comparative tumidity of the carapace, and its well-rounded
angles.

Occurrence. — Rare ; Jurassic, Greenough River district, West
Australia. [2152.]

Loxoconcha jurassica, sp. nov. (PI. XXIIL, Figs. 6, 6^ 6/^).

Specific characters. — Valves seen from the side, sub-rectangular;
hinge-line slightly concave. Ends lipped and well rounded, the
antero-dorsal angle obliquely curved. Surface of valve rising
towards the postero-ventral, and forming a protuberance in that
region. Edge-view depressed-ovate. End view sub-cordate.
Surface of carapace ornamented with a few interrupted striae
parallel with the ventral margin.

Measiiremetits. — Length of valve, 0.43 mm.; greatest height,
0.21 mm.; thickness of carapace, 0.21 mm.

Affinities. — This species has the same general features as G. S.
Brady's L. variolata,'- although it differs from it considerably in
certain respects, such as the linear arrangement of the surface
pittings. Brady's species is found fossil in tertiary strata, and

1 Rep. Chall. Zool., 1880, vol. i., pt. iii., p. 116.

2 Trans. Zool. Sec, vol. x., pt. 8, 1878, p. 400, pi. Ixviii., figs, ia-d; Kep. Chall. Zool.,
torn. sup. tit., p. 121, pi. xxix., flgs. 6a-d.

202 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

it is also living at the present day, being recorded off Booby
Island, in 6 to 8 fathoms.

Occurrence. — One carapace found ; Jurassic, Greenough River
district, West Australia. [2153.]

Genus Paradoxorhynchn, gen. no v.

Generic characters/ — Carapace seen from the side sub-quadrate ;
dorsal and ventral lines with a slight convexity. Ventral border
with a notch at the antero-ventral angle, in front of which is a
beak similar to that in Cypridea. Posterior extremity produced
into a beak-like process as in Cytherura. Right valve larger,
overlapping the left. Habitat, most probably marine.

Remarks on the genus. — This striking form seems to combine
certain characteristics of the genera Cypridea (a freshwater and
estuarine genus) with Cytherura and Cytheropteron (marine
forms). All the genera named have the two valves unequal, but
whereas in Cypridea the left valve is the larger, in Paradoxo-
rhyncha it is the right valve which overlaps ; in this respect it
agrees with the arrangement found in Cytherura and Cytherop-
teron. In the salient, almost wing-like, extension of the postero-
ventral angle, Paradoxorhyncha further agrees with Cytherop-
teron, and the real relationship of the new genus probably lies
nearer the last-named genus.

Paradoxorhyncha foveolata, gen. et sp. nov.
(Plate XXIII., Figs. 1, 1^, 1^).

Specific characters. — In addition to the above features, presum-
ably generic, the following may be added. Carapace thickest at
the posterior third. Seen from the side, the interior margin is
obliquely rounded at the angles, making the anterior extremity
narrow ; flanged on the extreme border. Surface of valve steep
towards the ventral border, gently sloping away to the dorsal
margin. Ornamented with somewliat closely set areolae or
polygonal pittings, four, five or six-sided. Edge view of valve
sub-rhomboidal, tumid. End view depressed cordate.

1 Since these are founded on a single specimen they must be regarded only as provi-
eional, pending the discover}' o( further specimens.

Foraiuinifera and Ostracoda. 203

Measurements. — Length of valve, 0.67 mm.; height, 0.5 mm.;
thickness of carapace, about 0.46 mm.

Occurrence. — One valve ; Jurassic, Greenough River district.
West Australia. [2154.]

Genus Cyiheropteron, G. O. Sars.

Cytheropteron austral iense, sp. nov. (Plate XXIII.,

Figs. 7, la, lb).

Specific characters. — Valves elongate-ovate, surface rising from
the depressed dorsal area to a swollen or even ridge-like promin-
ence along the ventral border ; the summit of the ridge is in the
middle of the ventral line, and its edge slopes away in a bold
curve towards the antero- and postero-dorsal margin. Both
extremities of valve rounded and depressed. Surface of valve
marked with faint concentric striae, formed of interrupted pittings
running parallel with the edge of the ventral prominence, and
curving round to enclose the central area. Indications of the
muscle attachments are seen as a cluster of five minute ovoid
depressions, almost in the position of the median sulcus, which is
often present in this genus.

Measttrements. — Length of valve, 0.57 nmi.; greatest height,
0.3 mm.; thickness of carapace, 0.3 mm.

Affinities. — The nearest allied form to the above species seems
to be Cytheropteron concentricum, Reuss sp., and especially its
variety virginea, Jones.' C. australiense differs from these
mainly in the squarer form of the valve as seen from the side,
the more ridge-like ventral prominence, and the rhomboidal edge-
view of the carapace. It is, however, closely allied to Professor
Jones's variety above referred to, and further specimens from
Australia may show a still nearer relationship. It is worth
noting in connection with the age of the above form and its allies,
that the variety virginea had its range extended into the
neocomian by the present author's discovery of the rich microzoic
fauna of the Bargate beds in Surrey.

Occurrence. — A specimen with united valves ; Jurassic, Green-
ough River district, West Australia. [2155.]

1 See Jones and Hiiide, .Suppl. Mon. C'ret. Entom. (Pal. Soc), 1890, p. 32, pi. i., %8.
li-17.

2a

204 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

GENERAL SUMMARY.

The present series of Foraminifera very closely resembles, as a
whole, that usually obtained from the oolite formation in Europe.
The family of the Lituolidae is here represented by a single
species of the genus Haplophragmium, of a form especially
typical of mesozoic strata. The family of the Textulariidae is
represented by a new species each of Textularia and Bulimina,
both of which are, more or less, allied to types which have a wide
range in time. The family Lagenidae contains the largest
number of species, the nodosarines, comprising four genera —
Marginulina, Vaginulina, Cristellaria, and Flabellina,— to which
fifteen species and varieties are referred, four of which are new ;
these have altogether a strong oolite aspect. The polymorphines
have three species, belonging to the genus Polymorphina, and
have a generally unrestricted range both in time and space. The
remaining two species belong to the family of the Rotaliidae,
and represent the genera Discorbina and Truncatulina ; these
have also a wide distribution.

Of the Ostracoda there are seven species and varieties, all of
which are apparently new. They are comprised within the
genei'a Cythere, Loxoconcha, Cytheropteron, and Paradoxo-
rhyncha, and are all members of the Family Cytheridae. The
new genus Paradoxorhyncha is a peculiar form, in which the
carapace resembles Oypridea in certain features, but is, on the
whole, possibly allied more nearly to Cytheropteron and Cytlier-
ura. Two of the new varieties are referred to specific types
Avhich are essentially mesozoic. The remainder ai-e new forms.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XXIL, XXIII.

Plate XXIL

Fig. \. — Haplophragmium }ieoco?nianufn, Chapman. Lateral
aspect. X \.
„ 2. — Textularia crater, sp. nov. Oral aspect. x 56.
J, 2«. — ,, ,, ,, Lateral aspect. x 56.

„ 3. — Bulimina gregorii, &Y>. 1WV. Lateral aspect. x 112.

Foi'aminifera and Ostracoda. 205

Fig. 3a. — Bulimma gregorii, sp. nov. Outline in cross-section.

X 112.
,, 4. — Margimilina co/npressa, D'Orbigny. Lateral aspect.

X 28.
„ 5. — Vagi7iulina schloenbachi, Reuss. Var. interrupta, nov.

X 56.
,, 6. — V. lata, Cornuel, sp. Lateral aspect. x 56.
,, 7. — V. strigillata, Reuss. ,, ,, (fragmentary).

X 56.
„ 8. — V. intionescens, Reuss. ,, ,, x 56.

,, 9. — Cristellaria rotulaia, Lamarck sp. Lateral aspect.

x 56.
,, 10. — C. subalata, Reuss. Lateral aspect. x 56.
J, 11. — C. pro)iiimcla, Reuss. ,, ,, x 84.

„ IL;. — ,, ,, Peripheral aspect. x 84.

,, 12. — C. decipiens, Wisniowski. Lateral aspect. x 56.
,, 13. — C. daintreei, sp. nov. Lateral aspect. x 56.
,, 14. — C. cosiata, F. and M. sp., var. co/npressa, nov. Lateral

aspect. x 56.
,, 15. — C. costaia, F. and M. sp., var. seinimida, nov. Lateral

aspect. X 56.
,, 16. — C. c/. /imata, ^chwsigei: Lateral aspect. x 56.
,, 17. — Alarginzi/ina so/t'da, Tei-qnem. Lateral aspect. x 55.
,, 18. — Flabellina dila/ata, Wisniowski. „ „ x 56.

,, 19. — Polymorphina burdigalensis, D'Orbigny. Lateral as-
pect. X 56.
,, 20. — P. gutta, D'Orbigny. Lateral aspect. x 56.
,, 21, 22. — P. coiitpressa, D'Orbigny. Lateral aspects, x 56.
,, 23. — Discorhina rosacea, D'Orbigny sp. Superior aspect.

X 56.
,, 1'ha. — Discorbina rosacea, D'Orbigny sp. Inferior aspect.

X 56.
„ 23^. — Discorbina rosacea, D'Orbigny sp. Peripheral aspect.

X 56.
„ 24. — Truncatidina ivuellerstorfi, Schwager sp. Superior

aspect. X 56.
,, 24fl. — Trtmcatulina wuellerstorfi, Schwager sp. Inferior

aspect. X 56.
„ 24(^. — Truncatulina wuellerstorfi, Schwager sp. Oral aspect.

X 56.

206 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Plate XXIII.

(All figures on this plate magnified 56 diameters).

Fig. 1. — Paradoxorhyticha foveolata, sp. nov. Right valve.

lateral aspect.
„ \a. — Paradoxorhyticha foveolata, sp. nov. Edge view, ventral

aspect.
,. 1^. — Paradoxorhyticha foveolafa, sp. nov. End view.
,, 2. — Loxoconcha elongaia^ sp. nov. Left valve, lateral aspect.
,, 2a. — ,, ,, ,, Edge view of carapace.

,, 2b. — ,, ,, ,, End view.

,, 3. — Cythere drupacea, Jones, var. /ortior, var. nov. Cara-
pace from right side.
,, 3rt. — Cythere drupacea, Jones, var. fortior, var. nov. Edge

view of carapace.
,, Zb. — Cythere driipacea, Jones, var. fortior, var. nov. End

view.
,, 4. — C. lobulata, sp. nov. Left valve, lateral aspect.
„ 4rt. — „ „ Edge view.

,, ^b. — ,, ,, End view of carapace.

„ 5. — C. corrosa, Jones and Sherborn, var. grossepunctata, var.

nov. Left valve, lateral aspect.
,, 5fl. — C. corrosa., Jones and Sherborn, var. grossepunctata., var.

nov. Edge view of carapace.
,, 5^. — C. corrosa, Jones and Sherborn, var. grossepunctata, var.

nov. End view.
,, 6. — Loxoconcha jurassica, sp. nov. Left valve. Lateral

aspect.
„ 6^. — Loxoconcha Jurassica, sp. nov. Edge view of carapace.
,, %b. — ,, ,, ,, End view.

„ 7. — Cytheropierofi australiense, sp. nov. Right valve, lateral

aspect.
„ 7a. — Cyiheropteron australiense, sp. nov. Edge view.
„ lb.— „ „ „ End view.

Proc. R.S. Virtorla, 1903. Plata XXII.

Jurassic IVIicrozoa.

Proc. R.S. Victoria, lOO-'i. Phitc XXIII.

F.C. delt.

Jurassic Microzoa.

Art. XIV. — Notes on the Victorian Fossil Selenariidae,
and Descriptions of some Netu Species {Recent and
Fossil).

By C. M. MAPLESTONE.

(With Plates XXIV., XXV.).

[Read 8th October, 1903].

In the course of my examination of our Tertiary Polyzoa I
found considerable difficulty in arriving at the correct names for
some of the species of the family Selenariidae which references to
the original descriptions did not remove, but rather increased,
owing either to some of them not being satisfactorily described,
or having been described from worn specimens, or the same
name being given to different species, or the same species being
described under different names.

The following is an endeavour to disentangle the confusion
existing. I will first of all deal with those species which have
been recorded as fossil.

Lunulites parvicelia, T. Woods. T.R.S. S.A., 1879, p. 10.

The figures given by Dr. MacGillivray and Tenison Woods
show the zoaria to be from 2 to 10 millimetres in diameter, but I
have found fragments, which evidently belonged to zoaria of com-
paratively enormous size, 100 to 120 millimetres in diameter.

L. canaliculata, McG. T.R.S. V., 1895, p. 45.

This diftVrs from the former species in the vibracular cells
being in single linear series between the zooecia and not irreg-
ularly scattered as in that species.

L. rutella, T. Woods. T.R.S. S.A., 1879, p. 9.

L. aperta, T. Woods. T.R.S. S. A., 1879, p. 7.

L. aperta is merely a very much worn specimen of L. rutella.

L. bifopmis, McG. T.R.S. V., 1895, p. 46.

In specimens that I have of this species the central zooecia are
entirely closed up, as is the case in some other species of this

208 Proceedings of tJte Royal Society of Victoria.

family, and the partial tilling up of them, which Dr. MacGillivray
describes, is merely an intermediate stage in the closure, and
there are not two forms of zooecia as implied in the description.

L. angulopora, T. Woods. T.R.S. S.A., 1879, p. 7.

This is not found fossil. It is living in New South Wales.
The form described by Dr. MacGillivray (T.R.S. V., 1875, p. 46)
as "?L. angulopora " is not this species. I have some small
fragments of that form, which I have not been able to place,
indeed I doubt if they belong to this family.

L. magna, T. Woods. T.R.S. S.A., 1879, p. 7.

This is referred by Mr. Waters (Q.J.G.S., 1885, p. 295) to the
genus Microporella. I have not seen this species ; it is not
recorded for Victoria. It occurs in the Mount Gambier ajid
Aldinga deposits.

L. guineensis, Busk. B.M.C. II., p. 98.

This has been recorded by Mr. Waters from Curdie's Creek.
I have not found it in any of the material examined by me.

Capularia canariensis, Busk. Crag Polyzoa, p. 87.

I have found this in our Tertiaries, and Mr. Waters records it
from Aldinga, S.A. These last two species should probably be
united. In Miss Jelly's catalogue, L. guineensis is given as a
synonym of C. canariensis.

Selenaria maculata, Busk. B.M.C. II., p. 101.

S. alata, T. Woods. T.R.S. S.A., 1879, p. 11.
Also livin" on the Australian coasts.

S. punctata, T. Woods. T.R.S. S.A., 1879, p. 9.
(PI. XXIV., Fig. 2).

S. fenestrata, Haswell. Pr. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1880, p. 42.

This species is not found fossil. Dr. MacGillivray quotes
Haswell's species as a synonym, but it is very doubtful whether
it be so, as all that Haswell says about it is that it differs from
S. maculata " in the presence of two small fenestrae on the

Victorian Fossil Selenariidae. 209

front of each cell." He gives no figure. T. Woods described
this species from a recent form from New South Wales, and he
does not record it as fossil. The fossil form described and
figured b}' Dr. MacGillivray is a very much larger one, the
zooecia being four times as long and four times as broad as that
described by T. Woods. I had assumed Dr. MacGillivray's
identification to be correct, and I only discovered my mistake
upon receiving from Mr. Whitelegge some specimens of the
recent form, in answer to my request for some to compare with
the fossil, because my specimens were not quite perfect ; the
vibracular areas were broken away. The dimensions of the
zooecia of the fossil are 0.5 millimetre wide, 0.7 millimetre long ;
those of the recent form are 0.15 millimetre wide, 0.17 long, or only
about one-sixteenth the size of those of the fossil. T. Woods' figure
of S. punctata, though it shows the zooecia upside down, shows
that they were very small, and Dr. MacGillivray, in his descrip-
tion of the fossil, says that "it differs from S. maculata, to which
it is closely allied, in the /a/\^e size of the zooecia and the stellate
pores betow the aperture." He must have overlooked the fact
that Woods spoke of the small size of the zooecia as compared
with those of other species, and Mr. Waters seems to have
followed him in his identification, both evidently considering the
two pores as being the principal, if not the only, characteristic
separating that species from others. Two similar pores occur
not only in this species and in the fossil, but also in two other
forms which are described in this paper.

S. marginata, T. Woods. T.R.S. 8. A., 1879, p. 9.

S. squamosa, McG. T.R.S. V., 1895, p. 48.

Lunulites initia, Waters, Q.J.G.S., Aug., 1883, p. 4-12.

Dr. MacGillivray, in his monograph of the Tertiary Polyzoa of
Victoria, on page 48, describes a species as new, under the name
S. squamosa, giving as synonyms S. marginata, T. Woods, and
Lunulites initia, Waters. He .says he was inclined to refer it to
S. marginata as Mr. Waters had done, though as the description
given by Woods disagreed witli it in many particulars, and was
so imperfect as to make the identification doubtful, he gave the
species a new name ; but, unfortunately, he gave it the same

210 Froceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

name (squamosa) that Woods gave in 1880 to a species described
by him in the Palaeontology of New Zealand, Part IV. (Corals
and Bryozoa), p. 29, fig. 29, which is quite different. Now,
although Woods' descriptions and figures are not very satisfactory,
because he misunderstood the structure of the Selenariidae, I
think his name (niarginata) should stand for Dr. MacGillivray's
S. squamosa ; at the same time Woods' S. squamosa cannot stand,
because it is evident that this species is the same as one he
described in T.R.S. S.A., 1879, p. 8, as S. cupola, which name
has been recognised by authors, and he has also described in the
same paper as S. exigua one which I consider to be the same
species ; he says it is similar to S. cupola, and was " worn."
This species (S. cupola) presents a very variable appearance
according as it is either in a perfect condition or more or less
worn ; but I have no hesitation in uniting Woods' S. exigua and
tS. squamosa with it, one of the principal characteristics of which
is the regular radiating series of the zooecia, for, though Woods
in his description of S. squamosa, says " zooecia irregularly dis-
posed," the figure shows them to be as regular as those of S. cupola.
In retaining the name S. inarginata I would apply to it the
description given by Dr. MacGillivray of his S. squamosa and its
varieties. Lunulites initia. Waters, I consider to be merely
a young form of this species.

S. concinna, T. Woods. T.R.S. S.A., 1879, p. 10.
Also living on the Australian coasts.

S. cupola, T. Woods. T.R.S. V., 1895, p. 49.

S. cupola, T. Woods. T.R.S. S.A., 1879, p. 14.

S. squamosa, T. Woods. N.Z. Pal., pt. iv., Cor. and Bry.,
1880, p. 29.

S. exigua, T. Woods. T.R.S. S.A., 1879, p. 8.

The position of this species has been discussed in the remarks
upon S. niarginata, but I would note that I have a specimen of
it in which the zooecia have two projecting points or spines on
the outer or distal margin. Tiiough Dr. MacGillivray's figure of
this species shows that the marginal zooecia have an irregular
distal border, indicating probably the presence of spines, he does

Victo7'ian Fossil Seienariidae. 211

not figure nor mention any spines on the zooecia generally, but,
through the kindness of Professor Spencer, I have been enabled
to examine the specimen from which Dr. McGillivray's figure
was drawn, and on some of the inner zooecia there are traces of
spines, so that probably my specimen is a perfect form, and all
the others more or less worn.

S. petaloides, D'Orbigny.

Lunulites petaloides, D'Orbigny. P.F.T.C, vol. v., p. 353,
pi. 705, figs. 6-9.

Mr. Waters has, in Q.J.G.S., 1883, p. 442, recorded this as
from Muddy Creek, and quotes S. cupola, T. Woods, as a
synonym, but, as Dr. MacGillivray shows, this is an error,
because in S. petaloides the zooecia are distinct behind, which
they are not in S. cupola. I have a specimen of S. petaloides
from the Beaumaris deposit, in which the outline of each zooecium
is distinctly seen on the dorsal surface.

In my remarks upon S. punctata I have said that it is not
found fossil, and that there is an enormous difference in the size
of the zooecia of this and the fossil form. I have lately had a
quantity of Polyzoa, dredged by Dr. Yerco in South Australian
waters, for examination, among which were several specimens of
a form allied to S. punctata, in which the zooecia are intermedi-
ate in size between it and tlie fossil, namely, 0.3 millimetres
wide and 0.2 to 0.25 long; and since then I have received from
Mr. Whitelegge another form from WoUongong, N.S.W., in
which the zooecia are about the same size. All these forms have
two pores in the front wall of the zooecia, but that is the only
characteristic in common ; in all other respects they differ from
one another. I have therefore considered it advisable to re-name
the fossil form S. magnipunctata ; the South Australian form I
have named S. bimorphocella, in allusion to the two sizes of
zooecia in the adult form ; and the WoUongong form S. parti-
punctata, as the vibracular cells are not completely covered with
punctures, leaving to the N.S.W. (Port Jackson) form the name
S. punctata, by which it was originally described by Woods.

The following are the descriptions of these four species, and I
wish to state that I have used the term " thyrostome " (oral
aperture) as it has been applied by Dr. MacGillivray, not only to

212 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

the aperture in the membranous layer (ectocyst), but also to the
aperture in the calcareous layer (cryptocyst), though for the
latter the term " opesia " would be more correct.

S. magni punctata, nom. nov. (PI. XXIV., Fig. 1).

S. punctata, McG. T.R.S.V., 1895, p. 47.

Waters. Q.J.G.S., Aug., 1883, p. 440.
„ Waters. A.M.N. H., Sept., 1887, p. 201.

?S. fenestrata, Haswell. Pr. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1880, p. 42.

" Zoarium discoid, convex ; zooecia in irregularly radiating
series, wider above, lamina finely granular, inferior and lateral
parts depressed, rising to the aperture below which on each side
is a large stellate pore ; aperture large, rounded above, straight or
slightly hollowed below ; vibracular cells large, with a distinct
margin, cribriform. Posterior surface of zoarium with radiating
convex ridges, with large round pores, and separated by deep
furrows, at the bottom of which are raised lines" (McG.).

Localities.— Lower beds Muddy Creek (T. S. Hall); Mitchell
River and Jimmy's Point (J. Dennant).

I have given Dr. MacGillivray's description, as it is evidently
from a better preserved specimen than mine, of which, however,
I have figured four zooecia to compare with the other figures;
all the figures are drawn with the camera lucida to the same
scale.

S. punctata, T. Woods. T.R.S. S.A., 1879, p. 9.
(PI. XXIV., Fig. 2).

Zoaria small, discoid, massive, convex or roundly conical, from
two to four millimetres in diameter. Zooecia ovate (0.15 milli-
metre wide, 0.17 long), irregularly arranged. Thyrostome arched
above, nearly straight below ; two small pores below it. Vibrac-
ular cells much larger than the zooecia, very finely punctate,
with a very prominent anvil-shaped articulation, inside the
opening, for the vibraculum. Dorsal surface ribbed, with round
pores.

Localities. — Port Jackson and Port Stephens, N.S.W., and
Princess Charlotte Island, Queensland (T. Whitelegge).

This is distingished by the uniformly small size and great con-
vexity of the zoarium, the small zooecia and by the vibracular

Victorian Fossil Selenariidae. 213

cell being very much larger than the zooecial cells. I have not
seen the vibracula, there are none preserved upon the specimens
I have. This is the form, as before stated, wliich Woods
described as S. punctata, it is not found fossil, and I have
described it from my specimens as, in his description, he has
mistaken the distal end of the zooecium for the proximal and the
vibracular cells for ooecia.

S. bimopphocella, nov. sp. (PI. XXIV., Fig. 3).

Zoaria discoid, up to 1 cm. in diameter, slightly convex.
Zooecia, 0.3 mm. wide, 0.2 long, imbricate, in very regular linear
series, the distal margin being nearly a semicircle, the lateral
and proximal margins are formed by the distal margins of the
adjoining zooecia. In some of the larger (adult) zoaria, there are
on the margin one or two rows of zooecia more than double the
size of those in the other portion of the zoaria, about 0.4 mm.
long, and the same wide, and on the extreme margin there are
some large, apparently imperfect, zooecia with very large trifoli-
ate apertures, which are seen when they are incinerated. The
thyi'ostomes are arched above and nearly straight below, the
membranous layer is raised (especially in the larger zooecia) into-
a convex elevation below the thyrostome. The two pores in the
calcareous front wall are very rarely perceptiVjle through the
membranous layer. When incinerated the thyrostome in the
normal zooecia aie seen to be arched above, with a broad curved
sinus below, in the angles of which are two round pores, so close
to the proximal margin that sometimes it is either broken away,
or not calcified, so as to resemble the thyrostome of S. maculata ;.
but in the larger zooecia they are arched above and nearly
straight below, the two pores are stellate and at some distance
from the proximal margin. The vibracular cells are ovoid,
closely punctate, the vibracula thick and nearly straight (only a
portion is shown in the figure). The edge of the zoaria is covered
with small granulations. Dorsal surface ridf^ed, with numerous-
large round pores.

Locality. — St. Vincent's Gulf, >S.A., 17 fathoms (Dr. Verco);.
Fossil, Jimmy's Point (J. Dennant).

This is separated from the other forms by the presence on the
margin, of adult zoaria, of one or two rows of zooecia more thaix

214 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

twice as large as the normal ones, also by the very regular
imbricate arrangement of the small zooecia, and the form of the
vibraculum. Since I determined this species I found in the
Jimmy's Point deposit some fragments of zooaria which agree
exactly with the recent form, and show on the margin the
characteristic large zooecia.

S. parti punctata, nov. sp. (PI. XXIV., Fig. 4).

Zooecia discoid, 5 mm. in diameter, very convex, nearly hemis-
pherical. Zooecia irregularly hexagonal, 0.3 mm. in diameter,
the upper angles being rounded. Thyrostome arched above,
proximal margin sometimes slightly incurved and having a con-
vexity below. The two pores in the calcareous front wall are
hardly ever perceptible through the membranous layer. Vibrac-
ular cells ovoid, much longer than broad, closely punctate, but
the punctures are confined to an oval area, the extreme proximal
portion and sides being smooth, with a projection at each upper
angle ; vibracula very long, slender, flexible and minutely ringed.
In an incinerated specimen the proximal margin of the thyros-
tome is seen to have a broad mucro or projecting plate ; the pores
are stellate. In some zooecia near the margin the mucro is of
dilferent construction, it is triangular, with the sharp point
projecting, and it is apparently connected with the front wall
only at each proximal angle, below the level of the zooecial front
wall, leaving a narrow space or slit between them, and there is a
raised ridge above the thyrostome. In the zooecia on the
extreme margin the calcareous front wall has, instead of two
small pores, two large lenticular openings, causing them to
assume an appearance similar to that of Caleschara denticulata.

Locality. — Wollongong, N.S.W. (T. Whitelegge).

This is separated from the other forms by the mucro in the
thyrostome, the very long slender vibracula, and the form of the
front wall of the marginal zooecia.

The three following species from South Australia have not
been described before, and I have recently found one of them
fossil.

S. hexagonal is, nov. sp. (PI. XXIV., Fig. 5).

Zoarium discoid, 8 to 15 mm. in diameter, slightly raised in
the centre. Under surface with r.uliatin" and bifurcating I'idees

Victor LUii Fossil Selenariickte. 215

which, when incine fated, show one or two irregular rows of small
pures. Zooecia hexagonal, with margins raised. Thyrostorae
large, nearly circular, vvith a narrow raised granular border.
The zooecia in the centi'al portion of the zoarium are sometimes
covered with a granular calcareous growth, leaving two or more
elongated openings on the face. Vibracular cells large, irregu-
larly oval, with wedge-shaped perforations radiating from the
median line.

Localities. — Investigator Strait, S.A., 15 fathoms ; Royston
Head, Yorke's Peninsula, S.A., 15 fathoms (Dr. Verco); Fossil,
Jimmy's Point (J. Dennant).

In the shape of the zooecia this somewhat resembles S. mar-
ginata, T. Woods, but the form of the thyrostome is different,
and the vibracular cells are large and oval, instead of being very
small. I have figured a portion of an incinerated specimen,
which shows the peculiar manner in which the older zooecia are
closed, or nearly so, by calcareous growth.

I had found some fragments of this in the deposit from
Jimmy's Point, and had put them aside for further examination;
on comparing them with the recent form, I tind they agree with
it in every particular.

Lunulites patellifopmis, nov. sp. (PI. XXV., Fig. 6).

Zoarium thick, oval, much raised, one end sloping very
abruptly ; very large, 28 to 40 mm. long, 25 to 35 mm. wide, and
15 to 25 mm. high. Zooecia disposed "in regular radiating lines,
elongate, sides parallel, distal margin arched, proximal incurved,
margins raised, granular or crenate, a more or less developed
broad mucro in the proximal margin of some of the zooecia.
Four small circular communication pores on the lateral walls in
a transverse row near the upper surface. Vibracula in single
longitudinal series between each row of zooecia ; vibracular area
elongated, slightly broader distally ; vibracular mandible narrow,
slendei", with an acute apex. Under surface of zoarium with
radiating ridges covered with an epidermis, when incinerated the
calcareous layer is seen to be granulated, and there are disclosed
a number of very large pores, varying considerably in size,
irregularly placed, but sometimes longitudinally disposed, and

216 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

also irregular cross lines dividing them into areas prol)ably
corresponding to the margins of the zooecia.

Localities. — St. Vincent's Gulf, and Backstairs Passage, 17 to
22 fathoms; Investigator's Strait, 15 to 20 fathoms (D. Verco);
Newcastle, N.S.W. (T. Whitelegge).

L. repandus, nov. sp. (PI. XXV., Fig. 7).

Zoarium thin, nearly circular, but with irregularly waved
margins, much raised, apex central and slope of sides uniform,
24 to 33 mm. in diameter, 8 to 14 mm. high. Zooecia in radiat-
ing rows, very irregular in shape, margins raised, thyrostome
very irregular in shape. Vihracula scattered, area elongated,
very large, broader distally ; mandible 1.5 mm. long, thick, with
pointed apex. Under surface of zoarium with radiating ridges
covered with epidermis, but when incinerated they show two
rows of pores, and only a few cross lines or divisions ; surface
smooth. There are about ten circular communication pores
situated distally on each side of the zooecia.

Localities. — Investigator's Strait, 15 to 20 fathoms ; Royston
Head, Yorke's Peninsula, 15 fathoms (Dr. Verco).

This is very near the last described species, but the zoaria are
very much thinner, the zooecia are not so regular in shape, the
vibracula are very much larger, and disposed irregularly.

ADDENDUM.

Since writing the above I have found in the Otway deposit
two specimens of another new species of Selenaria, which I now
describe, in order to make these notes as complete as possible.

Selenaria otwayensis, n. sp. (PI. XXV., Fig. 8).

Zoarium small, oblong or oval, very convex, 5 mm. long, 3 mm.
wide, and 2 mm. high. Zooecia in linear series, distinct ; front
surface orbicular, concave, granulated, with raised margins.
Thyrostome arched above, sides nearly straiglit, proximal margin
slightly incurved. In the older zooecia this margin is extended
distally so as to form a long tongue, and ultimately the front
wall is entirely closed up. Vibracular cells in linear series
between the zooecia, smooth, witli an auricular opening in the

^ror U.S. ViHorh,, I'm:!. I'latc XXIV.

^Ui

Vie?^

'^

*)

r -^W

5

^"/»^ Tf^vy

i

4-

■Si^j?,<

5

V-

I'ror. U.S. Victorui, V.KKi. I'lale XXV.

G

m^

.i*'

•_ ft

«' ilfeii-'

b

7

Sc

■ 7-

■Mft^

Victorian Fossil Selenariidae. 217

proximal part and aii uncalcified space in the distal part. Under
surface of zoariuni irregularly ridged.

Locality. — Cape Otway (J. Denuant).

This is a very distinct form. One specimen is oblong, with
the corners rounded, the other is oval ; the front wall of the
zooecia is nearly circular and somewhat resembles that of 8.
marginata, but the very peculiar vibracular cells separate it
from all other species. It has two openings, the proximal one
being auricular in shape, and probably that in which the vibra-
cula were articulated. It is also a very good exemplification of
the closing up process which takes place in some species ; each of
the specimens shows cells partially and entirely tilled up, and in
the small portion figured there are several partially, and one
entirely closed.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XXIV. and XXV.

Fig. 1.— Selenaria magnipunctata, nom. nov.

2

punctata, T. Woods.

3.—

bimorphocella, n. s{).

•da.—

,, (incinei-ated).

L—

partipunctata, n. sp.

4a.—

,, (incinerated).

.3.—

hexagonalis, n. sp. (incinerated).

ba. —

,, (dor.sal surface).

5/a —

,, (vibraculum).

be. —

,, (communication pores).

6.— Lu

nul

lites patellifoi'mis, n. sp. (incinerated).

6a.—

,, (dorsal surface).

6/;.—

,, (vibraculum).

&c.—

,, (communication pores),

7.—

repandus, n. sp. (incinerated).

la. —

,, (dorsal surface).

7/;.—

,, (vil)raculum).

Ic. —

., (communication pores).

8. — Selenaria otwayensis, n. sp.
All figures are magnified 50 diameters and reduced to 25.

3

Art. XV. — Bevislon of Australian Le'picl,optera.
Family Geumetridae.

By a. JEFFERIS TURNER, M.D., F.E.S.
[Read 8th October, 1903.].

Since Mr. Edw. Meyrick publislied a revision of the Au.stral-
ian Geometridae a little more than a decade ago, the number of
new species described has been very lai-ge, and the group appears
to be relap.sing into confusion. Even in the first .sub-family, the
Hydriomeninae, in which there have been fewer additions than
in the others, the number of recognised sjDecies has in the present
revision been increased by one-half, and there has been a corres-
ponding increase in the number of synonyms. This must be my
excuse for this attempt, which is of course very largely founded on
Mr. Meyrick's work. I have however endeavoui'ed to exercise my
own judgment on as much of the material as has been accessible
to me, and the few instances in which I have been led to different
conclusions are indicated in the text. I have examined the types
in the British Museuiu collection described by Walker, and those
in the Rotliscliild collection described by Mr. Warren. Many of
the latter I have been able to identify, but some are unknown to
me, and the time at my disposal did not permit of a thorough
structural examination. Mr. Lower has kindly lent me the types
described by him in the first two sub-families, which has been a
most valuable help. Dr. Lucas's species I have identified to the
best of my ability.

The names which should be attached to some of the larger and
most widely distributed genera still remain in doubt ; and the
question can only be adequately settled by an historical inquiry,
for which I have not the opportunity. This state of things,
though unfortunate, may not be an unmixed evil, if it leads the
student to concentrate his attention on the definitions, which are
the real genera, and not wholly on the names, which are merely
their tickets or labels.

Australian Lepidoptera. 219

Sub-family Hydriomeninae.

With the exception of the genera Gymnoscelis and Chloro-
clystis, Avhicli are well represented in Queensland, and of the
Indo-Malayan genus Sauris, this sub-family is almost entirely a
temperate one, only a small minority of the species ranging into
Southern Queensland. In Tasmania, Victoria, and the mountains
of New South Wales there are numerous species especially of the
large genus Hydriomena.

In the classification of the sub-family I have followed Mr.
Meyrick for the most part, but have made use of a character
pointed out by Sir George Hampson — the origin of vein 5 of the
hind wings. This has introduced a difficulty, inasmuch as
without an examination of the type species and an elaborate
research through the older literature, both of which are impos-
sible for me, I am not able to determine what generic names,
among the many that offer themselves, should be applied to the
groups so separated. I have therefore contented myself with
dividing the genera Eucymatoge, Hydriomena, and Xanthorhoe
into sections, and indicating in the following tabulation what I
consider their natural arrangement. It will be coinparatively
easy at a later date to substitute generic names for these sections.

Most of the genera are more or less cosmopolitan. The small
genera Scotocyma, Anomocentris, and Diploctena appear to be
endemic.

I am particularly indebted to Mr. G. Lyell for examples of the
Victorian species, both by gift and loan. Indeed, without his
assistance I could hardly have undertaken this revision.

j\Ir. Lyell also, together with Mr. J. A. Kershaw, kindly
identified for me five species described by Walker in his
" Characters of Undescribed Lepidoptera Heterocera," from the
types in the Melbourne Museum.

The aberrant genus Cleptocosmia, Warr., is not included in
the following tabulation, but is given separately as an appendix
to the sub-family.

Tabulation of Genera.

A. — Thorax and coxae not hairy beneath.
B. — Posterior tibiae without median spurs.

220 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

C. — Face smooth. Posterior tibiae in 3' ^^''^

. without terminal spurs - - - 1. Sauris 222

CC. — Face with cone of scales. Posterior
tibiae in 3' with terminal spurs.
D. — Tongue present. Antennae in 3

simple- . . - 2. Gymnoscelis 224

DD. — Tongue absent. Antennae in 3

pectinated - - - 18. Anomocentris 268

BB. — Posterior tibiae with median spurs.
C. — Fore wings with areole single.

D. — Fore wings with vein 11 running
into 12.
E. — Fore wing with vein 5 approxi-
mated at base to 4 - - 7. Microdes 237
EE. — Fore wings with vein 5 widely

separate from 4 - - 3. Chloroclystis 228

DD. — Fore wings with vein 11 free.
E. — Abdomen with small segmental
crests.
F. — Fore wings with tuft of raised

scales in disc - - 4. Mesoptila 235

FF. — Fore wings without tuft of

raised scales - - 5. Tephroclystia 235

EE. — Abdomen not crested.

F. — Face smooth - - - 8. Euchoeca 239

FF. — Face with projecting scales.

G. — Palpi ascending - - 11. Scotocyma 245

GG. — Palpi porrect - - 10. Scordylia 244

CC — Fore wings with areole double.

D. — Face smooth - - - - 9. Asthena 240
DD. — Face with projecting scales.

E. — Hind wing with vein 5 approxi-
mated at base to 6, discocellular
straight.
F. — Abdomen with segmental crests

throughout 12. Eucymatnge (Sections I.

and II.) 247

Australian Leqndoj^tera. 221

FF. — Abdoiiien not crested or at ^*-^^

most with one or two basal
crests only.
G. — Antennae of c? simple, serrate
or laminate.
H. — Hind wings in <? with
discal patch of modified
scales - - - 17. Melitulias 2G7
HH. — Hind wings in c? with-
out patch of modified
scales - - -16. Hydriomena

(Section I.) 252
GG. — Antennae of c? pectinate.
H. — Antennae of ^ with two
pairs of pectinations on
each segment - 19. Diploctena 269

HH. — Antennae of cT with one
pair of pectinations on
each segment 20. Xanthorhoe

(Section I.) 270
EE. — Hind wings with vein 5 from
middle or below middle of dis-
cocellular, which is usually
angled.
F. — Abdomen with segmental crests
throughout.
G. — Hind wing of c? deeply in-
cised near tornus - 6. Mnesiloba 236
GG. — Hind wing of (? not incised

near tornus - - 12. Eucymatoge

(Section III.^ 250
FF. — Abdomen not crested, or at
most with one or two basal
crests only.
G. — Antennae of 3' not pectinate.
H. — Hind wing of <? with one
vein wanting.
J. — Hind wing of (? with

vein 4 absent 13. Heterochasta 250

222 Proceedings of tJte Royal Society of Victoria.

JJ. — Hind wing of c? with p^^^

vein 6 absent 14. Polyclysta 251

HH.— Hind wing of ^ with all
veins present.
J. — Fore wing of c? with
hairy groove on vein
1 - - - 15. Protaulaca 251
J J. — Fore wing of <? with-
out hairy groove on
vein 1 • - 16. Hydriomena

(Sections II. and III.) 266
GG. — Antennae of cJ pectinate 20. Xanthorhoe

(Section II.) 274
AA. — Thorax and coxae densely hairy beneath

B. — Fore wings with areole single - - 21. Dasysterna 277
BB. — Fore wings with areole double - 22. Dasyuris 277

Genus 1. Saupis.

Sauris, Gn. Lep. X., p. 361.

Face smooth. Palpi long, porrected, smooth-scaled. Antennae
stout, laterally compressed, in t? very minutely ciliated. Pos-
terior tibiae in c? without spurs, in ? with terminal spurs only.
Fore wings with areole simple. Hind wings much distorted in (?,
in $ small, veins 3 and 4 stalked, 6 and 7 stalked^ 8 anastom-
osing with cell to near end.

A remarkable genus of which the species appear to be very
variable, and are best to be recognised by the extraordinarily
complicated secondary sexual characters of the males.

Type. — S. hirudinata, Gn.
1. Fore wing of c? incised at tornus - - - - hirudinata
Fore wing of t? not incised at tornus - - - lichenias

1. Sauris lichenias.

Remodes lichenias, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 806.

(? with forewing not distorted at tornus ; hind wing with
veins 3 and 6 absent, inner margin turned over towards base,
forming a large oval vesicle ; wing not otherwise distorted.

Australian Lepidoptera. 223

In the only c? I have seen the abdomen and hind legs are
damaged.

Type in Coll. Meyrick. Q., Brisbane. N.S.W., Sydney.

2. Sauris hirudinata.

Sauris hirudinata, Gn. Lep. x., p. 362. Hmps. Moths Ind.,
iii., p. 410.

Sauris remodesaria, Wlk. Brit. Mus. Cat. xxiv., 1253.

Sauris remodesaria, Moore. Lep. Ceyl., iii., pi. 207, f. 3, s. 2.

Sauris vetustata, Wlk. Brit. Mus. Cat. xxxv., p. 1680.

Remodes interruptata, Moore. Lep. Atk., p. 270.

Remodes triseriata, Moore. Lep. Ceyl. iii., p. 485, pi. 207,
f. 1, 4.

Remodes elaica, Meyr. Tr.E.S., 1886, p. 193.

Remodes melanoceros, Meyr. Tr.E.S., 1889, p. 481, RL.S.
N.S.W., 1890, p. 805.

Remodes malaca, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 804.

Remodes cinerosa, Warr. Nov. Zool., 1894, p. 397.

(? with fore wing distorted at tornus, being incised immediately
above tornus, with a fringe of dense hair on lower margin of
incision, and with a fovea containing a curved tuft of hair imme-
diately beneath tornus ; hind wings much distorted, veins 3 and
6 aljsent, base of inner margin turned over to form a vesicle,
surmounted by a membranous lid, mid-termen incised and several
times folded, forming a deep fovea containing dark hair on under
side ; abdomen with a pair of lateral pencil-like tufts near base ;
posterior tibiae with an outer tuft of hair at extremity.

Var. vetustata, from Brisbane. All green markings absent
from head, body and fore wings, being replaced by grey, with
dark fuscous lines on fore wings. This variety is so different in
appearance that I should have regarded it as a distinct species if
it were not that the secondary 3' characters appear to agree
accurately with the type form.

Swinhoe (Tr.E.S., 1902, p. 653) gives also Remodes angulosa,
Warr (Nov. Zool., 1896, p. 382), and Remodes cirrhigera, Warr
(Nov. Zool., 1897, p. 395), as synonyms.

N.Q., Townsville.

Q., Duaringa, Gympie, Brisbane, Stradbrooke Island.

224 Proceedings of fJie Royal Society of Victoria.

Also from New Guinea, Fiji, Java, Sumatra, Ceylon, India,
and Afiica.

Genus 2. Gymnoscelis.

Gymnoscelis, Mabille. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (4), vii., p. 656
(1867).

Face with short cone of scales. Palpi moderate, porrected,
rough-scaled. Antennae in 3" ciliated. Thorax glabrous beneath.
Abdomen crested. Posterior tibiae in both sexes without median
spurs. Fore wings with areole simple, 11 sometimes anasto-
mosing with or running into 12. Hind wings with 8 anasto-
mosing with cell from near base to beyond middle (Meyrick,
Tr.E.S., 1892, p. 65).

Type. — G. pumilata, Hb., from Europe.

A small genus principally developed in the Indo-Malayan
region. One species occurs in Europe, and Sir George Hampson
records seven from India. The species are inconspicuous, and
require careful discrimination.

1. Fore and hind wings with a whitish spot on

middle of termen . . . - .

Foi'e and hind wings without whitish terminal

spot --------

2. Fore wings greenish ------

Fore wings not greenish -----

3. Hind wings with termen more or less projecting

between veins 3 and 4 -
Hind wings with termen rounded - - -

4. Terminal projection slight, fore wings with a

looped antemedian line - . - .

Terminal projection strongly marked, fore wings
without a looped antemedian line

5. Thorax with a dark fuscous, transverse, posterior

coquina

erymna
3

4
5

acidna

bar -----
Thorax without a dark transverse bar

delocyma
lophopus

3. Gymnoscelis lophopus, n. sp.

[Ao<;i)os a crest, and ttous a foot ; with crested feet].

(? ?, 15-16 mm. Head whitish; lower margin of face mixed
with fuscous. Palpi whitish, mixed with fuscous. Antennae

Australian Lepidoptera. 225

whitish. Thorax whitish ; a blackish ti'ansverse bar across
middle of patagia. Abdomen ochrec^us-whitish, mixed with
fuscous ; tuft in <^ large, white. Legs whitish ; anterior
pair mixed with fuscous ; in c? anterior femora are clothed
with long whitish hairs beneath, anterior tibiae with a large
tuft of grey hairs at base, directed backwards, middle and
posterior tibiae with dense apical tufts of dark leaden-grey
hairs. Fore wings elongate, triangular, costa slightly arched,
apex round-pointed, termen scarcely rounded, oblique; 11
anastomosing with 12 ; whitisli, with reddish-brown irroration
more maiked in $, rarely greenish tinged; a few scattered
black scales ; several suffused basal lines best marked on costa ;
antemedian line sharply defined posteriorly, from ^ costa to I-
dorsum, with a rounded angle above middle ; median line faintly
indicated ; postmediau line sharply defined posteriorly from
f costa to |- dorsum, once or twice acutely dentate ; an acutely
dentate whitish subterminai line ; an interrupted fuscous
terminal line; cilia wliitish. Hind wings with termen rounded;
colour and markings as in fore wings, but antemedian line not
angled, postmedian line darker, and subterminai line indistinct
not dentate.

The <^ of this species is readily recognised by its tufted tibiae.
In this it agrees with tibialis, Moore, from India, the type of
Moore's genus Iramba, but I do not consider these tufts to be of
generic value.

Type in Coll. Turner.

N. Q., Townsville, in June and July, and again in February.
Seven specimens leceived from Mr. F. P. Dodd, who has found
the larvae on Acacia aulacocarpa ; Q., Brisbane.

4. Gymnoscelis coquina.

Gymnoscelis coquina, Warr. Nov. Zool, 1897, p. 69.
I have seen the types of this apparently very distinct species
in Coll. Rothschild.
N. Q., Cooktown.

5. Gymnosceles erymna.

Eupithecia erymna, Meyr. Tr.E.8., 1886, p. 192.
Gymnoscelis erymna, Meyr. P.L.S. K.S.W., 1890, p. 794.

226 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

?Grymno.scelis subrufata, Warr. Nov. ZooL, 1898, p. 24.

I have examined Warren's type, but cannot be sure whether it
is identical with this species, of which I possess no examples.

Meyrick gives Queensland without further locality ; Warren's
type is from Duaringa. Also from New Guinea and Tonga.

Type in Coll. Meyrick.

6. Gymnoscelis delocyma, n. sp.

[ScAos clear, distinct Kv/xa a wave ; in allusion to the distinct
markings on the forewings.]

(? 2, 12-16 mm. Head brown-whitish. Palpi dark fuscous,
mixed with brown-whitish. Antennae with projecting scales at
joints ; ciliations in male \ ; brown-whitish anuulated with
fuscous. Thorax brown-whitish ; posteriorly crossed by a broad
fuscous posterior bar. Abdomen brown-whitish. Legs dark
fuscous ; posterior pair ochreous-whitish. Fore wings elongate-
triangular ; 11 running into 12; brown-whitish, with faintly
indicated darker lines ; markings blackish ; a dot on costa
near base, followed by some whitish scales ; an inwardly
oblique line from costa at }^ to base of dorsum ; an
angulated Hue from costa at ^ to dorsum at ^, faintly marked
towards dorsum, preceded by an obscure whitish line ; an inter-
rupted angidated line from costa at ^ to dorsum at ^, followed by
a whitish line ; a submarginal acutely dentate whitish line,
immediately preceded by several blackish dots ; an interrupted
terminal line ; cilia, basal half brown-whitish barred with fuscous,
apical half grey, apices whitish. Hind wings rather narrow ;
colour and markings as in fore wings, but with only one basal
line, which is obsolete except towards inner margin ; posterior
line obtusely angulated, slightly concave internal to angle ;
subterminal line acutely dentate. G. tristrigosa, Butl., from
Formosa, is closely allied, but posterior line of fore wing is
different in form.

Type in Coll. Turner.

N. Q., Townsville, in November, December, and February.
Six specimens received from Mr. F. P. Dodd, who bred them
from Scypiiiphora hydrophylacea, the larvae turning over and
fastening down the young foliage and feeding under cover like a
pyrale.

AiLstiulixin Lepidoiitera. 227

7. Gymnoscelis minima.

Chloroclystis minima, Warr. Nov. Zool., 1897, p. 227.

<? ?, 12-13 mm. Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous-whitish,
sparsely irrorated with dark fuscous. Palpi dark fuscous. An-
tennae whitish, with a few fuscous annulations towards base;
ciliations in c? \. Legs whitish ; antei'ior pair fuscous, tarsi
annulated with whitish. Fore wings triangular; 11 running
into 12; whitish sutiused with grey towards costa and terinen,
markings dark fuscous ; basal and antemedian lines indistinct,
except near costa ; median line almost obsolete ; postmedian
line narrow, rounded, finely waved, with a pair of confluent
dark fuscous dots above middle ; a faint whitish subterminal
line preceded by a dark suffusion on costa ; no terminal line ;
cilia pale grey. Hind wings with termen excavated above
middle, projecting between veins 3 and 4 ; colour and markings
as in fore wings, but second line without spots and forming an
obtuse projection below middle.

Type in Coll. Rothschild.

N. Q., Geraldton (Johnstone River) ; Q., Burpengary, near
Brisbane, and Stradbrooke Island ; in April and Decembei', six
specimens. It appears to be attached to Phyllanthus ferdinandi.

8. Gymnoscelis acidna, n. sp.
[ttKtSi/o?, weak, feeble].

(? ?, 12-13 mm. Head whitish, irrorated with dark fuscous;
face and palpi dark fuscous. Antennae whitish, towards apex
fuscous. Thorax and abdomen whitish, irrorated with dark
fuscous. Legs whitish, anterior pair fuscous. Fore wings
elongate-triangular ; whitish, with numerous suffused fuscous
transverse lines ; two or three very ol)Scure basal lines ; a fine
antemedian line from ^ costa to | dorsum, forming several obtuse
projections or loops ; a faint median line, closely followed by a
broader postmedian line with a rounded angle above middle,
nearly straight above and below angle ; a tine wavy wliitish sub-
terminal line; a fuscous terminal line interrupted on veins;
cilia pale grey, bases interrupted l>y whitish dots opposite veins.
Hind wings with termen projecting somewhat between veins 3
and 4 ; colour and markings as in fore wings.

228 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Type in Coll. Tiu-ner.

N. Q., Townsville, in December and February ; six specimens
received from Mr. F. P. Dodd.

Genus 3. Chlopoclystis.

Chloroclystis, Hb. Verz., 323.

Face with short cone of scales. Palpi moderate, porrected,
rough-scaled. Antennae in c? shortly ciliated, fasciculate-ciliated
or naked. Thorax glabrous beneath. Abdomen crested. Pos-
terior tibiae with all spurs present, or rarely with only a single
proximal and two distal spurs. Fore wings with areole simple,
11 running into or anastomosing with 12. Hind wings with 8
anastomosing with cell from near base to beyond middle.

Type. — Chloroclystis coronata, Hb., from Europe.

This is probably a large genus, although there ai'e but few
European species. Pasiphila, Meyr., is a synonym. Phrisso-
gonus, Butl., is here included, although Mr. Meyrick has regarded
it as distinct. The secondary sexual characters of the 3' do not
appear to me here of generic value, as they are different in each
species.

The species are small and inconspicuous, and are difficult to
tabulate. The males of the first section are often very different
from the females, and are most easily recognised by their
secondary sexual characters.

Theie are no doubt many yet unrecognised species in the
northern parts of Australia.

1. Wings with transverse lines, mainly reddish-

fuscous ------- 2

Wings with transverse lines not reddish-fuscous 3

2. Hind wings with lines obsolete towards costa - pyretodes
Hind wings with lines not obsolete towards costa filata

3. Hind wings with lines distinct only towards

inner margin ------ laticostata

Hind wings with lines equally distinct throughout 4

4. Hind wings with posterior line not angulated - insigillata
Hind wings with posterior line angulated - - 5

5. Wings with metallic irroration - - - metallospora
Winos without metallic irroration - - - 6

Australian Lepldoptera. 229

6. Hind wings witli termeu excised above luiddle catastreptes
Hind wings with termen rounded or slightly

sinuate -.--..- 7

7. Wings more or less greenish tinged . . - 8
Wings not greenish ------ 9

8. Wings with darker median band - - - cissocosma
Wings without darker median Ijand - - - mniochroa

9. Hind wings with posterior line marked with dark

longitudinal streaks ----- 10

Hind wings with posterior line without dark

streaks ------- 12

10. Hind wings with posterior line acutely angulated 11
Hind wings with posterior line not acutely angu-
lated -------- testulafca

11. Fore wings with posterior line once angulated - guttifera
Fore wings with posterior line twice angulated

and wavy ------- nigrilineata

12. Lower half of face dark fuscous - - - - gonias
Face wholly grey - - - - - ' ablechra

Section I. — Males with scioiidary sexual characters on fore tvings
(Phi'issogonus).

9. Chloroclystis catastreptes.

Phrissogonus catastreptes, Meyr. P.L.S. N.8.W., 1890, p. 797.

Type in Coll. Meyrick.

N.Q., Mackay ; Q., Brisbane ; N.S.W., Sydney.

10. Chloroclystis testulata.

Eupithecia testulata, Gn. Lep. x., p. 352.

Scotosia denotata, Wlk. Brit. Mus. Cat., xxv., p. 1361.

Phibalapteryx parvulata, Wlk. Brit. Mus. Cat., xxvi., p. 1721.

Phrissogonus denotatus, iMeyr. P.L.S. N.S.AV., 1890, p. 798.

I cannot be sure from the description that Guenee's name
applies to this species, but think ic highly probable.

Var. a. 1 . Fore wings with central part of disc sutl'usedly
whitish.

From Hobart (Coll. Lyell).

230 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Var. Ik ? . Thorax, base of abdomen, base of fore wing, and
an oblique line beneath apex, suffused with reddish.

From Gisborne (Coll. Lyell).

N.S.W., Glen Innes, Newcastle, Sydney, Bathurst, Cooma ;
v., Gisborne i T., Deloraine, Hobart ; S.A., Mt. Lofty,
Port Lincoln. Also from New Zealand.

n. Chloroclystis insigillata.

Eupithecia insigillata, Wlk. Brit. Mus. Cat., xxiv., p. 1245.

Eupithecia destructata, Wlk. Char. Undescr. Lep. Het., p.
80.

Phrissogonus insigillatus, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 799.

Type in British Mu.seum.

N.Q., Townsville ; Q., Brisbane, Southport ; N.S.W., Glen
Innes, Sydney; V., Gisborne, Melbourne; S.A., Mt. Lofty;
W.A., Albany, Perth, York.

12. Chloroclystis approximata.

Larentia approximata, Wlk. Char. Undesc. Lep. Het., p. 79.

Phrissogonus pyretodes, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 799.

Type in Melbourne Museum.

Mr. Illidge has found the larvae of this species feeding on the
flowers of acacia.

Q., Brisbane; N.S.W., Newcastle, Sydney; V., Melbourne,
Gisborne ; T., George's Bay.

13. Chlorocly'stis laticostata.

Larentia laticostata, AVlk. Brit. Mus. Cat., xxiv., p. 1196.

Scotosia canata. Wlk. Brit. Mus. Cat., xxv., p. 1357.

Phrissogonus laticostatus, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 801.

Type in British Museum.

Q., Duaringa, Nambour, BrisVjane, Southport, Warwick, Dalby ;
N.S.W., Glen Lines, Sydney, Blackheath, Bathurst, Cooma; V.,
Gisborne, Warragul, Melbourne, Birchip ; T., Hobart; S.A., Mt.
Lofty, Port Lincoln; W.A., Albany, Geraldton, Carnarvon.

Australian Leiyidoptera. 231

Seclion II. — Males ivithoiit secondary sexital characters in Jore wings
(Chloroclystis).

14. Chloroclystis pilata.

Eupithecia filata, Gn. Lep. x., p. 353.

Phibalapteryx rubroferrata, Wlk. Brit. Mus. Cat., xxv., p.
1341.

Pasiphila filata, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 795.

N.S.W., Sydney, Mt. Kosciusko; V., Melboui'ne, Gisborne ;
T., Deloraine, Hobart.

15. Chloroclystis metallospora, n. sp.
[/xeraXXoo-TTopos, sprinkled with metal].

<? ?, 13-20 mm. Head and antennae grey-whitish. Palpi
»rey-whitish mixed with blacki.sh. Thorax and abdomen whitish
mixed with grey and dark fuscous, with scattered scales showing
pale brassy reflections. Legs whitish, anterior pair fuscous ;
tarsi annulated with whitish ; posterior tibiae with outer spurs
about half as long as inner spurs. Fore wings elongate-triangu-
lar ; grey-whitish irrorated with fuscous ; many scales showing
a brassy reflection in oblique light ; markings blackish ; a trans-
verse line near base ; two well-marked lines from costa before
middle arising near together, first waved, second sigmoid,
diverging towards inner margin at ^ and f ; a posterior line
from costa at | to before anal angle, first straight, sharply bent
in middle of disc and thence inwardly curved ; an obscure
dentate whitish subterminal line ; an interrupted black line along
hind margin ; cilia grey, apices and a series of dots opposite
veins whitish. Hind wings as fore wings, but basal and median
lines absent ; second line with a prominent median acute projec-
tion.

Variety. — Median band of fore wing and hind wing between
iirst and posterior lines wholly dark fuscous except towards costa,
the fuscous sufl'usion extending in hind wing along inner margin
nearly to base.

Q., Brisbane ; taken rather commonly on fences in July,
August and September.

232 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria

16. Chlokoclystis cissocosma, n. sp.
\^KL(j(TOKO(Tixo<;, with ivy-green ornamentation].

(? ?, 16-18 mm. Head green mixed with white. Palpi dark
fuscous mixed with whitish. Antennae grey ; in c? with a short
rounded process from upper surface of basal joint, ciliations
minute (i). Thorax green mixed with whitish and fuscous.
Abdomen whitish mixed with ferruginous, dark fuscous, and
green. Legs whitish ; anterior pair fuscous, tibiae and tarsi
annulated with whitish ; posterior tibiae with outer distal spur
short, inner long, in <? very long and thickened, outer proximal
spur absent. Fore wings elongate-triangular, costa in 3' abruptly
bent near base, in ? gently arched, termen bowed, oblique ;
green with fine white lines and fuscous blotches and suffusion ;
a broad median band partly suffused with fuscous, and followed
by two line white lines, posterior edge arched outwards and
twice obtusely angled ; a fine white dentate subterminal line
preceded by three dark fuscous blotches on costa and above and
below middle ; a dark fuscous terminal line, narrowly interrupted
by white on veins ; cilia grey, narrowly interrupted by white
opposite veins. Hind wings rather narrow, tei-men rounded,
slightly indented at J from costa ; colour and markings as fore
wings, but subterminal fuscous blotches less developed.

This species would be referable to Warren's genus Megatheca,
which I think is not to be regarded as a distinct genus, the de-
velopment of the proximal spurs of hind tibiae being variable in
allied species, the outer spur tending to obsolescence. Compare
with the following species.

Type in Coll. Turner.

Q., Brisbane, from May to August ; four specimens.

17. Chlokoclystis mxiochroa, n. sp.

[^i/to;)(pwo?, mossy-tinged].
(? $, 15-19 mm. Head whitisii ; face and palpi whiti.sh, ir-
rorated with dark fuscous. Antennae whitish, towards apices
grey ; in <? with a thick ridge of dark grey hairs on middle half
of upper edge, ciliations minute [\). Thorax and abdomen
whitish mixed with dark fuscous and greenish. Legs fuscous,
tarsal annulations and posterior pair whitish ; posterior tibiae

Australidn Lepidoptera. 233

with outer distal spur about }, inner, outer proximal spur about
^ inner. Fore wings elongate-triangular, costa moderately arched,
termen bowed, oblique ; grey, greenish-tinged, with some fuscous
irroration ; partly irrorated with pale ferruginous towards costa ;
indications of a fuscous basal line ; antemedian line fuscous from
J costa to ^ dorsum, angled outwards in disc; postmedian line
crenulate from ^ costa to j dorsum, arched outwards in disc and
twice obtusely angulated, edged by a whitish line ; a tine dentate
whitish subterminal line ; an interrupted fuscous terminal line ;
cilia grey interrupted by whitish opposite veins. Hind wings
rather narrow, termen crenulate ; colour and markings as fore
wings.

Type in Coll. Turner.

Q., Nambour and Brisbane, in March, July, and November;
three specimens.

18. Chloroclystis guttifera, n. sp.
[Guttiferus, marked by drops].

3' ?, 15-18 mm. Head and palpi white. Antennae grey-
whitish ; ciliations of male \. Thorax and abdomen white,
irrorated with pale ochreous-fuscous ; first three abdominal
segments annulated and irrorated with blackish. Legs whitish,
anterior pair mostly fuscous ; posterior tibiae with inner spurs
very long, outer spurs about ^ as long. Fore wings elongate-
triangular ; white suffused with pale grey, which forms numerous
obscure transverse lines, with a few scattered dark fuscous scales ;
markings dark fuscous ; a line from costa at ^ to inner margin
near base ; an obscure or incomplete line from costa at | to inner
margin at \ ; posterior line from costa at f to inner margin at |,
beneath angulation incomplete, being represented by short longi-
tudinal lines along veins ; a fine waved white subterminal line,
preceded by small fuscous suffusions at and beneath costa; a
narrow interrupted hind marginal line ; cilia whitish, barred
with grey. Hind wings i-ather narrow ; termen scarcely crenulate ;
markings as fore wings, but basal line absent ; posterior
line very acutely angulated in disc, being represented only by
longitudinal marks on veins.

Q., Brisbane, Stradbrooke Island ; two specimens.

234 Proceedings of the Royal Societi/ of Victoria.

19. Ohloroclystis nigrilineata.
Chloi'oclystis nigrilineata, Warr. Nov. Zool., 1898, p. 23.

I have seen only the type whicli is a ? without hind legs, but
is probably correctly referred to this genus.
Q., Duaringa (Warren).

20. Chloroclystis gonias, n. sp.

[yoji'ta, an angle.].

?, 22 mm. Head whitish ; lower half of face and palpi dark
fuscous. Antennae grey ; basal joint whitish. Thorax brown-
whitish ; upper edge and apex of tegulae fuscous. Abdomen
brown-whitish, with a longitudinal lateral blackish line as far as
sixth segment ; beneath this is a white blotch on fifth and sixth
segments. Legs whitish ; anterior pair infuscated ; posterior
tibiae with distal spurs long, inner twice as long as outer,
proximal spurs very short, equal. Fore wings triangular; pale
brownish, suffused with whitish ; markings dark fuscous ; traces
of a basal line ; a line along costa to |^ ; a finely dentate, inter-
rupted line from costa at i to inner margin at |^ ; a faintly
marked whitish line from costa at |- to middle of inner mai'gin ;
a strongly marked line from costa at ^ sharply angulated just
below middle of disc, thence slightly wavy to inner margin at -I ;
a partly obsolete wavy whitish subterminal line ; a dot on costa
before apex ; cilia whitish, mixed with pale brownish. Hind
wings rather narrow ; termen wavy ; colour and markings as
in fore wings, but basal and antemedian lines wanting ; pos-
terior line with a prominent double obtuse projection in disc
below middle ; succeeded by some whitish scales, and a white
spot above anal angle ; a white dot on termen opposite angle of
posterior line.

Chloroclystis acygonia, iSwin., from Assam, is closely allied.

Q,, Brisbane; one specimen in September.

21. Chloroclystis ablechra, n. sp.

[a/3X.T])(po<;, weak, feeble].

J $,15 mm. Head grey-whitish. Palpi whitish mixed with
dark fuscous. Antennae grey. Thorax and abdomen pale grey.

Australian Lefpidoptera. 235

Legs whitish, anterior pair fuscous, tarsi annulated with whitish,
posterior tibiae with outer spurs about half length of inner spurs.
Fore wings elongate-triangular ; pale grey, with faint indications
of transverse lines ; basal, antemedian, and postniedian lines
mostly blackish ; postmedian line angulated in middle, nearly
straight above and below angle ; a faint wavy or slightly dentate
whitish subterminal line preceded on costa by a dark fuscous
spot ; a fuscous terminal line interrupted on veins ; cilia whitish-
grey. Hind wings with termen projecting somewhat between
veins 3 and 4 ; colour and markings as in fore wings, but
without blackish lines; a few blackish scales on an obtuse pro-
jection of middle of postmedian line. Under side whitish, with
sulfused fuscous antemedian and postmedian lines and a terminal
band ; fore wings with a median line towards costa; hind wings
with a median dot.

A small obscui-e species recalling Gymnoscelis but with two
pairs of spurs on posterior tibiae.

N.Q., Townsville, in July and again in February, four speci-
mens from Mr. F. P. Dodd ; Geraldton, in November, one ? in
poor condition without blackish lines on fore wings.

Gen. 4. Mesoptila.

Mesoptila, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 794.

Face with small cone of scales. Antennae in c? unknown.
Palpi moderate, porrected, rough-scaled. Abdomen slightly
crested. Posterior tibiae with all spurs present. Fore wings
with central tuft of erect scales in disc ; areole simple. Hind
wings with veins 6 and 7 stalked (Meyrick).

22. Mesoptila compsodes.
Mesoptila compsodes, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 794.
Type in Coll. Meyrick.
N.S.W., Sydney.

Gen. 5 Tepht'oclystia.

Tephroclystia, Hb. Verz., p. 323.

Face with short cone of scales. Palpi moderate, porrected,
rough-scaled. Antennae in J^ ciliated. Thorax glabrous be-
neath. Abdomen more or less distinctly crested throughout.

236 Proceedings of tJie Royal Society of Victoria.

Posterior tibiae with all spurs present. Fore wings with areola
simple ; vein 11 free. Hind wings with 8 anastomosing with cell
from near base to beyond middle (Meyrick, Tr.E.S., 1892, p. 65).

A genus containing numerous species, of which the majority
are European. Sir Geo. Hampson records 20 species from India.
It is hardly represented in our fauna, the species here described
being only a straggler.

Eupithecia, Curt , is a synonym.

23. Tephroclystia melanolopha.

Eupithecia melanolopha, Swin. A.M.JST.H. (6), xvi., p. 296.
Hmps., Moths Ind., iv., p. 557.

^, 13-14 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, and thorax oclu-eous-
whitish. Antennae of male slightly serrate, ciliations §. Abdo-
men slightly crested on third and fourth segments ; brown-
whitish ; apex of tuft dark fuscous. Legs fuscous ; posterior
pair whitish. Fore wings elongate-triangular ; whitish, mixed
with reddish-brown ; in oblique light irrorated with leaden-
metallic scales ; a basal patch, fuscous towards costa, towards
inner margin obsolete ; a broad median band, towards costa
fuscous, towards inner margin reddish-brown, containing a dark
fuscous discal dot, and outlined anteriorly and posteriorly with
whitish ; an obscure whitish subterminal line, after which disc is
suffused with fuscous ; cilia fuscous, apices paler. Hind wings
rather narrow; termen nearly straight; whitish mixed with
fuscous and reddish-brown, darker towards inner margin ; two
distinct white lines start from inner margin at |- and near anal
angle, becoming lost in disc ; cilia pale fuscous, at anal angle
white.

N.Q., Townsville, Queensland ; in February and March.
Three specimens received from Mr. F. P. Dodd. Also from
India, Ceylon and Bali (British Museum Collection).

Gen. 6. Mnesiloba.

Miiesiloba, Warr. Nov. Zool., 1901, p. 196.

Head with short cone of scales. Palpi moderate, porrected,
rough-scaled. Antennae in c? simple, very shortly ciliated.
Thorax not hairy beneath. Abdomen with small dorsal crests.
Posterior tibiae with two pairs of spurs. Fore wings with areole

Australian Lepidoptera. 237

double. Hind wings in <?* with a deep indentation near tornus,
separating a minute, not-folded anal lobe ; vein 5 equidistant
from 4 and 6 at base, discocellular straight ; 6 and 7 stalked ;
8 anastomosing with cell to near end.

Type. — M. eupitheciata, Wlk.

I have adopted Warren's genus, as the anal lobe of the 3'
hind wings hardly seems to correspond to that present in the
European genus Lobophora, Curtis. In other characters it
agrees with Eucymatoge, Hb.

24. Mnesiloba eupitheciata.

Phibalapteryx eupitheciata, Wlk. Brit. Mus. Cat., xxvi., p.
1720.

Cephalissa delogramma, Meyr. Tr.E.S., 1886, p. 195.

Lobophophora delogramma, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p.
807.

Eupithecia dentifascia, Hmps. 111. Het., viii., p. 117, pi. 152,
f. 12.

Eupithecia eupitheciata, Hmps. Moths of India, iii., p. 398.

Q., Brisbane ; also from Fiji, Tonga, Ceylon and India.

Genus 7. Microdes.

Microdes, Gn. Lep. x., p. 296.

Face with short cone of scales. Palpi long, porrected, rough-
scaled. Antennae in c? thickened, simple, naked or very shortly
ciliated. Thorax not hairy beneath'. Abdomen not crested.
Posterior tibiae, with all spurs present. Fore wings with
vein 5 from below middle of cell, more or less approximated to
4, 7 in 3' widely separated from 8, 9, 10, the interval being
occupied by a shallow depression on the upper surface, areole
simple, 11 running into 12. Hind wings in 3 often distorted or
with a patch of altered scales, veins 6 and 7 stalked.

Type. — M. villosata, Gn.

The structure of vein 5 of the fore wings is unique in this
family, but is doubtless correlated with the distorted neuration
of the <?, although present in both sexes.

1. Fore wings with white transverse lines - - typhopa

Fore wings without white transverse lines - - 2

238 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

2. Fore wings with a thick black basal streak - melanocausta
Fore wings with slight or no basal streak - - 3

3. Fore wings wich posterior line with two project-

ing teeth ------- diplodonta

Fore wings with posterior line not toothed - - 4

4. Fore wings whitish-grey ----- villosata
Fore wings fuscous grey ----- squamulata

This tabulation applies to both sexes, but the males are most
easily distinguished by the secondary sexual characters.

25. MiCRODES VILLOSATA.

Microdes villosata, Gn. Lep. x., p. 297, pi. xv., f. 8; Meyr.,
P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 802.

Panagra mixtaria, Wlk. Brit. Mus. Cat., xxvi., p. 1663.

Microdes toriata, Feld. Reise Nov., pi. cxxxi., f. 34.

N.S.W., Sydney; V., Melbourne, Casterton, Gisborne;
T., Launceston, Hobart; S.A., Adelaide, Mt. Lofty; W.A.,
Albany.

Felder refers this species to New Zealand, no doubt erroneously.

26. Microdes squamulata.

Microdes squamulata, Gn. Lep. x., p. 298; Meyr., P.L.S.,
N.S.W., 1890, p. 803.

Oesymna stipataria, Wlk. Char. Undesc. Lep., Het., p. 80.

Q., Toowoomba ; V., Melbourne, Gisborne ; T., Launceston ;
W.A., Albany.

I have found the larvae on Acacia decurrens.

27. Microbes typhopa.

Microdes typhopa. Sow. Tr.R.S. S.A., 1897, p. 50.

I have examined the type ( 2 ) of this very distinct species.

S.A., Adelaide (Semaphore).

28. Microdes melanocausta.

Microdes melanocausta, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 802.

Type in Coll. Meyrick.

This species is unknown to me.

Australian Lepidoptera. 239

29. MiCRODES DIPLODONTA, n. sp.

[SittAoSoj'tos, doubly-toothed ; in allusion to postmedian line of

fox'e wings].

<? 2, 20-25 mm. Head, palpi, thorax, and abdomen brownish,
mixed with ochreous-whitish and dark fuscous ; in ? mostly
ochreous-white. Palpi long (4-5). Antennae grey ; in ? very
shortly ciliated (^). Legs grey, annulated with whitish ; pos-
terior pair mostly whitish. Fore wings triangular, costa
moderately arched, more strongly so near base, termen bowed ;
brownish mixed with dark fuscous and whitish, in ? whitish
mixed with fuscous; veins partly but interruptedly outlined with
dark fuscous ; a very short, slender, basal streak parallel to dor-
sum ; antemedian line ill-defined, outwardly curved, from J costa
to ^ dorsum ; a double whitish postmedian line from § costa
obliquely outwards, forming two tooth-like projections in disc, and
ending on dorsum at | ; a slender, dentate, whitish subterminal
line ; an interrupted fuscous terminal line ; all markings more
obscure in ? ; cilia whitish, in (? rosy-tinged, more or less dis-
tinctly barred with fuscous. Hind wings with termen strongly
bowed and somewhat wavy ; pale grey ; a fuscous terminal line ;
cilia whitish, obscurely barred with grey.

Structurally this species shows all the characters of the genus
as above defined, but the hind wings of the J^ show no abnor-
mality.

Type in Coll. Lyell.

T., Mt. Wellington, in October ; five specimens.

Genus 8. Euchoeca.

Euchoeca, Hh. Verz.

Face smooth. Palpi short, porrected, slender, loosely scaled.
Antennae in c? shortly ciliated. Thorax glabrous beneath.
Posterior tibiae with all spurs present. Fore wings with areole
simple. Hind wings with 8 anastomosing with cell from near
base to beyond middle (Meyrick).
1. Fore wings with areole small, vein 11 long, stalked

with 8, 9, 10 - - - - - atrostrigata

Fore wings with areole moderate, vein 11 arising

separately from areole - - - - rubropunctaria

240 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

30. EUCHOECA ATROSTRIGATA.

Epicyme atrostrigata, Warr. Nov. Zool., 1894, p. 394.

Asthena porphyretica. Low. Tr.R.S. S.A., 1896, p. 152.

Q., Rockhampton (Lower), Brisbane, two $ specimens.

There is a series in Coll. Rothschild said to be from Queens-
land. Though I cannot be quite sure of the identity of my
example witli these, I think it scarcely doubtful. The difference
in the neuration between this and rubropunctaria is probably
constant. Of the latter I have examined a series. The wings
are ochreous-tinged, not pinkish-tinged as in rubropunctaria.
Both species are variable.

31. EuCHOECA RUBROPUNCTARIA.

Ptychopoda rubropunctaria, Dbld. Dieff. N.Z., ii., p. 287.

Acidalia pulcharia, Wlk. Brit. Mus. Cat., xxiii., p. 780 (nee
Dbld).

Asthena risata, Gn. Lap. ix., p. 438.

Asthena mullata, Gn. Ent. Mo. Mag. v., p. 42.

Asthena vexata, Wlk. Char. Undescr. Lep., Het., p. 78.

Euchoeca rubropunctaria, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 811.

Q., Duaringa, Brisbane, Toowoomba ; N.S.W., Newcastle,
Sydney ; V., Melbourne, Fernshaw, Gisborne ; T., Mt. Welling-
ton, St. George's Bay. Also from New Zealand.

Genus 9. Asthena.

Asthena, Hb. Verz., p. 310.

Face smooth. Palpi short, porrected, slender, loosely scaled.
Antennae in c? shortly ciliated. Thorax glabrous beneath.
Posterior tibiae with all spurs present. Fore wings with areole
double. Hind wings with 8 anastomosing with cell from near
base to beyond middle (Meyrick).

Type. — A. candidata, Schiff., from Europe (Hampson).

1. Wings greenish ------ 2

Wings not greenish ------ 7

2. Face green. Fore and hind wings with con-

spicuous dark discal dots - - - - glaucosa

Face not green. Fore and hind wings without

conspicuous dark discal dots - - . 3

Australian Lepidoptera.

241

3. Face ferruginous orange ----- 4
Face fuscous or ochreous-brown ... 5

4. Hind wings with terinen angulated - - - urarcha
Hind wings with terinen evenly rounded - - oceanias

5. Fore wings with basal third of cilia grey - - euphylla
Fore wings with basal third of cilia not grey - 6

6. Head green on crown - - . . - tlialassias
Head fuscous on crown (rarely white) - - palchraria

7. Wings with ground colour yellowish-orange - anthodes
Wings with ground colour, not orange - - 8

8. Hind wings with terraen evenly rounded - - xylocyma
Hind wings with terinen angled - - . 9

9. Hind wings with terinen sinuate inwards on lower

half -----.-- scoliota
Hind wings with terinen not sinuate inwards on

lower half ------- 10

10. Fore wings with costa fuscous - pulchraria var. decolor

Fore wings with costa not fuscous - - - euthecta

32. ASTHENA GLAUCOSA.

lodis glaucosa, Luc. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1888, p. 1263.

Euchloris microgyna, Low. Tr.R.S. S.A., 1894, p. 85.

?, 22 mm. Head green ; fillet green, anterior margin
narrowly white; face green (partly rubbed). Palpi whitish.
Antennae whitish. Thorax green. Abdomen with several
minute dorsal crests ; green, sides and crests white. Legs
whitish ; anterior pair fuscous. Fore wings triangular, costa
moderately arched, termen obliquely bowed ; dull green, with
obscure paler transverse lines ; a narrow fu.scous streak along
costa except close to base and apex ; a very conspicuous dark
green discal dot, looking almost blackish; a terminal series of
minute white dots opposite veins ; cilia greenish. Hind wings
with termen sharply angled on vein 4 ; colour and markings as
fore wings.

Type in Coll. Lucas. The type of microgyna is in the
Queensland Museum.

Q., Brisbane.

242 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

33. ASTHENA URARCHA.

Asthena urarcha, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 812.
Type in Coll. Meyrick.

v., Ocean Grange, near Sale. One <? in Coll. Lyell. T.,
Deloraine. One <? in Coll. Meyrick.

34. Asthena oceanias.

Asthena oceanias, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 816.

Type in Coll. Meyrick.

v., Ocean Grange, near Sale. One ? in Coll. Lyell. W.A.,
Albany. Mr. Meyrick took one ? in September, and I took two
$ in January. I think this and the preceding will prove to
be sexes.

35. Asthena thalassias.

Asthena thalassias, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 813.
Asthena pellucida, Luc. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1892, p. 253.
Type in Coll. Meyrick.
Q., Rockhampton, Nambour, Brisbane, Mt. Tambourine ;

N.S.W., Sydney ; V., Fernshaw.

36. Asthena pulchraria.

Acidalia pulchraria, Dbld. Dieff. NZ., ii., p. 286.
Asthena ondinata, Gn. Lep. i.x., p. 438, pi. xix., f. 4 (poor) ;
Feld., pi. 128, f. 17.

Chlorochroma plurilineata, Wlk. Brit. Mus. Cat., xxii., p. 563.
Asthena pulchraria, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 813.

N. var., decolor.

All the green markings replaced I)y pale ochreous-brown. At
first sight this form appears very distinct, but I believe it will
prove to be only a variety of this species. There is one cf in fine
condition in Coll. Lyell, taken near Gisborne.

N.S.W., Glen Innes, Sydney, Blackheath, Bathurst, Mt.
Kosciusko; V., Sale, Melbourne, Gisborne; T., Deloraine,
Hobart ; W.A., Albany. Also from New Zealand.

Australian Lepidoptera. 243

37. ASTHENA EUPHYLLA.

Asthena euphylla, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 815.
Type in Coll. Meyrick.
T., Deloraine, Hobart.

38. Asthena xylocyma.

Asthena xylocyma, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 814.

Type in Coll. Meyrick.

v., Melbourne (Lower) ; W.A., Albany.

39. Asthena scoliota.

Asthena scoliota, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 815.
Type in Coll. Meyrick.
W.A., Albany.

40. Asthena anthodes.

Asthena anthodes, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W,, 1890, p. 816.

Type in Coll. Meyrick.

N.S.W., Sydney ; V., Melbourne; S.A., Mt. Lofty.

41. Asthena euthecta, n. sp.
[evO-qKTo^, well-sharpened ; in allusion to the fore wings.]

$, 21-22 mm. Head ochreous whitish, face and palpi pale
brownish fuscous. Antennae whitish. Thorax ochreous whitish,
with two minute fuscous dots postericJrly Abdomen, ochreous-
whitish, with a pair of fuscous dots on dorsum of each segment.
Legs ochreous-whitish, irrorated with fuscous ; anterior pair
fuscous with whitish annulations. Fore wings triangular, apex
acute, sometimes slightly produced, hind margin bowed, oblique,
sinuate beneath apex ; ochreous-whitish, with numerous trans-
verse waved pale ochreous-brown lines, bearing fuscous dots ;
posterior line better marked, very obtusely angulated ; a minute
blackish discal dot ; a series of fuscous terminal dots ; cilia
whitish, with a few dark fuscous scales. Hind wing with termen
rather acutely angulated on vein 4 ; markings as in fore wings.

Type in Coll. Turner.

Q., Brisbane ; V., Gisborne (Lyell).

244 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Genus 10. Scopdylia.

Scordylia, Gn.

Face with sliglit cone of scales. Palpi moderate, porrected,
rough-scaled. Antennae in 3' ciliated. Thorax glabrous
beneath. Posterior tibiae with all spurs present. Fore wings
with areole simple. Hind wings with vein 5 arising from nearer
4 than 6, discocellular angled ; 8 anastomosing with cell to
beyond middle.

Mr. Meyrick now includes this genus in Plemyria, Hb., but
this appears doubtfully correct, for the only two European species
which I have been able to examine, rivata, Hb., and sociata, Bkh.,
have vein 5 of hind wings approximated at base to 6. I have,
therefore, retained the above name for want of a better, although
I am unacquainted with the type.

Sir George Hampson would probably include the following
species with Venusia, Curt., with which they agree in neuration,
but differ in the 3' antennae not being pectinated.

1. Fore wings brownish-ochreous . - - - 2
Fore wings fuscous ------ 3

2. Fore wings with white antemedian, median, and

postmedian lines . - - - leucophragma

Fore wings without white lines - - - - emporias

3. Fore wings with median band with a long sharp

posterior projection ----- oxyntis

Fore wings without long posterior projection on

median band decipiens

42. Scordylia oxyntis.

Scordylia oxyntis, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 817.
Type in Coll. Meyrick.
v., JNIelbourne.

43. Scordylia leucophragma.

Scordylia leucophragma, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 818.

Type in Coll. Meyrick.

Q., Mt. Tambourine, in October ; Y., Melbourne.

Australian Lepidoptera. 245

44. SCORDYLIA EMPOKIAS, n. Sp.

[e'/ATTo/aos, a traveller, wanderer].

Plemyria emporias, Meyr. MS.

<? ?, 17-22 min. Head, palpi, antennae, and thorax pale
ochreous-brown. Palpi horizontally porrect, very long, 3,
densely clothed with short rough scales. Abdomen above
reddish-ochreous, edges of segments blackish, toward apex and
at sides greyish. Legs whitish, irrorated with fuscous ; anterior
pair mostly fuscous. Fore wings elongate-tx'iangular, hind
margin rather strongly bowed, oblique, slightly sinuate beneath
apex ; pale ochreous-brown ; basal area, median band, and a
vague suffusion along hind margin bi-ownish ; markings blackish ;
an outwardly curved line from costa at ^ to inner margin at ^,
bounding basal area ; a second line parallel to this, oi)Solete
towards costa ; anterior line bounding median band from costa
at ^, thence nearly straight to inner margin at | ; posterior line
from costa before j, obtusely angulated in disc, thence concave to
inner margin at | ; median band contains a blackisli irroration
towards the inner margin, and a blackish ring in centre of disc;
an irregular suffused blotch in disc towards apex, containing a
whitish spot, from which proceeds an obsolete line, represented
by several dots to before anal angle ; an interrupted terminal
line ; cilia pale ochreous-brown, with a few fuscous scales. Hind
wings rather narrow, hind margin rounded ; brown-whitish
without markings ; cilia brown-whitish.

Q., Nambour, Brisbane, two specimens in November; N.S.W.,
Sydney, in December (Lyell).

45. ScoRDVLiA Decipiens.

Cidaria decipiens, Butl. Tr.E.S., 1886, p. 438.
Scordylia decipiens, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 818.
Type in British Museum.
N.S.W., Sydney.

Genus 11. Scotocyma, nov.
[rrKUTOKu/xos, darkly waved].
Face with short cone of scales. Palpi ascending obliquely, or
closely appressed to frons, rather short, rough-scaled. Antennae

246 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

in 3^ very shortly ciliated. Thorax not hairy beneath. Abdomen
not crested. Anterior tibiae in both sexes with a long tuft of
hair from under surface near base, closely appressed to tibia ;
posterior tibiae with two pairs of spurs. Fore wings with areola
simple; veins 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 stalked. Hind wings with 3 and 4
separate, 5 approximated at base to 6, 6 and 7 stalked, 8 anasto-
mosing with cell to beyond middle.

The palpi, neuration of both wings, and anterior tibiae distin-
guish this genus.

Type. — S. albinotata, Wlk.

46. SCOTOCYMA ALBINOTATA.

Scotosia albinotata, Wlk. Brit. Mus. Cat., xxxv., p. 1689.

Xanthorhoe (?) platydesma. Low. Tr.R.S. S.A., 1894, p. 79.

3 ?, 30-34 mm. Head and palpi brown, or reddish-brown
mixed with dark fuscous. Antennae dark grey. Thorax and
abdomen fuscous mixed with brownish. Legs dark fuscous,
irrorated, and tarsi annulated with ochreous-whitish. Fore wings
rather broadly triangular, costa moderately arched, termen
bowed, oblique ; brown variably mixed with brown-whitish and
daik fuscous ; a small dark basal patch with convex border, more
or less distinct ; median band darker, or paler, than rest of wing,
sometimes marked with whitish spots or suffusion; anterior
border outwardly curved, from \ costa to J dorsum, sometimes
edged with brown-whitish ; sometimes a short, blackish, longitu-
dinal bar in median band from convexity of anterior border ;
posterior boixler from § costa to | dorsum, with a rather pro-
minent double median projection, sometimes edged with brown-
whitish or with whitish dots on veins ; a slender, pale, dentate,
subterminal line often obsolete, often marked by minute dots on
veins, and by a larger pure white or whitish spot between veins
3 and 4 : a blackish terminal line ; cilia dark fuscous mixed
with brownish. Hind wings with termen rounded, dentate ;
brownish-fuscous, with numerous fine, dark, transverse lines;
sometimes a small, subterminal, white or whitish spot between
veins 3 and 4 : terminal line and cilia as fore wings. Underside
grey, with whitish lines and median subterminal spot.

A very variable species. One 3 in the Brisbane Museum has
the whole of median band uniform dark fuscous.

Australia)} Lepidoptera.

247

Type in British Museum. Sir Geo. Hainpson kindly examined
the neuration of the type at my request.
Q., Duaringa, Brisbane.

Genus 12. Eucymatoge.

Eucymatoge, Hb. Verz.

Face with short cone of scales. Palpi moderate, porrected,
rough-scaled. Antennae in <? ciliated. Thorax glabrous be-
neath. Abdomen more or less distinctly crested throughout.
Posterior tibiae with all spurs present. Fore wings with areole
double. Hind wings with 8 anastomosing with cell from near
base to beyond middle (Meyrick).

Closely allied to Hydriomena, differing in the abdominal
crests.

1. Thorax with a posterior crest . . . - 2
Thorax smooth ------- 5

2. Fore wings with posterior edge of median band

angled ------- 3

Fore wings with posterior edge of median band not

angled ------ leucophanes

3. Hind wings with many fine transverse lines - - 4
Hind wings with few lines becoming obsolete

towards costa ------

4. Fore wings with posterior edge of median band

forming a single acute angle. Palpi 1J>
Fore wings with posterior edge of median band
forming a double obtuse angle. Palpi 2^

5. Fore wings with whitish spots, discal dot obscure
Fore wings without whitish spots, discal dot very

distinct -------

Section I. — Vein 5 of hind wings approximated , to 6.
zvith a posterior crest.

peplodes

scotodes

mortuata
callizona

ghosha
Thorax

47. Eucymatoge peplodes, n. sp.
[TreTrAwSr;?, like a robe or cloak].

(? ?, 16-22 mm. Head, palpi, thorax, abdomen brown-whitish
mixed with daik fuscous. Thorax with a well-marked, bifid,
posterior crest. Antennae fuscous ; ciliations in male \. Legs

248 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

dark fuscous annulated with whitish ; posterior pair whitish,
with a few scattered, dark fuscous scales. Fore wings triangular ;
termen bowed, oblique ; whitish mixed with fuscous and dark
fuscous, the light and dark scales tending to form obscure narrow
waved transverse lines ; a blackish transverse line near base ; a
broad, darker, median band outlined by blackish lines ; anterior
line from costa at ^ to inner margin at ^, concave ; posterior line
from costa at ^ to inner margin at §, with two prominent
dentations in costal half of disc ; immediately beyond this is a
double whitish line, sometimes clear white except at margins ;
sometimes a waved, subterminal, whitish line can be traced ;
an interrupted dark fuscous terminal line ; cilia whitish,
mixed with fuscous and dark fuscous. Hind wings with termen
rounded, not waved ; whitish suffused with fuscous ; transverse
lines indicated towards inner margin ; terminal line and cilia
as in fore wings.

Q., Brisbane ; taken rather commonly on fences, from July to
November. Also from Warwick and Stanthorpe.

48. EUCYMATOGE SCOTODES, n. Sp.

[o-kotcoSt;?, dark-looking].

(? $, 18-24. Head, palpi, tliorax, and abdomen dark fuscous
mixed with whitish. Palpi \h- Thorax with a small bifid
posterior crest. Antennae dark fuscous ; ciliations in <? \.
Legs dark fuscous mixed with whitish ; tarsi annulated with
whitish. Fore wings triangular, termen slightly bowed, oblique,
wavy; whitish densely irrorated with dark fuscous, which tends
to form numerous fine wavy transverse lines ; a blackish discal
dot; outer edge of median band with a short, acute, angular
projection in middle ; disc before and beyond median band
sometimes suffused with whitish ; a fine waved whitish sub-
terminal line ; a blackish terminal line ; cilia pale fuscous with a
darker median line. Hind wings with termen slightly wavy,
rounded ; fuscous, with numerous fine dark fuscous transverse
lines ; a wavy whitish line from inner margin at | ; a similar
subterminal line ; terminal line and cilia as in fore vvings.

This appears to be the species described by Mr. Meyrick
(P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p 853) as Hydriomena mortuata, Gn.

Aastraliaii Lepidoptera. 249

Q., Brisbane, Stradbrooke Island, Stanthorpe ; N.S.W.,
Sydney. Six specimens.

49. EUCYMATOGE MORTUATA.

Camptogranima niortuata, Gn. Lap. x., p. 428.

Cidaria clandestinata, Wlk. Brit. i\Ius. Cat., xxv., p. 1408.

There are three specimens in the British Museum without
exact locality, which correspond closely to Guenee's description.
I hope this species will be re-discovered. It differs from the
preceding in the doubly obtuse-toothed projection on postmedian
line of fore wing.

50. EuCYMATOGE LEUCOPHANES.

Hydriomena leucophanes, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 856.
v.. Sale (Lyell); T., Kelso (Lyell), Deloraine.

Section II. — Hind winti^s with vein j approxi)iiated to 6.
Thorax smooth.

51. EuCYMATOGE GHOSH A.

Cullix ghosha, Wlk. Brit. Mus. Cat., xxiv., p. 1249.

$, 25-28 nitn. Head, thorax, and abdomen l)r()wiii.sh-fascous.
Palpi 2^ ; ochreous-wliitish, apex and middle of second joint
blackish. Antennae grey. Legs fuscous ; mid-tibiae of $
strongly dilated with a deep internal groove. Fore wings with
costa gently arched, towards apex strongly arched, termen wavy,
strongly buwed, ol)liqiie ; brownish-fuscous, irrorated with dark
fuscous, which tends to form numerous fine, waved, transverse
lines; a conspicuous, blackish, discal dot; a daik fuscous spot in
mid-disc at |, followed by a pale spot, this forms part of a more
or less obscure jDale line from costa at 4 ; a dark terminal line
interi-upted on veins ; cilia brownish-fuscous. Hind wings with
termen crenulate, rounded ; colour and markings as fore wings,
but discal dot obsolete. Underside of both wings whitish, with
very distinct, dark fuscous, discal dots, postmedian and subter-
minal lines, sometimes interrupted.

Not closely allied to any Australian species.

N.Q., Cooktown, Cairns ; Q., Brisbane.

Also from Louisade Islands, Celebes, Ceylon, and India.

250 Proceedings of the lioyal Society of Victoria.

Section III. — Hind wings ivith discocellulars angled; vein j
Jrom fiearer 4 t/ia?i 6. Thorax sniootli.

52. EUCYMATOGE CALLIZONA.

Hydriomena brujata, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 855,
tiec Gn., Lep. x., p. 444.

H. albinotata, Meyr. Ibid., nee Wlk., Brit. Mvis. Cat., xxxv.,
p. 1689.

Hydriomena callizona, Low. Tr.R.S. S.A., 1894, p. 78.

Very variable in tlie extent of its white marking, the white
spot opposite mid-teriiien appearing to be most constant.

Mr. Meyrick gives an excellent description of this species, but
was mistaken in identifying it with those described by Guenee
and Walker. Mr. Lower thought his species was different from
Meyrick's, but it is the same. His type is probably now in Coll.
Rothschild.

N.vS.W., Sydney ; V., Sale (Lyell) ; T., Billopp (Lower), Kelso
(Lyell).

Genus 13. Heterochasta.

Heterochasta, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 808.

Face with slightly projecting scales. Antennae in $ shortly
ciliated. Palpi rather short, porrected, loosely-scaled. Posterior
tibiae with all spurs present. Fore wings in $ with tuft of hairs
from inner margin near base ; areole double. Hind wings in $
with vein 4 absent (coincident with 3), 5 nearer 4 than 6 at base,
discocellular angled ; 6 and 7 stalked ; 8 anastomosing with cell
to beyond middle.

Type. — H. conglobata, Wlk.
1. Fore wings with a white mark on niid-costa - lasioplaca

Fore wings without a white mark on mid-costa - conglobata

53. Heterochasta conglobata.

Cidaria conglobata, Wlk. Brit. Mus. Cat., xxv., p. 1411.
Heterochasta conglobata, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 808.
Type in British Museum.

N.S.W., Sydney.

Australian Lepidoptera. 251

54. Heterochasta lasioplaca.
Heterochasta lasioplaca, Low. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1897, p. 14.

I have taken one ? specimen settled on the trunk of Ficus
niacrophylla. It precisely corresponds to the type which is a ?,
though described as 3" . In the absence of the 3' the generic
position of this species cannot be regarded as settled.

Type in C<->11. Lower.

Q., Brisbane.

Genus 14. Poiyclysta.

Polyclysta, Gn. Lep. x., p. 375.

Face with small cone of scales. Antennae in 3^ shortly
ciliated. Palpi moderate, porrected, loosely-scaled. Posterior
tibiae with all spurs present. Fore wings with areole double.
Hind wings in 3 with vein 6 absent (coincident with 7), in $ 6
and 7 stalked; 5 from middle of discocellular which is angled ;
8 anastomosing with cell to beyond middle.

Type. — P. hypogrammata, Gn.

55. Polyclysta hypogrammata.

Polyclysta hypogrammata, Gn. Lep. x., p. 376, pi. xxii., f. 4.
Meyr., P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 809.

Q., Nambour, Brisbane, Mt. Tambourine. N.S.AV., Sydney.

Genus 15. Ppotaulaca.

Protaulaca, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 810.

Face with somewhat projecting scales. Antennae in 3 shortly
ciliated. Palpi moderate, porrected, loosely scaled. Posterior
tibiae with all spurs present. Fore wings in 3 beneath with
slight groove along vein 1, clothed with rather rough hairs, areole
double. Hind wings in 3 with irregular longitudinal groove
above vein 1 ; veins 3 and 4 from a point or stalked ; 5 from
middle of discocellular, which is angled ; 6 and 7 stalked ; 8
anastomosing with cell to beyond middle.

Type. — ^P. scythropa, Meyr.

56. Protaulaca scytiiropa.
Protaulaca scythropa, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 810.
Probably attached to Ficus.

252 Pi'oceedings of the Royal tSociety of Victoria.

Type in Coll. Meyrick.

Q., Brisbane; N.S.W., Sydney.

Genus 16. Hydpiomena.

Hydriomena, Hb. Verz., p. 322.

Face with more or less projecting or loose scales, or with
conical tuft. Palpi moderate, porrected, or sub-ascending, rough-
scaled. Antennae in c? ciliated, rarely dentate or naked.
Thorax often crested, glabrous beneath. Abdomen not crested,
or with crests on two basal segments only. Posterior tibiae with
all spurs present. Fore wings with areole double. Hind wings
with 8 anastomosing with cell from near base to beyond middle
(Meyrick).

This genus may be divided into two or three sections according
to the neuration of tlie hind wings, two at least of which should,
I think, be considered distinct genera. The overwhelming
majority of the Australian species belong to the idrst section, but
in a small British collection which I have examined, the majority
belong to the second section. The genus is exclusively temperate,
only live or six species being known at present to range as far as
Southern Queensland. In Tasmania, Victoria, and the moun-
tainous pjirts of New South Wales, the species are numerous,
and no doubt many more will be discovered. For my material I
am mostly indebted to Mr. G. Lyell.

As the additions to this genus are comparatively small, I shall
not repeat Mr. Meyrick's tabulation (P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p.
820), but shall content myself witii indicating the affinities of
the new species.

Section I. — Hind wiiii^s tvifh vein j approximated at base to 6.
57. Hydriomena phaedra.

Hydriomena phaedra, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 824.

This species is very variable in the coloration of the median
band of fore wings, which sometimes contains a complete, or
interrupted, snow-white fascia; sometimes this fascia is sufi'used
with pale fuscous, and sometimes it is dilated so as to occupy
most of the median band.

Type in Coll. Meyrick.

Q., Brisbane, Toowoomba; N.S.W., Sydney, BuUi.

Australian Lepldoptera. 253

58. HyDRIOMENA aVPSOMELA.

Hydriomeiia gypsomela, Low. Tr.R.S. S.A., 1892, p. 11.

Type in Coll. Lower.

v., Kewell ; S.A., Adelaide.

59. Hydriomena interruptata.

Cidaria interruptata, Gn. Lep. x., p. 469, pi. ix., f. 6.
Hydriomena interruptata, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 825,
N.S.W., Bathur.st; V., Gisborne; T., locality un.specified.

60. Hydriomena rhynchota.

Hydriomena rhynchota, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 826.
Type in Coll Meyrick.
N.S.W., Mt. Kosciusko.

61. Hydriomena actinipha.

Hydriomena actinipha. Low. Tr.R.S. S.A., 190.2, p. 248.

Fore wings whitish with fuscous markings ; a basal and sub-
basal transverse line ; succeeded by a whitish or pale brownish
band ; a broad fuscous median band, enclosing a median discal
dot, centre of band sometimes paler ; several tine wavy transverse
lines in band ; anterior margin of band strongly concave ;
posterior margin with a strong median acute projection ; both
margins outlined in white ; the postniedian white line succeeded
by a whitish line, both interrupted opposite projection ; a tine
interrupted blackish terminal line ; cilia whitish barred with
fuscous. Hind wings pale grey ; a fine whitish subterminal line ;
a fine fuscous terminal line ; cilia pale grey.

Type in Coll. Lower.

S.A., Broken Hill.

62. Hydriomena psarodes, n. sp.

[i//apa)S?;s, greyish.]

(?, 27 mm. Head and face grey, with a few whitish scales.
Palpi, 2| ; grey, with a few white scales towards base beneath.
Antennae dark fuscous; in male dentate, dentations 1, ciliations 1.
Thorax white mixed with dark fuscous. Abdomen whitish mixed

254 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

with grey. Legs dark fuscous mixed with whitish ; tarsi annu-
lated with whitish ; fore wings with costa nearly straight,
hind margin rounded, oblique ; white mixed with pale greyish ;
markings dark fuscous ; an outwardly curved line near base ;
median baud grey mixed with dark fuscous, and containing a
pale central band, in which is a dark fuscous discal dot ; internal
edge from costa at ^ to inner mai'gin at J, nearly straight,
followed by dark fuscous spots on either margin, and above
middle of disc ; posterior edge from costa at ^ to inner margin
at |, with a very prominent outward angulation in disc, and
preceded by a fine parallel line ; a sufi'used greyish spot on costa
before apex ; an oblique dark fuscous mark from below apex,
ending in a greyish suffusion, which is prolonged to anal angle,
and immediately succeeded by a wavy whitish line; a tine,
interrupted, blackish, hind-mai-ginal line ; cilia barred alternately
grey and white. Hind wings grey ; a very faint paler subter-
minal line ; a fine, blackish, interrupted terminal line ; cilia
grey, apices paler. Hind wings beneath grey mixed with
whitish, on veins whitish-ochreous ; with a discal dot at ^-, a fine,
dentate, fuscous, median line, and a submarginal series of fuscous
dots.

In Mr. Meyrick's tabulation this falls with H. rhynchota,
Meyr., from which it difi"ers in the grey hind wings. It may be
distinguished from H. actinipha, Low., by the anterior margin of
median band of fore wings being nearly straight, not deeply
concave.

T., Strahan ; one specimen in October (Coll. Lyell).

63. Hydriomena lucidulata.

Cidaria lucidulata, Wlk. Brit. Mus. Cat., xxv., p. 1407.
Hydriomena lucidulata, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 827.
Type in British Museum.

N.S.W., Blackheath, Mt. Kosciusko; V., Melbourne, Gishorne;
T., Deloraine.

64. Hydriomena conifasciata.

Chrysolarentia conifasciata, Butl. A.M.N.H., 1882, p. 93.
Hydriomena conifasciata, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 828.

Australian Lepidajptera. 255

Type in British Museum.

JSr.S.W., Blackheath ; V., Gishorne ; T., Hol)art.

65. Hydriomena subrectaria.

Goremia subrectaria, Gn. Lep. x., p. 411.

Cidaria responsata, Wlk. Brit. Mus. Oat., xxv., p. 1409.

Melanthia casta, Butl. Cist. Ent., ii., p. 553.

Hydriomena subrectaria, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.VV., 1890, p. 829.

Q., Brisbane, Stradbrooke I. ; N.S.W., Bathurst, Jenolan,
Mr. Kosciusko; V., Gisborne, Sale; T. (Guenee) ; S.A., Mt.
Lofty.

66. Hydriomena percrassata.

Catopyrrha? percrassata, Wlk. Brit. Mus. Cat., xxiv., p. 1065.
Xanthorhoe percrassata, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 873.
The 3' antennae ai'e laminate with tufts of cilia as in
H. vacuaria, Gn.

Type in British Museum.

Q., Brisbane (Wild); V., Melbourne, Gisborne.

67. Hydriomena anthracinata.

Caraptogramma anthracinata, Gn. Lep. x., p. 425, pi. vii.,
f. 5.

Melanodes? atriplena, Wlk. Brit. Mus. Cat., xxi., p. 325.

Hydriomena anthracinata, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 830.

v., Gisborne, Warragul ; T., Launceston, Campbelltown,
Hobart.

68. Hydriomena strumosata.

Coremia strumosata, Gn. Lep. x., p. 419.

Cidaria intc^ntata, Wlk. Brit. Mus. Cat., xxv., p. 1406.

Cidaria solitata, Wlk. Brit. Mus. Cat., xxv., p. 1409.

Hydriomena strumosata, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 831.

Q., Duaringa? (according to Meyrick, but I think this may be
an error) ; N.S. W., Bathurst, Mt. Kosciusko ; V., Gisborne ;
T., Deloraine, George's Bay, Hobart, Launceston; S. A., Mt.
Lofty.

256 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

69. Hydhiomena vacuaria.

Coreuiia vacuaria, Gn. Lep. x., p. 418.

Coremia quartanata, Gn. Lep. x., p. 419.

Coreniia solutata, Wlk. Brit. Mus. Cat., xxv., p. 1319.

Xanthorhoe vacuaria, Meyr. P.L.8. N.S.W., 1890, p. 866.

Xanthorhoe paradelpha, Low. Tr.R.S. S.A., 1892, p. 11.

The <? antennae of this species ai'e peculiar, and should lead to
its ready recognition in spite of a certain degree of variability.
They are laminate rather than pectinate, and appear to ine to
agree much better with Hydriomena than with Xanthorhoe.
Those of H. strumosata are also laminate, though not to the same
extent and with shorter cilia.

An examination of the type of solutata, Wlk., and a careful
consideration of the description of quartanata, Gn., have con-
vinced me that they are referable to this species rather than to
strumosata, Gn.

v., Melbourne, Gisborne, Sale; T., Hobart ; S.A., Adelaide,
]\rt. Lofty.

70. Hydriomena symphona.
Hydriomena symphona, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 832.
Type in Coll. Meyrick.

N.S.W., Mt. Kosciusko.

71. Hydriomena cataphaea.
Hydriomena cataphaea, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 833.
Type in Coll. Meyrick.

N.S.W., Mt. Kosciusko ; V., Mt. Erica.

72. Hydriomena lamprotis.

Hydriomena lamprotis, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 833.

Type in Coll. Meyrick.

N.S.W., Bathurst; V., Melbourne, Gisborne; S.A., Mt. Lofty,

73. Hydriomena excentrata.

Coreniia excentrata, Gn. Lep. x., p. 419.

Cidaria constipata, AVlk. Brit. Mus. Cat., xxv., p. 1405.

Australian Lepidoptera. 257

Cidaria bifusata, Wlk. Brit. Mus. Cat., xxv., p. 1406.

Hydriomena constipata, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 834.

Mr. Meyrick doubtfully assigns Guen^e's excentrata to his
previously described strumosata. From the description it appears
to me distinct, and T do not think there is much doubt that it is
tlie present species. Guenee specially directs attention to the
brownish hind wings.

Mr. Lyell has taken some tine varieties of this species. Var.
a. $, from Gisborne, has the median band wholly suffused with
dark fuscous. A^ar. b. 2, also from Gisborne, has dorsal two-third.?
of median band clear white except discal dot and a slight
.suffusion near external edge.

N.S.W., Bathurst; V., Gisborne.

74. Hydriomena synchora.

Hydriomena synchora, Meyr. P.L.8. N.S.W., 1890, p. 835.
Type in Coll. Meyrick.
T., Hobart.

75. Hydriomena aglaodes.

Hydriomena aglaodes, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 836.
Type in Coll. Meyrick.
N.S.W., Mt. Kosciusko.

76. Hydriomena callima, n. sp.

[KaXAifi-os, beautiful].

$, 24 mm. Head and palpi dark fuscous mixed with whitish-
ochreous. Antennae fuscous. Thorax dark fuscous, irrorated
with whitish-ochreous. Legs fuscous, irrorated, and tarsi annu-
lated with pale ochreous. Fore wings triangular, costa slightly
arched, termen slightly bowed, slightly objicjue ; dark fuscous
mixed with whitish ; basal ai-ea suffused with pale brownish ;
median band bounded by white lines ; antemediau line fine,
minutely dentate, slightly outwardly curved, from i^ costa to f
dorsum ; a small, dark fuscous discal dot, followed by a fine,
dentate, dark line from costa beyond middle, lost in disc ; post-
median white line very conspicuous in costal half, with two fine

258 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

dentations beneath costa ; dorsal half very slender, followed
throughout by an ochreous line ; a tine, dark fuscous terminal
line ; cilia dark fuscous mixed with pale ochreous ; apices
barred with whitish. Hind wings with termen rounded ;
orange-yellow ; towards base irrorated with fuscous ; several
short transverse fuscous lines from inner margin ; a broad,
fuscous, terminal band interrupted in middle ; a fine, inter-
rupted, dark fuscous, terminal line ; cilia pale ochreous, barred
with fuscous. Underside pale ochreous ; fore wings with dark
fuscous dots on costa at \ and middle ; broad postmedian and
terminal dai^k fuscous bands, the latter containing a series of
whitish dots. Hind wings with discal dot, postmedian and
subterminal lines.

Allied to H. aglaodes, iMeyr.

Type in Coll. Lyell.

T., Strahan, in February. One specimen.

77. Hydriomena imperviata.

Larentia imperviata, Wlk. Brit. Mus. Cat., xxiv., p. 1196.
Hydriomena imperviata, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.Vv"., 1890, p. 837.
Type in British IMuseum.
v., Gisborne, Kewell, Birchip ; S.A., Mt. Lofty.

78. Hydriomena hetekoleuca.

Hydriomena heteroleuca, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 837.

Type in Coll. Meyrick.

N.S.W., Mt. Kosciusko; V., Melbourne, Gisborne, AVarragul.

79. Hydriomena doliopis.

Hydriomena doliopis, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 838.
Type in Coll. Meyrick.
S.A., Adelaide, Mt. Lofty.

80. Hydriomena languescens.

Coremia languescens, Rosen. A.M.N.H., 1885, p. 433, pi. xi.,
f. 8.

Aiidraiiari Lepidoptera. 259

Hydrioniena laiiguescens, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 839.

Type in British Museum.

In Coll. Lyell there is a variety of the 2 in which the hind
wings have no yellow tinge, but are nearly concolorous with the
fore wings.

v., iNIelbourne, Gisborne ; T., Hobart.

81. Hydriomena trissophrica, n sp.
[rptcro-o^ptKos, three times rippled].

?, 36 mm. Head and palpi grey; palpi 2^. Antennae
fuscous. Thorax and abdomen grey, irrorated with whitish.
Legs whitish, irrorated with grey ; anterior pair fuscous, annu-
lated with ochreous-wliiti.sli. Fore wings broadly triangular;
Costa gently arched ; termen slightly bowed, moderately oblique ;
whitish, partly irrorated with ochreous-wliitish, with numerous
tine, wavy, dark fuscou.s, transverse lines ; median V)and whitish,
with a small, black, median, discal dot ; anterior edge slightly
angled outwards in mid-disc, from ^ costa to i dorsum ; outer
edge marked by a much waved dark line, somewhat indented
beneath costa, with a prominent double median projection, from
I costa to f dorsum ; preceded by two much waved lines in
band ; followed towaixls costa by a whitish mark ; a distinct
slightly wavy, whitisli, suljteiiiiinal line ; an interrupted, tine,
blackish, terminal line ; cilia grey, apices paler. Hind wings
with termen crenulate ; whitish-grey, becoming whitish towards
costa; three very obscure darker transverse lines from inner
margin; an obscure, pale, subtermihal line; an interrupted
lilackish terminal line; cilia whitish, mixed with dark fuscous.
Underside whitish ; with blackish discal dots and subterminal
band on both wings, the latter interrupted in middle ; fore wing
also with a blackish postmedian band strongly outwardly angled.

Mr. Meyrick's tabulation falls with H. orthropis, from which
it diflfers in the whitish median l)and.

Type in Coll. Lyell.

T., Mt. Wellington, in Fel)ruary ; one specimen.

82. HydriomeiNA orthropis.

T CUM k '''''''^P^^Sf^J^

iype in Coll. Meyrick. / \ vi -^-x~-^>-

Hydriomena orthropis, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 8

N.S.W., Mt. Kosciusko. /A"^^^^* ''^\'5^

LU L I & .^ A R Y

260 Proceedings of tJte Royal Society of Victoria.

83. Hydriomena polycarpa.

Hydrioiiiena polycarpa, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1S90, p. 841.
Type in Coll. Meyrick.
N.S.W., Mt. Kosciusko.

84. Hydriomena oxygona.

Hydriomena oxygona, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 842.
Type in Coll. Meyrick.
N.S.W., Mt. Kosciusko.

85. Hydriomena stereozona.

Hydromena stereozona, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 843.

Type in Coll. Meyrick.

N.S.W., Mt. Kosciusko ; V., Mt. Erica.

86. Hydriomena chrysocyma.

Hydriomena chrysocyma, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p.
843.

Type in Coll. Meyrick.
N.S.W., Mt. Kosciusko.

87. Hydriomena perornata.

Lytliria (?) perornata, Wlk. Brit. Mus. Cat., xxiv., p. 1056.
Hydriomena perornata, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 844.
Type in British Museum.

KS.W., Mt. Kosciusko; V., Gisborne, Mt. Erica; T., Mt.
Wellington.

88. Hydriomena mecynata.

Caraptogramraa mecynata, Gn. Lep. x., p. 424.

Camptogramma extraneata, Wlk. Brit. Mus. Cat., xxvi.,
p. 1717.

Camptogramma annuliferata, Wlk. Brit. Mus. Cat., xxvi.,
p. 1717.

Hydriomena mecynata, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 845.

X.S.W., Sydney, Bulh', Blackheath ; V., Melbourne, Gisborne,
Sale ; T., Launceston, Deloraine, Hobart.

Australian Lepidoptera. 261

89. Hydriomena leucozona.

Hydrioinena leucozona, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 846.
Type in Coll. Meyrick.

N.S.W., Mt. Kosciusko ; V., Gisborne, Ballarat, Phillip
Island ; T., Lauiiceston, Deloraine.

90. Hydriomena polyxantha.

Hydriomena polyxantha, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 847.
Type in Coll. Meyrick.
N.S.W., Mt. Kosciusko.

91. Hydriomena insulsata.

Camptograinma insulsata, Gn. Lep. x., p. 423.

Camptogramma ebuleata, Gn. Lep. x., p. 424.

Aspilates spoliata, Wlk. Brit. Mus. Cat., xxiv., p. 1074.

Camptogramma correlata, Wlk. Brit. Mus. Cat., xxv.,
p. 1330.

Cidaria fervidata, Wlk. Brit. Mus. Cat., xx\^,.p. 1408.

Hydriomena insulsata, Meyr. P.L S. N.8.W., 1890, p. 846.

Hydrioinena correlata, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 848.

Hydriomena ebuleata, Meyr. P.L.S. N.8.W., 1890, p. 849.

It is with some ditlidence that I merge together the three
forms distinguished by Meyrick, but I suspect the diiferetices to
be only varietal.

N.S.W., Bathurst, Mt. Kosciusko ; V., Mell)Ourue, Gisborne,
Ballarat ; T., Lauuceston, Deloraine, .Campbelltown ; 8. A., Mt.
Lofty, Port Lincoln.

Erroneously referred by Walker to New Zealand.

92. Hydhiomkna trygodes.

Hydriomena trygodes, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 851.

Type in Coll. Meyrick.

v., Gisborne, Melbourne ; T., Geoi'ge's Bay.

93. Hydriomkna crocota, n. sp.
[KpoKiOTO'i, saftVon coloured].
<?, 26 mm. Head and face purple-reddish, mixed with ochreous.
Palpi 2^, purple-reddish. Antennae grey ; dentate; dentations 1.

262 Povceediiujs of the Boijcd Society of Victoria.

Thorax with a small bifid posterior crest ; purple-reddish ; in
centre ochreoiis. Abdcnneii whitish-oehreous mixed with purple-
reddish. Legs whitish-oehreous ; anterior pair fuscous, annulated
with whitish. Fore wings with costa gently arched, ternien
bowed, oblique; bright ochreous mixed with purple-reddish,
which tends to form fine transverse lines ; a purple-fuscous basal
patch, well marked on margins, but suffused in centre with
ground colour ; a purple-fuscous median band, containing a faint
discal dot, and indications of fine, wavy, reddish-purple, transverse
lines ; inner edge, from costa at ^ to inner margin at ^, outwardly
curved ; outer edge from costa at ~ to inner margin at j, slightly
waved above, sinuate towaixls inner mai'gin ; a purple-reddish
submai'ginal suffusion ; a purple-fuscous terminal line ; cilia
purple-reddish. Hind wings pale purplish-grey ; posterior third
suffused with whitish-oehreous ; cilia purple-fuscous ; apices
reddish.

2 differs as follows : — Fore wings with ground colour
whitish with brown-reddish lines ; median l)and fuscous rather
than purple ; a fine whitish waved subterminal line pi-eceded by
two blackish spots between veins 4 and 6. Hind wings whitish ;
towards termen purplish tinged ; with faint fuscous transverse
lines.

Nearest to H. trygodes, Meyr., but differs in the brighter and
more distinctive colouring. If the two sexes are correctly
associated it varies consideraWy.

Y., Wandin South, near Melbourne (3" type), in September ;
one specimen in Coll. Lyell ; T., Mt. Wellington (?) in
February ; one specimen in Coll. Lyell.

94. Hydriomena decreta.

Cidaria decreta, Wlk. Brit. Mus. Cat., xxxv., p. 1692.
Hydriomena decreta, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 852.
Type in British Museum.
W.A., Geraldton.

95. Hydriomkna cryeeopa.
Hydriomena cryeropa, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 853.
Type in Coll. Meyrick.

N.S.W., Hay; V., Kewell.

Australian Lepldoptera. 263

9G. Hydriomkxa plagiocausta, n. sp.

(?, 30 ni.m. Head, palpi, antennae, thorax, and abdomen
ochreous-brown. Palpi porrected, 2J-. Antennal ciliations ^•
Legs ochreous-fuscous ; posterior pair paler. Fore wings
triangular : ternien waved, bowed, oblique ; pale brownish,
somewhat ochreous tinged ; with numerous fine waved transverse
fuscous lines ; a short bhickish transverse mark from inner
iiiargiu near base ; a conspicuous blackish str(?ak from inner
margin at i very obliquely outwards, terminating abruptly in
disc at iy, beneath middle of costa ; a fine blackisli line from its
extremity to mid-costa ; posterioi- line thickened with Ijlackish
scales in second i, and immediately followed for that extent by
a whitish line ; a little posterior to this is a blackish line which
extends obliquely inwards from immediately below apex ; a
fine blackish terminal line ; cilia pale brownish mixed with
fuscous. Hind wings with termen crenulate, I'ounded ; pale
brownish, towards inner margin with fine transverse fuscous
lines, scarcely waved ; terminal line and cilia as fore wings. A
dull coloured species, easy recognisable by the oblique line on
fore wings from inner margin.

T., New Norfolk, near Hobart, two specimens; S.A., Adelaide
(Lower).

97. Hydriomena severata.

Camptogramnia severata, Gn. Lep. x., p. 428.

Phibalapteryx perfectata, Wlk. Brit. Mus. Cat., xxv.,
p. 1341.

Scotosia scitiferata, Wlk. Brit. Mus. Cat., xxv., p. 1357.

Cidaria promptata, Wlk. Brit. Mus. Cat., xxv., p. 1410.

Hydriomena severata, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 854.

This species has occasionally slight indications of abdominal
crests, but the.se are frequently entirely absent, and are not
sufficient to remove it to the genus Eucymatoge.

Q., Stradbrooke Island; N.S.W., Sydney, Bathurst ; Y .,
Melbourne, Gisborne, Sale; T., Campbelltown, Hobart; S.A.,
Mt. Lofty ; W.A., Albany.

264 Froceedmgs of the Royal Society of Victoria.

98. Hydriomena ahachnitis, n. sp.
[apayQ/y], a spider].

Hydriomena arachnitis, Meyr. M.S.

$, 22 mm. Head, thorax and abdomen whitish, irrorated
with dark fuscous. Palpi 3 ; whitish, irrorated with dark
fuscous ; at base white. Antennae grey. Legs fuscous, iri'orated
with whitish. Fore wings elongate triangular, costa straight,
slightly arched towards apex ; apex acute, slightly produced,
termen wavy, l)Owed, oblique ; whitish-grey, irrorated with
dark fuscous, which forms numerous fine wavy obliquely trans-
verse lines ; a blackish discal dot ; a fine blackish terminal
line ; cilia whitish, with a median grey line. Hind wings
with termen crenulate, only slightly rounded ; colour and
markings as fore wings, but discal dot obsolete, and lines distinct
only towards inner margin.

Readily distinguished from H. severata by the longer palpi.
It is also not unlike the female of Melitulias glandulata, Gn.,
from which it may be distinguished by the absence of ochreous
colouring and dark oblique subapical streak.

v., Gisborne ; one specimen in April received from Mr. G.
Lyell.

99. Hydriomena squamulata.

Camptogramma squamulata, Warr. Nov. Zool., 1899, p. 341.

(? ?, 18-24 mm. Head and palpi dark fuscous ; palpi slender
(1-1;^). Antennae fuscous; in <? shortly laminate, ciliations |.
Thorax and abdomen dark fuscous, irrorated with grey-whitish.
Legs dark fuscous irrorated with grey-whitish. Fore wings
with costa gently arched, termen wavy, very slightly sinuate,
oblique ; dark fuscous mixed with grey-whitish, tending to
form numerous obscure tine oblique dark and pale lines • median
band usually ill defined ; its posterior margin wavy, scarcely
angled ; sometimes a pale wavy subterminal line ; an interrupted
blackish terminal line ; cilia fuscous ; apices paler. Hind wings
with termen rounded, wavy, slightly excised between veins 4 and
6 ; colour and markings as fore wings.

An obscure species. The excision of termen of hind wings
appears to be its best characteristic.

1

Au.sfraUiin Lepidoptera. 265

Type in Coll. Rothschild.

v., (Jisborne, Birchip, in JNTarch and July (Lyell) ; T., Hobart.

100. Hydriomkna plesia, n. sp.
[tt Alberto?, neighbouring, akin].

^ ?, 20-24 nnij. Head dai-k fuscous. Palpi 2, densely scaled;
dark fuscous, bases beneath whitish. Antennae fuscous ; in J"
slightly dentate, ciliations |. Thorax dark fuscous irrorated with
grey. Abdomen dark fuscous mixed in 3' with brownish, in ?
with grey ; a pair of blackish dots on dorsum of each segment.
Legs fuscous, irrorated, and tarsi annulated with whitish. Fore
wings with costa scarcely arched, termen bowed, wavy, oblique ;
in c? brownish, in 2 whitish with obscui'e fuscous oblique lines ;
a small fuscous basal patch containing obscure darker lines ; its
margin rounded, oblique from ^ costa to neai- base of dorsum ; a
fuscous median band, in ? paler and with oblique fuscous lines,
with a blackish median discal dot ; anterior edge concave ;
postei'ior edge with a projecting tooth beneath costa, and another
more prominent in mid-disc, in <? with minute white dots on
veins; an obscure pale subterminal line in 3' with minute white
dots on veins ; an interrupted dark fuscous terminal line ; cilia
dark fuscous ; apices whitish, mixed with fuscous. Hind wings
with termen lounded, dentate, fuscous, with obscure fine darker
transverse lines ; an interrupted blackish terminal line ; cilia as
fore wings.

In Meyrick's tabulation this falls \w'tt\\ H. rhynchota, from
which it differs in the absence of white fasciae limiting median
band of fore wings. At first sight it might be confused with H.
squamulata, but the palpi, not to mention other points, are very
different.

Type in Coll. Lyell.

v., Gisborne, in Ft^bruary and March ; three specimens
received from Mr. G. Lyell.

101. Hydkiomkna loxocvma, n. sp.
[Ao^oKv/xo?, obliquely waved].
$ , 20-24 mm. Head dark fuscous, on crown irrorated with
whitish. Palpi short {^\) ', dark fuscous. Antennae dark

266 Pi'oceedi iKjs. of the Roi/al Socicti/ of Victorui.

fuscous. Thorax and abdomen dark fuscous, irrorated with
whitish. Legs dark fuscous mixed with whitish. Fore wings
triangular; costa nearly straight; apex acute; termen bowed,
oblique; whitish, with numerous obliquely transverse dark fuscous
lines ; several fine basal lines ; a darker antemedian line from ^
costa to ^ dorsum, very slightly outwardly curved ; postmedian
line very distinct, from g costa to mid-dorsum, with a well marked
outward projection beneath costa, and another more obtuse in
mid-disc; one or two fine lines in median band; several fine lines
follow postmedian ; a tine whitisli submedian line bordered by
grey irroration ; an oblique dark shade from apex ; an interrupted
black terminal line ; ciHa whitish with a fuscous median line, and
barred with fuscous opposite veins. Hind wings with termen
rounded ; whitish, with suffused transverse fuscous lines, less
marked towards base ; terminal line and cilia as fore wings.
Under side of fore wings fuscous with whitish irroration ; of
hind wings as upper side, but more distinctly marked.

A small and inconspicuous species, best distinguished by the
form of postmedian line of fore wings.

Type in Coll. Lyell.

v., Birchip, in April; three specimens taken by Mr. D. Goudie.

Section II. — Hind wings 7vith vein j >iot approximated at

base to 6.

(a) Vein ^ from middle of discoceliular, which is straight.

102. Hydriomena microcyma.

Hydriomeua microcyma, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 840.
Type in Coll. Meyrick.

v., Gisborne ; T., Campbelltown, George's Bay ; S. A., Mt.
Lofty. *

{b) Vein § from below middle of discoceliular, which is angled.
103. Hydriomena subochraria.

Aspilates subochraria, Dbld. Dieff., N.Z., ii., 285; Butl., N.Z.
Cat., pi. iii., f. 16.

Arsinoe subochraria, Meyr. Tr. N.Z. Inst., 1883, p. 73.

A iistralian Lepidoptera. 267

Camptogranima strangulata, Gn. Lep. x., p. 423.

Aspilates euboliaria, Wlk. Brit. Mus. Cat., xxvi., p. 1684.

Camptogranmia fuscinata, (In. Ent. Mo. Mag., v., p. 92.

Hydrioniena subochraria, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 851.

Tasnianian specinien.s are duller in colouration, and more
suffused with fuscous than those from other localities.

Q., Toowooniba, Warwick, Stanthorpe ; N.S.W., Glen Innes,
Ben Lomond (4500 feet), Armidale, Murrurundi, Sydney, Bathurst
Coonia; V., Melbourne, Gisborne, Ballarat, Healesville; T.,
Deloraine, Hobart. Also from New Zealand.

104. Hydriomexa uncinata.
Camptogranmia uncinata, Gn. Lep. x., p. 424.

Panagra appioximata, Wlk. Brit. Mus. Cat., xxiii., p. 1002.

Panagra plurilineata, Wlk. Brit. Mus. Cat., xxiii., p. 1011.

Panagra intercalata, Wlk. Brit. Mus. Cat., xxiii., p. 1012.

Camptogramma replicata, Wlk. Brit. Mus. Cat., xxv.,
p. 1330.

Panagra revulsaria, Wlk. Brit. Mus. Cat., xxvi , p. 1665.

Cidaria gallinata, F. and R. Reis. Nov., pi. cxxxi., f. 8.

Hydriomena uncinata, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 850.

Q., Mt. TamlK)urine, Warwick, Stanthorpe; N.S.W., Sydney,
Bathurst; V., Melbourne, Gisborne; T., George's Bay, Hobart;
.'S.A., Mt. Lofty ; A^'.A., Albany, Perth, Geraldton.

Genus 17. Melitulias.

Melitulias, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 857.

Face with short cone of projecting scales. Antennae in ^
•ciliated. Palpi moderate, poriected, rough-scaled. Posterior
tibiae with all spurs present. Fore wings with areole double.
Hind wings in c? with a discal patch of moditied yellow scales ;
■vein 5 approximated at base to 6, 6 and 7 stalked, 8 anastomosing
with cell to beyond middle.

105. Melitulias graphicata.
Tephrina graphicata, Wlk. Brit. Mus. Cat., xxiii., p. 967.
Melitulias graphicata, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 857.
Type in British Museum.

N.S.W., Blackheath ; V., Melbourne ; T., Deloraine, Lefroy.

268 Proceedings of the Roi/al Society of Victoria.

106. Melitulias glandulata.

Phibalapteryx glandulata, Gu. Lep. x., p. 439, pi. 10, f. 6.
Eubolia undulata, Rosen. A.M.N.H., 1885, p. 432.
Melitulias glandulata, Meyr. P.L.S. N.8.W., 1890, p. 858.
v., Melbourne; T., Hobart.

107. Melitulias discophora.

Melitulias discophora, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 859.
Type in Coll. Meyrick.
N.S.W., Mt. Kosciusko.

Genus 18. Anomocentris.

Anomocentris, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 860.

Face with very small cone of scales. Tongue absent. Palpi
short, stout, porrected, rough scaled. Antenae in <? bipectinated
throughout; pectinations ending in tufts of long cilia. Posterior
tibiae in both sexes without median spurs. Fore wings with
areole simple. Hind wings with vein 5 approximated at base
to 6, 6 and 7 stalked, 8 anastomosing with cell to near end.

Type A. crystal lota, Meyr.
1. Fore wings with a white longitudinal basal

streak ..----. crystallota
Fore wings without white basal streak - - trissodesma

108. Anomocentris trissodesma.

Anestia trissodesma. Low. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1897, p. 12.

Emmilitis trissode.sma, Low. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1899, p. 84.

I have received three c? and one ? specimens of this interesting
species from Mr. Lower. There is no doubt that it is correctly
placed in this genus.

Type in Coll. Lower.

S.A., P>roken Hill.

109. Anomocentris crystallota.

Anomocentris crystallota, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 860.
Type in Coll. Meyrick.
AV.A., Carnarvon.

Australian Lepidoptera. 269

Genus 19. Diploctena, nov.
[SiTrXoKTcros, with twofold comb ; in allusion to the 3' antennae].

Face with projecting scales. Palpi moderate, porrected, I'ough
scaled. Antennae in 3' bipectinated, with two pairs of line
])ectinations on each segment ; extreme apex simple. Thorax
not hairy beneath. Posterior tibiae with all spurs present. Fore
wings with areole double. Hind wings with vein 5 approximated
at base to 6, vein 8 anastomosing with cell from near base to
beyond middle.

An endemic development from Xanthorhoe, differing in the 3
having two pairs of pectinations to each antennal segment. The
species are of lai-ge size with rather elongate fore wings.

Type D. argocyma, n. sp.

1. Fore wings with median band, limited posteriorly

by a white fascia ------ argocyma

Fore wings without white fascia . - - - nephodes

110. Diploctena argocyma, n. sp.
[dpyvKuyitos, white-waved].
3, 36 mm. Head, palpi and thorax fuscous mixed with
whitish ; palpi 1^. Antennae pale grey ; in c? with two pairs of
pectinations on each segment, a shorter proximal pair (2) and a
longer distal pair (3), the pectinations being closely approximated
at the divisions between the segments. Abdomen whitish,
irrorated with fuscous ; with pairs' of dark dots on dorsum
of tiiird and fourth segments. Legs whitish, irrorated with
fuscous; anterior pair mostly fuscous; posterior pair mostly
whitish. b'ore wings rather elongate, triangular ; costa,
slightly arched ; termen slightly bowed, oblique ; fuscous
mixed with whitish ; a darker basal area, outwardly convex ;
median band darker, containing a median discal dot ; anterior
edge bounded ))y a fine outwardly curved whitish line,
from ^ costa to j dorsum ; posterior edge from j costa to |^
dorsum, with a small double-toothed median projection ;
immediately followed by a wavy white fascia, bisected by a tine
fuscous line ; a mucli waved fine white suliterminal line ; cilia
whitish mixed with fuscous (imperfect). Hind wings with

270 Proceedmgs of the Royal Society of Victoria.

termen rounded ; whitish suftused towards inner margin witli
pale grey ; three or four fine wavy fuscous transverse lines from
inner margin ; a whitish subterniinal line ; cilia whitish.

Type in Coll. Lyell.

v., Mt. Ellery, in December ; one specimen.

111. DiPLOCTENA NEPHODES.

Xanthorhoe nephodes, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 874.

c?, 40 mm. Antennae of c? bipectinated, with two pairs of
pectinations of equal length (3) on each segment, arising from
the middle and extreme apex of each segment, and so fairly
equidistant. Fore wings elongate tinangular ; costa nearly
straight, except near base and apex ; termen rather strongly
bowed, oblique ; pale grey with dark fuscous lines and irroration;.
a fuscous suffusion along costa ; a basal line slightly outwardly
curved ; median band narrow, pale except at margins, with a
well marked blackish median discal dot ; margin defined by a
moderately broad dark fuscous line, internally edged with pale
brownish, and this again by five fuscous lines ; anterior from ^
costa to near mid-dorsum, nearly straight ; posterior from | costa
to I dorsum, very slightly angled above middle; a dark outwardly
curved slightly waved subtermiual line, immediately followed by a
whitish line ; a fine blackish terminal line, preceded by pale
brownish sufl^usion on veins ; cilia grey. Hind wings with tei-men
rounded, whitish-grey ; on inner margin and termen suflfused with
darker grey ; a pale subterminal line ; a fine blackish terminal
line ; cilia grey.

Mey rick's type, which I have seen, is considerably wasted. I
have, therefore, supplemented his description.

N.S.W., Mt. Kosciusko ; V., Yarra track, between Marysville
and Wood's Point, in November ; one specimen in Coll. Lyell.

Genus 20. Xanthophoe.

Xanthorhoe, Hb. Verz, p. 327.

Face with more or less slightly projecting scales or conical tuft.
Palpi moderate, porrected, rough scaled. Antennae in t?
bipectinated, apex usually simple. Thorax glabrous beneath.
Posterior tibiae with all spurs present. Fore wings with areole

Australian Lepidoptera. 271

double. Hind wings with 8 anastomosing with cell from near
l)ase to beyond middle (Meyrick).

As in the case of Hydriomena, I think the two sections of this
genus should rank as distinct genera. I have merged Acodia,
Rosen., with the first section for reasons given below.

Section I.— Hind wings with vein 5 approximated to 6 at base.

112. Xantiiorhoe pauper.

Acodia pauper, Rosen. A.M.N.H., 1885, p. 435, pi. xi., f. 7;
Meyr., P.L.S. KS.W., 1890, p. 861.

Xanthorhoe pelochroa, Low. Tr.R.S. S.A., 1894, p. 80.

This species is somewhat variable in colouration and form of
postmedian line of fore wings. The head is sometimes of a very
characteristic reddish-violet character. I have examined the
neuration of four $ specimens. In three the posterior wall and
liisecting vein of areole are completely absent, as in the definition
ui the genus Acodia. In the fourth there is a double areole
perfectly devoloped. In view of this varialjility I think the
genus Acodia must be dropped. This observation completely
confirms Mr. Meyrick's explanation of the nature of this form of
abnormal neuration.

Type in British Museum.

v., Fernshaw, Melbourne ; T., Ulverstone, Hobart ; W.A.,
Albany, Perth.

113. Xanthorhoe centroneura.

Xanthorhoe centroneura, Meyr. P.L.S. X.S.W., 1890, p. 863.
Type in Coll. Meyrick.
T., Hobart.

114. Xanthorhoe subidaria.

Coremia sultidacia, Gn. Lep. x., p. 42.

Coi'emia cymaria, Gn. Lep. x., p. 414.

Coremia permissata, Wlk. Brit. Mus. Cat., xxv., p. 1317.

Coremia regulata, Wlk. Brit. Mus. Cat., xxv., p. 1318.

Coremia relictata, Wlk. Brit. Mus. Cat., xxv., p. 1318.

Coremia acutata, Wlk. Brit. Mus. Cat., xxv., p. 1319.

Cidaria sodaliata, Wlk. Brit. Mus. Cat., xxv., p. 1410.

272 Proceedivgs of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Larentia feraria, Wlk. Brit. Mus. Cat., xxxv., p. 1672.

Coremia divisata, Wlk. Brit. Mus. Cat., xxxv., p. 1682.

Corema cristata, Wlk. Brit. Mus. Cat., xxxv., p. 1683.

Lai'entia gelidata, Wlk. Char. Undescr. Lep., Het., p. 79.

Q., Duaringa, Brisbane, Stradbrooke Island, Toovvoomha ;
N.S.W., Glen Innes, Newcastle, Sydney, Mt. Kosciusko;
v., Melbourne, Gisborne, Fernshaw ; T., Hobart ; S.A., Mt.
Lofty; W.A., Albany, Perth.

V(ir. $ ui'bana.

N.Q., Townsville, Toowoomba; Q., Brisbane; N.S.W., Sydney,
T., Hobart.

115. Xanthorhoe hypkrythra.

Xanthorhoe hyperythra. Low. Tr.R.S. S.A., 1892, p. 12.

Type in Coll. Lower.

v., Melbourne, Gisborne, Sale; S.A., Adelaide.

116. Xanthorhoe rhodacris.

Xanthorhoe rhodacri.s, Low. Tr.R.S. S.A., 1902, p. 226.

2 type. Palpi moderate (2). Distinguishable by the reddish
ferrugineous fore wings, with apical patch of same colour on
under side, and the very distinct subterminal lines on both
wings. The c? is required to establish its generic position.

Type in Coll. Lower.

S.A., Penola.

117. Xanthorhoe agelasta, n. sp.

[aye/\tt(Tro9, grave, sombre].

(?, 24 mm. Head and thorax ochreous-whitish. Palpi 2^^ ;
•ochreous-whitish, external surface mixed with fuscous. Antennae
pale fuscous ; pectinations 6. Abdomen ochreous-whitish, with
paired dark fuscous dots on dorsum of third and fourth segments.
Legs ochreous-whitish, irrorated with fuscous ; anterior pair dark
fuscous annulated with ochreous-whitish. Fore wings with costa
slightly arched, termen almost straight, markedly oblique ;
ochreous-whitish with fuscous lines and irroration ; an outwardly
curved line near base ; median band darker, except in centre,
which contains a blackish discal dot ; band obscurely outlined

Aadralian Lepldoptera. 273

with ochreous-whitish, anterior edge concave from J costa to 1
dorsum, posterior edge with a short obtuse projection above
middle, indented above projection, sinuate beneath, from | costa
to I dorsum ; a short oblique fuscous suffusion beneath apex ;
a tine pale subterminal line ; a tine interrupted 'blackish
terminal line ; cilia ochreous-whitish mixed with fuscous
(imperfect). Hind wings with termen slightly rounded;
ochreous-whitish ; a dark fuscous discal dot; a well-marked dark
fuscous line from inner margin nearly reaching costa ; a fine
waved pale subterminal line in a pale fuscous suffusion; cilia
ochreous-whitish (imperfect). Underside ochreous-whitish ; both
wings with well-marked dark fuscous discal dots and postmedian
lines, and subterminal fuscous suffusion.

Type in Coll. Lyell.

v.. Sale, in INIarch, one specimen ; T., Launceston, two speci-
mens, received from Mr. G. Lyell. These latter differ in the
transverse line on hind wings, and underside being much more
slightly developed, and the underside suffused with fuscous.

118. Xanthouhoe bkujata.

Scotosia brujata, Gn. Lep. x., p. 444.

Scotosia repentinata, Wlk. Brit. Mus. Cat., xxv., p. 1356.

Scoto.sia incertata, Wlk. Brit. Mus. Cat., xxv., p. 1356.

Tephrosia breviaria, Wlk. Brit. Mus. Cat., xxxv., p. 1591.

Xanthorhoe repentinata, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 868.

I have no doubt tliat Guenee's description refers to this species.
The short white line immediately following the postmedian line
and beneath its projecting angle is well-marked in some specimens
though often obsolete, and is very clearly referred to by Guenee.
The colouration vai-ies from a reddish-brown, with darker median
band, to an almost uniform fuscous.

Q., Duaringa, Jbisljane, Toowoonilja, Killarney ; N.S.W.,
Newcastle, Sydney, Blackheath, Jeiiolan ; \'., Melbourne,
Gisborne.

119. Xaxthokhok anaspila.

XanthorlK^e anaspila, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S. W., 1890, p. 869.

Type in Coll. Meyrick.

N.S.W., Glen Innes, Sydney ; \'., (jlisborne.

274 Froceedingfi of the Royal Society of Victoria.

120. Xanthorhoe xerodes.

Xanthorhoe xerodes, Meyr. P.L.8. N.S.W., 1890, p. 870.
I have not exanjined the neuration of this species and so
cannot say whether it rightly belongs to this section.
Type in Coll. Meyrick.
v., Melbourne (1) (Lower); W.A., Albany, Perth.

121. XaNTHOUHOE HELIACARIA.

Coremia heliacaria, Gn. Lep. x., p. 420.

Xanthorhoe heliacaria, Meyr. P.L.S., KS.W., 1890, p. 872.

v.. Sale, Melbourne, Gisborne ; T., Hobart ; S.A., Mt. Lofty.

122. Xanthorhoe vicissata.

Coremia vicissata, Gn. Lep. x., p. 421, pi. ix., f. 5.
Xanthorhoe vicissata, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 872.
N.S.W., Bathurst ; V., Melbourne, Gisborne; T., Hobart;
S.A., Mt. Lofty.

Section II. — Hind wings tvith vein j Jrotn beloiv centre of
discocellular, wJiich is atigled.

123. Xanthorhoe epicrossa.

Xanthorhoe epicrossa, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 871.

Type in Coll. Meyrick.

N.S.W. , Blackheath, Mt. Kosciusko; T., Deloraine, Strahan.

124. Xanthorhoe argodesma.

Xanthorhoe argodesma, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 867.
I do not know this species and refer it to this section only
conjecturally.

Type in Coll. Meyrick.
v., Melbourne, Myrtleford.

125. Xanthorhoe cheimatobiata.

Caiuptogramma (?) cheimatobiata, Gn. Lep. x., p. 428.
Larentia (?) extensata, Wlk. Brit. Mus. Cat., xxiv., p. 1195.

Aiidrididn Jjepkloptera. 275

(? 2, li5-2S mm. Head and thorax vvliitish, mixed with dark
fuscous. Face and palpi dark fuscous ; palpi \\. Antennae
whitish-grey ; pectinations 9-10. Abdomen whitish, mixed with
(lark fuscous, with a double dorsal series of dark dots. Legs
d.u'k fuscous annulated with whitish ; in posterior pair mostly
whitish. Fore wings with costa scarcely arciied, termen
rounded, oblique ; white ; with numerous oblique slightly waved
dark fuscous lines ; a small, dark fuscous basal patch, followed by
two or three lines ; a median band, mostly fuscous ; anterior
margin from costa at -i to inner margin at 'i, nearly straight ;
posterior border from costa at 4 to inner margin at 4, nearly
straight ; closely followed by a tine parallel line ; two well
marked subterminal lines, and a well marked submarginal line,
all parallel; a very distinct blackish terminal line, inter-
rupted at veins ; cilia white, with a few dai-k fuscous scales.
Hind wings white ; with four slightly waved dark fuscous
transverse lines from inner margin, becoming lost in disc ;
subterminal, submarginal, terminal lines, and cilia as in fore
wings.

Mr. Meyrick was unacquainted with this species.

T., Hobart ; V., Mt. Erica (Lyell).

126. Xantiiorhok dascia, n. sp.
[Sa(r/<to?, dai'kj.

Xanthorhoe extensata, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 867;
wcWlk., Brit. Mus. Cat., xxiv., p. 1195.

3 2, 22-26 mm. Head blackish, with a few whitish scales on
crown. Palpi \\ ; blackish. Thorax and abdomen l)lackish
irrorated with whitish. Legs dark fuscous annulated with
whitish : posterior pair mostly whitish. Fore wings with costa
scarcely arched ; termen bowed, oblique ; wliitish with blackish
lines and median band, the dark colour preponderating ; an
ill-detined dark ba.sal patch ; anterior edge of median band
from 1 costa to 1 dorsum, slightly waved ; posterior edge from
n costa to § dorsum slightly indented beneath costa, witli a short
obtuse median projection ; followed by several tine parallel dark
lines ; subterminal line whitish, crenulate ; an interrupted black
terminal line ; cilia whitish, with a blackish median line ; apices

276 Proceed higs of ilte Royal Society of Victoria.

])arred with dark fuscous. Hind wings with terinen I'ounded ;
whitish, suffused with dark fuscous ; indications of fine dark
lines at inner margin ; usually a broad dark fuscous terminal
band containing a wavy whitish subterminal line ; terminal line
and cilia as fore wings.

This appears to be the species described by Meyrick as X.
extensata, AVlk.; pi'obably trusting to Walker's description for
identification. I have examined Walker's type, and though it
is in poor condition, I satisfied myself that it is referable to
the preceding species.

Type in Coll. Lyell.

Var. petrodes [ttctpoSt/s, resembling a rock]. Fore wings grey
rather than blackish, with pale ocheous-brown suffusion near
base and in parts of disc.

Q., Warwick, in April. Four <? specimens of the variety
petrodes, harmonising in colouration with the rocks on which they
settled. N.S.W., Bathurst ; V., Melbourne, Fern.shaw, Gisborne,
in March and April ; four specimens received from Mr. G. Lyell.
S.A., Mt. Lofty.

127. Xanthorhoe xanthospila.

Xanthorhoe xanthospila. Low. Tr.R.S. S.A., 1892, p. 13.

S' ?, 22-24 mm. Head whitish-ochi'eous, with a few fuscous
scales. Face and palpi dark fu.scous with a few whitish-ochreous
scales; palpi \\. Antennae whitish-grey; pectinations 6.
Thorax dark fuscous ; anterior edge whitish-ochreous ; patagia
whitish-ochreous, with a blackish transverse line. Abdomen
whitish-ochreous, mixed with fuscous ; with a double dorsal series
of dark dots. Legs dark fuscous annulated with ochreous-'whit-
ish ; posterior pair ochreous-whitish irrorated with dark fuscous.
Fore wings with costa slightly arched, termen slightly bowed,
oblique; dark fuscous mixed with whitish and with ochreous on
veins ; basal line obscure, outwardly curved, oblique ; median
band darker, except in centre, which contains a blackish discal
dot ; anterior edge, from costa at \ to inner margin at ^,
oljscui-ely outlined with whitish, above nearly straight, beneath
strongly curved inwards; posterior edge sharply defined, bounded
by a double whitish line, from costa at | to inner margin at |,
with a sharp median projection, indented above and below

Aastndlait Lepidoptera. 2,11

projection ; an iuteiTupted whitish waved subtermiiial line ;
an interrupted bhickish terminal line, thickened l)etween in-
terruptions ; cilia fuscous mixed with pale ochreous ; apices
whitish. Hind wings with ternien slightly rounded ; whitish
sutl'used with grey ; with a dark fuscous discal dot, and an
interrupted dark fuscous' hind marginal line ; c-ilia whitish
mixed with grey.

Type in Coll. Lower.

v., Gisborne, Kewell, Birchip ; S.A., Mt. Lofty.

Genus 21. Dasysterna, nov.

[8acrv(TTepFos, hairy-bieasted].

Face with long projecting hairs. Tongue pi'esent. Antennae
of J ciliated. Palpi lather long, second joint ascending, terminal
joint porrect, clothed with long stitf iiairs in fi'ont. Tiiorax and
coxae densely hairy beneath. Posterior tibae with all spurs
present. Fore wings with areole single. Hind wings with vein
5 from slightly above middle of cell, 6 anil 7 stalked, 8 anast(»-
mosing with cell to beyond middle.

Type D. tristis, Butl.

Closely allied to Dasyuiis, Gn., of whicli it is a development;
these two genera, with the New Zealand Notoreas, Meyr., and the
Xew Zealand and European Lythria, Hb., form a natural and
pi'obaltly archaic group.

128. Dasysteuna tristis.

Phytometra tristi.s, Butl. A.M.N.H., 18S2, p. 90.

Scordylia tristi.s, iMeyr. P.L.8. N.S.W., 1890, p. 819.

Type in British Museum.

Mr. Meyrick overlooked the hairy underside of this species ;
probably in his specimens it was denuded. jNlr. Butler made a less
excusable error in describing it as a Noctuid.

v., Melbourne, Kewell, Nhill.

Genus 22. Dasyuris.
Dasyuris, (in.

Face rough-haired or with projecting scales. Palpi moderate,
porrected, with long dense rough hairs. Antennae in cT shortly

278 Proceedings of the Royal Societr/ of Victoria.

ciliated. Thorax and coxae densely hairy beneath. Posterior
tibae with all spurs present. Fore wings with areole double.
Hind wings with 8 anastomosing with cell from near base to
beyond middle (Meyrick).

Besides the Austi-alian and New Zealand species there is one
European.

1. Hind wings with yellow markings ... 2
Hind wings without yellow markings - - 3

2. Fore wings with postmedian line angled - - euclidiata
Fore wings with postmedian line not angled - hedylepta

3. Hind wings with postmedian line angled - - decisaria
Hind wings with postmedian line not angled - caesia

129. Dasyuris decisaria.

Fidonia decisaria, Wlk. Brit. Mus. Cat., xxvi., p. 1671.
Dasyuris decisaria, Meyr. P.L.8. N.S.W., 1890, p. 875.
Type in British Museum.
v., Melbourne, Grisborne ; T., Launceston, Mt. Wellington.

130. Dasyuris caesia, n. sp.
[Caesius, grey].

?, 22 mm. Head and palpi fuscous mixed with whitish-grey;
palpi 2|. Antennae grey. Thorax and abdomen grey irrorated
with whitish. Legs grey irrorated with whitish. Fore wings
elongate-triangular; costa almost straight; termen strongly bowed,
slightly oblique ; whitish with grey markings and irroration ; a
transverse line near base ; antemedian line well marked, outwardly
curved, from h costa to f dorsum ; a faint median shade preceded
by a discal dot ; postmedian line very distinct from t costa to |
dorsum, somewhat wavy, with a slight bidentate median
projection ; terminal area suffused ly darker, with a fine wavy
subterminal line ; an interrupted dark fuscous fine terminal line ;
cilia grey, sharply barred with whitish. Hind wings with termen
rounded ; whitish-grey, with a broad dark grey terminal band •
postmedian line faintly marked, not angulated ; subterminal and
terminal lines and cilia as fore wings.

Closely allied to D. decisaria, Wlk. ; but the fore wings are
narrower and mucli paler, the postmedian line with median

Australian Lepidoplera. 279

projection less marked, and the hind wings have termen not
wavy, and the postniedian line not angled.

Type in Coll. Lyell.

v., Kewell, in October. One specimen taken by Mr. J. R.
Hill.

131. Dasyuris euclidiata.

Coremia euclidiata, Gn. Lep. x., p. 420.

Coremia glyphicata, Gn. Lep. x.,'p. 420.

Dasyuris euclidiata, Meyr. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1890, p. 876.

Q., Warwick. I found this species abundant in October, flying
actively in the bright sunshine, attracted by the flowers of
Galium.

v., Melbourne, Gisborne.

132. Dasyuris hedylepta, n. sp.

[i^SvAt/tttos, taken with pleasure].

3' $, 32-36 mm. Head dark fuscous with a few whitish
scales. Palpi dark fuscous mixed with ochreous-whitish, which
preponderates towards base. Antennae dark fuscous ; in J"
dentate and shortly ciliated (i). Thorax and abdomen dark
fuscous irrorated with whitish-ochreous. Legs dark fuscous
mixed with ochreous-whitish ; posterior pair paler. Fore wings
triangular, costa slightly arched, termen moderately bowed,
slightly oblique ; fuscous mixed with whitish ; an obscui'e dark
transverse line near base, edged posteriorly by a whitish line ;
antemedian line white, twice dentate, from }^ costa to ^ dorsum,
posteriorly edged with dark fuscous ; a slightly curved dark
fuscous line sometimes follows this before mid-disc ; a blackish
discal dot ; postmedian line flne, blackish, outwardly curved,
with rounded teeth, from | costa to | dorsum, edged posteriorly
by a white line ; this is sometimes preceded by a fine outwardly
curved fuscous line from ^ costa to f dorsum ; a fine wavy,
whitish subterminal line ; a fine interrupted blackish terminal
line ; cilia fuscous, apices barred with whitish. Hind wings
with termen rounded ; fuscous ; basal part of disc more or less
suflused with bright ochreous ; a wavy bright ochreous subter-
minal line; terminal line scarcely traceable ; cilia as in fore wings,

280 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

but at apex wholly whitish. Under surface of both wings
ochreous ; bases irrorated with fuscous ; discal dot and post-
median line dark fuscous ; sufi'used fuscous subterminal and
terminal lines, both interrupted in middle.

Type in Coll. Lyell.

v., Mount Erica (4500 feet), in February ; five specimens. '

APPENDIX.

Genus 23. Cleptocosmia.

Cleptocosmia, AYarr. Nov. Zool., 1896, p. 383.

Fore wings with basal half clothed with long hairs, veins 7, 8,
9, 10 and 11 stalked, no areole. Hind wings with veins 3 and 4
stalked, 6 and 7 stalked, 8 anastomosing with cell as far as
middle. Hind tibiae with middle spurs absent.

I examined the neuratioii of the type and it is certainly very
aberrant in this family, but Hampson records similar absence of
the areole in several Indian geneia. Perhaps the genus may be
distantly related to Astheria, but further examination of more
abundant material is necessary to form an opinion.

Type Cleptocosmia mutabilis, Warr.

133. Cleptocosmia mutabilis.

Cleptocosmia mutabilis, Warr. Nov. Zool., 1896, p. 383.
Type in Coll. Rothschild.
N.Q., Cooktown.

Species Unrecognised, or Not Rightly Included
IN THIS Sub-family.

134. Melanippe icterata, Gn. Lep. x., p. 387, pi. ix., f. 9. Said

to be from New Holland. Mr. Meyrick believes tlie
locality to be erroneous.

135. Coremia extraneata, Gn. Lep. x., p. 416. A species of

unknown locality, coiijecturally referred by the author
to Australia.

136. Coremia opertaria, Gn. Lep. x., p. 421. From Australia.

Unknown to me.

AastndiiLih Lepidopter<i. 281

137. Cauiptogi-juania biohroniata, Gii. Lep. x., p. 425. From

Tasmania. Unknown to nie.

138. Larentia(?) intenebrata, Wlk. Bric. Mus. Cat.,xxiv., p. 1196.

I (lid not see any type in the Bi'itish Mu.seum, and
without a type this species cannot l)e safely conjectured.

139. Coreniia ordinaiia, Wlk. Brit. Mus. Cat., xxv., p. 1320.

From Tasmania. Unknown to me. T did not see any
type.

140. Phibalapteryx strixata, Wlk. Brit. Mus. Cat., xxv., p. 1341.

From Sydney. I saw no type. Belongs to the genus
Selidosema ; cheluta, Meyr., is a synonym, (Selidose-
minae).

141. Scotosia fractata, Wlk. Brit. Mus. Cat., xxv., p. 1359, is a

synonym of Selidosema euboliaria, Wlk. (Selidoseminae).

142. Cidaria assimilata, Wlk. Brit. Mus. Cat., xxv., p. 1408.

From Swan River. Unknown to me.

143. Panagra multifilaria, Wlk. Brit. Mus. Cat., xxvi., p. 1664.

From Tasmania. According to Swinhoe (Oat. Oxf.
Mus., ii., p. 356) the type is in the Oxford Museum, and
is referable to the genus Asthena.

144. Melanippe teliferata, Wlk. Brit. Mus. Cat., xxvi.,

p. 1712, is a synonym of Satraparchis bijugata, Wlk.
(Monoctenianae).

145. Scotosia metarhodata, Wlk. Brit. Mus. Cat., xxvi., p. 1724.

Belongs to the genus Pseudoterpna (Geometrinae).

146. Cidaria metaxanthata, Wlk. Brit. Mus. Cat., xxvi.,

p. 1734, is a .synonym for. Dichromodes ainaria, Gn.
(Monoctenianae).

147. Eubolia indicataria, Wlk. Brit. Mus. Cat., xxxv., p. 1698.

Belongs to the genus Dichromodes (Monoctenianae).

148. Eubolia partitaria, Wlk. Brit. Mus. Cat., xxxv., p. 1699,

also belongs to the genus Dichromodes.

149. Collix multifihita, Warr. Nov. Zool., 1896, p. 385.

150. Rhinoprora pallidiplaga, Warr. Nov. Zool, 1898, p. 25.

From Duaringa. I did not identify the type, which is
without hind legs, but is probably a Chlorocly.stis near
euryzona, but with hind wings wholly fuscous.

151. Megatheca dentosa, Warr. Nov. Zool., 1901, p. 31. From

Mackay. This is a Chloroclystis which I failed to

282 Proceedings of the Rojjal Society of Victoria.

identify, allied to euryzoiia. Sir G. Hauipson informs
me that it is idential with tenuilinea, Warr., from Pulo
Laut.

152. Mesoptila anthracias, Low. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1897, p. 12.

This belongs to the Noctuidae, and is allied to the
genus Panilla. I am indebted to Miss Wise, of Sale,
for allowing me to examine the type.

153. Xanthorhoe lychnota, Low. P.L.S. N.S.W., 1900, p. 404.

The type of this belongs to the Selidoseminae.

154. Epirrhoe bertha, Swin. Tr.E.S., 1902, p. 648. From

Hobart. " Allied to E. scotodes. Turn."' This and the
following recently described species are unknown to me.

155. Epirrhoe maerens, Swin. Tr.E.S., 1902, p. 648. From

Mt. Kosciusko.

156. Dasyuris tridenta, Swin.

Geraldton, W.A.

157. Microdes arcuata, Swin.

" S.E. Australia."

Tr.E.S., 1902, p. 649.
Tr.F.S., 1902, p. 652.

From
From

INDEX TO GENERA.

Anoiiiocentris, Meyr.
Asthena, Hb.
Chloroclystis, Hb.
Cleptocosniia, Warr.
Dasysterna, nov.
Dasyuris, Gn.
Diploctena, nov. -
Euchoeca, Hb.
Eiicymatoge, Hb.
Gymnoscelis, Mab.
Heterochasta, Meyr.
Hvdrioinena, Hb.

I'AOE.

I'AGE.

26S

Melitulias, Meyr.

- 267

240

Mesoptila, Meyr.

- 235

22S

Microdes, Gn.

- 237

2.S0

^[nesiloba, Warr.

- 236

277

I'olyelysta. Gn. -

- 251

277

Protaulaca, Meyr.

- 251

2(J9

Sanris. Gn. - - -

- 222

239

Scordylia, Gn.

- 244

247

Scotocyma, nov. -

- 245

224

'rephroclystia, Hb.

- 235

250

Xanthorhoe, Hb.

- 270

INDEX TO SPECIES.

Synonyms, unrecognised species, and species not rightly
included in the sub-family in italics.

I'.MiK.

r.\(iK.

ablechra, nov.

- 234

albinotata, Wlk. -

- 245

acidna, nov.

- 227

anaspila, JMeyr. -

- 273

actinipha. Low. -

- 253

aiinidiferata, Wlk.

- 260

acutata, Wlk

- 271

anthodes, Meyr. -

- 243

agelasta, nov.

- 272

anthracias, \joyi .-

- 282

aglaodes, Meyr. -

- 257

antliracinata, Gn.

- 255

A ustralian Lep Idoptera.

283

appvoximata, Wlk.
apprcxijiiiita , Wlk.
arachnitis, nov. -
arciiatu, Swin.
argocj'ma, nov. -
argodesiiia, Meyr.
tissimilata, Wlk. -
atriplcnn, Wlk. -
atrostrig'ata, Warr.
hcrtlia, Swin.
bichro7nato, Gn. -
bifusata, Wlk.
hreviaria, AVlk. -
briijata, Gn.
caesia, nov.
callinia, nov.
callizona. Low. -
canata, Wlk.
casta, Butl.-
cataphaea, Meyr.
catastreptes, Meyr.
centroneura, Meyr
fheiuiatobiata, Gn.
chrysocynia, Meyr.
ciiicinsa, Warr. -
cissocosnia, nov. -
clandestiuatu, Wlk.
compsodes, Meyr.
conglobata, Wlk.
conifasciata, Butl.
LOiistipata, Wlk. -
coquina, Wan-. -
correlata, Wlk.
crixtafa, Wlk.
crocota, nov.
cryeropa, Meyr. -
crystallota, Meyr.
rvmaria, Gn.
dascia, nov.
decipiens, Biitl. -
decisaria, Wlk. -
decreta, Wlk.
delocyiiia, nov.
deli/<;>-aiinna, Meyr.
denotata, Wlk.
dentifascia, Hiups.
dentosa, Warr.
destrttctata, Wlk.
diplodonta, nov. -
discophoi'a, Meyr.
divisatd, AVlk.
doliopis, >Meyr. -
ebuleata, Gn.
elaica, Meyr.
eniporias, nov.
epicrossa, Meyr. -

P.\6K.

I'.XGK.

2olt

erymua, Meyr. -

- 225

267

piiboliai ia, Wlk. -

- 267

264

eiiclidiata, Gn. -

- 279

2S2

euphylla, Meyr. -

- 243

26!)

eiipilhec-iata, AVlk.

- 237

27-i

eiithccta. nov.

- 243

281

excentrata, Gn. -

- 256

255

I'xiensatn, Wlk. -

- 274

240

extraiieata , Gu.

- 280

282

extrnneatii^^Vs..-

- 260

281

feroria, Wlk.

- 272

257

fervidata, Wlk. -

- 261

273

filata, Gn. - - -

- 231

273

fiisciiiiitd. Gn.

- 267

278

'unllinata. F. and E. -

- 267

257

,i:elidat„, Wlk. -

- 272

250

ghosha, Wlk.

- 249

230

giandulata, Gn. -

- 268

255

glaucosa, Luc.

- 241

256

glypiiicata, Gn.

- 279

229

gonias, nov.

- 234

271

graphicata, AVlk.

- 267

274

guttifera, nov.

- 233

260

gypsoniela, Low. -

- 253

223

hedylepta, nov. -

- 279

232

heliacaria, Gn. .-

- 274

249

heteroleiica, Meyr.

- 258

235

hirndinata, Gn. -

- 223

250

hyperythra, Low.

- 272

254

hypograniniata, Gn. -

- 251

256

icteratn, (in.

- 280

225

iniperviata, Wlk.

- 258

261

incertnta, Wlk. -

- 273

272

i iidicfitaria, Wlk.

- 281

2(il

insigillata, Wlk. -

- 230

262

insulsata, Gn.

- 261

268

intenebrata, Wlk.

- 281

271

inte.ntata, Wlk. -

- 255

275

intercalata, AVlk.

- 267

215

iitteriiiptata, Moore

- 223

278

interrnptata, Gn.

- 253

2t;2

laniprotis, Meyr.

- 256

226

langiiescens, Rosen.

- 258

237

lasioplaca, Low. -

- 251

229

laticostata, Wlk.

- 230

237

leiicophanes, Meyr.

- 249

281

leucophrag-iiia, Meyr. -

- 244

230

leiicozona, Meyr.

- 261

239

lichenias, Meyr.

- 222

268

lojihopus, nov.

- 224

272

lo.xocyuia, nov. -

- 265

258

lucidiilata, Wlk. -

- 254

261

lychnota. Low.

- 282

223

niaereus, iSwin.

- 282

245

malaca, Meyr.

- 223

274

niecynata, Gn.

- 260

7a

'^84 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

PAGE.

melanocausta, Meyr. - - 238

Tnelanocerns, Meyr. - - 223

melauolopha, Swin. - - 235

metallospora, nov. - - 231

metarhodata, Wlk. - - 281

metaxaiithatn. Wlk. - - 281

microcyma, Meyr. - - 266

7nicroi;y>ui , Low. - - - 241

minima, Warr. - . - 227

niixtai-in , Wlk. - . - 238

mniochroa, nov. - - - 232

mortuata, Gn. - - - 249

mtillnta, Gn. - - . 240

midtifilaria, Wlk. - - 281

midtifilata, Warr. - - 281

mutabilis, Warr. - - 280

nephodes, Meyr. - - - 270

nijrrilineata, AVarr. - - 231

oceanias, Meyr. - - - 242

ondinata, Gn. - - - 242

opertaria, Gn. - - . 280

orditiaria, Wlk. - - - 281

orthropis, Meyr. - - - 259

oxyufona, Meyr. . - - 2t;o

oxyntis, Meyr. . - . 244

pnllidiplagii, Warr. - - 281

paradelpha. Low.- - - 256

partitaria, Wlk. - - - 281

parviilata, Wlk. - - - 229

pauper, Rosen. - . - 271

pelliicida, Luc. - - - 242

pelochron. Low - - - 271

peplodes, nov. . - . 247

percrassata, Wlk. - - 255

perffctata, Wlk. - - - 263

pt-rmissata , Wlk. - - 271

perornata, Wlk. - - - 260

phaedra, Meyr. - - - 252

plagiocausta, nov. - - 263

platydesma. Low. - - 246

plesia, nov. - - - - 265

plurilineata, Wlk. - - 242

pluriliiieiifa, Wlk. - - 267

polycarpa, Meyr. - - 260

polyxantha, Meyr. - - 261

purphyretica , Low. - - 240

promptata, Wlk. - - - 263

psarodes, nov. - - - 253

piilchraria. Dbld. - - 242

piilcliraria. Wlk. - - 240

pyretndes, Meyr. - - - 230

quartanntn, Gn. - - - 256

regulata, Wlk. - - -271

relictata, Wlk. - - - 271

I'AGE.

remudesaria, Wlk. - - 223

repeiitinata, Wlk. - - 273

replicata, Wlk. - - - 267

respnnsata, Wlk. - - 255

remdsaria, Wlk. - - - 267

rhodacris. Low. - - - 272

rhyncliota, Meyr. - - 253

risata, Gn. - - - - 240

rubroferrata, Wlk. - - 231

rubropunctaria, Dbld. - 240

sciti/erata, Wlk. - - - 263

scoliota, Mej'r. - - - 243

scotodes, nov. . - . 248

scythropa, Meyr. - - 251

severata, Gu. - - - 263

sodaliata, Wlk. - - - 271

solitata, Wlk. - - . 255

solittata, Wlk. - - - 256

spoliata., Wlk. - - - 261

squaniiilata, Gn. - - 238

squaniulata, Warr. - - 264

stereozona, Meyr. - - 260

stipidaria, Wlk. - - - 238

strani(tdatii . Gn. - - - 267

sfrixata, Wlk. - - - 281

strumosata, Gn. - . - 255

subidaria, Gn. . . . 271

subochraria, Dbld. - - 266

subrectaria, Gn. - - - 255

sitbrtif'(da, Warr. - - 226

symjihona, Meyr. - - 256

synchora, Meyr. - - - 257

teli/eratu, Vv^k. - - - 281

testulata, Gn. . . - 229

tlialassias, Meyr. - - 242

turiata,Y.imd}i. - - 238

trideiitn, Swin. - - - 282

triseriatd, Mooi"e - - 223

trissodesma, Low. - - 268

trissojahrica, nov. - - 259

tristis, Butl. ... 277

tryg-odes, Meyr. - - - 261

typliopa, Ivow. - - - 238

uneinata, Gn. - - - 267

u lid II lata, Rosen. - - 268

urarcha, Meyr. . . - 242

vacuaria, Gn. - - - 256

vetustata, Wlk. - - - 223

vpxata, Wlk. - - - 240

vicissata, Gn. . - - 274

villosata, Gu. - - - 238

xanthospila, Low. - - 27(5

xerodes, Meyr. - - - 274

xylocyma, Meyr. - - 243

Art. XVI. — TJie Aariferous Sandstones of Chiltern.
By E. J. Dunn, F.G.S.

[Eead 12tli November, 1903].

In 1858 Conness and party discovered the goldfield that
surrounds the present town of Chiltex'n. Their shaft was sunk
near the N.W. corner of the block of land n)arked Bigbey
(Allotment G, Sec. A, Parish of Chiltern), and the sample of gold
obtained from the bottom was seen by the writer on its way to
Beechworth, where the reward was claimed. Within a few
weeks there were about 25,000 people at the Indigo Rush, and
a township extended for four- miles along the course of Indigo
Lead.

Chiltern is 168^ miles from Melbourne, on the North-Eastern
railway, and the position of the Caledonian Lead — a branch of
the Indigo Lead, where auriferous sandstone occurs — is 3 miles
N.W. in a straight line from Chiltern and about 2 miles due S.
from Mount Plea.sant.

Portion of the Caledonian Lead was worked by Mr. Barrass,
Senr., and party, and more than twenty years ago Mr. Barrass
discovered that some of the sandstone pebbles and boulders in
the wash-dirt were auriferous. Forty or fifty loads were gathered
up and crushed at an ordinary battery for a I'eturn of \o to 20
dwt. of gold jDer load ; tliis was only a fraction of the gold
contained in the pebbles, as the gold is too tine for treatment in
the ordinary stamp battery. Twelve loads more were obtained by
this party on the surface at the Devonshire Lead, but whether
they were obtained from that lead or had been cai'ted over from
the Caledonian Lead is uncertain. Altogether, probably, from 90
to 100 loads of the.se pebbles have been gathered up and treated
for gold.

Auriferous pebbles were met with in the gravel of the lead
from where the Caledonian Lead crossed the Devonshii'e Reef,
and for about 400 feet down the course of the lead below the
intersection. No auriferous sandstone pebbles were found in the

286 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Viciorid

l)ranch lead from the south, which joins the Calerlonian Lead 2
chains above where the Devonshire Reef crosses it, nor were
any found further up the lead, until within 100 feet of the
Caledonian Reef. Where this reef crosses the Caledonian Lead
and for 100 feet below the intersection, they were again met
with.

These pebbles were so rich in gold that an effort was made to
locate tlie beds of rock from which they had been derived.
Messrs. Barrass and party expended much work in the search.
They sank a shaft 135 feet through the alluvium on to a slate
bar carrying gold, and then trenched the bed-rock below the lead
for 300 to 400 feet below where the Devonshire Reef is crossed.
The slate bar was 9 feet wide, and it carried by assay about 3
dwts. of gold per ton. This was sunk into for 20 feet, when the
gold apparently ceased. This bar was not far from the I'eef. West-
ward the trenching did not disclose auriferous sandstone, but in
a shaft sunk a little to the east of the other one, sandstone was
found carrying gold. A few loads were crushed, and several
loads dumped on the surface that yield a small prospect of
microscopic crystalline gold.

More recent efforts to locate the .source of the auriferous sand-
stone pebbles were made by Mr. J. Mooi'e and others, where the
Caledonian Lead crosses the Caledonian Reef. A shaft was sunk
on the I'eef through 90 feet of alluvium, and near this nodular
sandstone was cut carrying a little gold, and by trenching into
the floor of the lead other bands of sandstones were cut carrying
a little gold. A few loads yielded 14 dwts. per load, as I am
informed by Messrs. H. Williams and Snow, who worked at this
site, and who kindly supplied the information concerning it.
In no case could the gold be traced more than 6 or 7 feet
into the rock forming the floor of the lead. Another shaft was
sunk 200 feet further east, but nothing obtained to encourage
further outlay.

In 1887 Mr. Barrass, Senr., showed tlie auriferous sandstones
to the writer, and from examples found by the latter, and
assayed at the Mining Department, results up to and exceeding
20 oz. per ton were obtained. The boulders and pebbles are
more or less rounded, and some show a nodular structure. They
are genei-ally white or grey on the outside, and yellowish-l)rown

Auriferous Sandstones of Chiltern. 287

from feifuuinous stain inside. In size tiiey range from a nutmeg
to that of a man's head. Particles of gold are frequently visible
on a fresh fracture to the naked eye, for the planes of these
minute crystalline particles are highly polished, and reflect the
light well. The pebbles are of varying degrees of coarseness ;
they are very porous, and are seen to consist of more or less
rounded quartz grains with numerous small cavities between,
and in these cavities is a ferruginous substance, and on this the
particles of gold occur.

By crushing and panning-ofi" these pebbles yield a "tail" of
tine gold that is heavy and "hangs well" in the spoon or dish,
but the particles are so microscopically fine that once they
become dry they float away on the surface of the water. This
gold is of good colour and high degree of fineness, and consists
of small crystals that sparkle in the light. This distinctive
character of the gold holds good both for the loose rounded
pebbles of sandstone found in the gravel, and also for that found
in the bed-rock below.

Last month the writer re-visited the locality with the object
of arriving at some definite conclusion, and was fortunate enough
to tind a specimen which is the key to the whole matter. This
is a pebble of slate 4^^ in. long, 1^^ in. wide, and 1| in. thick, and
boat shaped. It was found about 400 feet lower down the lead
than where the Devonshire Reef is crossed. It was split into
two portions along a cleavage plane. One side is thickly spangled
with crystalline dots of gold on the cleavage plane, and the
cleavage plane of the other side has a few spangles of gold also.
A margin around the edge of the plane with the most gold on it
is bare of gold, showing that the pebble had the gold deposited
upon it after it was formed into a pebble, and while it was in
the gravel of the lead; and this shows that solutions containing
gold must have traversed the lead, and where the conditions were
suitable this gold was deposited in moie or less crystalline form.
Just as the gold was deposited in the slate pebble, so, no doubt,
it was also deposited in the sandstone pebbles while they were in
the gravel of the lead. By means of such a solution the slate rocks
and sandstones forming the floor of the Caledonian Lead could
also be impregnated with gold to a greater or lesser depth below
the floor of the lead. To further check the matter the soil on

288 Proceedlvjj.s of the Royal Society of Victoria.

the ridges below l)otli the Caledonian and Devonshire Reefs was
carefully panned from a great many places, but not a particle of
such crystalline gold as characterises both tlie pebbles and the
bed-rock in the lead could be discovered.

It is necessary here to understand the physical conditions
existing in the locality. The Caledonian Lead represents an old
watercourse that ilowed along the bottom of a valley, which has
since become filled up with alluvial matter to a depth of 90 to
135 feet above the old water course, and this alluvial ground is,
at the surface, from 10 to 30 chains aci'oss. North and south of
the valley are spurs of Ordovician rock, and the floor of the
valley is the same rock. Cutting through these rocks in a
north-westerly direction and crossing through the valley from
side to side are the Caledonian and Devonshire Reefs. On each
side of the valley the spurs rise for from 100 to 200 feet above
the present surface of the alluvial flat.

Rain falling on the spurs percolates through the sandstones
and slates, dissolving alkalies and other matters, and finds its
freest channel along the course of quartz-lodes, such as the
Caledonian and Devonshire, and this water, after traversing
such auriferous lodes through a depth of 200 or 300 feet, is
discharged into the lead drainage where the reefs are crossed.
During its passage through the gold-bearing quartz and accom-
panying sulphides it dissolved some of the gold, and where it flows
into the lead re-deposited the gold in the porous sandstone pebbles
and in the rocks forming the floor of the lead, where the conditions
were favourable.

The Caledonian Lead is practically dry in the sunnner season,
as the Indigo Lead drains the water away from it ; but in the
winter the rains ppi'colate through the rocks and through the
alluvium, and then water flows down its course, percolating
through the pebbles, etc., and in this manner depositing gold.
Doubtless the water contained but a very small amount of gold,
and the process of deposition in the pebbles and bed-rock was a
very slow one. Very probably it was also a process continued to
the time the lead was worked, and even may now be active.

Auriferous pebbles also occur in other localities on this Held.
The writer obtained examples on the Indigo Lead, above its
junction with Wallace's Gully Lead, and also in the last but one
north branch on the west side of Wallace's Gully Lead.

Auriferoux Sandstones of Chiltern. 289

As these sandstone pebbles cai-rying <folcl are not derived from
beds of auriferous sandstone, tlie quest for the latter can be
dropped ; but the facts disclosed bear very distinctly on the
problems of the enrichment and impoverishment of auriferous
lodes above water level, also on the presence of gold in solution
in the waters of alluvial leads.

In the early days of quartz mining in this 8tate it was a
common circumstance to find at and near the surface that the
joints and faces of the quartz were coated with extremely thin
films of gold. 8uch tilms were no doubt formed from solutions
tliat had previously dissolved some of the gold out of the adjacent
stone. The term "New Chum Gold" was applied to such
occurrences, because inexperienced miners were apt to over-
estimate the value of such finds. Paint-gold was another name
applied to such occurrences.

In most auriferous quartz lodes the ore above permanent
water level differs entirely in nature from that below water
level. Below water level the ore is as originally formed, and
consists of quartz and other gaugue and metallic minerals in the
foi m of sulphides, except the gold, which is in metallic form, the
so called refractory ores. Such ores ai'e due to deposition from
the lower circulating waters, which have brought them up from
deeper levels.

Above the permanent water lines the ores met with have
resulted from the de-sulphurising and oxidising of these sulphide
ores, through the agency of rain and air, which obtain access to
the lode-material.

To the upper zone of auriferous lodes the term "zone of
enrichment " has been applied in many cases. This is an apt
definition, for enrichment of the surface and to shallow depths of
such lodes has frequently taken i)lace, and in one of the following
ways : —

First. — Mechanically, where the cruml)ling away of the gold
matrix has set the metal free and allowed it to drop near the
ontci'op of the lode. Innumerable exanq)les of such enrichments
near the cap of the lode were met with in Victoria, in all the
Australian States, and in South Africa.

Phenomenal yields weie connnon in Victoria at and near the
outcrop, and for a short distance down, or as far as the quartz

290 Proceeding)^ of the Royal Sociefi/ of Victoria.

was "rubbly." When solid ground was reached there was often
a sudden and serious dwindling of the yields. In such cases the
gold about the out-crop might represent the contents of many
feet of the lode above the present surface of the ground.

Secondly. — Chemically, by the action of rain-water percolating
through the strata and draining into the lodes and along them, as
the easiest course, to lower levels. Such waters and the air acted
on the sulphides, decomposing them, and in turn charged with
the products of decomposition dissolved some of the gold, and
bore it away to .some other portion of the lode where the
conditions were favourable, and there the gold was re-deposited.
In this way some lodes have become enriched in their lower
levels by gold brought in solution from the higher levels.

Rich ore has often been found in quartz reefs just above water
level. From the appearance of the gold in the quartz in many
cases enrichment might be inferred, for the gold appears to have
pushed the quartz apart as it increased in bulk in the cracks and
fissures until the stone has a crushed appearance. Cases of this
have been observed at Maldon, Sitlington's Mystery Reef, near
Elaine, at Tangil and elsewhere. That gold was deposited
subsequent to the deposition of the quartz in some cases is fully
proved by instances that the writer met with in West Australia.
A nugget weighing over 90 ozs. was seen that had evidently been
formed in a cavity lined with quartz crystals, for it retained
sharp hollow casts in its substance of quartz crystal pyramids.

For the self-same reason that portions of auriferous quaitz-
lodes above the water level may become enriched by gold
removed from some other portion of the same lode, the portion
of the lode above water level may, and does, often represent a
zone of impoverishment. This must be the case at the Caledonian
Lead, where gold dissolved from the Caledonian and Devonshire
Reefs finds its way into the channel of the Devonian Lead.

Cases are common in Victoria where highly aurif<-rous lodes are
cut across by a fault, and beyond the fault the lode is barren, or
nearly so. In such cases one explanation may be that the
fracture has opened a means of surface drainage by which the
gold has been leached out of the barren sections of the lode.

On the lateral seci-etion theory of lodes the Caledonian Lead
occurrence has also a bearing, for where the walls of lodes or the

Auriferous Sandstones of Chiltern. 291

country rock containing the lodes ate found to carry some
proportion of the same minerals as abound in the lode itself, may
these not have been derived from the lode, instead of the other
way about? In very many cases it has been noticed that country
rock close to unusually rich portions of a reef is also auriferous. At
the Mystery Reef, Elaine, this was the case ; the soft, yellow,
decomposed slate carrying several dwts. of gold to the ton.

Where gold occurs in sandstone and in slate in these States
it may generally be considered as of secondary origin ; it is
usually not constant for any great distance.

The crystallized gold, often found where indicators of slate
are crossed by quartz veins and generally at the site of some
displacement of the strata, is certainly of secondary character, and
has accreted at these particular sites from solutions that have
leached the gold out at some higher level. To such origin, also,
must be attributed the rich leaders at Elaine and elsewhere.

It is evident that the percolation of surface waters through
auriferous lodes that dissolve gold, and carry it away in solution
through other parts of these lodes, and that also' drain into the
channels of alluvial leads and flow down them, is still in action,
and has to be considered as an agency at work both in the lodes
and in alluvial leads.

If such waters could deposit gold in the planes of a slate
pebble, and in the small cavities of sandstone pebbles, there
seems no valid reason why some should not be deposited on the
particles of gold in the leads also. Examples showing such to be
the case have not been met with by the writer, though the
possibility was demonstrated long ago by the late Mr. C. S.
Wilkinson. For the data concerning work done, etc., my
acknowledgments are due to Mr. Barrass, Senr., one of our
veteran miners, and also to Messrs. Snow and H. William.s, of
Mount Pleasant.

Art. XVII. — Tlie Lieologij of the Barivon about
Inverleigh.

By T. S. hall, M.A., and G. B. PRITCHARD.

(With Plate XXVI.).
[Eead 12th November, 1903.]

Any references to the geology of the Barwon Valley between
its junction with the Leigh and the Moorabool are but scanty.
In 18S9 we paid a brief visit to the junction of Native Hut
Creek with the Barwon, and collected a few fossils, which were
included in a Catalogue of Tertiary Fo.ssils published by one of
us in 1892 (1). A couple of years later the same author
described Pinna cordata from near the same locality (2). In
1898 Messrs. Dennant and Mulder noted the occurrence of
eocene clays at Inverleigh without, however, recording any
fossils, and concluded tliat the deposit was continuous from that
place northwards to the sections described by them about
Shelford.

The general geological boundaries are shown on Everett's map,
with perhaps as much exactness as the scale would allow, and
are, as we understand from Mr. H. Herman, the result of a very
hurried visit.

The township of Inverleigh is situated at the junction of the
Leigh and the Barwon on an alluvial tongue in the broad valley
cut by the two streams. To the west, south, and east the surface
rocks are mainly basaltic, while to the north is a sandy plateau
covered with the usual park-like growth of eucalyptus that this
class of country generally supports in Southern Victoria. The
surface of the lava plain drops rapidly from the northwards
towards the foot of the Bai"ral)ool Hills, Elaine, twenty-two
miles to the north, being 1300 feet above sea level, while the
basalt escarpment west of Inverleigh is about 200 feet. From
Inverleigh to Pollocksford the Barwon for the most part cuts its
way through the lava to the underlying tertiaries, though about
the junction of Native Hut and Bruce's Creeks it follows the

Geologi/ <>/ the Barinon about Inverleigh. 293

l)()Uiul;iry between the basalt and the tertiary inhers to the
north, which have never been covered by the flows. From
PoUocksfoi'd to the junction of tlie Moorabool at Fyansford the
river marks the geological boundary between basalt to the north,
and the Jurassic sandstones and other rocks, forming the
Barrabool Hills, to the south.

Messrs. Dennant and Mulder have described the marine
tertiary and associated beds of the Leigh in the paper quoted
above, and have recognized about 8helford the occurrence of two
sets of marine beds belonging to what they called eocene and
miocene, and which we have suggested should be nauied
Balcombian and Kalimnan. From a. short distance above Bhelford
down to Inverleigh the left bank of the Leigh is bordered by a
sandy plateau. The sands are in places cemented by iron oxide
in their upper parts, and are succeeded in depth by slightly more
argillaceous beds. On the opposite bank of the valley the upper
beds have yielded Kalimnan fossils, and the lower ones Balcombian,
and it seems probable that the same state of things should prevail
on the left side of the valley, and that both sets of l)eds should
be present, but the hill slopes are grass-covered for the most part
and no Kalinnian fossils have been found as far as we are aware.
The lower beds, where exposed, have yielded Balcombian forms ;
the most southerly, recorded by Messrs. Dennant and Mulder,
being at "Farrell's" (Section 44, Parish of Carrah). AVherever
the beds are exposed near river level, from here to Inverleigh,
Balcombian fossils ma,y be found, and were it not that Kalinnian
species are yielded abundantly neai- Shelford, no hesitation would
be felt in describing the whole inlier as ' Balcombian. The
prcjbability, however, is, as already indicated by Messrs. Dennant
and ]\Iulder, that there is a Kalinnian cover. On the eastern side
of this area, wliere the Shelford road drojjs down into the Native
Hut Creek Valley, the beds are very ferruginous, and we spent
some hours .searching in vain for fossils. Nor did we And any
evidence one way or the other along the laisli track from Teesdale
to Shelford, while the deep road cutting, leading fnmi the plateau
to the Leigh Bridge higher up the valley than Inverleigh, was
equally barren of result. We are, however, of the opinion, as
already stated, that the superficial portion of the series should be
regarded as Kalimnan, though fossil evidence is wanting.

294 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

The road from Shelf ord to Leigh Road (Bannockburn) traverses
these sandy beds for the whole of its twelve miles of length, with
the exception of a small patch of basalt at Teesdale, and a narrow
flow, about a quarter of a mile wide, which passes down Stony
Creek. To the southward this flow is continuous with that at
the Inverleigh Racecourse, the low bluffs on the river bank east
of Inverleigh, and so on across the Barwon south of this, till it
merges in the wide basaltic area about the foot of Mount Pollock
and the sandy plateau of Gnarwarre.

The sandy beds to the east of Stony Creek on the Teesdale-
Bannockburn Road, are marked as younger tertiary on Everett's
map ; but there seems no good reason for the different colouration
on the two sides of the Stony Creek coulee. This flow is only a
very thin one where the Teesdale to Bannockburn Road crosses
it, as evidenced by the fact that it usually supports a similar
gi'owth of trees to that which the sandy beds do, or, in other
words, the roots pierce the basalt to reach the sands below.
Besides this there are several bracken-covered patches of sand
which rise slightly above the basalt which surrounds them. So
far no fossil evidence of the Kalimnan age of the upper part of
these beds has been found, though we have searched near
Bannockburn and Murgheboluc. The underlying beds yield a
Balcombian fauna at Murgheboluc and Native Hut Creek, as
will be shown in the sequel ; but we believe the superficial beds
to belong to the younger series, though, it must be admitted, on
very slight evidence.

The present paper deals more particularly with the sections
of the Balcombian beds displayed along the course of the Barwon
from Inverleigh to Pollocksford. These occur on the faces of
the gorge cut by the stream, and are not indicated on Everett's
map, with the exception of the one below Murgheboluc. Even
had they been noticed the small scale of the map would have
prevented their indication.

Inverleigh.

For about a mile and a half above the bridge on the main road
the river flows close along tiie foot of the plateau to the north of
the tow'Mship, with the result that numerous small outcrops of

Geolofjy of flie Barivon about Inverleigh. 295

I3alcombian beds occur close to water level. A couple of
hundred yards or so above the bridge there is a good exposure
along the river, which can only be worked when the water is
aliout summer level. There is another exposure at about the
same distance below the bridge. As in all the outcrops a])out
here the beds are practically horizontal, we have not kept the
fossils separate. The strata consist of light grey sandy clays, and
the fossils are in a good state of {^reservation. Among the more
interesting finds were several specimens of Poroleda lanceolata,
hitherto known only from the Gellibrand and Grice's Creek.

From the bridge for about a mile to tlie soutli-east the Leigh
and the Barwon, which unites with it, meander through sandy
alluvial flats, and then plunge into a shallow gorge about forty
feet deep, cut into basalt, which occupies the river bed. A
succession of rapids follows for a mile and a quarter when
another alluvial flat is met, where the river receives the Native
Hut Creek coming down from the north.

Native Hut Creek.

There is a fair exposure at the junction of the two streams,
and a much better one about a mile and a half up the creek.
At this upper section the beds are again sandy, with sheets of
sandy limestone a few feet in thickness interstratitied, and becom-
ing ferruginous as we ascend. There is a considerable amount of
salt in the beds, and brackish springs or soakages occur at
various points, and tlie fossils are apt to become destroyed by
efflorescing salt, unless washed immediately after collection.

A tine tooth of Carcharodon megalodon, five and a quarter
inches in height, was obtained hei'e, as well as a large nautilus,
eight inches in diameter, and Cypraea gigas. Fragments of large
shells are not uncommon, but fossils are only sparingly scattered
through the sandy matrix. Pinna cordata, Prit., came from the
junction of Native Hut Creek and the JBarwon.

After the confluence of the two streams the Barwon turns
sharply to the south, and describes a U-shaped loop about three
miles in length. There are a few exposures apparently of
Balcombian beds beneath the basalt cover, but we saw no
fossils. At the road marked between Allotments 20A and 20B,

296 Proceedings of tJie Royal Society of Victoria.

Parish of Gnarwarre, the basalt comes down to river level, ;uicl
about 200 yards below this columnar basalt occupies the stream
bed. JSTear the western boundary of Allotment 21a short gully
comes in from the south, and has bi'ought down a small amount
of coarse quartz conglomerate, derived apparently from some
beds underlying the basalt. Soon after this the river skirts high
bank in Sections II. A and II. B of Murgheboluc, and good
exposures are displayed.

Murgheboluc II. B.

Close to the junction of Allotments II. A and II. B we lind at
river level five feet of grey clays passing up into fawn sandy
clays, and then into sands. There are several concretionai-y
limestone bands present, some of which are rich in foraminifera,
and might almost be called Operculina limestone, so plentiful
are examples of this genus. The elitf is about 70 or 80 feet
high, and is capped by basalt. The base of the clitf is somewhat
masked by fallen debris, l)ut a few yards further on the river
runs close past its foot, and an easily worked .section is exposed.

The beds as a whole resemble the others described, being givy
sandy clays, with well preserved fo.ssils in its lower part, though
they have disappeared higher up the bank. There is an area of
about 200 acres on the right bank of the river, from wiiich the
Ijasalt lias been denuded, and the boundary between the sandy
older tertiary and the alluvium cannot be clearly drawn.

From here to the Murgheboluc fiat we noted only a couple of
exposures ; one at river level in Section III., A and B, of
Murgheboluc, seemed fairly rich, and we saw Cypraea eximia,
and a few other typical forms. The river now touches the
southern border of what we may call the Bruce's Creek tertiary
area, which extends from here northward to about Lethbridge, the
probable age of the supertical beds of which we have previously
alluded to. A large amount of denudation has taken place, and
on the northern or left bank of the river there is nearly a square
mile of alluvial flat intersected by a few deserted river channels,
and there is a smaller similar area on the south side of the
stream. The whole quadrangular area is hemmed by steep
cliflfs about 100 feet in height, the river entering and leaving by
comparatively narrow gcn-ges at the two southern angles.

Geology of the Barivon about Inverieigh. 297

Bruce's Creek Junction.

A good section is displayed on the river bank in Section IV. A,
Murgheboluc. The composition of the beds, as before, is grey,
sandy clays, and a fair number of fossils were obtained, including
a tooth of Cestracion, n.sp., and, as is usual in sandy beds, the
fossils have disappeared from the higher parts of the cliffs.

From here to PoUocksford, a little over two and a half miles in
a straight line, the river gorge is narrow, and its sides are masked
by basalt from the plateau above. Here and there indications of
the underlying tertiaries are to be seen in places ; but, even
where sandy cliffs occur under the basalt, as in Section IV. C,
which is inaccessible, or in Section V. B, no fossils were obtained.
Just above PoUocksford an outcrop of yellow sandy clay was
found, forty-five feet above the river level, and then, a hundred
yards below this, columnar-basalt occupies the river bed for
nearly half a mile.

Between PoUocksford and Fyansford the river skirts the
jurassics, which rise to over 400 feet to the south, and is hemmed
in on the north by basalt. We defer any discussion of this part
of the country to a later paper.

The Age of the Marine Beds (Barwonian Series).

An examination of the lists of fossils given shows that the
beds examined from Inverieigh to Murgheboluc are almost
identical with those of Red Hill, near Shelford, and of Orphanage
Hill, Fyansford. Lithologically the whole series, from Red Hill
and thence down the Barwon through Inverieigh, Murgheboluc
and so on to Fyansford (Orphanage Hill), are very similar, though
at the latter place there is far less sand, and the beds are really
grey marls.

In the paper in which we proposed the names Balcombian and
Janjukian we indicated the existence of certain beds which
undoubtedly belonged to the older series comprised under these
two names, which are clearly distinct from the younger Kalimnan,
but which from the smallness of the collections available, we did
not care to refer definitely to either Balcombian or Janjukian.
In other words, the palaeontological differences between
Balcombian and Janjukian series, though of importance, are not

298 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

nearly so marked as between them and the Kalimnan. On these
grounds we think it advisable that a name should be given which
will comprise both Balcombian and Janjukian. The former series
is extensively developed in the Barwon basin, and the latter at
its typical exposure at Spring Creek, south of Geelong, is not far
from the borders of the same basin, so that the name Barwonian
is suggested.

No geographical name that can be proposed is of course free
from objection on the grounds that other beds are present in the
area taken as typical ; but it seems advisable that a local name
should be employed, and the present seems a satisfactory one.

The Basalt Plains.

There are no points of eruption in the immediate neighbour-
hood which can be pointed to as the probable sources of the thin,
but wide-reaching, lava flows of the plains. Mount Pollock, a
few miles south of Inverleigh, is merely a lava-capped outlier, a
fact which Everett's map seems to indicate, for it is not marked
as a point of eruption. We hope at some future time to discuss
the characters of the country about here which are not made
clear by our preliminary examinations. The river course when
crossing the lava-co\ered plains is usually trenched to a depth of
about 100 feet about Murgheboluc, but about Native Hut Creek
and on the Barwon above Inverleigh the depth is less. Owing
to constant masking of the steep slopes by basaltic soil, the
thickness of the flows is rarely determinable with exactness, but
as shown by the frequent presence of basalt in situ in the river
bed, and at others by the outcrop of sandy beds at a high level,
the old surface was very uneven.

The boundaries of the basalt are roughly shown on Everett's
map.

The Younger Beds.

Apart from the alluvium of the present valleys there is a series
of extensive sheets of sands and gravels whicli in many places
overlie the basalt. The country between Winchelsea and
Inverleigh is shown on Everett's map as covered by a uniform
basalt sheet, whereas, between the outlier known as Mount

Geology of the Bartvon about Inverleigh. 299

Pollock and the river Barwou on the west, the country is covered
with quartz sand, which on some of tlie river clifis is seen to be
about thirty feet in thickness, reposing on basalt, into which the
river has cut its way for another thirty feet. One travels for
miles along the Winchelsea Road without seeing a stone wall, and
as the plains are devoid of timber, stone would have been used
did it outcrop. Following this sandy country to the northward,
we find it on the left bank of the Barwon also, between Inverleigh
and Native Hut Creek, extending from the river itself north-
wards beyond the Geelong Road. On the east of Native Hut
Ci'eek a strip about twenty feet in thickness and half a mile in
length from north to south is crossed by the main road. Evidence
of its former extension to the eastward is afforded by scattered
quartz pebbles on the basalt plateau east of Murgheboluc. Here
the material is evidently derived from the sandy tertiaries north
of the Barwon, which were not covered by the flows of lava, and
which in many places still rise above its level. In the
neighbourhood of Inverleigh itself it is at times impossible to
separate this deposit from the sandy alluvium of the river flats
and the Balcombian beds, which are also sandy. We think it
better to regard the ground on which Inverleigh is built as
alluvium rather than as Balcombian, as some of the river cliff"
sections show very characteristic, thin, irregularly bedded structure
quite distinct from the even bedding of the marine beds.

Some of the hillocks west of the township which gradually
rise to the level of the basalt of the western plains are doubtless
Balcombian, for it underlies the wbole district between the
ordovician on the north, and the Jurassic on the south. The
high level alluvium on the basalt points probal^ly to a time when
the drainage system was different from what it is now, and when
the Barwon and the Leigh possibly found their way to the sea
by passing along the south side of the Barrabools, the flow along
the long reach of the Barwon south of Inverleigh, and reaching
to near Winchelsea, being reversed.

300 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

List op Fossils.

Name of Fossil.

Lamellihranchiata.

Ostrea liyotis, Linnaeus
Dimya dissimilis, Tate
Pecten luurrayamis, Tate

„ foulcheri, T. Woods -

„ eyrei, Tate . - -

„ stiu'tianus, Tate

,, yahliensis, T. Woods -
Amiissiiini zitteli, Hiitton
Hinnites corioensis, McCoy -
Lima bassi, T. Woods

,, lingnliformis, Tate
Limatula jeffreysiana, Tate -
Limea transenna, Tate
Spondylns pseudoradula, McCoy
Meleagrina crassicardia, Tate
Pinna cordata, Pritchard
Septifer fenestratns, Tate
Modiolaria balcombei, Pi-itchard
Nncida tenisoni, Pritchard

„ atkinsoni, Johnston -
Leda vag-ans, Tate - - -

„ huttoni, T. Woods
,, apicxilata, Tate - - -

,, praelonga, Tate
Sarepta obolella, Tate
Poroleda lanceolata, Tate
Limopsis belche'ri, Adams and Reeve

„ morningtonensis, Pritchard

Glycimeris maccoyi, Johnston
Barbatia celleporacea, Tate -

„ crustata, Tate

Plagiarca cainozoica, Tate
Cucullaea corioensis, McCoy -
Trigonia tnbulifera, Tate
Crassatellites communis, Tate

„ dennanti, Tate

Cardita polynema, Tate

„ delicatula, Tate

„ scabrosa, Tate
Chama laniellifera, T. Woods
Cardium cviculloides, Tate
Protocardium hemimeris, Tate

„ antisemigranulatum,

McCoy - - - -

Geology of the Barwon about Inverleigh.
List of Fossils {continued).

501

Name of Fossil.

3

1

CO. 2

« Ji

o m-S

<a <u

J3

S-^ 2

h

ic

h ^ o

>

■■§5

3

t« 2 3

"

;z

s

m

2

3

4

Chione cainozoica, T. Woods -

2

3

4

dimorphophylla, Tate

4

Meretrix ebvirnea, Tate

2

3

4

Dosiuia densilineata, Pritchard

Tellina cainozoica, T. Woods-

?2

4

Semele kraxiseana, Tate

3

4

Myodora tenuilirata, Tate

2

3

Capistrocardia fragilis, Tate -

Corbula epliamilla, Tate

2

4

„ pixidata, Tate

2

3

4

Oastroipoda.

Murex lophoessus, Tate

2

3

4

„ rhystis, 'i'ate - - -

2

„ velificus, Tate -

2

3

4

„ eyrei, Tate . - .

3

4

„ basicinctus, Tate

3

4

Typhis acaiithopterus, Tate -

Q

3

4

„ evaricosvis, Tate

Trophon asperulus, Tate

2

3

4

Rapana aculeata, Tate

4

Argobucciniiin niaccoyi, Pritchard -

2

3

4

Lotoriiun woodsi, Tate

2

3

4

„ cyphus, Tate

4

„ tortirostre, Tate

2

pratti, T. Woods -

2

„ tumulosum, Tate -

3

,, protensiim, Tate

4

„ annectans, Tate

.

4

Fusus senticosus, Tate

1

3

4

,, siniulans, Tate

2

Latirofusus hexagonalis, Tate

4

„ exilis, Tate

2

4

Claveila bvilbodes, Tate

2

3

4

Siphonalia longirostris, Tate

„ tatei, Cossmann -

Solutofusus carinatiTS, Pritchard

2

Fasciolaria cryptoploca, Tate

3

4

„ cristata, Tate

2

4

Latirus interlineatus, Tate -

2

„ succinctus, T. Woods

2

3

4

,, subimdulosiTS, Tate -

2

3

4

Euthria ino, T. Woods

2

3

4

Phos tardicrescens, Tate

3

Loxotaphrus variciferus, Tate

3

4

302 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

List of Fossils (continued).

j ■^

"S i

I 05 S jj

Name of Fossil.

be

^ "i

5 =o2

*S

15 =

Barw
ruce's
Juno

"

a S

t CO

I

2 q

4

Nassa tatei, T. Woods

2

Voluta hannafordi, McCoy -

2

4

,, antiscalaris, McCoy -

2 2

4

„ strophodon, McCoy -

2 2

4

„ ancilloides, Tate

[ 4

„ maccoyi, T. Woods

„ costellifera, Tate

4

„ weldii, T. Woods

Volutoconus conoidea, Tate -

?4

Lyria harpiilaria, Tate

2

4

Mitra alokiza, T. Woods

2

„ leptalaea, Tate

2

„ atractoides, Tate

2

'. 4

„ otlione, T. Woods

2

ligata, Tate - - .

2 2

I

Marginella propinqua, Tate -

2 2

! 4

„ micula, Tate

2

„ inermis, Tate

„ wentworthi, T. Woods

2 2

„ septemplicata, Tate

2

Ancilla semilaevis, T. Woods

•

„ pseudaustralis, Tate -

4

Harpa spirata, Tate -

•

Columbella fiiniculata, T. Woods

2

Cancellaria varicifera, T. Woods

2 3

4

„ gradata, Tate

2

Terebra leptospira, Tate

?1

4

Colum barium acanthostephes, Tate -

2

4

„ craspedotuni, Tate

2

4

„ foliaceiim, Tate

2

4

Pleurotoma miirndaliana, T. Woods -

2 a

4

„ trilirata, Han-is -

2

4

„ septemlirata, Harris

2 a

4

,, optata, Harris

2

„ clarae, T. Woods

2 a

Bathytoma rhoinboidalis, T. Woods -

2 a

4

Drillia oblongula, Harris

3

,

Clathurella Jndens, T. Woods

1

4

Buchozia hemiothone, T. Woods

2 3

Bela sculptilis, Tate - - -

4

Conus dennanti Tate

2

4

„ heterospira, Tate

2

4

„ cuspidatus, Tate

2

4

„ ligatus, Tate - - -

2

„ ptychodermis, Tate

2

Geologi/ of ihe Bar won about Inverleigh.
List of Fossils (continued).

303

Name of Fossil.

"u,

^^

1

C0.2

^

<U 0)

s:

>.'" o

^

■^

^

1

pa

I

2

3

4

Cypraea gigas, McCoy

2

4

„ eximia, Sowerby

2

4

„ contiisa, McCoy

1

2

.

4

„ leptorhyncha, McCoy

2

4

„ brachypyga, Tate -

„ pyriilata, Tate

3

4

„ sphaerodoma var., Tate

.

4

Trivia avellanoides, McCoy -

2

3

4

Cassis exigua, T. Woods

Cassidea sufflata, T. Woods -

2

3

Morio gradata, Tate - - -

2

4

Natica hamiltonensis, T. Woods

2

3

4

„ polita, T. Woods

2

3

4

,, siibnoae, Tate -

2

3

Crepidiila imgiiiformis, Lamarck

3

Xenophura tatei, Harris

2

3

4

Solarium acutum, T. Woods -

2

Scala pleiophylla, Tate

2

Turritella platyspira, Tate -

2

3

4

„ acriciila, Tate

2

3

4

„ murrayana, Tate -

4

,, tristira, Tate

2

Tenagodes occliisus, T. Woods

2

3

4

Thylacodes conohelix, T. Woods

2

Etilima danae, T. Woods

3

4

Niso psila, T. Woods -

2

3

Mathilda transenna, T. Woods

2

Cerithium apheles, T. Woods

2

3

4

Newtoniella cribarioides, T. Woods -

2

4

Triforis wilkinsoni, T. Woods

2

„ planata, T. Woods

2

4

sulcata, T. Woods

2

Collonia parvula, T. Woods -

2

Fissurellidaea malleata, Tate

2

3

4

Subemarginiila occlusa, Harris

1

2

3

4

Emarginula wannonensis, Harris

1

3

Scaphander tenuis, Harris -

1

4

Bulinella exigua, T. Woods -

1

„ aratula, Cossmann -

1

2

3

4

,, cuneopsis, Cossmann

1

3

Actaeon distinguendus, Cossmann -

2

,

Umbraculum australe, Harris

3

Dentalium aratum, Tate

1

2

,

„ mantelli, Zittel

1

2

3

4

„ subfissura, Tate -

1

2

3

4

Vaginella eligmostoma, Tate

•

2

•

304 Proceedmgs of the Royal Society of Victoria.
List of Fossils {continued).

Name of Fossil.

0)

3

6

1

SI
bo

1

I

2

3

4

Ce'p}ialo;poda.

Nautilus, n. sp.-

1

2

3

4

Brachiopoda.

Magellania garibaldiana, Davidson -

1

2

a

4

,, corioensis, McCoy
Terebratulina scoulari, Tate

3
3

4

Terebratula tateana, Johnston

2

3

4

Zoantliaria

Placotrochus deltoideus, Duncan

1

2

3

4

„ elongatus, Duncan

1

2

3

4

Flabellum victoriae, Duncan

1

2

3

4

„ gambierense, Duncan

1

2

3

4

Balanophyllia australiensis, Duncan
Bathyactis lens, Duncan
Ceratotrochus halli, Dennant

1

1

]

2

3

4

Notophyllia gracilis, Dennant
Conosmilia anomala, Duncan

1
1

„ striata, Dennant -

1

Pisces

Carcharodon megalodon, Agassiz
Cestracion, n. sp. ...

2

4

Summary.

Pisces -----

2

Cephalopoda . - - -
Gastropoda - - • -
Laniellibraiichiata

I

- 124

- 53

Brachiopoda - - - -
Zoantliaria - - - .

4
- 10

194

species.

Tnverleigh 125 species.

Native Hut Creek - - - - 127 „

Murgheboluc ----- 89 „

Barwon River, Bruce's Creek Junction - 122 „

1-1 fi;ii';i,!i,,; ,-

CO

Q

x:
bo
o

o

>
c

s:

a

as

o

'bb
o

o

o

■iTiiiillSllllM'M""""""

Geology of the Barwon about Inverleigh. 305

Literature.

Pritchard (G. B.) — Remarks on the Tertiaries of Australia,

together with Catalogue of Fossils. Adelaide, Govt.

Printer, 1892.
Pritchard (G. B.) — Contributions to the Palseontology of the

Older Tertiary of Victoria. Proc. Roy. Soc. Yic,

1894 (1895), p. 228.
Dennant (J.) and Mulder (J. F.) — The Geology of the Lower

Leigh Valley. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vic, vol. ix., 1898,

p. 56.

Art. XVIII. — On a Collection of Upjier Palaeozoic and
Mesozoic Fossils from West Australia and
Queensland, in the National Museum, Melbourne.

By FREDERICK CHAPMAN, A.L.S., <fec.,
National Museum.

(Plates XXVII.-XXX.).

[Read 8th December, 1903].

Introductory Remarks.

The fossils enumerated or described in this paper consist of a
series of plant and various invertebrate remains, chiefly mollusca,
sent in March, 1866, by the Hon. Sir (then Mr.) A. C. Gregory,
K.C.M.G., F.R.G.S., to Mr. Richard Daintree, F.G.S. The
latter forwarded them, with others of his own collecting, to
Professor F. M'Coy, for the National Museum collection.

We are, in this paper, chiefly concerned with the specimens
from the Gregory collection. These fossils were not localised,
but bore numerals referring them to sets from various districts.
Two of the localities from whence they came were mentioned in
a letter accompanying the collection, from Mr. A. C. Gregory to
INIr. Daintree, dated 6th March, 1866, and which runs as
follows : —

" I send you a few of the fossils from the West Coast in
forming a flat-topped range 600 to 800 feet high. Sandstone,
hititude 28° 20'. The specimens are from the upper beds of rock,
shale and limestone alternate and rest on gneiss-rock, which is
rich in mineral veins, several being worked for copper and lead.
Inland of this range is a valley 50 miles wide, occupied by
Carboniferous rocks and beds of coal resting on limestone, which
closely resemble the lower beds on the Hunter River ; these seem
to rest on a thin bed of old slate without trace of fossils, and
below it the granite, which forms the main table-land of West
Australia."

Ui^per Palaeozoic and Mesozolc Fuss Us. 307

Tlie above notes in Sir A. C. Gregory's letter relate to the
fossils from the districts of the Greenongh and Irwin Rivers, of
Mesozoic and Carbo-perniian ages respectively. The fossils from
the Greenough River were easily recognised. Any doubts about
the localities of the Palaeozoic fossils have been cleared up within
the last few months by the Hon. Sir A. C. Gregory, who very
kindly favoured us with further notes on the fossil localities.
Sir A. C. Gregory also stated that the West Australian fossils
wei'e not collected by himself personally, but were forwarded to
him by residents in the districts where he had previously
collected specimens.

Since the original specimens of West Australian Mesozoic
fossils described by Charles Moore are, presumably, in the Bath
Museum, and other records of West Australian fossils are not
too numerous, it has been considered of sufficient interest and
importance to publish some notes on the collection now before us.

The Palaeontological Literature op the West Coast
District.

The ages of the fossiliferous beds of the Greenough River and
Irwin River districts were stated to be Mesozoic and Carboniferous
as early as 1861,^ by Mr. F. T. Gregory, who, however, classed the
Mesozoic fossils as doubtfully Cretaceous. A list of the fossils
sent to London with Mr. Gregory's paper was inserted by the
editor of the Quarterly Journal, Profes.sor (then Mr.) T.
Rupert Jones,-' who also referred to these fossils as of secondary
age.

Charles Moore gave, in 1862, an account of some fossils
from West Australia, and referred them to the Me,sozoic
period.'^

Later, the same author, in a paper read before the Geological
Society of London,^ describing a series of fossils collected by
Messrs. Shenton and Clifton in Western Australia, referred the
strata which yielded them to the Middle Lias or the Lower

1 Quart. Joiirn. Geol. Soc, vol. xvii. (1861), p. 480.

2 Tom. at., p. 484.

3 Rep. Brit. Assoc, 1862 (1863), Cambridge Meetinj,', p. 83.

4 Quart. .Journ. Geol. Soc, vol. xxvi. (1870), p. 229.

308 P roceediiigs of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Oolite of Europe. Moore also recognised typical Cretaceous
fossils from this district.

The Government Geologist for Western Australia (H. Y. L.
Brown), in 1873,' dealt in some detail with the stratigraphy of
the Greenough River district, and regarded these beds as of
Oolitic age. In the same report the chalky limestone of Gin Gin
and Yatheroo. which overlies the ammonite-bearing beds, is
referred to as most likely of Mesozoic age. A useful geological
map of the West Coast district accompanies this report, and the
horizontal sections give a good idea of the peculiar conformation
of this part of the country, with its characteristic flat-topped
ranges.

H. P. Woodward (Government Geologist, W.A.) gave, in his
annual report for 1890-1891, a list of Mesozoic fossils ; but these
are all from the Victoria district.

G. C. Crick has done good service in re-examining Chas.
Moore's original types of Jurassic Cephalopoda, as well as
describing many specimens from other collections, and which are
distributed among the Bath Museum, the Geological Society's
Museum and the Natural History Museum, London. This work
appeared in two papers, published in the "Geological Magazine,"
in 1894-

The Carbo-permian fossils of the Irwin River district came
from the area known as the " Coal-seam," which is about fifty
miles from the coast, on parallel 29°. The discovery of these
Carboniferous rocks was made as early as 1846 by the brothers
A. C, F. T. and H. C. Giegory f and the occurrence of associated
coal beds with a six-foot seam was recorded by Lt. Helpman,
R.K^

Although not dealing with the fossils of the Irwin River
district, Hudleston's notes on fossils from north of the Gascoyne
River' supply further knowledge of Upper Palaeozoic forms, and

1 General Report on a Geolojiical Exploration of that portion of the Colony of Western
Australia lying southward of the Murchisoii River, and westward of Esperanee Bay.
I'iirlianientary Papers, No. 1, 1873.

2 Geol. Ma^., Dec. iv., vol. i., 1894, pp. 385-393; pp. 433-441, pis. xii., xiii.

3 See Journal of an Expedition undertaken by the Messrs. Gretfory in the months of
Auj,'ust and .September, 1846. Journ. R. Geogr. Soc, 1848, p. 26.

4 Tom. supra eit., p. 41.

5 Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc, vol. xxxix. (1883), p. 582.

Upper Palaeozoic and Mesozoic Fosfiil<i. 309

this author concludes, from the evidence before him. that the
Upper Palaeozoic strata in this part of Australia correspond with
the Lower lather than the Upper Carltoniferous of other areas
of Australia.

R. Etheridge, Jun.,' recorded sev^eral species of hrachiopods
and bivalves from the Irwin River Coal Field, as well as a
Mesozoic Cucullaea from the Greenough River District (Paxton
Coll.).

Messrs. E. T. Hardman and H. P. Woodward have extensively
collected in the Upper Palaeozoic and Mesozoic beds of West
Australia, and series of their fossils have been described by-
various specialists in England.

The widely distributed and variable fossil Ctenostreon
pectiniformis has lately l)een figured by R. Etheridge, Jun., for
the first time from Australia. -

Fossils from the Carboxiferous'^ (Star Beds) of the
Drummond Range, Queensland.

Collected and Presented by the Late Mr. Richard
Daintree, F.G.S.

Plantae — Lycopodiales.

Lepidodendpon austpale, M'Coy. (Plate XXVIL, Figs.

1-5;.

Lepidodendron (Bergeria), australe, M'Coy, 1874. Prodr. Pal.
Vict., Decade i., p. 37, pi. ix.

[For a full discussion of the specific standing of L. australe,
see R. Etheridge, Jun., in Records Geol. Surv., N.S.W., vol.
ii., pt. iii., 1891, p. 119].

Structure in L. australe. — Although much has been written on
the subject of the Australian Lepidodendra, there is ample room
for fresh discoveries, especially in relation to their structure and

X Ann. Rep. Dept. Mines, New South Wales, for 1889 (1890), p. 239.

2 Kec. Austr. Mus., vol. iv., No. 1, 1901, p. 13, pi. iii.

3 The " Star-beds " are here re!,'-arfied as Carboniferous in correlation with beds in
Victoria, similarly containiii<f L. australe.

310 Proceedings of the Royal Societi/ of Victoria.

organization ; for, as usually found, they consist only of more or
less decorticated stems and branches, associated with fragments
of leaves. The stem-remains generally present a striking
appearance as fossil specimens, with their ornament of regular
rhomboidal depressions ; but the conditions of their preservation
did not, in the majority of cases, favour the retention of their
internal structure. It is, therefore, worthy of notice that some
of the stems, branches, and even leaves of Lepidodendron from
the Drummond Range show very clearly, under a moderate
magnification, the fundamental tissue of the cortex underlying
the epidermis, as a cellular meshwork. This structure seems to
be invariably preserved in our specimens as a replacement by
limonite, the latter being most probably derived from the actual
rock in which the fossils are embedded, and which seems to have
been originally a ferruginous and silty clay.

A specimen showing the parenchymatous tissue overlying the
traces of the ridges bordering the rhombic leaf cushions of the
stem is here figured (PI. XXVIL, Fig. 4).

The same specimen shows what may eventually prove to be
the ligule ; and in comparing this structure with other known
examples it will be seen that it is here also seated in a pit or
depression. Further, it occupies a similar relative position to
the vascular impression ; and in L. Australe both are nearer than
is usual in other species to the upper angle of the rhomljic area."

Another example of the occurrence of the fundamental tissue
preserved in L. australe is now also figured (PI. XXVIL, Fig 5).
It is presumably near the extremity of a slender terminal
branchlet. This particular specimen is of much interest, on
account of its showing so well the parenchyma strengthened by
traversing plates of sclerenchyuia.'*

Evidences of leaves. — The remains of leaf-fragments are
abundant in the shales containing stems of Lepidodendron, but
have been much mutilated prior to their enclosure in the original
nmd which formed the shale.

We now figure two of tiie more interesting specimens, one
representing the back of a long parallel-sided leaf, having a

1 Compare Scott, Studies in Fossil Botaii.v, 1900, p. 144, lig. ii7n.

2 See Solins-Laubach, Fossil Botany, 181)1, p. 217, fig. 22a (after Renault).

Uiyper Palaeozoic and Mesozoic Fossils. 311

strong uietliau ridge corresponding to the grooving of the opposite
surface (PI. XXVII., Fig. 2).

Another specimen noticed in the shale seems to be a small
sporophyll, such as might be found closely grouped around the
axis of the strobilus (PI. I., Fig. 3). It shows the characteristic
liollow for the reception of the sporangium.

Remarks on variation in the form of the leaf-aishio7is in
Lepidodendron australe. — There are two specimens of li. australe
in the present collection, occurring in a grey-coloured and
limonitic shale, both of which show the transversely elongate form
of the leaf-cushions^ ; a modification undoubtedly due to the fact
that they represent older portions of the stem. On this point
Kidston may be quoted'^ : — "In most species the increase in the
girth of the stem has a tendency to produce a greater lateral
increase in the proportion of the leaf-scars than is equalised by
the upward growth of the trunk ; consequently in some species,
where the leaf-scars on the young twigs have a vertical length
much greater than their width, their older conditions show
proportionally a much greater transverse diameter.^'

The average relative diagonals of the rhombic leaf-cushions in
the present specimens are : — 'LVansverse, 13.5 mm.; vertical, 10.5
mm. An extreme form in another exposed fragment on one of
these blocks measures 16 x 9 mm. That the variation of the
relative elongation of the rhombic areas is due to the age of the
stem is proved in the case of this Australian species by measure-
ments which I have taken on the relative diagonals of the leaf-
cushions of the type-specimen of L. australe, in the National
Museum, a portion only of which was figured in the Prodromus
by McCoy. Near the base of this type-specimen the leaf-cushions
measure 10.5 mm. trans., by 8 mm. vert. Close to the top of the
left branch they become almost equilateral, measuring 8 mm.
trans., by 7.5 vert. The two points at which measurements were
taken are 21 centimetres distant from one another.

The conspicuous depression usually seen near the upper angle of
the leaf-cushion in L. australe must be regarded as the opening

1 " Leaf-sears " of some authors ; a term applied more correctly to the upper portion of
the area covered by the leaf base.

2 Cat. Palaeozoic Plants in the British Museum, Loud., 1886, p. 152.

312 ProceecUngs of the Royal Society of Victoria.

through which the vascular bundle passed, connecting the leaf with
the stem (the leaf-bundle having been torn away) ; for the actual
leaf-base, which is closely connected with the stem, does not
appear to have been preserved in the Australian specimens, since
the lateral points of the parichnos' have not yet been detected.
This latter structui'e it would be hopeless to look for, if we
assume that the known specimens represent a " Bergeria "
condition of the stem, in which the epidermis has been lost
before fossilisation.

The elongate-elliptical depression indicating the passage of the
vascular bundle is, as a rule, situated close to the upper angle of
the rhombic area. On examining the type-specimen, I noticed
that where these pits are central, or nearly so, they seem to be
only partially preserved ; that is to say, the lower portion of the
vascular depression has been filled up and preserved as a cast,
which, by its obliquity and projection, brings it nearer
the centre. It would be interesting to discover whether this
evidence is borne out in other examples that may come under
observation.

On the same pieces of shale there are several fragments of
what at first sight appear to be remains of Cordaites, but,
although this genus has been recorded fi'om the Drummond
Range, in this instance, it seems safer to regard these frag-
ments as decorticated branches of Lepidodendron, chiefly on
account of the parallel grooving of the fragments bearing
indication of intermittent thickening along the slender ridges.

Fig. 1, on Plate XXVII., is taken from a specimen from Wynn
Creek, Queensland, presented to the National Museum by R.
Daintree, Esq.; it was selected for figuring on account of the
greater detail on its surface.

L. australe has previously been noted from the Drummond
Range by Tenison Woods.-

Locality and Horizon. — Drummond Range, near Clermont,
Queensland. Star beds. [2161-2; 1376-7].

1 See Seott, Studies in Fossil Bot.aiiy, p. 120, fijr. 50.

2 Journ. R. Soc, N.S.W., 1882(1883), vol. xvi., p. 170; Proe. Linn. Soc, N.S.W., 1883
(188J), vol. viii., pt. 1, p. 135.

Ux>per Palaeozoic and Mesozolc Fossilti. 313

Fossils from thk Caubo-permian' of Queknsland and
Western Australia.

Collected by Messrs. A. C. Gregory and R. Daintree.

Plantae — Equisetales.

Phyllotheca austral is, Brongn. (PI. XXVIL, Figs. 6-7).

Phyllotheca australis, Brongniart, 1828. Hist. Foss. Veget.,
p. 152.

Feistniantel, 1878. Palaeontographica, Suppl. Band. III.,
Lief. III., Heft. 3, p. 83, pi. vi., tig. 3 ; pi. vii., tigs. 1-2 ; pi. xv.,
tig. 1. Idem, 1890. Mem. Geol. Surv., N.S.W., Pal. No. 3,
p. 79, pi. xiv., tigs. 1-4 (tig. 5 = P. deliquescens, Goepp ; see
Arber, /oc injra cit., p. 17, synonomy).

Etheridge, Jun., 1892 (in Etheridge and Jack). Geol. and Pal.
of Queensland, p. 189, pi. xvii., tig. 3.

Arber, 1902. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc, vol. Iviii., p. 14.

This species has already been recorded from the Bowen River
Coal Field in Queensland, although not from the precise locality
as the present example, and it is possible that our specimen comes
from the same horizon in the series.

A slab of black, carbonaceous shale in the present collection
is crowded with remains of the stems of Phyllotheca and
Archaeocalamites. At tirst sight it seemed possible that these
stems were all referable to the genus Phyllotheca, the broader
and more closely-grooved forms closely resembling Phyllotheca
deliquescens (Goeppert). The presence of leaf-scars was afterwards
detected, on a closer examination, which compels one to refer
these particular stems to the Calamites section of the Equisetales.

The stems of Phyllotheca now under consideration are slender
and generally coarsely fluted or grooved, having usually only 4
to 5 vertical furrows visible. The width of the stems varies
from 5 to 10 mm. The leaf-slieaths are well preserved in some

1 The later (coal-bearing) Carboniferous strata of Australia and Tasmania are usually
referred to as Perniooarl)oniferous. There is, however, j,'Ood reason for reversing the
components of this term to ensure uniformity with words like Siluro-devonian or
Triasi-jura, which refer in their proper age sequence to strata having a mixed fauna.
" Hunterian," as suggested by Professor Ralph Tate, is possibly a convenient term to
apply to these beds, which, as the Hunter River Series, are so well developed locally.

9

yi4 Provcedinijs of the lioijal Sociefi/ of Victoria.

cases, and the internodes vai-y in vertical lieiglit from 10 to
I 5 nun. The separate leaf-like tei'iiiinations of the sheaf have a
distinct mid-rib, characteristic of this genus.

Fnictijication in Phyllotheca. — Arising from the base of what
appears to be an undoul)ted leaf-sheath of Phyllotheca australis,
wliich has been torn from the stem, is an extiemely interesting
example of a stout, sub-rotund strobilus, covered with numerous
ovate imbrications (PI. XXVIL, Fig. 7). The distal end of
this specimen was presumably flat, and the strobilus seems to
have been sheathed around the external margin with small bracts
or sporophylls. A somewhat similarly formed cone has been de-
.scribed by Kidston,^ undei- the name of Equisetites hemingwayi.

Another remarkable specimen occurs along with the
Phyllotheca stems. It is conoidal and imbricated and strongly
resembles the conical group of sporophylls seen in some species of
Equisetum. Similar strobili have been described and figured by
R. Etheridge, Jun.,- found as terminal cones attached to actual
stems of Phyllotheca. Our specimen is cylindrically ovate and
terminates in a somewhat sharp apex. Its length, so far as
preserved, is 18 mm. One side of the strobilus has been ruptured,
and the surface spread out lengthwise. The imbricated scales
are set closely to one another, and terminate in blunt points.
They alternate, as in Etheridge's specimen.s, with the series above
and below. Where the surface has been flattened out, however,
there is evidence of long filamentous leaves, similar to those seen
in the strobili described by Etheridge, Jun.

The recorded examples of fructification in Phyllotheca are few,
and until the discovery of the strobili by Messrs. J. Mitchell and
C Hedley in the Upper Coal Measures of Newcastle, New
.South Wales, and which Mr. Etheridge has descrilied and figured,
there was only one instance in which a supposed inflorescence
had been seen in Phyllotheca australis, which was described
many years ago by M'Coy^. That author figured a portion of a
fertile branch with closely set joints, having sheaths which bore
on their upper margin a fringe of " antliers," which he con\pared

1 Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6, vol. ix., 1892, ]). 138. See also Seward's "Fossil
Plants," Cambridge, 1898, p. 262, fig. 57a.

2 Rec. Austr. Mus., vol. iv., No. 1, 1901, pp. 1-4, pis. i., ii.

3 Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. .\.\., 1847, p. 155, pi. xi., fig. 1.

upper Palaeozoic and Mesozolc Fossils. 315

with the male flowers of Casuarina stricta. Ai'ber has re-
examined this specimen', which is in the Woodwardian Museum at
Cambridge, but he faiU^d to Hnd any leaf-sheath, and only one
leaf-like segment, and suggested that the striated internodes have
been mistaken for leaf-sheaths. Remarking on this specimen,
Arber says : — " The preservation of the fossil is by no means good,
and will only permit me to say that at each node, and on either side,
a bunch occurs of several small ovate bodies, apparently closely
attached to the node, which may be sporangia. I have not, how-
ever, been able to make out any sporangiophores, or further
details." The fructification of the Permian examples of Phyllo-
theca descriV)ed by Schmalhausen'^ consists of sporangia, borne on
peltate sporangiophores attached to the internodal area of the
stems between the infertile leaf- whorls. Zeiller has described the
fructification of Phyllotheca rallii,' in which the sporangiophores
alternate with the whorls of sterile bracts.

That our second described specimen is comparable with the
beautiful examples from the New South Wales coal-measures
does not admit of doubt, on referring to the illusti'ations given by
Etheridge, Jun. As regards the laterally foi-med strobilus now
figured, attached to the leaf-sheath, it is open to question whether
this represents another mode of fructification for the same species,
but more light may be looked for on this interesting point by
the discovery of further specimens. In Equisetites heming-
wayi, mentioned above, the cones are sessile, as in our example,
but no leaves occur on the nodes with the cones.

Locality and Horizon. — From the Baron River (a southern
tributary of the Burdekin River) below the coal seams, Queens-
land. Carbo-permian. [13(S1 ; *2167.].

Archaeocalamites scpobiculatus, Schlothcim sp.
(PI. XXVI f., Figs. 8, 9).

Calamites scrobiculatus, Schlotlieitii, 1820. Petretactenkunde,
Abth. 1, p. 402, pi. XX., fig. 11.

C. radiatus, Brongniai't, 1828. Hist. Foss. Veget., p. 122, pi.
xxvi., fig. 2.

1 Quart. Jourii. Geol. Soc, vol. Iviii., li)02, p. Iti.

2 M^m. Acad. Imp. Sci., St. Petersburg', ser. 7, vol. xx\ii., No. 4., IS"'.).

3 M(5iii. Soc. (it'ol. France, I'al. Mem., No. ti, vol. viii., fasc. i\-., ISiW, j). (;;"i.

316 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

AsterocalaiDites scrobiculatus (Schloth.), Eth., Jun. (in Eth.
and Jack). Geol. and Pal. Queensland, 1892, p. 189, pi. iv.,
figs. 11 and 12.

Archaeocalamites scrobiculatus (Schloth.), Seward. Fossil
Botany, 1898, p. 386, fig. 103.

Stems of the above plant are associated with Phyllotheca in
the specimen now being described, one example measuring 22 cm.
in length. Greatest width 24 mm. The surface of the stem is
closely striate, the groovings numbering about 24 on the larger
poi'tion of one stem. There are a few scattered and attached
filiform leaves associated with the stems, and others can be
indistinctly seen closely adpressed near the nodes. Leaf and
branch scars are not infrequent, and appear as circular depressions
with a central mannnilla, sometimes radially striate {PI.
XXVII., Fig. 9). The stem grooves pass continuously from
internode to internode.

This plant occurs here at a higher horizon than was formerly
known, for its previous records are restricted to the Star beds.

It is just possiljle that some of the douiitful forms thought to
be Phyllotheca of the P. deliquescens type may eventually prove
to be referable to Archaeocalamites.^

Locality and Horizon. — From the Baron River (a southern
tributary of the Burdekin River), below the coal seams,
Queensland. Carbo-permian. [1381.].

FiLICALES.

Glossopteris brown iana, Brongniart.

Glossopteris browniana, Brongn., 1828. Hist. Foss. Veget.,
p. 223, pi. Ixii.

Feistmantel, 1878. Palaeontograpliica, Suppl. Band iii., Lief,
iii.. Heft 2, p. 78 ; Heft 3, p. 90 ; pi. viii., figs. 3-4 ; pi. xix.,
figs. 1, \a, 3, 4, 4i?, 5, o<?, 7 ; pi. xi., fig. 1.

Idem, 1890. Mem. Geol. Surv., N.S.W., Pal. No. 3, p. 121 ;
pi. xiii., fig. 1 ; pi. xvi., tig. 34 ; pi. xvii., figs. 1, 3, 4, 5 (?), 7 ;
pi. XX., fig. 2.

1 C/. .Seward, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc, vol. liii. (1897), p. 324, pi. xxiv., fiff. 1 ; also
" Fossil Plants," Cambridge, 1898, p. 2S.t, fi(f. (>" ; also Feistmantel, 1890, Mem. Geol.
Surv.,N.S.W., Pal. No. 3, p. 79, pi. xiv., fig. 5.

Ujyper Palaeozoic and Meftozoic Fo.s,Hils. 317

Etheridge, Jun. (in Etheridge and Jack), 1892. Geol. and
Pal., Queensland, p. 193, pi. xvi., figs. 6, 8 ; pi. xvii,, figs. 9-10.

Some pieces of greenish coloured sandstone from the Baron
River show several recognisable leaves of this species. Their
nervation is beautifully contrasted in white on the dark green sand-
stone surface. It is of interest to note the occurrence of what
appears to be an imbricated stem, resembling a terminal spike of
Lepidodendron, on one of the slabs with the Glossopteris ; but it
is not sufficiently well preserved to enable one to determine its
relationship with certainty.

Locality and Horizon. — Baron River (below coal seams),
Queensland. Carbo-permian (Bowen River Coal Fields). [1378;
1619.].

Glossopteris ampla, Dana.

Glossopteris ampla, Dana, 1849. Geol., Wilke's U.S. Expl.
Exped., p. 717 ; Atlas, pi. xiii., fig. 1.

Feistmantel, 1878. Palaeontographica, Suppl. Band iii.. Lief iii.
Heft 3, p. 91, pi. xi., fig. 2; pi. xii., fig. 7.

Etheridge, Jun. (in Etheridge and Jack), 1892. Geol. and
Pal., Queensland, p. 195, pi. xv., fig. 7.

In the present collection there are two pieces of sandstone
bearing impressions of the leaves of the above species. This form
has previously been recorded from the Bowen River Coal Field,
at Coral Creek, by Etheridge and Jack.

Locality and LLorizon. — Baron River (below coal seams),
Queensland. Carbo-permian (Bowen River Coal Fields). [1379-
80.].

Glossopteris papal lela, Feistmantel.

Glossopteris parallela, Feistmantel, 1878. Palaeontographica,
Suppl. Band iii.. Lief, iii.. Heft 3, p. 93, pi. ix., figs. 2-4.

A specimen of sandstone from the Queensland collection bears
portions of seven leaves on its surface, three of which are
sufficiently complete to show their characteristic elongate form.
The nervation of the leaves is clearly marked, and compares
closely with the examples of G. parallela, figured and described
by Feistmantel. The parallel character of the nervation is seen
at a glance, and is due to the elongation of the polygonal areas

318 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

formed by the anastomosing nerves. The mid-rib is broad and
distinctly hollowed.

It is interesting to note the occurrence of this species in the
Bowen River Coal Field of Queensland, since its previous records
seem to have been only from the upper coal measures of
Bowenfels in New South Wales.

Locality and Horizon. — Baron River (below coal seams),
Queensland. Carbo-permian (Bowen River Coal Fields). [2160].

CONIFERAE.

Araucarioxylon, Kraus, 1864.'

General Remarks ofi the Determination of J^ossil Coniferous
Wood. — The generic name Araucarioxylon is here employed in a
restricted sense for coniferous wood allied to Araucaria and
Dammara, and agrees in tlie main with Kraus' definition, in
having the medullary rays in a single row .on the tangential
section, with bordered pits mutually in contact.- The determina-
tion of generic or typical groups in the Coniferae from a
microscopical examination of their fossil woods is a somewhat
hopeless task, notwithstanding the beautiful preservation of the
tissues in many silicitied and otherwise mineralized specimens.
Although the wood thus mineralized often shows a structure so
well replaced that thin sections of it can be examined in all their
details, under a high magnitication, with that of a recent wood ;
yet, as some eminent palaeobotanists, as Solms-Laubach,'^ Scott,*
and others, have recently pointed out, unless we can examine
sections taken from all parts of the stem and root, and sliced in
the various directions necessary to give a complete knowledge of
their structure, we may easily fall into the error of confusing
the woods of entirely different groups. The above genus affords
a case in point, in which the stems of Cordaites were grouped

1 O. Kraus. — " Mikroskopische Untersuehunjjen iiber den Ban lebender uiid vor-
weltlicher Nadelhijlzer." Wurzburjrer Naturwiss. Zeitschr, vol. .'i (1864).

See also Schiniper, 1870, Traite, Pal. V^g., vol ii., pt. 1, p. ;580.

2 The arraiigeineiits and characters of the bordered pits of the tracheides are, however,
•0 inconstant, even in the Araucarian ^roup, that little value can be attached to them for
determinative purposes.

3 " Fossil Botany," Cambridge, 1891, pp. 80-82.

4 " Studies in Fossil Botany," London, 1900, p. 419.

Upper Palaeozoic and Mesozolc Fossils. 319

with true coiiii'erous wood. 'J'lie Cordaitean stem, for example,
exhibits in its secondary wood tracheides witli liordered pits, a
character for long supposed to be typical of Coniferous woods,
and, in fact, very closely respml)ling, if not identical with, that
of Araucaria itself. Undoubted stems of Cordaites have also
yielded in che earlier portion of the xylem the scalariform and
spiral elements commonly seen in many other plants.

In the present instance the wood structure has been carefully
compared with sections of wood taken in various directions from
Araucaria cunninghami and Dammara australis. For the
opportunity of examining these recent woods I am indebted to
Mr. R. H. AValcott, of the National Museum.

Occurrence of Palaeozoic Fossil Wood in Australia. — Silicified
stems and roots of trees have long been known to occur in the
upper palaeozoic strata of Queensland^ and New South Wales. -

With regard to the Queensland occurrences Jack remarks on
the silicified wood exposed on the sides of Jack's Creek, as
follows'^: — "About a mile north of the Boweii River a thickness
of about fifty feet of greenish-gray .sandstone is seen, containing
numerous, large, drifted coniferous trees. The trees, which are
silicified to a black flint, and sometimes opalized, occasionally
I'etain some of the branching roots. Fragmentary plant remains,
in a carbonized condition, are also common. About half a mile
from the river the creek divides into two branches, both of which
show for some distance up sections of the greenish-gray pebbly
sandstone with silicified drifted trees. One tree measured thirty-
one feet in length and tapered from twelve inches to three inches
in diameter."

The .same author mentions other large silicified trees, about a
quarter of a mile west of Rosella Creek, in one of which he
counted about thirty rings of growth.

Of the Upper Bowen formation of Walker's Creek, Jack
remarks'* : — " Some sandstone beds in the neighbourhood contain
silicified logs, and similar logs, evidently weathered out of the

1 Etheridge, Jun., and Jack. Geol. and Pal., Queensland, 1892, pp. 165, 166, 168, 17.").

2 Nicol, Edinbur<rh New Phil. Journ., vol. iv., 1832, p. 153; Clarke, Quart. Journ. Geol.
Soc, vol. iv., 1848, p. 60; Dana, Geol. U..S. Expl. Exped., 1849, p. 714; Eth. ,hin., Cat.
Aust. Foss., 1878, p. 32 (footnote c).

3 Tom. cit., p. 165.

4 Tom. cit., p. 168.

320 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

sandstone, bestrew the surface iu the neighbourhood so thickly
that one might imagine a forest to have been felled on the spot
and subsequently petrified."

It is interesting to notice that these coniferous tree-remains are
not confined to tlie freshwater (upper) series of the Bowen River
Coal Field, but that they are also found in the marine (middle)
series.

Apaucanioxylon daintreei, sp. nov, (Plate XXVIIL,
Figs. 1-3; Plate XXIX., Figs. 1-3; Plate XXX., Figs. 3-4).

C/iie/ Characters. — -Stem sub-elliptical in section in the present
example. The broken, transverse surface shows very clearly the
succession of rings of the wood cells (annual rings). Area of
pith cells very restricted, the bundle measuring in this specimen
1.7 mm. in diameter. The pith bundle is not circular in
transverse section but somewhat elongated in one direction, and
angular on the periphery. The parenchymatous cells of which it
is composed are rectangular to polygonal in transverse section.
They are made out with difiiculty in this direction on account of
their absorption of .so much iron oxide along with their silicifi-
cation. The primary xyleni appears to consist of four or five
rows of tracheides, wliich show traces of scalariform and spiral
structure in the sections taken through the stem in a radial direc-
tion.

The tracheides of the secondary wood are sub-rectangular in
transverse section, and run in series of 4 to 6 between the
medullary rays in plane section. No resin cells were noticed.

The radial section shows the pith cylinder to be immediately
followed by the short series of scalariform and spiral elements
mentioned above, and succeeded by the secondary xylem. The
ordinary prosenchymatous ves.sels forming the wood have their
radial surfaces crowded with bordered pits, showing the central
mark as an oblique, elliptical, slit-like depression, and similar
to those in both the Araucariae and the Cordaiteae. The pits are
closely adpressed, but generally not so clo.se as to become poly-
gonal ; they occur sometimes in single rows, but more often in as
many as 4 to 6.

Upper Palaeozoic and Mesozolc Fossils. 321

In tangential section the medullary rays are in single rows.
They are of a simple type and therefore do not carry horizontal
resin canals, as in the fossil wood referred by Kraus' to the type
Pityoxylon.

The present specimen measures in its longest diameter about
9 cm.

General Remarks on the Specimen and its Alliances. — The
stem now under description is clearly distinguishable from the
wood of Cordaites, on account of the definite annual rings seen
throughout the stem. Although these rings are somewhat
irregular in the earlier part of the wood, and show a tendency
To thin out at various places, causing an appearance of over-
lapping, they are very distinct later on, and throughout each
complete ring show the regular transition from the spring to the
autumn growth, and the sudden recurrence to the former with
less crowded cell-structure. This feature of differentiated wood
cells seems to be unknown in Cordaites, where the xylem is
practically uniform in sbructure."

Tlie most important factor, however, in determining the
<lifference between the Coniferous wood and Cordaites is the
nature of the pith cylinder, which in the latter is unusually thick
and transversely ruptured, so as to leave numerous diaphragms
sepaiated by cavities.

The pith is very small in our specimen, and the primary xyleni
is also of very limited extent.

With regard to the bordered pits seen in the radial walls of
the tracheides, I notice that in our specimen of Araucarioxylon
they agree most closely with those seen in Danimara australis,
in that they are less crowded and only occasionally polygonal.
The bordered pits in the tracheides of the wood of Araucaria
cunninghami are perhaps more comparable with those seen in
Cordaites, although much larger. The central depression is
elliptical and oblique in all four types, so that this particular
feature cannot be relied on as a determinative character.

There is, therefore, in view of the foregoing statements, no
<loubt as to the Coniferous affinities of our specimen.

1 Tom. supra cit. See also Traitr de I'aluoiitolo^dc, pt. ii., 1801, l\ilaeoph.vtolO!,'ie, l».v
Schiinper and Schenk, p. 856, fig. 417.

2 Scott -Studies in Fossil Botany, p. 419.

322 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Anotlier reason for referring the present specimen to the genus
or type of Araucarioxylon is the absence of resin cells in the
medullary rays and among the vertical tracheides.

It differs from the Cedroxylon type of coniferous wood — to
which it otherwise bears most resemblance — not only in the
above feature, but also in having the medullary rays, as seen in
transverse section, more widely separated, and also in having the
bordered pits of the radial walls of the tracheides disposed in
several rows, instead of singly, as seems to be the general, though
not invariable, rule in Cedroxylon

Enough has probably been said, having regard to the limited
material at present at our disposal, upon the claims of the
abo\e to be regarded as a typical Araucarioxylon. This has
been already done by Carruthers^ and Etheridge, Jun.," for
tlie fossil wood found in the Bowen River formation ; but these
authors liave unfortunately given no figures or description of
any definite specimen, so that the name by which the fossil wood
from Queensland was previously recorded must now lapse, as
Mr. Etheridge himself suggests when recording the fossil wood
occurrences.'^ 'I'he diagnosis now given will, it is hoped,
strengthen the claim of the Conifers to be considered as having
existed indubitably in Carboniferous times.

Locality and Horizon. — Baron River (a southern tributary (jf
the Burdekin River), below the coal seams, Queensland.
Carbo-permian (Bowen River Coal Fields). Coll., Hon. Sir
A. C. Gregory and R. Daintree, Esq. [2235.].

Animalia-Ooklentkrata.
Stenopora leichardti, Xich. and Eth., Fil.

Stenopora leichardti, Nicholson and Etheridge, Jun., 18SG.
Ann. ^Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. xvii., p. 179, pi. iii., tigs. 7-iS.
Etheridge, Jun., 1892 (in Etheridge and Jack). Geol. and Pal.,
Queen.sland, p. 204; pi. vi., figs. 9-10 ; pi. vii., tig. 2.

1 Araucaroxyloffi nicholi, Carruthers, in Etheridge, .Jan. t'rot-. il. I'hys. Soc, Ediiib.,
1880, vol. v., p. 328.

2 Araucaroxylon nicholi, Carruthers (M.S.), Eth., Jun. (in Eth. and Jac-k). Geol. and
Pal., Queensland, 1892, p. 198.

3 Loc. supra cit.

U'jyper Palneozoic and Mesozoic Fossils. 323

Qui- specimens fi-oiii tlie Irwin River disti-ict are entirely
replaced by linionite, but so perfectly that the exact form of tlie
corallites can be seen under a slight mjignification, as well as the
large acantliopores, supposed to be a distinguishing feature of
this species. Other points worthy of notice are the cylindrical
and branching habit of the corallum, and the periodical external
thickening of the corallites.

Locality and Horizon. — Irwin River District, Western
Australia. Carbo-pernnan. [1.397; 21-59.].

Crinoidea.

Sevei'al pieces of crinoid stems occur in a brown .sandy matrix.
The colunnials are circular in section, with radially striate
surfaces, and having a small circular axial canal. They appear
to belong to the family of the Actinocrinidae, but cannot be
determined with certainty, as no remains of the calyx or arms
were met with. Crinoid stems have been recorded from the
Gascoyne River, Western Australia, by A. H. Foocd,^ who states
that F. A. Bather regards them as probably referable either to
the Rhodocrinidae or Actinocrinidae.

Locality and Llorizon. — Trwin River district, Western Australia.
Carbo-permian. [2110.]

Brachiopoda.
Depbyia {cf.) senilis, Phillips, sp.

Spirifer senilis, Phillips, 1836. Illustr. Geol. Yorkshire, vol.
ii., p. 216, pi. ix., fig. 0.

Derbyia senilis (Phill.), Etheridge Jnr., 1892 (in Eth. and
Jack). Geol. and Pal. Queensland, p. 246, pi. xii., tigs. 1-6.

The only specimen in our collection from Daintree is a cast
in limonite of the interior of a portion of the (lorsal and ventral
valves. The surface of the cast clearly shows tiie punctation of
the shell, as innumerable tiny tul^ercles.

Locality and LLorizon. — Irwin River District, Westei-n Aust-
ralia. Carbo-permian. [2111.].

1 Geol. Mag., vol. vii. (1890), p. 104.

324 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Stpophalosia clarkei, Etheridge, sp.

Productus clarkei, Etheridge, 1872. Quart. Jouru. Geol. Soc,
vol. xxviii., p. 334, pi xvii., figs, 2, 'la, b ; pi. xviii., figs. 4, 4(?.

Strophalosia clarkei (Eth.), Etheridge Jun., 1892. (In Eth. and
Jack). Geol. and Pal., Queensland, p. 258, pi. xiii., figs. 12-17 ;
pi. xiv., fig. 19.

A dorsal and a ventral valve occur separately in the present
collection. Foord' records this shell from the Kimberley
District, Western Australia.

Locality and Horizon. — Irwin River District, Western Aust-
ralia. Carbo-permian. [2163-4.].

Productus undatus, Defrance.

Productus undatus, Defrance, 1826. Diet. Sci. Nat., vol. xliii.,
p. 354.

Foord, 1890. Geol. Mag., vol. vii., p. 152, pi. vii., fig. 6.

This species has already been recorded from the Irwin River
District by Foord. We have two specimens which, although
internal moulds of the shell, show the bases of the spine-s, and
the undulating wrinkles of the shell itself.

Locality and Horizon. — Irwin River District, Western Aus-
tralia. Carbo-permian. [1385-6].

Productus cora, d'Orbigny.

Productus cora, d'Orbigny, 1842. V'oy. Amerique merid.,
vol. iii., pts. 3 and 4, p. 55, pi. v., figs. 8-9.

P. cora, d'Orb., Etheridge, Jun., 1892 (in Eth. and Jack).
Geol. and Pal, Queensland, p. 248; pi. xii., fig. 14; pi. xiii.,
fig. 1 ; pi. xxxviii., fig. 11.

The examples in the present series are chiefly contained in a
large block of limonitic sandstone. One of the valves measures
5 cm. in width, and a little over 4 cm. in length ; whilst another
imperfect specimen must have measured when complete between
€ and 7 cm. in width.

These specimens are denuded of spine.s, but traces of tliem are
seen in the surrounding matrix. Some of the valves show the

1 Geol. Man., vol. vii., 1890, p. 103.

U-pper Palaeozoic and Mesozoic FokkUs. 325

wrinklings at the cardinal angles, and faint concentric folds on
the surface of the shell.

Locality and Horizon. — (?) Bowen River Coal Field, Queens-
land. Carbo-perniian. Coll. and presented by R. Daintree, Esq.

[211-2-3].

Spipifer" convolutus, Phillip, sp.

Spirifera convoluta, Phillip.s, 1836. Illustr. Geol., Yorkshire,
vol. ii., p. 217, pi. ix., fig. 7.

This species has been previously recorded from beds of similar
age on the Gascoyne River.

A specimen of this shell in a brown .sandstone matrix occurs
in the present collection.

Locality and LLorizon. — (?) Bowen River Coal Field, Queens-
land. Carbo-permian. Coll. and presented by R. Daintree, Esq.
[2166J.

Spirifep (Maptiniopsis) subradiatus, How.

Spirifera subradiata, iSowerby, 1844, in Darwin's Geol.
Observations Vole. Ids., p. 159.

One specimen of the above, of a transversely oval form, occurs
in our series, presented and collected by Daintree.

Locality and Horizon. — (?) Bowen River Coal-field, Queensland.
Carbo-permian. [2114].

Pelecypoda.
Sanguinolites {cf.) hibernicus, Hind.

Sanguinolites hibernicus, WheeltonHind, 1900. Pal. Soc. Mon.
— Brit. Carb. Lamell., pt. v., p. 375, pi. xli. figs. 1-4.

A cast of an ovate elongate shell witli prominent umbones
occurs in this series, and seems closely allied to the above species.
The concentric sulcate ornament on the shell-surface is fairly
regular. The cast is haematitic in composition.

Locality and Horizon. — Irwin River District, Western
Australia. Carbo-Permian. [2118].

Allofisma {cf.) maxima, Portlock, sp.

Sanguinolaria maxima, Portlock, 1843. Rep. Geol. London-
derry, p. 434, pi. xxxvi., tig.s. L«, b.

326 Proceedings of f/ie Roi/al Society of Victoria.

Allorisnia maxima (Poi'tlock), Hind, 1890. Pal. !Soc. Mon. —
Brit. Carb. Lamell., pt. v., p. 419, pi. xlvii., ligs. 5-7 a.

Our specimen is a cast of a left valve and part of the right,
preserved in a limonitic sandy matrix. The surface of the cast
next the shell is smooth and shows the sulcate ornament very
clearly. The valve is somewhat straight on the ventral edge,
gibbous in front of the beaks, and compressed behind. It compares
very closely with the above species.

Locality and Horizon. — Irwin River District, Western Australia.
Carbo-permian. [2165].

Allorisma cupvatum, Morris.

Allorisnia curvatum, Morris, 1845 (in Strzelecki's Phys. Descr.
N.S.W. and Van Dieman's Land), p. 170, pi. x., fig. 1.

A large specimen, which must have measured 16 cm. in length
when complete, occurs in the present series. It is an internal
cast of the two valves, which liad been sliglitly displaced before
the intilling of the interior.

Locality and i/f;r/c6';/.^ Irwin River District, Western Australia.
Carbo-perniian. [1387].

Cephalopoda.
Goniatites micromphalus, Morris, sp.

Bellerophon micromphalus, Morris (in Strzelecki's Phys. Descr.
N.S.W., p. 288, pi. xviii., tig. 7).

Goniatites micromphalus (Morris), de Koninck, 1877.
Recherches sur les Fossiles Paleozoiques de la Nouvelles-Galles
du Sud (Australie), p. 339, pi. xxiv., fig. 5.

Foord, 1890. Geol. Mag., vol. vii., p. 104. pi. v., ligs. 10-10^.

Etheridge, Jun., 1892 (in Etheridge and Jack). Geol. and Pal.,
Queensland, p. 294.

Goniatites (Prolecanites ?) micromphalus (Morris), Etheridge,
Jun., 1894. Rec. Geol. Surv. N.S.W., vol. iv., pt. 1, p. 36,
pi. vii., figs. 9-14.

This form has already been recorded from Western Australia,
from Liverynga, Kimberley District, by Foord. ^

1 Loc. mipra cit., \->. 104.

Upper Palaeozoic and Memzoic Fossils. 327

A neat cast in limonitic limestone occurs in the present series.
Locality and Horizon. — Trwin River District, Western Australia.
( 'arbo-pemiian. [1 383.].

Fossils from the Jurassic op the Greenough River
District, Western Australia.

Collected for the Hon. Sir A. 0. Gregory, and Presented
BY THE Late R. Daintree, Esq.'

JNIollusca-Pelecypoda.

Cucullaea, Lamarck.

Cucullaea semi striata, Moore.

Cucullaea semistriata, Mooie, 1870. Quart. Journ. Geol. 8oc.,
vol. xxvi., p. 250, pi. xiv., fig. 3.

This species was originally recorded by Moore from the
Greenough River district, and it appears to be restricted, so far
as recorded, to this part of Western Australia. Mr. Etheridge,
Jun., mentions a fossil comparable with this species, and from the
above locality, in tlie Paxton collection of Western Australian
fossils in the Department of Mines at .Sydney." It also occurs in
the Gabriel collection from Geraldton, along with at least two
other species of the genus.

In the pi'esent series there are portions of two left valves, one
being fairly complete. The matrix from this and another shell
(Trigonia) yielded numerous species of microzoa.^

Locality and LLorizon. — Greenough River District, Western
Australia. Jurassic. [2060-1.].

Trigonia, ISruguiere.
Trigonia moorei, Lycett.

Trigonia moorei, Lycett, 1870 (in Moore's paper). Quart.
Journ. Geol. Soc, vol. x.wi., p. 254, pi. xiv., tigs. 9, 10.

1 Besides the following series, I have described 7 spp. and vars. of Ostracoda, and 23
spp. and vars. of Foraniitiifera, from material out of the same collection. See antea, p. ISf).

2 Ann. Rep. Dept. Mines, Sydney, for 1S89 (1890), p. 239, Appendix No. r.c.

3 These form tlie sul)jeet of a separate paper.

328 Proceedings of tJie Royal Society of Victoria.

This species, which was originally recorded from Western
Australia, is represented by three specimens in the present collec-
tion. Two of these are rather young valves, the third is an adult
form with the concentric ridges less prominent and, perhaps,
partly worn down.

As an additional instance of the affinity of the Indian with the
Australian Jurassic fossils, attention is drawn to the remarks by
Dr. F. L. Kitchen respecting Trigonia dhosaensis. Referring to
the relatively coar.se, raised ornaments on the marginal carina,
corresponding in number to the ribs of the flank, he says : — " It
is M noteworthy fact that this feature is well developed also in
T. moorei, Lycett, from Western Australia, to which T. dhosaensis
shows other such striking points of re-semblance as to suggest
near aflinity."^

Locality and Horizon. — Greenough River District, Western
Australia. Jurassic. [206-l:-6.].

Pecten, O. F, Miiller.
Pecten cinctus, Sowerby.

Pecten cinctus, Sowerby, 1823. INIin. Conch., vol. iv., p. 96,
pi. 371.

Moore, 1870. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc, vol. xxvi., pp. 231, 232.

This is one of the fossils recorded by Chas. Moore, of Bath,
England, from We.stern Austivalia, and which is well-known as
an English Inferior Oolite fossil.

The solitary specimen of P. cinctus, in the Daintree and
Gregory collection from the Greenough River District, is
imperfect. Quite lately, however, the collection of Western
Australian fossils in the Museum has been enriched by the
donation of a series of Jurassic fossils from Geraldton, by Chas.
Gabriel, Esq., which includes four specimens of this particular
shell, thus enabling one to make a more satisfactory comparison
of the Australian with the British examples.

When complete, the specimen from the Daintree and Gregory
collection must have been about 16cm. in width ; one example
in the Gabriel collection measures even slightly more than that.

1 Mem. Geol. Surv. India (Pal. Indica), ser. ix., vol. 3. pt. 2, No. 1, 1903, p. 113. For
detailed comparison of the two species above-mentioned, see p. 31.

upper Palaeozoic and Mesozoic Fossils. 329

P. cinctus is recognized by the nearly circular outline, with
fairly small, sub-equal auricles. The sui'face of the valves is
broken up by thin, concentric laminae, more or less erect, and
the shell is ornamented with fine, closely-set, radial striae.
Auricles strongly marked with closely-set ridges, slightly
flexuose. Right valve a little more convex than the left.

The outer layer of the shell has in some cases been almost
entirely removed, and the intermediate layej* shows weathered
out on its surface a plexus of ramifying tunnels, now infilled with
matrix ; they are most probably the work of a parasitic boring
organism (? fungus), but coarser than either Duncan's Palaeachlya
or Bornet and Flahault's Ostracoblabe. The average diameter
of these tubes is about 0.4 mm. Besides this, there also occurs
in one of the shells a much coarser kind of perforation, which
does not confine itself to one layer of the shell but passes through
at all angles, and its character makes it presumably referable to
a l)oring sponge of the family Clionidae. Neither of these
borings yield any residual structure which would assist in their
identification.

Locality and Horizon. — Greenough River District, Western
Australia. Jurassic. [2062].

Ctenostreon, Eichwald.

Ctenostreon pectinifopmis, Schlotheim, sp.

(PI. XXX., Fig 1).

Ostracites pectiniformis, Schlotheim, 1820. Petrefactenkunde,
i., p. 231.

Lima proboscidea, Sow., 1821. Min. Conch. Gt. Brit., vol. iii.,
p. 115, pi. cclxiv.

Moore, 1870. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc, vol. xxvi., pp. 231,
232.

Ctenostreon pectiniformis (Schloth.), Etheridge, Jun., 1901.
Records Austr. Mus., vol. iv., No. 1, p. 14.

There is a left valve representing the above species in the
Daiutree and Gregory collection, which at first sight seemed to
present almost specific differences from the specimens already
figured by the above-named authors, and others mentioned in

330 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Mr. Etheridge, Jun's. more copious synonymy in the Records of
the Australian Museum.

The points of difference in our specimen consist in the greater
length of the cardinal line as compared with typical British speci-
mens^ ; in the strong and well-developed auricle at the anterior
end of the hinge-line ; and the sharper ridges, with pronounced
tubular spines, formed by the intersection of costae with lamellae,
especially towards the ventral margin. By Mr. Gabriel's donation
I am enabled to compare the specimen now figured with similar
fossils from Geraldton, which leads one to conclude that it is only
an extreme variety of C. pectiniformis. The specimens in the
Gabriel collection also show the variation in shell-sculpture in
this species, due to the condition of the shell in relation to its
preservation or decortication, the better preserved specimens
usually having sharply i-idged costte.

Locality and Horizon. — Greenough River District, Western
Australia. Jurassic. [2063].

Astarte cliftoni, Moore.

Astarte cliftoni, Moore, 1870. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc,
vol. xxvi., p. 249, pi. xiii., tig. 10.

A perfect specimen with united valves occurs in our series.
Moore records it from the same locality.

Locality and ILorizon. — Greenough River District. Western
Australia. Jurassic. [2067.].

Ckphalopoda-Ammonoidea.

Normannites, Munier Chalmas.

Normannites australe, Crick sp.

Ammonites macrocephalus, Moore (non Schlotheim), 1870.
Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc, vol. xxvi., pp. 227-232, pi. xv., tig. 5.

Ammonites (Stephanoceras) australe, Crick, 1894. Geol.
Mag., Dec. iv., vol. 1, p. 391, pi. xii., tigs. 4a-4^

Our specimen is fairly well preserved, but incomplete towards
the extremity of the last whorl, and having the umbilicus filled

1 Exemplified in the Wright collection of Oolite fossils in the National Museum.

U'p2'>6r Palaeozoic and Mesozoic Fossils. 331

Avith a tenacious matrix. Tlie suture lines are obscure. The
present specimen is smaller than that descrihed by Crick, having
a diameter of 45 mm., and with tlie width measurement of the
last whorl of 19 mm.

This species was recorded by Crick from the same locality as
ours, and, as that author remarks,' it is evidently allied to
Ammonites braikenridgii, Sowerby, and which, according to
Munier Chalmas, is the type form of the genus Normannites.
]\Ioore's specimen evidently came from the sauie district as the
above.

Locality and Horizon. — Greenough River District, Western
Australia. Jurassic. [2068.].

Perisphi notes, Waagen.

Perisphinctes championensis, Crick.
(Plate XXX., Fig. 2).

Ammonites (Perisphinctes) championensis, Crick, 1894. Geol.
Mag., Dec. iv., vol. i., p. 436, pi. xiii., figs. '2a-c.

The specimen figured liy Crick is precisely similar to the pre-
sent example iu its essential characters, so far as the preservation
of the latter enahles one to see. The inner whorls are obscured
by a tenacious matrix.

The dimensions of the present specimen are somewhat greater
than those given by Crick, and are as follows : — -

Diameter of shell ... ... 135 mm.

Width of umbilicus, about ... 45 mm.

Height of outer whorl ... ... 60 mm.

Thickness of outer whorl ... 46 mm.

An extremely interesting feature is exhibited in this specimen
in the occurrence of the aptychus, lying towards the extremity of
the last whorl of the .shell and close against the ventral surface
of the living chamber. It was revealed by the fracture and
removal of one side of the outer whorl of the ammonite shell.
One valve of the aptychus is nearly complete, with a portion of
the adjoining plate; the apparent line of junction of the two
halves in this instance is, however, misleading, as they are the

1 Loc. cit., p. 392.

10a

332 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

outer borders of the two valves, brought into approximation by
pressure. The plates of this aptychus are rather thin, a usual
character in those known to occur in the Perisphinctidae. In this
example the aptychus has almost entirely lost the outer granular
layer — all but one small patch lying near to the fractured shell
of the ammonite. That which is probably the outer surface of
the intermediate layer of the aptychus is smooth, sparsely and
finely punctate, and the surface is travei'sed by curved, distant,
slightly depressed folds or imbrications (in places). The granu-
late condition of the outer layer corresponds with Zittel's group,
the Grauulosi, to which the Perisphinctidae seem to belong.

Locality and Horizon. — Greenough River District, Western
Australia. Jurassic. [2069.]

Species Recorded in the Foregoing Paper.
The asterisk denotes its occiirrence for the first time from that locality.

Lepidodendron australe, McCoy. Carboniferous ; Drummond

Range, Q.
*Phyllotheca australis, Brongn. Carbo-permian ; Baron R., Q.
*Archaeocalamites scrobiculatus (Schlotli). Carbo-permian ;

Baron R., Q.
*Glossopteris browniana, Brongn. Carbo-permian ; Baron R., Q.
*Glo.ssopteris auipla, Dana. Carbo-permian ; Baron R., Q.
■*Glossopteris parallela, Feistmaiitel. Carbo-permian; Baron

R., Q.
*Araucarioxylon daintreei, sp. nov. Carbo-permian ; Baron R., Q.
*Stenopora leichhardti, Nich. and Eth., Fil. Carbo-permian -

Irwin R. District, W.A.
Crinoid stems. Carbo-permian; Irwin R. District, W.A.
*Derbyia {cf.) senilis (Phillips). Carbo-permian ; Irwin R.

District, W.A.
*Strophalosia (.-larkei (Etheridge). Carbo-permian ; Irwin R.

District, W.A.
Productus undatus, Def ranee. Carbo-permian ; Irwin R. District,

W.A,
Productus cora, d'Orbigny. Carbo-permian; (?) Bowen R. Coal

FieUl, Q.

Upper Palaeozoic and Me.^ozoic Fossil.^. 333

■*Spirifer convolutus (Phillips). Carbo-permian ; Trwiu R.

District, W.A.
*Spirifer (Martiniopsis) subradiatus, Sow. Carbo-perniian;

(?) Bowen R. Coal Field, Q.
■^Sanguinolites (<r/.) hibei-nicus, Hind. Carbo-permian ; Irwiu R.

District, W.A.
*Allorisma (c/.) maxima (Portlock). Carbo-permian ; Irwin R.

District, W.A.
*Allorisma curvatum, Morris. Carbo-permian ; Irwin R. District,

W.A.
■*Goniatites microniphalus (Morris). Carbo-permian ; Irwin R.

District, W.A.
Cucullaea semistriata, Moore. Jurassic ; Greenough R. District,

W.A.
Trigonia moorei, Lycett. Jurassic ; Greenough R. District,

W.A.
Pecten cinctus, Sow. Jurassic; Greenougli R. District, W.A.
Ctenostreon pectiniformis (Schlotheim). Jurassic ; Greenough

R. District, W.A.
Astarte cliftoni, Moore. Jurassic ; Greenough R. District, W.A.
Normannites australe (Crick). Jurassic ; Greenough R. District,

W.A.
Perisphinctes championensis. Crick. Jurassic ; Greenough R.

District, W.A.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Plate XXVIL

Fig. \. — LepidodeTidron australe, McCoy. Leaf cushions and
vascular impressions. Carboniferous; Wynn

Creek, Queensland. [1335]. x 3.

2. — Portion of the lower surface of leaf of Lepidodendron
australe, with prominent mid-rib. Carboniferous ;
Drummond Range, Queensland. [2161]. Nat. size.

3. — A (?) sporophyll of Lepidodendron fruit (Lepidostrobus),
associated with L. australe. Carboniferous ; Drum-
mond Range, Queensland. [2161]. x 3.

4. — Portions of four leaf-cushions on sten) of Lepidodendron
australe, showing at the extreme top of the lower

334 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

cushion a trace of the C^) ligule. The sub-epidermal
surface with parenchymatous tissue. Carboni-
ferous; Drummond Range, Queensland. [1376].
X 6.

5. — Portion of a stem of Lepidodendron australe, evidently
from near the end of a terminal branchlet, showing
fundamental parenchymatous tissue, traversed by
strengthening plates of sclerenchyma. Carboni-
ferous ; Drummond Range, Queensland. [1376].
X 6.

6. — An imbricated (?) terminal bud, possibly belonging to
Phyllotheca australis, or to Archaeocalamites scro-
biculatus. Carbo-permian ; Baron River, Queens-
land. [2167]. X 2.

7. — Strobilus of Phyllotheca australis, attached to a whorled
leaf-sheaf. Carbo-permian ; Baron River, Queens-
land. [1381]. X 4.

8. — Part of stem of Archaeocalamites scrobiculatus. Carbo-
permian ; Baron River, Queensland. [1381]. Nat.
size.

9. — Portion of the nodal area of Archaeocalamites scrobicu-
latus, witli leaf scars. Carbo-permian ; Baron
River, Queensland. [1381]. x 4.

Plate XXVIII.

Fig. 1. — Araucarioxylon daintreei, sp. nov. Stem transversely
fractured, showing growth I'ings of the xylem
extending close to the centre, [2235]. Nat. size.

2. — A. daintreei, sp. nov. Transverse section of wood.
X 180.

3. — A. daintreei, sp. nov. Radial section of wood, showing
pitted tracheides. x 180.

Plate XXIX.

Fig. 1. — Araucarioxylon daintreei, sp. nov. Radial section of
wood. X 1 80.
2. — A. daintreei, sp. nov. Tangential section of wood.
X 180.

I'l-iW. U.S. Victoria, l<>n:!. Flat,' XXVIL

F.C. ddt.

West Australian and Queensland Fossils.

Prnr. R.S. Virtnria, 1903. Plate XXVIII.

.^J^^

F.C. <l,li.

West Australian and Queensland Fossils.

i

Proc. R.S. Victoria, JUGS. Phitr XXLX.

West Australian and Queensland Fossils. **

Pror. A'.«. \'iH„ri,i, liXlj. I'hth; A'A'.V.

F.C. di'lt.

West Australian and Queensland Fossils.

Upper Palaeozoic and Afesozoic Fossils. 335

3. — A. daintreei, sp. nov. Radial section of wood from the
centre, showing pith cells. x ISO.

Plate XXX.

Fig. 1. — Ctenostreon pectiniformis. Schlotheim, sp. Left
valve. Nat. size. [2063].
2. — Perisphinctes chanipionensis, Crick. One-half of

aptychus. Nat. size. [2069].
3. — Araucarioxylon daintreei, sp. nov. Radial section of
wood, showing tracheides with bordered pits.
X 230.
4. — A. daintreei, sp. nov. Radial section, showing scalari-
forni tracheides of the protoxylem. x 230.

Art. XIX. — Nein or Little- Kiiovm Victorian Fossils in
tlte National Museum.

Part III. — Somk Palaeozoic Pteropoda.

By FREDERICK CHAPMAN, A.L.S., &c.,

National Museum.

(With Plate XXXI.).
[Bead 8th December, 1903].

With regard to the zoological relationship of the fossils
described in this paper there is much diversity of opinion, and
they are here referred to the Pteropoda with a certain amount of
reserve. Nicholson has shown that by the presence of a bulbous
commencement or protoconch, Tentaculites, one of the genera
now described, seems to bear a decided relationship with the
more recent pteropods, as Clio. The absence of any signs
of attachment to a foreign body which might be seen on the
shell, as well as its general structure, precludes one from referring
the typical Tentaculites to the Tubicolar Annelides, as some
have done.

Haeckel and Pelseneer, on the other hand, exclude all pre-
tertiary forms from the group of the Pteropoda.

So far as the present evidence goes, the Palaeozoic examples of
Styliola and Tentaculites seem to be, zoologically, closely related,
the former genus being usually distinguished by the absence of
annulations on the shell-surface, and it is either smooth or
striated transversely. In Tentaculites the shell-wall is, as a rule,
much thicker, although some species have quite a tbin shell, as,
for example, that now described under tiie name of T.
matlockiensis.

The species of Hyolitlies described in this paper belong to the
genus in its restricted sense; that is to say they have the margin
of the flattened side of the shell projecting considerably beyond
the opposite wall.

Little-Ktiown Victorian Fossils. 337

The species described here from the Melbournian series are : —
Coleolus (1) aciculuiu, J. Hall.
Hyolithes novellus, Barrande.

,, spryi, sp. nov.

Conularia ornatissima, sp. nov.
From the Yeringian series — •

Conularia sowerbii, Defr.
From beds probably higher in the series than tlie preceding —
Styliola fissurella, J. Hall, var. multistriata, var. nov.
Tentaculites matlockiensis, sp. nov.
On examining the above list, but excluding the Styli(jla and
Tentaculites, which occur on a higher horizon, one is struck
with the mixed character of the Silurian fauna in and around the
Melbourne area.

Two of the species recorded, viz., Hyolithes novellus and
Coleolus (?) aciculum are found elsewhere — in Bohemia and
North America — in Devonian strata. Another is closely related
to an Upper Ordovician form, whilst one species cannot 1)6
separated from the well-known Conularia sowerbii, wliich ranges
from the top of the Ordovician (Bala beds) to the Ludlow series
in Britain.

Genus StylJola, Lesueur.

Styliola fisSUI^ella, J. Hall, var. multistriata, var. nov.
(Plate XXXI., Figs. 4-G).

Description. — The shell is in the form of a slendei-, tapering
cone, with a minute l)ulb at the apical end. The Victorian
specimens cannot lie separated specifically from Hall's S.
fissurella,' but differ from it in a vai-ietal manner, l)y having the
surface marked with veiy fine and regulai- transverse lines of
growth. The Victorian specimens average about 2.5 mm. in
length. The American specimens are very variable as to orna-
ment, but they do not show so constant a character in the
lineation of the shell as do our specimens.

The shells as they occur in the shale are somewhat flattened,
but, from the fact of their being so minute, they liave sometimes

1 Tentaculites fissurella, .1. Hall. Guol. N.V. Suiv., Fourth Geol. Distr., 1843, p. 180,
fit,'S. 9 and 10 ; p. 222, fif,'- 4.

Styliola fissurella. Hall. I'al. N.Y., vol. v., pt. ii., 1870, p. 17f<, pi. xxxi.\., fifjs. 1-30.

338 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victorict.

escaped compression. The upper half of the shell is marked by
a longitudinal median depression or fracture.

The species itself was originally recorded from the Marcellus
shale, and the lower part of the Hamilton group, in the States of
New York and Indiana.

Occurrence and Horizon. — This variety is found in great
abundance in the bluish-grey shales of McMahon's Creek (from the
Department of Mines, 3778). [1185 and 2357-60]. Also from
the hard blue shales at the mouth of Starvation Creek (Depart'
ment of Mines, 3368). [2361]. Both are from the Upper Yarra
district. Some of the rock specimens are largely composed of
these tiny shells. The latter are usually superficially stained by
limonite, which causes them to stand out in contrast to the matrix
of the rock. Siluro-devonian or Devonian.

Genus Tentaculites, Schlotheim.

Tentaculites matlockiensis, sp. nov.

(PI. XXXI., Figs. 1, 2, 3, 5).

Description. — Shell conical, tapering, but broader at the open
end than is usual in this genus. Shell substance thin, as in
Styliola, but having distinct annuli, as in the typical forms of
Tentaculites. Apical portion bulbous, sometimes apiculate, and
occasionally with an overhanging ilange. Margin of the orifice
undulate, and with a vertical slit or sinus in a line with the
median depression of the shell-surface. A transverse section of
the shell shows it to be thinner in the neighbourhood of this
depression, and the example figured (Fig. 5) has a tubular
enclosure which has the appearance of a small siphuncle or
ventral canal. The proximity of this tube to the wall of the
shell seems, however, to be unfavourable to the idea of its
relationship to the Cephalopoda, to which it might otherwise
point. On the other hand examples are not unknown where a
smaller shell is found enclosed in an adult specimen, and from the
relative diameter of our section, the slice was apparently
taken across the shell, not far from its apical end, where the
enclosed shell would have a much smaller diametei'.

The first third of the shell is generally smooth, afterwards
becoming annulated with thin salient ridges, the intercostal

Little-Knoivn Victorinn FofislLs. 339

spaces beiiif^ concave. The annuli cease near the marginal
extremity, and the shell-surface bears numerous, vertical,
superficial wrinklings pointing to an affinity with the vertically
striated species of the genus.

Observations. — This species resembles T. gracilistriatus, J. Hall,^
in the breadth of the distal end of the shell, but is devoid of the
fine longitudinal striae seen in that species. In its neat and
rather closely annulated shell-surface T. matlockiensis approaches
T. bellulus. Hall-'; but the latter foi-ni is always much more
slender.

Occurrence and Horizon. — In the slaty shales of Mount
Matlock ; presented to the National Museum by Mr. N.
Lepoidivil. [1131-2]. Siluro-devunian.

Genus Coleolus, J. Hall.
Coleolus (?) aciculum, J. Hall. (Plate XXXL, Fig. 7).

Coleolus aciculum, J. Hall, 1879. Pal. N.Y., vol. v., pt. ii.,
p. 187, pi. xxxiiA., tigs. 11-15.

Observations. — In the series of Silurian fossils obtained during
the work of the Yai'ra Improvements excavations, tliere are at
least two specimens which are in all probability referable to the
abf)ve species. Both specimens have lost the slender aciculate
extremity, and are therefore regarded as similar to Hall's species
only in a provisional sense, in the absence of complete specimens.

The angle of divergence of the lateral margins of the shell, and
the faint and irregular surface markings, tend to confirm its
identification with C aciculum, which was described from the
N. American Devonian (Genessee Slates).

Occurrence afid Horizon. — Found in the blue and yellow
mudstones at South Yarra, and near Prince's Bridge. Collected
by Mr. F. Spry. Silurian (Melbouniian). [1130 and 1174].

Genus Hyolithes, Eichwald.
Hyolithes novellus, Barrande. (Plate XXXI., Fig. 8.)

Hyolithes novellus, Barrande, 1867. Syst. Sil., vol. iii., p. 86,
pi. XV., figs. 23-24 ; pi. xvi. (?), fig. 18.

1 J. Hall, Pal. N.Y., vol. v., pt. ii., 1879, p. 173, pi. xxxi., figs. 12, 13, 14; pi. xxxi.\.,
figs. 37-47.

2 hoc. sup. clt., p. 160, pi. xxxi., fijfs. ir>-18 ; pi. xxxiA., tigs. 48-51.

340 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Observations. — Our specimens closely agree with Barrande's
figured specimens. H. novellus is one of the few longitudinally
striate forms of the genus. The angle of divergence is about 20°.
Barrande's specimens were from Stage G. (Lower Devonian) of
the Bohemian area.

Occurrence and Horizon. — Found in the bluish-grey mudstone
out of the shaft in the tunnel of the Reservoir at Yan Yean.

Coll. Geol. Surv. of Victoria, Bb 13. Silurian (? Melbournian).
[1123-4].

Hyolithes sppyi, sp. nov. (Plate XXXI., Fig. 9).

Specific Characters. — Shell conical, straight, or with a slight
curvature to one side, extremely sharply pointed. Lateral
margins acute, having an angle of divergence of about 21°.
Surface of shell marked with tine, tran verse and arched growth
lines, and occa.sional broader and slightly convex bands.
Operculum sub-elliptical, ventral edge regularly curved. The
umbo is situated at | of the width from the base. There is a
distinct fold proceeding from eithei- side of the umbo to the
lateral mnrgins. Surface of operculum concentrically and finely
striate. Length of tigured shell, 23 mm. ; breadth at aperture,
9 mm.

Observations. — The form of the shell in this species is somewhat
like that of H. elegans, Barrande, an Upper Ordovician form.^
It differs, however, in being straighter, in having a less dilated
aperture, and in the details of its ornament ; there being no
longitudinal markings on the surface of H. spryi.

Occurrence and Horizon. — Found in the dark argillaceous rock
of Domain-road, South Yarra. [1127-9; 1121-2]. Collected
and presented by Mr. F. Spry. Also in the bluish mudstone,
near the Botanical Bridge, South Yarra (Yarra imj)rovements).
[1120]. Collected by Mr. F. Spry. Silurian (Melbournian).

(ieiius Conularia, Miller.

Conulapia sowerbii, Defrance. (Plate XXXI.,

Figs. S, 10, 11, 12).
Conularia sowerbii, Defrance, 1825. De Blainville, Man.
Malac, p. 378 ; atlas, pi. xiv., tig. 2.

1 S.vst. Sil., 1867, vol. iii., p. 81, pi. xi., figs. 14-25.

Liffh'-Kiuxvn Victorian Fossils. 341

C. sowerbii, Defr., Salter, 1859. In i\lurchi.son'.s Siluiia, p.
550, pi. XXV., tig. 10.

C. sowerl)ii, Defr., de Koniuck, 1898. Mem. Geol. iSurv.,
N.S.W., Pal. No. 6., "Pal. rus.s., N.S.W." p. 34.

Obsefvations. — This is a comparatively Ijroad form of Conu-
laria, well-known from Upper Oi'doviciau to Silurian strata in
Europe and elsewhere. Tt has also been recorded with reser-
vation by de Koninck froin Rock Flat Creek, New South Wales
(Silurian).

Occur-reiice and Horizon. — In the hard grey mudstone at the
junction of the Woori Yallock and the Yarra : coll. Geol. Surv.
Vict., B 23 [1125]. Also in the ochreous mudstone of Wilson's,
N. of Lilydale. [2362-3J : presented by Mr. J. T. Jutson.
Silurian (Yeringian, and perhaps younger).

Conularia ornatissima, sp. nov. (PI. XXXI. Figs. 13, 14).

Specific Cliaracters. — Shell broadly conical, with blunt and
rounded apex ; angle of divergence about 50\ Transverse
striations fine, and strongly arched ; at 10 mm. from the
apex, 0.2 mm. apart. The intercostal striae fine, and
traversing the transverse ridges. Length of figured specimen
18 mm.; but indications on matrix of one example point to its
having bad a much greater length.

Ohsefvatiois. — This Conularia belongs to the type of C. nobilis,
Barrande^ fi-om the Upper Ordovician of Bohemia (Stage ])).
In our species, however, the vertical ornament is not so j)io-
nounced, and therefore it does not appear as thougli the
shell were continuously striated from apex to mouth. The
interspaces between the vertical costuhie are wider than in ('.
nobilis.

Occurrence a7id Horizon. — In the blue and yellow mudstones
at South Yarra (Yarra Improvements). [118G, 2361]. Collected
by iNlr. F. Spry. Siluria!! (Melbournian).

CORHIGKNDA TO PaUT 11., Vol. XVI., Pt. I., 1903.

p. 65, line 7 from bottom, for [59] read [597].

P. 69, line 7 frojn bottom, after hgs. 6, 7, insert pi. xii., figs. 1-9.

1 S.vst. Sil., 1867, vol. iii., p. 46, pi. xiv., figs. 7, 8.

342 Proceedings of tJie Royal Society of Victoria.

P. 60, line 3 from bottom, after tig. 5, insert pi. xii., fig. 2.
P. 72, line 6 from bottom, for [678-81] read [678-80].
P, 79, line 15 from top, for tribolite read ti-ilobite.
P. 79, line 16 from top, for faces read facies.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXI.

Fig. 1. — Tentaculites matlockiensis, sp. nov. [1131]. x 14.

2. — T. matlockieiisis. sp. nov. Apical portion with proto-

conch, seen in section. x 56.
3. — T. matlockiensis, sp. nov. Apical portion of another
example, with a differently shaped protoconch,
from a section. x 56.
4. — Styliola tissurella. Hall, var. multistriata, var. nov.

[2357]. X 14.
5. — Tentaculites matlockiensis, sp. nov. A transver.se
section taken in the earliest third of the shell.
Showing a tubular enclosure. x 56.
6. — A piece of sliale from McMahon's Creek, showing the

relative abundance of the shells. Natural size.
7. — Coleolus (?) aciculuin. Hall. [1130]. Natural size.
8. — Hyolithes novellus, Barrande. [1124]. x 2.
9. — H. spryi, sp. nov. With operculum i'» situ. [1127].
X 2.
10. — Conularia sowerbii, Def ranee. [1125]. Natural size.
11. — C. sowerbii, Defrance. Ornament magnified, and

partially restored. x 4.
12. — C. sowerbii, Defrance. Ornament from another, better

presei-ved specimen. [2362]. x 4.
13. — 0. ornatissima, sp. nov. [1186]. Natural size.
14. — C. ornatissima, sp. nov. Ornament magnified. x 10.

Pror, R.S. Victoria, 1903. Plata XXXt.

F.C. delt.

Palaeozoic Pteropoda.

Akt. XX. — On an Unnoticed Feature of the Faulting
at Ballarat East.

By T. S. hart, M.A., F.G.S.

(With Plate XXXII.).

[Eead 8th December, 1903].

The Ballarat East Goldlield has been described by Mr. Ernest
Lidgey, in a Special Report issued by the Department of Mines,
Victoria, in 1894.

The faults are there grouped as follows : —

Faults which occurred before and during the time when

quartz veins and lodes were being formed.
Faults which occurred after the quartz veins and lodes
were formed, including —

Strike faults coinciding with the bedding planes.

Strike faults, or slides, crossing the strata in

their dip. These are always reversed faults.

Dip faults or crosscourses.

It is to the nature of the movement on these dip-faults, or

crosscourses, that I now wish especially to call attention.

Some 46 of these crosscourses are siiown on a plan accom-
panying Mr. Lidgey's report.

He notices with reference to them that they are more recent
than any of the other faults ; that the down-throw is on the
hanging wall side, and they are consequently normal faults, and
that the apparent heave is always on the side of the greater
angle, that is, the greater angle in a plan of the intersection of
crosscourse and strata.

More recent observations corroborate these conclusions ; but
an unusual case seems to occur in the North Woah Hawp Co.,
of a small apparent heave in the other direction, and possibly
may also occur on a few crosscourses whose strike is nearly
at right angles to that of the strata.

For a number of these crosscourses the amount of the
" apparent throw " and " apparent heave " is stated in a list in
Mr. Lidgey's report.

344 Proceedings of the Royal iSocieti/ of Victoria.

Now, if it be remembered tliat the strata are ordinarily nearly
vertical, and that the crosscourses are usually nearly vertical, it
will easily be seen that the recorded throws are quite inadequate
to produce the recorded heaves. The figures recorded as
"apparent throw" seem to represent the actual vertical com-
ponent of the displacement, as measured by the ditierence of
level of the intersections of a i-ecognisable vein with the indicator
on the two sides of the crosscourse. Also, if the strata were
actually vertical, a crosscourse, whatever its inclination, would
necessarily produce a heave towards the smaller angle in plan if
the real movement were a downward movement of the hanging
wall in the direction of the dip of the crosscourse. (See Fig. 2).

If the strata were not quite vertical with the same movement
the heave would at first diminish till it disappeared, and with a
further departure of the strata from the vertical, would become
an apparent heave in the opposite dii'ection.

If the strikes of strata and crosscourse make an angle of 60°
with one another, strata with a dip equal to that of the cross-
course would be heaved towards the greatei- angle to the same
amount as vertical strata would be heaved toward the smaller
angle in plan.

From these facts we must conclude that the movement has not
been a downward movement of the hanging wall side in tlie line
of dip of the crosscourse. The vertical component of the move-
ment is indeed, at least usually, downward on the hanging wall
side ; but it does not even approximately represent the whole
actual movement. The description of the crosscourses as normal
faults is therefore not incorrect, but is certainly quite inadequate.

Ft is possible that this is the reason why the term " apparent
throw" is used in Mr. Lidgey's report. The alternatives of
incorrect correlation of the strata, undetected repetition, or
exceptional dips are quite out of the question. They could not
explain a consistent feature of so many crosscourses throughout
the field.

The "apparent throw," then, represents the actual vertical
component of tlie displacement. The " apparent heave " is,
however, composed of two parts, one of which, relatively small,
is consequent on this vertical movement, and the other, relatively
large and usually in the opposite direction, is due to an actual
liorizontal component of the displacement on the fault.

Faultimj at Ballarat East. 345

It is not uncommon for the "apparent throw " and "apparent
heave " to be about equal, though the throw is in some cases
much less. The following table gives approximately the amount
of the heave clue to the vertical displacement and the amount of
the observed heave, and the amount of heave due to the
horizontal movement as deduced from these. No. 21, being a
north-westerly crosscourse, shows a left-hand heave, the others
are north-easterly and show a right-hand heave.

Crosscourse.

No. 3.

13.

19.

21.

" Apparent throw "

150

60

4

14

Consequent heave -

10 left

7 left

.03

1 right

Observed heave

180 right

80 right

4

14 left

Heave due to horizontal

movement

190 right

87 right

4

15 left

In addition to these it may be noted that on the great cross-
course No. 34, 100 feet vertical displacement would give only 6
feet heave, and that to the left if the hanging wall had gone
down. The observed heave is 612 feet to the right. In No. 19,
100 feet vertical displacement would give less than a foot heave,
but in No. 37, where the conditions are such as to produce an
unusually large heave, the same vertical displacement would give
about 58 feet heave in vertical strata, with the ordinary average
strike of this field.

Crosscourse No. 23 is noted by Mr. Lidgey as producing the
same heave, on the indicator, and on four crosscourses intersected
by it. This result could only be due to horizontal movement,
but the heave is small, and appears to be irregular in amount.

T/ie evidence of the slickensides. — The walls of the crosscourses
and partings parallel to the walls in the fault-rock are often
well striated. These can usually be seen running in a variety of
directions, but on the crosscourses the most marked and most
persistent seem generally nearer to a horizontal direction than to
the line of dip of the surfaces, and are often almost horizontal.
The evidence of the striations supports the deductions from the
apparent throw and heave, but is itself less consistent, owing, no
doubt, to the fact that strong striations may result from a single
movement which may be itself of small importance compared
with the whole movement, and different in direction.

346 Frocaedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

It is noticed by ]\Ir. Lidgey, that the north-easterly crosscourses
of this field are most numerous and appear most important, several
of them have larger displacements than any known north-westerly
crosscourse. On the north-easterly crosscourses, the hanging wall
side has generally a relative movement downward and forward
in a south-westerly direction. This is the general direction of dip
of most of the slides. The crosscourses are, however, newer
than the slides and displace them, l)ut the existence of the
slides may have facilitated the movement in this direction,
and contemporaneous further movement on the slides might
easily produce an abrupt change in the displacement on the
crosscourses.

TAg oiAer fauUs. ^The slides are in all cases reversed faults,
and the strata are usually much bent near them. If we regard
the strata as vertical and the movement as along the line of dip
of the fault, then the heave due to any throw = throw x
co-tangent of angle of inclination of fault to horizontal plane x
cosine of angle between strikes of fault and strata. As the
angle of inclination of the fault is usually about 45", and the
angle between the strikes usually less than 10°, both these ratios
are nearly unity, and we would expect to find throw and heave
about equal, as they are by observation. But it does not appear
how the throw has been ascertained; if it is simply the difference
of level of the two points in a vertical plane at which the
indicator (or any other bed) meets the fault from the upper and
lower sides, then it must necessarily agree with the apparent
heave of the same bed, for (as is shown later by Fig. 1), the
two quantities are not independent. Similar remarks apply to
other strike-faults of which the direction and dip are different.
The observed facts are in any case not inconsistent with a typical
reversed fault, and the striations, in some cases at least, support
the view that the motion has been in the direction of the line of
dip of the fault.

There does not appear to be any very real difference between
these slides and those which occurred prior to the formation of
the quartz reefs, some of which are themselves occupied by quartz
reefs. The periods of formation of the strike faults and of the
quartz veins and lodes appear to have overlapped.

Faulting at Ballarat East. 347

Effect of the crosscourses and other faults on the position of rich ore.

Tlie change of value or dimensions of ore on crossing a fault
are in many cases directly due to the fact that the ore, where
first recovered, is not the part severed from tliat portion of the
lode at which the fault was met. At Ballarat East, however, the
actual veins lost are usually recoverable at no great difference of
level on the other side of a crosscourse. The difficulty in ascer-
taining the throw is often due to the large number of veins of
not very different character, and the fact that in working they
are soon removed. The correct correlation of rich and poor
portions in neighbouring fault blocks can only be made by taking
account of the actual movement.

The indicator belt as at present known terminates abruptly at
Crosscourse No. 1, Black Hill. It seems unlikely that any rich
continuation on the surface could have so long escaped detection.
It may be that the faulting has brought up to the surface level a
poor portion of the indicator. [Some of the veins crossing the
indicator run from a slide on which may be a " main lode."
Such series of veins form oblique bands, and, if the slide is too far
from the indicator, may not reach it at all, though they may be
worked on other slates. Some of the unworked portions of the
indicator are due to this arrangement, and some very rich
specimens recently found at the North Woah Hawp Co. were
found where one of the.se slides crossed the indicator]. Another
explanation of its absence may be that strike faults, being
reversed faults, leave a gap in the indicator between certain levels.
If the fault and strata have almost the some strike a particular
bed or series of beds may be absent at the surface for a long
distance.

Geometrical constrjictions to ascertain the trtie movement on the
fault., or to recover a lost lode, or other deposit, displaced by a fault.
In Figs. 1 to 4, supposed drawn on a horizontal plane :
Let ROF be the line of strike of the fault ;

DO the line of strike of the lode on the side where already

known ;

RE the position of the lode on the other side of the fault ;

01, RJ the projections on the horizontal plane of the lines

of intersection of the two parts of the lode with the fault.

[For convenience, the word "lode" will be used for the faulted

deposit, except where some special case is referred to. The

348 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

construction will apply equally to a bed or to an older fault-line].
The arrows on the lines of strike represent direction of dip ;
those alongside other lines represent the direction of inclination
of the inclined lines, which these lines on the plan represent.

ON drawn at right angles to OF is the projection on the
horizontal plane of the line of dip of the fault.

01 may be thus ascertained : Take a point B on OF, and
make angles OB A, OBC, equal to the angles which the fault and
the lode respectively make with the vertical. Then in a height OB
the fault and lode will move in the directions of their dips to
distances measured on a horizontal plane by OA and OC
respectively. Draw lines (shown by dotted lines in Fig. 1)
parallel to OF and OD, and at distances from them equal to OA,
OC respectively. Their intersection is a point on the intersection
of the lode and fault, which can be then at once drawn. If
there is no rotation round an axis perpendicular to the plane of
the fault, the dip and strike of the lode beyond the fault should
be unaltered (neglecting any bending due to the movement, as is
done here throughout), RJ is therefore parallel to 01. If there
has been rotation, RJ needs to be plotted independently.

Then, since RJ represents all points on the intersection of the
fault and the lode beyond the fault, the point once in contact
with O must have moved to some point represented in plan on
the line RJ.

If the movement has been down the line of dip, this point
will be given by M (on the line ON), otherwise it may be at
some other point such as Q. OQ represents, on plan, the
movement of the point once in contact with O.

To determine Q. : On the crosscourses at Ballarat East it is
often possible to ascertain directly the difference of level of the
points at which some recognisable vein crosses the indicator on
the two sides of the crosscourse. This is the true throw or
vertical component of the movement. If OB be taken equal to
this throw, then OA represents the amount of displacement on
plan in the direction of the dip, and if AQ be drawn parallel to
OR to meet RJ in Q, the true movement is thus determined as a
true thfow = OB, and a true lateral displacement = AQ. Fig. 1
sliows a general case; Fig. 2, the particular case of a vertical lode
or bed. Fig. 2 represents the case at Ballarat East, and it

Faulting at Ballarat East. 349

will be seen that the vertical movement alone would give an
apparent lateral displacement OW, whereas the observed lateral
displacement is almost always in the opposite direction. [For
clearness in the figure, OA is much larger, compared with AQ,
than in most actual cases at Ballarat East].

The construction in Fig. 3 : Ascertain Q by the observed
heaves of two non-parallel lodes (lode and beds, etc.). Od, OD
represent their directions of strike, not necessarily actual position.
Or, OR their observed amounts of displacement along the fault.
Rj, RJ the lines of intersection with- fault of their parts beyond
the fault. If these meet at Q, the true direction of movement is
shown on plan as OQ, and may, if desired, be resolved into two
components as before.

From Fig. 4, which represents a case where there has
been rotation, it will be seen that two points, O, I, are not
displaced, either to the same amount or in the .same direction.
The determination of a rate of variation of both components of
the movement may be made by sufficient observations, and it is
evident that either or both components may at some point
vanish, and will do so if other conditions remain the same for a
sufficient distance.

The same constructions may be used when the motion on the
fault is known in direction or amount, or both, to ascertain the
direction and distance at which the lode may be recovered on the
same level as the point at which it was lost.

Zimmerman's rule depends on a construction of this kind. Tf
the line of intersection 01 and a perpendicular ON to fault-line
be both drawn forward into the unknown ground, the lode is to
be sought on that side of the line of intersection on which this
perpendicular falls. This is illustrated in Fig. 1, where it gives
the correct direction, and in Fig. 2, where it would give the
wrong direction.

Fig. 3 also at once shows that, if the lateral displacement of
the lode OD is observed as OR, and it is desired to ascertain
that of Od, it is not immaterial to which point on RJ we suppose
the point from O to have moved.

Zimmerman's rule is, in fact, dependent on the following
assumpticms : —

350 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

(i). That the relative movement of the hanging wall side has
been downward on the line of dip of the fault (that is, that it is
represented on plan by ON).

(ii). That there has been no relative rotation about an axis
perpendicular to the plane of the fault.

(iii). That there has been no alteration of shape which would
make the two blocks no longer correspond to one another.

A modified rule has been suggested by Mr. J. T. Freeland
(Trans. Amer. Inst. M.K., vol. xxi.). "After cutting through
the fault prospect on that side of the line of intersection of the
known parts of the vein and fault, indicated by the relative
motion of the opposite block of ground for the extension of the
vein and the second line of intersection." The first line of
intersection is here drawn towards the unknown ground, and the
" relative motion of the opposite block " is indicated Ijy its
projection on the horizontal plane of the diagram (the line OQ on
the figures).

This completely disposes of the first assumption, and hence
gives the correct direction in the case of Fig. 2. The second
assumption is also disposed of if it is possible to ascertain the
direction of the line of intersection (on plan) of the fault with
the lost part of the deposit.

It seems better, however, to use a geometrical construction
without putting it as a rule, as this tends to the forgetting of
assumed conditions.

The lode and fault being plotted as DO, OF, draw OQ repre-
senting the projection on the horizontal plain of the direction of
movement, and QR parallel to the projection of the line of
intersection of the fault and the lost portion of the lode. Let
QR meet FO in R, then OR is the direction in which to seek the
lost lode, and if OQ represents the amount of the movement, OR
represents, on the same scale, the distance to be driven.

The absence of rotation in stratified rocks is usually at once
ascertainable as soon as settled ground is reached beyond the
fault. If there has been rotation, the line of intersection is
easily plotted in the case of bedded rocks, or of a lode parallel to
the beds, but for other cases may be more easily given by another
construction following. If the rotation is small it can often be
neglected, but may aflfect the direction to be driven when the line

Faulting at Ballarat East. 351

of intersection and the direction of movement make only a small
angle with one another.

The direction of striations, if sufficiently decisive, may be used
to determine the direction of movement — determining the ratio
of OB to AQ.

The diagram on a horizontal plane is especially useful in
working lodes ; as DO, OR, RE usually represent actual drives,
and the line of intersection is sometimes ascertained by the
positions of lode and fault at a lower level.

Plans on the plane of the fault may also be used, and are
chiefly convenient as showing at once on the diagram the angle
which the striations should make with the horizontal line in the
fault, and for the ease with which they deal with rotations,
though Mr. P. Lake, who uses this construction to ascertain the
true movement on a fault (Geol. Mag. 1897) states that in the
case of a rotation the problem is insoluble.

Figs. 5 to 8 illustrate such diagrams.

OF is a horizontal line in the fault-plane.
OH, RL are traces of the planes of the lode on the fault-
plane.
OP is the direction and amount of movement.

In Fig. 5, OD, 01, drawn as on a horizontal plane with OF,
represent the strike of the lode and the projection of its line of
intersection.

IG is drawn perpendicular to OF, FI making angle GFI equal
to the inclination of the fault to the vertical, GH = IF. Then OH
is determined. In the absence of rotation RL is parallel to OH.

If, however, it is found that on passing the fault the trace of
otherwise parallel bedding planes is altered from OH to OK, thig
rotation, due to movement on the fault, will affect also to the
same amount lodes, etc., crossing these beds. A lode, whose trace
on this side of the fault was parallel to PT (Fig. 6) will be
turned to Pr.

The true movement is ascertainable as before. Fig. 5 repre-
sents the case of a horizontal recognisable vein crossing the bed,
represented by OH. UV evidently represents the actual move-
ment, and is easily resolved into two components as before.

Fig. 7 represents two non-parallel lodes. OH, Oh, the
directions of their traces on this side of the fault OR, Or, the

352 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

amount of their observed displacements along the fault. RP,
rP, the directions of their traces on the fault plane on the other
side. Then the true movement is given by OP. Mr. P. Lake
uses this construction for the displacement of an anticline.
Rotation presents no difficulty in liedded rocks, for its amount
is at once ascertainable, and if there had been observed displace-
ment to OS, OS, with a rotation represented by the angle SPR,
or sPr, the construction to fix P would be still as easily made.

Fig. 8 represents a diagram to deduce the movement of a
point X from that of O, when there is rotation the line OX may
be supposed displaced parallel to itself to PZ, and then rotated
about P to PY, then XY will I'epresent the actual movement of
the point once in contact with X, the rotation remaining' the
same.

Cases of alteration in shape of either block (as by a fault
meeting the first fault, or any other cause) need to be each
treated as suits the individual case. In the case of intersecting
faults it may be convenient to examine the movement along and
at right angles to their line of intersection.

The complete description of the movement in a fault comprises
three parts — the throw, the true lateral displacement, and the
rotation. With a rotation, the throw and lateral displacements
will vary from point to point, and all may vary with an
alteration of shape of one block either gradually or suddenly.

Formulae for calculation might be given for all these cases,
but the calculation would be usually more troublesome than the
diagram, and the diagram can be easily made as accurate as the
data themselves, on which a calculation would have to be based.

A case is, perhaps, worth referring to which may occur, but
is scarcely a true case of faulting. It may happen that the
deposition of lode matter has gone on under .similar conditions in
two fractures meeting a fault from the two opposite sides. The
lodes produced may be similar; the fractures which they occupy
are independent, and there may be apparently throw, heave, or
rotation, whereas really there is only a similarity between two
distinct lodes occupying fractures which never have corresponded.

The crosscourses of other fields have not been described with
the same detail as those of Ballarat East. It seems, hosvever,
that a similar oblique motion, as might be expected, is found in

Proc. R.S. Victoria, 1003. Plate XXXIt.

Fault Diagrams.

Faulting at Ballarat East. 353

the crosscourses in the Ballarat West line at Sebastopol, some of
which are no doubt identical with those of Ballarat East. A
crosscourse with large but uncertain displacement occurs near
where the great crosscourse would be expected.

Mr. Dunn notices evidence of striations showing horizontal
movement on Coleman's Fault at Bendigo (Report on Bendigo
Goldfield, Mines Dept. Vic, 1896), and Mr. Herman also
recognises the possibility of oblique movement at Walhalla
(Report on the Walhalla Goldheld, Mines Dept. Vic, 1901).

Mr. J. T. Freeland, in the paper before referred to, states that
" diagonal relative fault movement occurs generally in strongly
folded and upturned strata, rarely in flat strata."

In conclusion, I would acknowledge my indebtedness to various
mine managers and others who have given me valuable informa-
tion and facilities for observation, and especially to Messrs.
Trethowan (Senior and Junior), Pearse and Tregurtha, of the
Nor'th Woah Hawp ; New Normanby, and Normanl)y North
(formerly Speedwell), Companies respectively.

Art. XXT. — Field Practice with the Aneroid Barometer.

By professor W. C. KERNOT, M.A., M.C.E.

[Eead 8th December, 1903].

This instrument measures the pressure of the atmosphere by
means of an exhausted metallic chamber kept from collapsing by
a powerful spring, the motion under varying pressures being
magnified by a delicate lever system so as to become easily
visible. Tt constitutes a cheap and portable substitute for the
more perfect mercurial barometer, and is subject to the same
limitations- and also to special defects of its own, which, if not
allowed for, render its indications comparatively unreliable.
With proper care, however, in choosing, testing and using, it is
sufficiently accurate for many purposes connected with explora-
tion, surveying and engineering, and vastly more convenient than
the cumbrous, fragile and costly mercurial barometer. Extreme
differences of opinion have existed amongst experts as to the
aneroid, some regarding it as hopelessly unreliable, while others
quote examples of astonishingly accurate work done by its means.
As is not uncommon in other cases the truth lies between these
extremes. The former view is the natural result of neglecting to
test the instrument and allow for its errors, which may involve
hundreds of feet difference of level, even in good instruments,
and which vary enormously in individual cases. For example, a
certain aneroid tested at the University gave at one part of its
range 1200 feet difference of level, when it ought to have given only
1000. Another tested at the same time was almost as perfect as
a mercurial at that particular part of its scale, but had an error
of 100 feet in 500 at another place. Both these instruments
were used most successfully in the field, when these errors were
known and allowed for, which without this knowledge would
have been almost useless. On the other hand, the extraordi.
narily accurate results sometimes quoted for aneroid levelling are
no doubt due to good fortune, and the tendency to recollect and
quote the successful and forget the unsuccessful instances. As the
result of a fairly large experience, it may be laid down that, to
determine differences of level up to 100 feet, within 5 feet of the
truth, up to 1000 feet within 10 feet, and greater altitudes within
1 per cent, of their total amount, is excellent work, while errors
of twice the above amount will mark a fair average performance.

Field Practice tvith Aneroid Barometer. 355

Choice of Instrument.

Neitlier appearance nor cost is reliable evidence of quality —
cheap and rough-looking aneroids have sometimes performed
admirably ; costly and apparently highly-finished ones, owing to
hidden defects, the reverse. The name of a good maker is some
guarantee, but should not be too much relied on. Some aneroids
are made very small ; while admitting that diminutive instru-
ments ?/iaj be accurate, it is a safer course to avoid theni, and
prefer those with a dial not less than 2 inches diameter. In
thenj the mechanism is more easily made delicate enough and the
larger dial shows small differences of pressure more clearly.
Instruments with dials 4 or 5 inches diameter are better still,
but are costly and rather cumbersome to carry. Whether the face
IS open, showing the mechanism or not, is immaterial. Some
aneroids profess to be compensated against changes of tempera-
ture, others do not. In the first case, too much reliance should
not be placed on the accuracy of the compensation, for at best it
is rather rough ; in the latter the instrument should be carefully
tested at different temperatures, and a table of temperature
corrections drawn up and applied to the readings. The best way
is to work only when the weather is neither extremely warm nor
cold, and to keep the instrument in an inner pocket, when it will
approach to the temperature of the l)ody.

Testing the Instrument.

Every instrument when purchased should be carefully tested
in the vacuum chamber, and this test should be repeated if
possible every six months. Should the instrument fall or receive
a severe knock, it should at once be re-tested as its table of correc-
tions may be modified. The vacuum chamber may be exhausted
by a water jet aspirator, or by a mechanical air pump, and the
degree of exhaustion is determined by a mercurial or water baro-
meter, the upper end of whicli connnunicates with the vacuum
chamber. A water barometer 8 feet high is sufKcient for the
State of Victoria, where altitudes of over 6000 feet are rare.

In testing, the aneroid should be placed in the chamber, and
the pressure slowly reduced by half-an-inch of mercury each time
till the limit is reached. Then the pressure should be slowly
increased by half-an-inch of mercury each time till atmospheric
pressure is regained. This should be done as near the sea level

356 Proceedings of tlie Royal Society of Victoria.

as possible, and preferably when the barometer is high, otherwise,
possibly, part of the range of the aneroid, and that a most
important part, may remain un-tested. While in the chamber, the
instrument should be most carefully watched, and its readings
noted accurately. It is of vital importance that the index move
smoothly and without any sticking or jerking, and that the
indications be exactly the same with reducing as with increasing
pressure. Friction, and especially irregular friction, of the
multiplying mechanism, is a most fatal defect in an aneroid. A
gentle tapping or scratching with the thumb nail will set up
vibration, and so diminish friction. This is generally used in
the field, and some appliance for enabling it to be done in the
vacuum chamber is desirable. The readings at every half-inch of
mercury having been taken and compared with the barometer, a
table, or better still a diagram, of corrections should be made, and
used to correct all readings taken in the field.

In the absence of a vacuum chamber, a fairly good test may be
made on a railway that rises rapidly, and has numerous stations
at known levels. The railway from Penrith to Katoomba, in
New South Wales, which rises over 3000 feet in 30 miles, would
answer well. The rack railways, now so common in Switzerland
and other mountainous countries, which rise several thousand
feet ill a few miles, would be better still. By repeating the test
with varying barometric pressures, about 1000 feet more of the
range of the instrument may be verified. The same thing may
be done for a small part of the range in a tall building such as
the Eiffel Tower at Paris, or even the tall business premises
existing in Melbourne. The height of the building is best
measured by a steel tape line, but by counting the steps of the
staircases and measuring the height of a step, a very fair
approximation may be obtained.

In these cases the proper difference of reading is computed
from the height l)y means of the appropriate tables, and the
actual difference by aneroid being compared therewith, the
correction is obtained. It is to be noted that the actual
magnitude of the corrections is of no importance. All that is
necessary is that they should be accurately known. It is a con-
venience to have them all additive. If they are not so, they may
often be made so by turning the adjusting screw at the back of
the instrument.

Field Practice ivith Aneroid Barometer. 357

Using the Aneroid.

As some instruments otherwise good vary their reading con-
siderably according to the position in which they are held, it is
well always to read with the dial horizontal. A lens may be used,
and in any case, to avoid parallax, try to look at right angles to
the dial. A mirror dial, as applied to some electrical instruments,
would be theoretically perfect, for when the index covered its
reflection, there would be no parallax. A small metal flag is
sometimes put at the end of the index, and this, by becoming
invisible, shows that the line of sight is perpendicular. The
ordinary index, however, if it works fairly close to the dial, and
is read carefully, will give very good results. If a very rapid
ascent or descent of several hundred feet is made, it is well to
give the instrument a few minutes' rest before reading it, as it
does not always immediately adapt itself to a large change of
pressure. For the same reason, testing in the vacuum chamber
should be performed slowly, and a pause of a minute, at least,
made at each point of comparison. For good work it is suggested
that two aneroids and a barograph, or self-recording aneroid, be
employed. This instrument should, if possible, be tested in the
vacuum chamber as are the aneroids. It is not so important,
however, to do this, as the range of the barograph is much smaller
than of the aneroids, and the risk of error consequently less.
Tlie barograph is left at the starting or datum point, and shows
every variation of atmospheric pressure there. This is better
than trusting to a cook or camp keeper, who may be unskilful or
negligent in reading the instrument left with him. The two
aneroids, by the substantial agreement of their corrected readings,
will give asssurance that both are working well, while a marked
difference will show that something is wrong, and lead to further
investigation. Each reading is booked, and the time by the
watch noted, so that the corresponding barograph reading may
be ascertained. On leaving and on returning to camp, the
aneroids and barograph should be compared together, and any
small inconsistency noted and disti-ibuted over the ol)servations.

Thermometer readings should also be taken at the camp and
at the aneroid stations, but these need not be nearly so precise
as the aneroid readings. If expense is no object, a thermograph,
or self-recording thermometer, may be kept at the camp or

358 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

starting point, as well as a barograph, but this is rarely necessary.
Every opportunity that presents itself of comparing the aneroid
with a good mercurial barometer should be taken advantage of
as a check.

Reducing the Observations and Computing the Altitudes

Many formulae and tables have been published for this purpose,
but most of them are needlessly cumbrous. There is no need of
computing decimals of a foot when the instrument will not
indicate anything less than 10 feet, or 5 feet at the very closest,
and when continual atmospheric variations affect the result by
several feet in perhaps a few minutes of time. The same may
be said of such theoretical refinements as correction for the
variation of gravity due to latitude or altitude.

Table I.

The following table, founded on those of Laplace and Guyot, is
recommended for use in Victoria :■ —

Inches of
Mercury.

Feet.

Difference.

Inches of
Mercury.

Feet.

Difference.

23.5

0

Ill

24.8

1406

105

6

111

110

9

1511

105

7

221

110

25.0

1616

105

8

331

110

1

1721

104

9

441

109

2

1825

103

24.0

550

109

3

1928

103

1

659

108

4

2031

103

2

767

108

5

2134

102

3

875

107

6

2236

102

4

982

107

7

2338

101

5

1089

107

8

2439

101

6

1196

105

9

2540

101

7

1301

105

26.0

2641

100

Field Practice with Aneroid Barometer,

359

Inches of
Mercury.

26.1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

27.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

28.0
1
2
3
4
5

Feet.

Difference.

Inches of
Mercury.

2741

100

28.6

2841

100

7

2941

99

8

3040

99

9

3139

98

29.0

3237

98

1

3335

98

2

3433

97

3

3530

97

4

3627

97

5

3724

96

6

3820

96

7

3916

95

8

4011

95

9

4106

95

30.0

4201

95

1

4296

94

2

4390

94

3

4484

93

4

4577

93

5

4670

93

6

4763

93

7

4856

92

8

4948

92

9

5040

91

31.0

Feet.

Difference

5131

.

91

5222

-

91

5313

-

91

5404

-

90

5494

-

90

5584

.

90

5674

-

89

5763

-

89

5852

-

89

5941

.

88

6029

-

88

6117

.

88

6205

-

88

6293

-

87

6380

-

87

64G7

-

87

6554

-

86

6640

-

86

6726

-

86

6812

-

85

6897

-

85

6982

.

85

7067

-

85

7152

.

84

7236

-

By taking the difference of the figures in the second column of
the preceding Table, opposite the two readings found in the first

360 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

column, the difference in altitude of the two points is found.
But this Table is correct only where the average temperature of
the air is 32' F. For any higher temperature the result must be
increased in the subjoined ratio.

Table II.

Temperature. Multiplier.

32°
37°

41"
46°
50°
54°
59°
63°

1.00
1.01
1.02
1.03
1.04
1.05
1.06
1.07

Temperature. Multiplier.

68°
72°
77°
81°
86°
90°
95°
100°

1.08
1.09
1.10
1.11
1.12
1.13
1.14
1.15

Reading at lower station
Instrumental correction

Example.

28.61
.04

28.65
Corresponding number from Table I.
Reading at upper station - - 26.78

Instrumental correction - - .06

26.84

Corresponding number from Table I.

5131+^^91 = 5176

3433 + 3-^97 = 3472

1704

Difference

Average temperature of intermediate air 60° F.
Multiplier from Table 11. 1.062. 1704 x 1.062 = 1809.6 feet.

The same example worked out from Guyot's Tables, which are
much more voluminous than the preceding, gave 1810.3 as the
result, or about 8 inches more. It is not too much to state that
no aneroid in existence could be depended upon to give this
heiglit by a single pair of observations within several feet of the
truth. Thus this discrepancy is seen to be absolutely unim-
portant.

Field Practice ivith Aneroid Barometer. 361

Kasikh hit RoufiiiKK Methods.

Wlieiv less precision is needed the following rule may be used.
Taking the average temperature of the air as oO" F. in ordinary
winter, and 77^ F. in ordinary summer weather.

Kor each yw'IT i'^ch allow

III Winter.

III Siiiiiuif r.

From 31 to 30

incl

les

- 8.9 ft.

9.4 ft.

„ 30 „ 29

))

- 9.2 „

9.8 „

„ 29 „ 28

))

- 9.5 „

- 10.1 „

28 27

))

- 9.9 „

- 10.4 „

27 26

))

- 10.2 „

- 10.8 „

In spring or autumn the mean of the summer and wintei-
results may be taken.

To put it another way a difference of readings of 30 to 29
inches represents 1000 feet at a temperature of 88° Fahrenheit,
950 feet at 62°, and 900 feet at 40° ; 29 to 28 inches represents
1000 feet at 75°, 950 feet at 50°, and 900 feet at 25" ; 28 to 27
inches represents 1000 feet at 54°, and 950 feet at 32°.

A still quicker and easier way is to allow 10 feet for each yi^
inch of mercury in summer, and 9h feet in winter for all heights
up to 3000 feet above sea. This will usually give results within
al)(jut 3 or 4 per cent, of the truth.

Examples of Successful Work.

1. In a building, an aneroid was carried upstairs and read at
several known levels. It was then carried down and read a
second time at each level. From the mean readings the heights
were computed as below : —

By aneroid - - - - 6.7 - 19.2 - 35.5 - 69
By actual measurement - - 8.8 - 23.8 - 37.5 - 66.6

2. Four readings were taken, at intervals of several hours, at a
point on the Geelong Waterworks, the level of which was
accurately known, and compared with simultaneous readings at
the Melbourne Observatory, 40 miles distant. The true differ-
ence of level was 760 feet, and the aneroid results varied from

362 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

752 to 756 feet. The intervening country was comparatively
level and open.

3. A barograph was left at Croydon Railway Station. Three
aneroids were taken to the top of Mount Dandenong, six miles
distant, and nearly 1700 feet higher. Each aneroid was read
nine times, beginning at 10.30 a.m., and ending at 4 p.m., and
the height of the mountain computed, taking Croydon as the
datum point. The three aneroids gave 2064, 2057, and 2046
feet respectively, above sea level, while the trigonometrical
survey height on the large Government map of Victoria is 2060.

4. A barograph was left at Moe Railway Station. Thi'ee
aneroids were taken to a point on Mount Baw Baw, 25 miles to
the north, and about 5000 feet above Moe, and read once only,
as the party had to return immediately. The results on being
worked out gave 5235, 5301, and 5258 feet above sea respectively,
for the three instruments. On a subsequent occasion a party
camped for several days at the same place and made hourly
readings of two good mercurial barometers, the results of
which gave 5200.

5. The instrument mentioned in example 2 was taken hy
railway from Sydney to Brisbane, 720 miles, over country rising
at one point 4500 feet above sea, and agreed throughout with the
railway levels within 3 per cent. It was also taken by railway
from Durban to Capetown, in South Africa, via Pretoria, a
distance of fully 1500 miles, the country rising in parts to over
5000 feet above sea, and give the heights of tlie railway stations
within 5 per cent, of the truth. These results should answer
doubts that have been expres.sed as to the utility of aneroid
levelling in extensive explorations.

General Reco.mmkndations.

Properly tested aneroids, used with judgment and suitable
precautions, are capable of doing very useful work, but too much
must not be expected from them. They should be used in
conjunction with a barograph placed preferably at a railway
station or other point, the level of which is accurately known.
From such a point as a centre, it is possible to do fairly good
work for a radius of say 20 miles in open country, and 10 miles

Field Fvdctice with Aneroid Barometer. Ji63

in ransfy country. If it is necessary to go further than this from
known levels, new datum points should be established, and con-
nected by a series of repeated observations with the railway
station or other known point. Aneroid work should not be
attempted in stormy weather, or when atmospheric condition:*
are specially unsettled, nor in extremely hot or extremely cold
weather.

Should the expense not be too great, it would be well to have
two barographs placed at two points in the district surveyed, as
far apart in distance and at as great a difference of elevation as
is conveniently attainable, and take the mean of tlie two as
giving the true variation of pressure. There should in many cases
be no insuperable difficulty in doing this, as a decent barograph
may be purchased for £5, and it will need attention but once a
week. If any meteorological station exists within say 50 miles
of the work in open, or 25 miles in rangy conntry, the I'eadings
obtained there should be used as far as possible as a check on the
barograph. If no such station be available, it will conduce to
accuracy to have a mercurial barometer or boiling-point hyp.so-
metrical apparatus at the barograph station, and check both
barograph and aneroid by its means as often as convenient. A
comparison every week is suggested as a minimum. The mer-
curial barometer or boiling-point apparatus might be occasionally
taken out in the field as a check on the aneroids there. This,
however, would probably only be done for specially important
points, such as new barograph stations, as it would involve
considerable extra labour. Narrow and deep valleys are bad as
barograph stations, as in them the pressure varies with the
temperature in such a way as to make the station appear too
high in the day time and too low at night. The barograph will
read correctly only at say 9 a.m. and 2 p.m.

Ranges of mountains act as atmospheric dams, causing the
pressure at the same level on the two sides to vary by amounts
corresponding to 50 or even 100 feet difference of altitude.
Hence, on passing such a range, new datum points of known
level should be sought.

In reducing aneroid observations taken on a long journey or
exploration, the simultaneous readings at stations of known level
should be taken into account. For example, in reducing obser-

364 Froceedij^gs of tlie Royal Society of Victoria.

vations taken during a journey across Australia, the isobaric
charts published by the Observatory would give the probable
sea-level reading at each point, from which and the actual reading
the height is determined. Work of this sort, however, though
by no means without value, cannot possibly approach in precision
that done under more favourable conditions.

In compiling the above notes, use has been made of Bulletin
No. 8 of the Department of Mines of Victoria, by Professoi-
Gregory, F.R.S., and valuaV)le hints have been received from
Mr. T. W. Fowler, M.C.E., Lecturer on Surveying, Melbourne
University. To these gentlemen thanks are accordingly given.

Note. — Whymper and others have called attention to the
mechanical hysteresis, or fatigue of the aneroid spring, as a
source of serious error, and a special instrument has bren devised
to obviate it. This trouble, which was serious at high altitudes
in the Andes, does not appear to be of practical importance on
the very moderate elevations found in Australia.

An aneroid with optical instead of mechanical magnification
has been brought out by Goldschmidt, to eliminate friction errors,
but, so far, does not appear to have gained much favour.

ANNUAL REPORT OF THE COUNCIL

FOK THE YEAR 1902.

The Council of the Royal Society herewith presents to the
Members of the Society the Annual Report and Statement of
Receipts and Expenditure for the year 1902.

The following Meetings were held : —

March 13. — Paper read: "The Theory of Temporary Stars,"
by E. F. J. Love, M.A., F.R.A.S.

April 4. — Papers read: 1. "On the Occurrence of Glacial
Beds at Wynward, near Table Cape, Tasmania," by A. E.
Kitson, F.G.S. 2. "Further Descriptions of the Tertiary
Polyzoa of Victoria, Part VIII.," by C. M. Maplestone.

May 8. — Paper read: "Six Months' Daily Examination of
Melbourne Tap Water," by Thomas Cherry, M.D., M.S.

June 12. — Papers read: 1. "Notes on Some Recent Marine
Deposits in the Neighbourhood of Williamstown," by F. E.
Grant and E. O. Thiele. 2. "Description of Some New
Victorian Fresh-water Amphipoda, No. 2," by O. A. Sayce.
3. " Further Notes on the River Yarra Improvement Sections,
at the Botanical Gardens, Melbourne," by A. E. Kitson, F.G.S.
Exhibits: 1. Mr. Arthur Everett showed and described the
New Geological ]\Iap of Victoria. 2. Rev. A. \V. Cresswell,
M.A., exhibited and discussed the use of the Gastroliths of
Astacopsis. 3. Mr. H. Bullen showed some Gem-sand under the
microscope.

July 10. — Papers read: 1. "Some Little-known Victorian
Decapod Crustacea, with Descriptions of New Species, No. 2,"
by S. W. Fulton and F. E. Grant. 2. Description of Some New
Lizards from Western Australia," l»y A. H. S. Lucas, M.A.,
B.Sc, and C.Frost, F.L.S. 3. " New or Little-known Fossils
from the Tertiaries of Victoria," by T. S. Hall, M.A. Exhibits :
1. By Mr. Fulton, Crustacea, in illustration of his paper. 2. By
Mr. Hall, Fossils described in his paper.

366 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

August 14. — Demonstration : Mr. Wilfrid N. Kernofc, B.C.E.,
showed some of the remarkable results rect^iitly obtained by
M. Tesla.

September 9. — Papers read: 1. "A Possil)le New Chemical
Element," by E. F. J. Love, M.A. 2. "Contributions to the
Palaeontology of the Older Tertiary of Victoria ; Laniellil)ranchs,
Part III.," by G. B. Pritciiard. 3. "New or Little-known
Victorian Fo.ssils in the National Museum, Melbourne ; Part I.
— Some Palaeozoic Species," by Frederick Chapman, A.L.S., &c.

4. "The Age of the Metamorphic Rocks of North-Eastern
Victoria," by Professor J. W. Gregory, D.Sc, F.R.S.

Oq.\:o\s&x ^.—Papers read : \. " Description of Two New Austra-
lian Lizards, Varanus spencer i and Diplodactylus bilineatus," by
A. H. S. Lucas, M.A., B.Sc, and C. Frost, F.L.S. 2. "On
some Rocks from the Fairway of Port Phillip Heads," by F. E.
Grant and E. O. Thiele. 3. " Coorongite, a South Australian
Elaterite," by Alex. C. CuxMMING. 4. " Catalogue of the Marine
Shells of Victoria," by G. B. Pritchard and J. H. Gatliff.

5. "A New Ammonite from the Cretaceous Rocks of Queens-
land," by Professor J. W. Gregory, D.Sc, F.R.S., and F. Voss
Smith. Demonstration : Messrs. J. Patterson and Robt. W.
Harvie showed and explained a process of Natural Colour
Photography and Ives Method of Lantern Projection. Exhibits :

1. Trustees of the National Museum, Varanus spenceri and
Diplodactylus bilineatus. 2. Professor J. W. Gregory, the New
Ammonite described. 3. Mr. A. C. Gumming, specimens of the
Mineral (Coorongite) dealt with in his paper.

Novenjber 13. — Paper: " The Heathcotian — a Pre-Ordovician
Series — and its Distribution in Victoria," by Professor J. W.
Gregory, D.Sc, F.R.S. Exiiibits : Mr. E. J. Dunn showed two
fragments of calvaria from a INIaori burial place, and drew
attention to what he considered evidjence of low organisation.

December 11. — Papers read: 1. "The Ores and Associated
Rocks of the Mitta Mitta Valley," by H. C. Jenkins, A.R.S.M.

2. "The Phyllopoda of Australia, including descriptions of some
new Genera and Species," by O. A. Sayce. Exhibits: 1. By
Mr. Jenkins, Rocks and Rock-slices illustrating his paper.
2. By Mr. Sayce, Australian Phyllopoda.

Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria. 367

The interior of the Society's Hall has been throughly renovated
during the year. Our numbers have been increased Ijy the
election of thi'ee members, six associates, and one country
member, while one member has resigned and another lias become
an associate. We have also to record the loss by death of
Mr. C. R. Blackett, for many years Honorary Treasurer of the
Society, Major-General Sir Andrew Clarke, K.C.M.G., an
Honorary Member and one of tha founders and Past Presidents
of the Society, and Sir Frederick Sargood, K.C.M.G., who was a
member for many years.

The following publications were issued during the year:
"Proceedings," Vol. XIV., Pt. 2, and Vol. XV., Pts. 1 and 2.

The Library continues to grow at a rapid rate, and 1318
additions have been received. A large number of Societies have
been added to our exchange list, the most important being the
British Museum (Nat. Hist.) and the Zoological Society of
London. Funds are still urgently needed for additional shelving
and for bindincj.

368 Froc'eediiigs of the Royal Society of Victoria.

^

g

1 00

i>

CO

^

o

•^

X

Tff

'^l

CO

to

o

o

o

CO

•O)

>-o

o

uo

(M

o

^

o

o

CO

m

-N

CO

o

QO

CM

o

o

^

^

o

--0

^

1—1

1—1

1—1

■—I

1— '

^

^

1—1

1—1

,_,

CC

cc

»Cl

:o

»c

'^

^

^

^

;2

CO

c

CO

CO

^

^H

Oi

_

■*

I— 1

■M

'f

X

UO

^

?-(

^

^

ira

=*»

CQ

TS

=**

=^

>3

■^

?-i

H

S3

*

•

'S

CO

M

be

a

o

1

CO

i

'-D

go

.'£
o

1

S

CO

U

t;

i
(»

1

'-+3

>

o

_o
o

01

o
O

0X3

o
_o

S
CM
'^
§

bx)

,i4

'-fi
-i-i

s

i

g

'S

_o
'm

03

6
__73

"u

c

o

'a!
1

71

-t-i

2

o

tn

%

^

w

-t^

M

^

^

o

C

^

o

^

73

=«

r-^

!h

O

u

13

r^

cS

1—1

OJ

o

o

o

^

■?

o

c3

aj

cS

Ph

PL|

^

02

o

«

«

m

a;

P5

&H

p^

O

cS

P^

P5

>5

m

eo

o

c

c

P

c

o

:o

CO

(N

LO

iO

o

o

cq

lO

o

o

■N

Oi

^

tH

1—1

1-1

^

X

Q

>^

^

>.o

t--

t^

C-.

(3

CO

^

i^

o

^

o

(M

00

■*

w

rH

\a

=^

-4-^

iq

CO

i

1—1

-2

o

>

2

1

:

;

=«

1-1

s

o

O

1

2

1

73

w

S

73

73

.

4J

i

=2

'43

'3

CO

f§

73

_o
"-+3

s

1

1

2

o
M

S

o
Q

71
CO

o

to

4^
0!

F^

>

^

c

d

%

e3

o

^

o

t^

fq

O

m

p^

E-i

Ci

r*L

O

H

Proceedings of the Royal ^^ociety of Victoria. 369

y

o

I— I

0(2

I— I

P4

By Balance (on Fixed Deposit in Bank of

Australasia) ... ... ... .£300 0 0

o
o

CO

To Balance from 1901 ... ... ... ^100 0 0

Recoup from General Account ... 200 0 0

o
o

CO

m

I— I

of .

P5 H

O

O 02

S f^

a

a

m

H

«r

t^

S

P^

o

O

o

;«
w

QJ

«}

^
-M

«

w

+3

i-i

'?

H

'TS

Q

.0l)iil ^odd\) of f'ktoria.

1903

^3atrou :

HIS EXCELLENCY SIR GEORGE SYDENHAM CLARKE, K.C.M.G., F.R.S., Etc.

^llri'si&cnt :
J. DENNANT, F.G.S., F.C.S.

?l?ice-|3rtsiili>nts:

PROF. .;. W. GREGORY, D.Sc, F.R.S.
PROF. \V. BALDWIN SPENCER, M.A., F.R.S., C.M.Z.S., Etc.

ffon. treasurer :
P. UE JERSEY GRUT.

Itioit. ICibiaiinu:
F. CHAPMAN, A.L.S.

^)on. ^rrri'tnrn :
T. S. HALL, M.A.

©omictl

E. J. DUNN, F.G.S.

R. L. J. ELLERY, C.M.G., F.R.S. ,

F.R.A.S.
JAMES JAMIESON, M.D.
PROF. \V. C. KERNOT, M.A., M.C.E.
J. A. KERSHAW, F.E.S.
PROF. T. R. LYLE, M.A.

C. E. OLIVER, M.C.E.

J. SIIEPHAKD.

G. SWEET, F.G.S.

K. H. WALCOTT, F.G.S.

E. J. WHITE, F.R.A.S.

W. P. WILKINSON

Olommtttfis of tlje (ffoxtnrti

^jou«c Committee .

THE PHESIDENT.

THE HON. TREASURER (Convener).

PROF. KERNOT, M.A., M.C.E.

G. SWEET, F.G.S.

publication (Committee :

THE HON. TREASURER.

THE HON. SECRETARY (Convener).

PROF. GREGORY, D.Sc, F.R.S.

^jonornrg Jlnbitors :

H. MOORS.

J. E. GILBERT.

gijonovarj) ;^vchitect :

\V. A M. BLACKETT.

1903.
LIST OF MEMBERS,

WJTh THEIR YEAR OF JOINING.

Patron.
His Excellency Sir U. S. Clarke, K.C.M.G., F.R.S. ... 1902

Honorary Members.
Forrest, The Hon. Sir J., K.C.M.G., West Australia ... 1888

Hector, Sir James, K.C.M.G., M.D., F.R.S., Wellington, 1888
N.Z.

Liversidge, Professor A., LL.D., F.R.S., University, 18ii2
Sydney, N.S.W.

Neumayer, Prof. George, Ph.D., Hamburg, Germany ... 1857

Russell, H. C, B.A., F.R.S., F.R.A.S., Observatory, 1888
Sydney, N.S.W.

Scott, Rev. W., M.A., Kurrajong Heights, N.S.W. ... 1855

Todd, Sir Charles, K.C.M.G., F.R.S., Adelaide, S.A. ... 1856

Verbeek, Dr. R. D. M., Buitenzorg, Batavia, Java ... 1886

Life Membkrs.

Butters, J . S., F.R.G.S., Empire Buildings, Collins-street 1860
west

Eaton, H. F 1857

Elliott, T. S., "Fernleigh," Park Place, South Yarra ... 1856

Fowler, Thos. W., M.C.E., University, Melbourne ... 1879

374 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Gibbons, Sydney, F.C.S., 31 Gipps street, East Mel- 1854

bourne.
Gilbert, J. E., "Melrose," Gleiiferrie road, Kew... ... 1872

Love, E. F. J., M.A., F.R.A.S., 213 Victoria Terrace, 1888
Royal Park

Nicholas, William, F.G.S., Coolgai'die, Western Aus- 1864
tralia

Rusden, H. K., "Ockley," Bay and St. Kilda streets, 1866
Brighton

Selby, G. W., 99 Qneen Street, Melbourne 1881

White, E. J., F.R.A.S., Observatory, Melbourne ... 1868

Ordinary Members.

Balfour, Lewis, B.A., M.B., B.S., Collins-street, Mel- 1892

bourne

Barrachi, Pietro, F.R.A.S., Observatory, Melbourne ... 1887

Barnes, Benjamin, Queen's Terrace, South Melbourne ... 1866

Barrett, J. W., M.D.. M.S., F.R.C.S., 127 Collins-street 1891

east, Melbourne

Berry, Wm., Normanby-road, Kew ... ... ... 1898

Boese, C. H. E., 159 Hoddle-street, Richmond ... ... 1895

Boys, R. D., B.A., Public Library, Melbourne 1903

Cherry, T., M.D., M.S., University, Melbourne ... 1893

Cohen, Joseph B., A.R.I.B.A., Public Works Depart- 1877

ment, Melbourne

Chapman, F., A.L.S., National Museum, Melbourne ... 1902

Dennant, John, F.G.S., F.C.S., Stanhope-grove, Cam- 1886

berwell
Dunn, E J.. F.G.S., "Roseneath, " Pakington-street, 1893

Kew

Edwards, Thomas Elford, "Kaleno," Mont Albert-road, 1896

Balwyn, Victoria
Ellery, R. L. J., C.M.G., F.R.S., F.R.A.S., Observa- 1856

tory, Melbourne

Field, W. E., 65 Sutherland-road, Armadale 1903

List of Memhers. 375

Fox. Dr. W. R., L.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., "York House," 1899

Brunswick-street, North Fitzroy.

Fryett, A. G., care Dr. F. Bird, Spring-street, Melbourne 1900

Gault, Dr. E. L., M.A., M.B., B.S., CoUms-street, Mel- 1899

bourne

Gregory. Prof. J. W., D.Sc, F.R.S., University, Mel- 1900

bourne

Grut, P. de Jersey, 160 Toorak Road, South Yarra ... 1901

Hake, C. N., F.C.S., Melbourne Club, Melbourne ... 1890

Hall, T. S., M.A., University, Melbourne 1890

Hartnell, W. A., "Irrewarra, Burke Road, Camber- 1900

well

Harvey, J. H., A.R.V.I.A., 128 Powlett street, East 1895

Melbourne

Heffernan, E. B., M.D., B.S., 10 Brunswick-street, Fitz- 1879

roy

Hogg, E. G., M.A 1890

Howitt, A. W., F.G.S., "Clovelly." Metung 1877

Howat, Win., 458 William-street, Melbourne ... ... 1903

Jamieson, James, M.D., 96 Exhibition-street, Mel- 1877

bourne

Jenkins, H. C, A.R.S.M 1899

Kernot, Professor W. C, M.A., M.C.E., University, 1870

Melbourne

Kershaw, J. A., F.E.S., National Museum, Swanston-street 1900

Lyle, Prof. T. R., M.A., University, Melbourne ... 1889

Loughrey, B., M.A., M.D., Ch.B., M.C.E., 1 Elgin- 1880
street, Hawthorn

Martin, C. J., M.S., D.Sc, F.R.S., University, 1897

Melbourne

Masson, Professor Orme, M.A.. D.Sc, University, 1887

Melbourne

Michel), J. H., M.A., F.R.S., University, Melbourne ... 1900

Moors, H., 498 Punt Road, South Yarra 1875

Muntz, T. B., C.E., Trustees Buildings, Collins-street, 1873

Melbourne.

Mills, A. L., University, Melbourne 1903

Munro, J. J., Bry.son-street, Canterl)ury ... ... 1903

Nanson, Prof. E. T., M.A., University, Melbourne ... 1875

376 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria:

Oliver, C. E., M.C.E., Metropolitan Board of Works, 1878
Melbourne

Parker, A., Footscray ... ... ... ... ... 1897

Shepliard, John, 135 City Road, South Melbourne ... 1894

Spencer, Prof. W. Baldwin, M.A., F.R.S., University, 1887

Melbourne

Sugden, Rev. E. H., M.A., B.Sc, Queen's College, 1899

Carlton

Sweet, George, F.G.S., Wilson-street, Brunswick ... 1887

Walcott, R. H., F.G.S., Technological Museum, 1897

Swanston-street

Ware, S., M.A., Education Department, Melbourne ... 1901

Wilkinson, W. Percy, Govt. Analyst, Swanston-street, 189-1

Melboui-ne

Wisewould, F., 408 Collins-street, Melbourne 1902

Country Mkmbers.

Archibald, J., Frankston ... ... ... ... ... 1901

Beaumont, E. K., Central Mine, Broken Hill,N.S.W. ... 1901

Brittlebank, C. C, "Dunbar," Myrniong, Victoria ... 1898

Clark, Donald, B.C.E., School of Mines, Bairnsdale, 1892
Victoria

Desmond, J., R.V.S., G.M.V.C, Central Board of 1901
Health, Adelaide, S.A.

Fennelly, Richard, A.M.I.C.E., Kilniore, Victoria ... 1895

Hart, T. S., M.A., B.C.E., School of Mines, Ballarat ... 1894

Hill, W. H. F., "Glenrowan," Dandenong-road, Windsor 1894

Hogg, H. R., M.A., 6 Clanricarde Gardens, Notting Hill 1890
Gate, London W.

Ingrain, Alex., Hamilton, Victoria ... ... ... 1903

Maplestone, C. M., Eltham, Victoria 1898

Martell, F. J., School of Mines, Ballarat 1897

McDougall, Duncan, Maryborough, Victoria ... ... 1897

Mennell, F. P., Rhodesian Museum, Buluwayo, South 1902

Africa

Murray, Stuart, C.E., " Morningside," Kyneton ... ... 1874

List of Members. 377

Oddie, James, Dana-street, Ballarat, Victoria ... ... 1882

Officer, C. G. W., B.Sc, "Kallara," Bourke, N.S.W. ... 1890

Officer, Sidney, Maryvale, Edenhope ... ... ... 1890

Potts, H. W., F.C.S., Hawkesbmy Agricultural College, 1899

New South Wales

Powell, Walter D. T., Cape Moreton Lighthouse, Bris 1886

bane, Queensland

Tipping, Isaac, C.E., Ballarat, Victoria ... ... 1892

Corresponding Members.

Bailey, F. M., F.L.S., Government Botanist, Brisbane, 1880
Queensland

Dendy, Professor Arthur, D.Sc, F.L.S., South African 1888
College, Capetown

Etheridge, Robert, Junr., Australian Museum, Sydney, 1877
N.S.W.

Howes, Professor G. B., LL.D., F.R.S., Royal College 1898
of Science, S. Kensington, England

Lucas, A. H. S., M.A., B.Sc, Sydney Grammar School, 1895
Sydney, N.S.W.

Stirton, James, M.D., F.L.S., 15 Newton-street, Glasgow 1850

Associates.

Adeney, T. W., 1 Victor-terrace, St. Kilda-road ... 1899

Anderson, J., 225 Beaconstield Parade, Middle Park ... 1903

Aronson, L. A., Williams Road, Toorak ... ... ... 1901

Baker, Thomas, Bond-street, Abbotsford, Victoria ... 1889

Bale, W. M., F.R.M.S., Walpole-street, Hyde Park, 1887

Kew, Victoria

Bennetts, W. R., 184 Brunswick-street, Fitzroy, Victoria 1894

Benson, Win. 1899

Booth, John, M.C.E., 62 Drummond street, Carlton ... 1872

Bullen, Hugh, 5 Mary-street, Grace Park, Hawthorn ... 1898

Brown, A. A., 124 Liardet-street, Port Melbourne ... 1902

378 Proceeding I a of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Cifcsswell, Rev. A. W., M.A., St. John's Parsonage, 1887
Camberwell, Victoria

Danks, A. T., 391 Bourke-street west, Melbourne ... 1883

Ferguson, W. H., 23 Service Crescent, Albert Park ... 1894

Finney, W. H., 40 Merton-street, Albert Park 1881

Fison, Rev. Lorinier, M.A., D. D., Essendon, Victoria ... 1889

Fulton, S. W., 369 Collins-street, Melbourne 1900

Gabriel, J., Victoria-street, Abbotsford, Victoria ... 1887

Gatliff, J. H., Commercial Bank of Australasia, Lygon- 1898

street, Carlton

Goodwin, A. J., 43 St. George s Road, N. Fitzroy ... 1900

Grant, F. E., Union Bank, Sydney " ... 1898

Green, W. Heber, B.Sc, University, Melbourne ... 1896

Grayson, H. J., University, Melbourne

Maclean, C. W., "Bronte," Strand. Williamstown
Mahony, D. J., "Laremont," Bruce-street, Toorak
Mattingley, A. H. E., 6 Alfred-street, N. Melbourne
Mathew, Rev. John, M.A., B.D., Coburg
McEwan, John, 70 Swanston-street

1902

Hall, Robt., Elgar Road, Box Hill 1900

Hardy, A. D., Lands Department, Melbourne ... .. 1903

Herman, Hyman, B.C.E., Department of Mines, Melb. 1897

Holmes, W. A., Telegraph Engineer's OflB.ce, Railway 1879
Department, Melbourne

Ingamells, F. N., Observatory, Melbourne ... ... 1889

Jobbins, G. G., Electric Lighting Coy., 31 Queen-street, 1902

City

Jutson, J. T., Normanby Avenue, Northcote ... ... 1902

Kenyon, A. S., Heidelberg 1901

Kernot, Frederick A., 66 Russell-street, Melbourne ... 1881

Kitson, A. E., F.G.S., Mining Department, Melbourne 1894

Lambert, Thomas, Bank of New South Wales, Collins- 1890
street, Melbourne

LeSouef, D., C.M.Z.S., Royal Park, Melbourne 1894

Lidgey, E. A., 41 Burke Crescent, Geelong . . ... 1894

Luly, W. H., Department of Lands, Treasury, Melbourne 1896

1879
1901
1903
1890
1898

List of Mc'inbers.

379

Melville, A. G.. Mullen's Library, Collins-street east, 1889

Melbourne

Menz, R 1902

O'Neill, W. J., Lands Department, Melbourne ... ... 1903

Phillips, A. E., Box 396, G.P.O., Melbourne 1883

Pritchard, G. B.. Mantell-street, Moonee Ponds, Victoria 1892

Sayce, O. A., Harcourt-street, Hawthorn ... ... 1898

Schafer, R., " Invercloy," Napier-street, Essendon ... 1883

Shaw, Alfred C, Bond-street, Abbotsford, Victoria ... 1896

Smith, F. Voss, " Earlscourt," Glenferrie-road, Hawtliorii 11)01

Smith, G. P., "Earlscourt," Glenferrie-road, Hawthorn ... 1901

Stephen, Rev. R., M.A., Trinity College, Parkville ... 1901

Stewart, C, M.C.E., Shire Hall, Preston 1883

Summers, H., 72 Alfred street, Prahran 1902

Sutton, E. H, "Claremont," The Avenue, Windsor ... 1902

Tliiele, E. O., School of Mine.s, Sale 1898

Tisdall, H. T., 7 Washington-street, Toorak lo83

Traill, J. C, B.A., B.C.E., "Ormea," Mercer-road, Malvern 1903

Wedeles. James, 231 Flinders Lane, Melbourne 1896

Weindorfer, G., Austro-Hungarian Consulate, Melbourne 1 903

Woodward, J. H., Queen's Buildings, Rathdowne-street, 1903
Carlton

INDEX

(The names of new genera and species are printed in Italics).

Allorisma curvatviui, 326.

cf. maxima, 325.
Anapa tasmanica, 112.
Anapella cimeata, 112.
Anatina creccina, 105.

tasmanica, 105.
Anderson's Inlet, geology, 154.
Aneroid barometer, 354.
Anomocentris crystallota, 268.

trissodesma, 268.
Araucaria daintreei, 320.
Araucarioxylon, 318.
Archaeocalami tes scrobicnlatiis,

315.
Arcopagia decussata, 117.
Artemis, see Dosinia.
Astarte cliftoni. 330.
Asthena anthodes, 243.

euphylla, 243.

euthecta, 243.

glaucosa, 241.

oceanias, 242.

pulchraria, 242.

scoliota, 243.

thalassias, 242.

urarcha, 242.

xylocyma, 243.

Ballarat, faulting at, 343.
Barnea australasiae, 98.

obturamentiim, 99.
Barometer, 354.
Barwon, geology, 292.
Bethanga, rocks, 1.
Bulimina gregorii, 187.

Callista victoriae, 130.
Calobates australis, 98.
Camptogramma bichromata, 281.
Capularia canariensis, 208.
Cardimu cygnorum, 135.

pallidum, J37.

pulchellum, 130.

radiatum, 137.

stria tulum, 136.

tenuicostatum, 136.
Cellepora stellata, 142.

Chama albida, 137.
Chamostrea albida, 137.
Chione australis, 125.

cardioides, 125.

disjecta, 122.

fumigata, 123.

galliuula, 123.

jacksoni, 130.

laevigata, 123.

lagopus, 124.

lamellata, 122.

peronii, 127.

placida, 128.

roborata, 128.

scalarina, 127.

striatissima, 126..

strigosa, 126.

undulosa, 128.

spp., 94.
Chloroclystis ablechra, 234.

approximata, 230.

catastreptes, 229.

cissocoma, 232.

filata, 230.

gonias, 234.

guttifera, 233.

insigillata, 230.

latiqostata, 230.

metallospora, 231.

miniochroa, 232.

nigrilineata, 234.

testulata, 229.
Chonetes rohusta, 76.
Choristodon divaricatum, 122.

lapiciduni, 121.
Circe pythinoides, 131.
Clavagella australis, 96.
Cleidothaerixs chamoides, 137.
Cleptocosmia mutabilis, 280.
Chiltern, sandstones, 285.
Chonetes creswelli, 77.
Cidaria assimilata, 281.

metaxanthata, 281.
Cochlodesma angasi, 105.
Coleolus (?)aciculuni, 339.
Collix multifilata, 281.
Conglomerates, 48.

382 Proceed ivgs of the Royal Sociefi/ of Victor t a.

Coniilaria ornatissiiiia, 341.

sowerbii, 340.
Corbiila cuneata, 101.

scaphoides, lol.

tunicata, 101.
Coremia extraneata, 280.

opertaria, 280.

ordinaria, 281.
Craniella lata. 68.
Cristellaria costata, var. com-

pressa, 194.

costata, var. seminuda, 195.

daintreei, 194.

decipiens, 193.

cf. limata, 195.

prominiila, 193.

rotulata, 192.

siibalata, 193.
Ctenostreon iDectiniforniis, 329.
Cuciillaea seiiiistriata, 327.
Cythere corrosa, var. grossipunctata,

200.

drupacea, var. /o7-fior, 199.

lobulata, 199.
Cytherea innocens, 130.

lamarckii, 131.

riitila, 131.

see Meretrix.
Cytheropteron australiense, 203.

Dasyuris caesia, 278.

decisaria, 278.

euclidiata, 279.

hedylepta, 279.

tridenta, 282.
Dasijsterna tristis, 277.
Derbya cf. senilis, 323.
Dimorphocella pyriformis, 140.
Diploctena argocyma, 269

nephodes, 270.
Discorbina rosacea, 198.
Donax cardioides, 119.

deltoides, IIS.

epidermia, 118.
Dosinia circinaria, 133.

coeriilea. 133.

crocea, 133.

cydippe, 133.

variegata, 133.

Epirrhoe bertha, 282.

niaerens, 282.
Eiibolia indicataria, 281.

partitaria, 281.
Eiichoeca atrostrigata, 210.

rubropunctata, 210.
Eucymatoge callizona, 250.

gosha, 242.
leucophanes, 249.
mortuata, 249.
peplodes, 247.
scotodes, 248.

Faults, 343.
Felspar analyses, 7.
Fenestella australis, 62.

nargaritifera. 61.
Flabellina dilatata, 196.
Foraminifei-a, 185.
Fossils, mesozoic, 306.

palaeozoic, 300, 336.

Silurian, 60.

Gari zonalis, 113.
Gastrochaena tasmanica, 97.
Geraldton fossils, 185.
Glaciation, permo-carboniferoiis, 57

148.

Silurian, 48.
Glenrowan, glacial beds, 148.
Glossopteris ampla, 317.

browniana. 316.

pai'allela., 317.
Gold in sandstone, 285.
Goniatites niicroniphahis, 326.
Greta, glacial beds. 148.
Gyumoscelis acidna, 227.

coquina, 225.

delocyma, 226.

erymna, 225.

lophopus, 224.

Haplophrag-niiuin neocomianum,

186.
Heterochasta conglobata, 250.

lasioplaca, 251.
Hiatula see Soletellina.
Hornera airensis, 146.
Humphreyia strangei, 97.
Hydriomena actinipha, 253.

aglaoides, 257.

anthraciata, 255.

arachnitis, 264.

callinia, 257.

catapliaea, 256.

chry.socyma, 260.

conifasciata, 254.

crocota, 261.

cryeiopa, 262.

decreta, 262.

doliopis, 258.

excentrata, 256.

gypsoiuela, 253.

Index.

383

heteroleiioa, 258.
iuiperviata, 258.
insulsata, 2G1.
interruptata, 253.
lauiprotis, 256.
laiiguescens, 258.
leixcozona, 261.
loxocyma, 265.
hicidiilata, 254.
mecynata. 260.
iiiicrooyma, 266.
orthropis, 259.
oxygon a, 260.
percrassata, 255.
perornata, 260.
phaedra, 252.
plagiocausta, 263.
plesia, 265.
polycai'pa, 260.
polyxautba, 261.
psarodes, 253.
rhyncbota, 253.
severata, 261.
sqxiainulata, 264.
stereozona, 260.
struuiosata, 255.
siiboihraria, 255-
svihrectaria, 255.
sympbona, 256.
sj-ncbora, 257.
trissophrica, 259.
trygodes, 261.
xmcinata, 267.
vacxiaria, 256.
Hyolitbes novellas, 339.
Sjjryi, 340.

Inverleigb, geology, 292.

Jurassic fossils, 185.

Larentia intenebrata, 281.
Lei^idodendi-ou austiale, 309.
Lepidoptera, 21S.
Lingula latior, 65.

si^ryi, (5i.
Loripes assimilis, 139.

crassilirata, 139.

icterica, 139.
Loxoconcha elongata, 200.

jurassica, 201.
Lxicina ambigua, 134.

brazieri, 138.

huttoiiiana, 139.

minima, 138.

panpera, 139.

perobliqua, 139.

tat.-i, 138.
Lunuliti'S angulopora, 208.

biformis, 207.

canalieiilata, 207.

guiueensis, 208.

magna, 208.

parvicella, 207.

patelliformis, 215.

repandus, 216.

rutella. 207.
Liitraria rhynchaena, 109.

Macoma luariae, 118.
Mactra cretacea, 108.

depressa, 108.

jacksonensis, 107.

ovalina, 107.

polita, 107.

pura, lOo.

pusilla, 107.

rufeseeus, lOtJ.
Marginula compressa, 188.

solida, 189.
Megatbeea dentosa, 281.
Melanippe icterata, 280.

teliferata, 281.
Melitiilins discoi^liora, 268.

glandulata, 26*^.

graphicata, 267.
Meretrix disrupta, 129.

kiug-ii, 130.

paiicilamellata, 130.

I)lanatella, 129.
Meroe, see Sunetta.
Mesodesma cuneata, 112.

elongata, 110.

erynacea, 110.

glabrella. 111.

nitida. 111.

obtusa. 111.

praecisa. 111.

smitbi, 112.

triquetra, 112.
Mesoptila antbraoias, 282.

compsodes, 235.
Microdes arciiata, 282.

diplodonta, 239.

melanocaiista, 238.

squauuilata, 238.

typbopa, 238.

villosata, 238.
Mitcbell River, geology, 12.
Mitta Mitta, rocks, 1.
Mollusca, recent, 92.
Mnesiloba eupitbeciata, 237.
Modiola victoriae, 93.
Myochama anomioides, 103.

384 Proceedings of tJte Royal Society of Victoria.

Myodora brevis, 101.
ovata, 103.
pandoriformis, 102.

Naranio divaricatuni, 122.
Nausitora edax, 98.

saulii, 97.

thoracites, 98.
Normannites australe, 330.

Oligoclase analysis, 7.
Orbicula selwyni, 66.
Ore occurrences, 1.
Ostracoda, 185.

Panagfra multifilaria, 281.
Panopaea australis, 100.
Paradoxorhyncha foveolata, 202.
Pecten cinctus, 328.
Perisphinctes <-hanipionensis, 331.
Pholas see Barnea.
Phibalapteryx strixata, 287.
Phragmorisma watsoni, 104.
Phylactella crihrosa, 141.
Phyllotbeca australis, 313.
Plectambonites cresswelli, 73.

transversalis, 72.
Pleiirotomaria hassi, 85.

tertiaria, 83.
Polyclysta bypogrammata. 251.
Polymorpbina burdigalensis 196.

comjjressa, 197.

gutta, 197.
Polyzoa, 207.
Productus cora, 324.

\indatns, 324.
Protaulaca scythropa, 251.
Psaiumobia, see Gari.
Pteropoda, 336.

Queensland fossils, 306.

Retopora airensis, 144.

arborescens, 144.

complanata, 14o.

delicatula, 144.

uniserialis, 143.
Rhinoprora pallidiplaga, 281.
Rock occurrences, 1
Rupellaria reticulata, 134.

subdecussata, 135.

Sandstone, auriferous, 285.
Sanguinolites cf. liibernicus, 325.
Sauris hirudinata, 223.

licbenias, 222.
Saxicava australis, 100.

Scbizmopora circiiinvallata, 142.

otwayensis, 142.
Scordylia decipiens, 245.

emporias, 245.

oxyntis, 244.

leucopbragma, 244.
Scotocyma albinotata, 246.
Scotosia fractata, 281.

metarhodata, 281.
Seniele exigua, 113.
Sbells, recent, 96.
Sboalbaven R.. 57.
Siphonotreta australis, 65.
Selenaria himorphocella, 213.

concinna, 210.

cupola, 210.

hexagonalis, 214.

maculata, 208.

magnipunctata, 212.

marginata, 209.

otwayensis, 216.

partipnnctata, 214.

petaloides, 211.

piinctata, 208.

punctata, 212.
Selenariidae, 207.
Solen vaginoides, 99.
Selenopora tubulifera, 143.
Soletellina biradiata, 114.

donacoides, 115.

epiderniia, 114.
Spirifer convolutus, 325.

subradiatus, 325.
Spisula parva, 109.
Stenopora leichardti, 322.
Strophalosia clarkei, 324.
StroiDheodonta alata, 69.

lilydalensis, 70.
Strophonella euglyphoides, 71.
Styliola fissurella, var. multistriata,
Sunetta aliciae, 132. [337.

excavata, 132.

vaginalis, 132.
Sydenbaiu, geology, 48.

Taminick, glacial bods, 14^.
Tapes fabagella, 134.

galactites, 134.

victoriae, 126.
Tasmania, geography, 177.
Tellina albinella, 116.

decussata, 117.

deltoidalis, 115.

diemenensis, 116.

ensiformis, 117.

rudolphii, 117.

tenuilirata, 116.

Index.

385

Tentaciilites matlocJcensis, 338.
Tephroclystia inelanoloplia, 23(j.
Teredo a.iistralis, 98.

fragilis, 97.
Textularia crater, 187.
Th racia myodoroides, 104.

watsoni, 104.
Trigonia inoorei, 327.
Truncatulina wuellerstorfi, 198.

Uniculus stricklandi, 78.

Vaginula intiunescens, 191.

strigillata, 191.
Venei-upis carditoides, 119.

crenata, 120.

cumingii, 121.

exotica, 119.
Venus, see Chione.
Volcanic necks, 154.

West Australian fossils, 185, 30G.

Xanthorhoe agelasta, 272.
anaspila, 273.
argodesma, 274.
brvijata, 273.
centroneura, 271.
cheimatobiata, 274.
dascia, 275.
epicrossa, 274.
helicaria, 274.
hyperythra, 272.
lynchota, 282.
pauper, 271.
rhodacris, 272.
subidaria, 271.
vicissata, 274.
xanthospila, 276.
xerodes, 274.

Zenatia victoriae, 92, 109.

END OF VOLUME XVI.

[Part II. Issued March, 1904.]

Foiii) & Son Printerf, 37-2 & 374 Druniinond Street, Carlton, Melbourne.

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

§opI ^ocietD of #irtonH.

VOL. XYI. (New Series).
PART I.

Edited under the Auttiority of the Coui^c^

ISSUED SEPTEMBER, 1903.

{Cdiitaining I'npers read before the Suciety during the months of
December, 1902, March, April, May, June, July, 1903.

rilB AUTHORS OK TIIK aKVKRAI, FAl'KRS ARE SKVERALbY RKSFONSlBliK FOR THK

SOUNDNESS OK TllK OPINIONS GIV^N AND KOR TUB ACCURACY OK TIIK

STATEMENTS MADE THEREIN.

MELBOURNE :
FORD & SON, PRIN'l'ERS, DRUMMOND STREET, CARLTON.

AGENTS TO THE SOCIETY :
VViLLIAMb & NORGATE, U HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT ClAKUEN, LONDON.

To whom all coinniuiiicatioiis for transmission to the Royal Society of Viitoria,
from all parts of Europe, should be sent.

1903.

Publications of the Royal Society of Victoria, and
of the Societies amalgamated with it.

Victorian Institute for the Advancement op Science.
Transactions. Vol. 1. 1855.

Philosophical Society of Victoria.
Transactions. Vol. 1. 1855,

These tivo Societies then amalgamated and became: —

Philosophical Institute of Victoria.
Transactions. Vols. 1-4.

The Society then became : —

Royal Society op Victoria.

Transactions and Proceedings (Vol. 5, entitled Transac-
tions). Vol. 5-24.
Transactions. Vol. 1, 2, 3 (part one only), 4. 1888-95.
Proceedings (New Series). Vol. 1 . 1888 .

Microscopical Society of Victoria.

Journal (Vol. 1, Pt. 1, entitled Quarterly Journal). Vol. 1
(Pts. 1 to 4), 2 (Pt. 1), title page and index {all
published]. 1879-82.

\^The Society then combined with the Royal Society of Victoria.]

Note. — Most of the volumes published be/ore i8go are out
of print.

PROCEEDINGS

§0pl ^md^ of. §irt0na.

VOL. XVI. (New Series).

PART II.

Edited under the Authority of the Council. ^ L^^aj^^.
ISSUED MARCH, 1904. ^' —

[Containing Papers read before the Society during the months of
August, October, November, December, igos).

THE AUTHORS OF THB SEVERAL PAPERS. ARE SEVERALLY RESPONSIBLE FOR TUB

SOUNDNESS OK THB OPINIONS OIVEN AND FOR THE ACCURACY OF TUB

STATEMENTS MADE THEREIN.

MELBOUENE :
FOKD & SON, PRINTEES, DEUMMOND STREET, CARLTON.

AGENTS TO THE SOCIETY:
WILLIAMS & NORG.\TE, 14 HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT GARDEN, LONDON.

To whom all communications for transmission to the Royal Society of Victoria,
from all parts of Europe, should be sent.

1904.

V

Publications of the Royal Society of Victoria, and
of the Societies amalgamated with it.

Victorian Institute for the Advancement of Science.
Transactions. Vol. 1. 1855.

Philosophical Society op Victoria.
Transactions. Vol. 1. 1855.

These hvo Societies then amalgamated and became: —

Philosophical Institute of Victoria.
Transactions. Vols. 1-4.

The Society then became : —
Royal Society of Victoria.

Transactions and Proceedings (Vol. 5, entitled Transac-
tions). Vols. 5-24.
Transactions. Vols. 1, 2, 3 (part one only), 4. 1888-95.

Proceedings {New Series). Vols. 1 . 1888 .

Microscopical Society of Victoria.

Journal (Vol. 1, Pt. 1, entitled Quarterly Journal). Vol. 1
(Pts. 1 to 4), 2 (Pt. 1), title page and index \all
published]. 1879-82.

\^The Society then combined with the Royal Society of Victoria.]

Note. — Most of the volumes published before i8go are out
of print.

5 WHSE 00602

liiiiF